As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on October 16, 2009.

File No. 333-          

 

UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549



 

FORM F-1

REGISTRATION STATEMENT
UNDER
THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933



 

GSME ACQUISITION PARTNERS I

(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in Its Charter)

   
Cayman Islands   6770   N/A
(State or Other Jurisdiction of
Incorporation or Organization)
  (Primary Standard Industrial
Classification Code Number)
  (I.R.S. Employer
Identification Number)

762 West Beijing Road
Shanghai, PRC 200041
(86) 21-6271-6777

(Address, Including Zip Code, and Telephone Number,
Including Area Code, of Registrant’s Principal Executive Offices)



 

Eli D. Scher, Chief Executive Officer
GSME Acquisition Partners I
762 West Beijing Road
Shanghai, PRC 200041
(86) 21-6271-6777

Graubard Miller
The Chrysler Building
405 Lexington Avenue
New York, New York 10174
(212) 818-8800

(Name, Address, Including Zip Code, and Telephone Number,
Including Area Code, of Agent for Service)



 

Copies to:

 
David Alan Miller, Esq.
Jeffrey M. Gallant, Esq.
Graubard Miller
The Chrysler Building
405 Lexington Avenue
New York, New York 10174
(212) 818-8800
(212) 818-8881 – Facsimile
  Douglas S. Ellenoff, Esq.
Stuart Neuhauser, Esq.
Asim Grabowski-Shaikh, Esq.
Ellenoff Grossman & Schole LLP
150 East 42nd Street
New York, NY 10017
(212) 370-1300
(212) 370-7889 – Facsimile


 

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public: As soon as practicable after the effective date of this registration statement.

If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933 check the following box. x

If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. o

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. o

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. o

 

 


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

       
       
Title of Each Class of Security Being Registered   Amount Being
Registered
  Proposed Maximum
Offering Price
per Security (1)
  Proposed Maximum
Aggregate
Offering Price (1)
  Amount of
Registration Fee
Units, each consisting of one Ordinary Share, $.001 par value, and one Warrant (2)     4,140,000 Units     $ 10.00     $ 41,400,000     $ 2,310.12  
Ordinary Shares included as part of the Units     4,140,000 Shares                   (3)  
Warrants included as part of the Units     4,140,000 Warrants                   (3)  
Ordinary Shares underlying the Warrants included in the Units (4)     4,140,000 Shares     $ 11.50     $ 47,610,000     $ 2,656.64  
Representative’s Unit Purchase Option     1     $ 100     $ 100       (3)  
Units underlying the Representative's Unit Purchase Option (“Representative's Units”) (4)     360,000 Units     $ 15.00     $ 5,400,000     $ 301.32  
Ordinary Shares included as part of the
Representative’s Units (4)
    360,000 Shares                   (3)  
Warrants included as part of the
Representative’s Units (4)
    360,000 Warrants                   (3)  
Ordinary Shares underlying the Warrants included in the Representative’s Units (4)     360,000 Shares     $ 11.50     $ 4,140,000     $ 231.01  
Total               $ 98,550,100     $ 5,499.09  

(1) Estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the registration fee.
(2) Includes 540,000 Units and 540,000 Ordinary Shares and 540,000 Warrants underlying such Units which may be issued on exercise of a 45-day option granted to the Underwriters to cover over-allotments, if any.
(3) No fee required pursuant to Rule 457(g).
(4) Pursuant to Rule 416, there are also being registered such additional securities as may be issued to prevent dilution resulting from stock splits, stock dividends or similar transactions as a result of the anti-dilution provisions contained in the Warrants.


 

The registrant hereby amends this registration statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this registration statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until the registration statement shall become effective on such date as the Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

The information in this preliminary prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any state where the offer or sale is not permitted.

 
PRELIMINARY PROSPECTUS   SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, OCTOBER 16, 2009

PROSPECTUS

$36,000,000

GSME ACQUISITION PARTNERS I

3,600,000 Units

GSME Acquisition Partners I is a limited life exempted company organized as a blank check company for the purpose of acquiring, through a merger, share exchange, asset acquisition, plan of arrangement, recapitalization, reorganization or similar business combination, an operating business, or control of an operating business through contractual arrangements, that has its principal operations located in the People’s Republic of China. As a limited life exempted company, we will continue in existence only until _________, 2010 [twelve months from the consummation of this offering] . In addition, if we have executed a letter of intent, memorandum of understanding or definitive agreement for a business combination prior to , 2010 [twelve months from the consummation of this offering] , we will have an additional six months to consummate a business combination. Pursuant to our memorandum and articles of association, if we fail to consummate a business combination within these time limits, our corporate existence will automatically cease and we will liquidate and distribute the proceeds held in the trust account (described below) to our public shareholders. Our efforts to identify a prospective target business will not be limited to a particular industry. We do not have any specific business combination under consideration and we have not (nor has anyone on our behalf), directly or indirectly, contacted any prospective target business or had any discussions, formal or otherwise, with respect to such a transaction.

This is an initial public offering of our securities. Each unit that we are offering has a price of $10.00 and consists of one ordinary share and one warrant. Each warrant entitles the holder to purchase one ordinary share at a price of $11.50. Each warrant will become exercisable upon the completion of a business combination and will expire on   , 2014 [five years from the date of this prospectus] , or earlier upon redemption.

We have granted Cohen & Company Securities, LLC, the representative of the underwriters, a 45-day option to purchase up to 540,000 units (over and above the 3,600,000 units referred to above) solely to cover over-allotments, if any. The over-allotment will be used only to cover the net syndicate short position resulting from the initial distribution. We have also agreed to sell to Cohen & Company Securities, LLC, for $100, as additional compensation, an option to purchase up to a total of 360,000 units at $15.00 per unit. The units issuable upon exercise of this option are identical to those offered by this prospectus. The purchase option and its underlying securities have been registered under the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part.

Eli D. Scher, our chief executive officer, Larry Wizel, a consultant of ours, and MCK Capital Co., Limited, an entity controlled by Jing Dong Gao, our chairman of the board, have committed to purchase from us an aggregate of 3,600,000 warrants at $0.50 per warrant (for a total purchase price of $1,800,000). These purchases will take place on a private placement basis simultaneously with the consummation of this offering. All of the proceeds we receive from the purchases will be placed in the trust account described below. The “insider warrants” to be purchased by these individuals will be identical to warrants underlying the units being offered by this prospectus except that the insider warrants will be exercisable for cash or on a cashless basis, at the holder’s option, and will not be redeemable by us, in each case so long as they are still held by these purchasers or their affiliates. The purchasers have agreed that such warrants will not be sold or transferred by them until 60 days after we have completed a business combination.

There is presently no public market for our units, ordinary shares or warrants. The units will be quoted on the OTC Bulletin Board under the symbol  on or promptly after the date of this prospectus. Once the securities comprising the units begin separate trading, the ordinary shares and warrants will be quoted on the OTC Bulletin Board under the symbols  and , respectively. We cannot assure you that our securities will continue to be quoted on the OTC Bulletin Board. We do not currently intend to list our securities on any foreign exchange.

Investing in our securities involves a high degree of risk. See “Risk Factors” beginning on page 17  of this prospectus for a discussion of information that should be considered in connection with an investment in our securities.

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

No offer or invitation to subscribe for shares may be made to the public in the Cayman Islands.

     
  Public
Offering Price
  Underwriting Discount
and Commissions (1)
  Proceeds, Before
Expenses, to Us
Per unit   $ 10.00     $ 0.70     $ 9.30  
Total   $ 36,000,000     $ 2,520,000     $ 33,480,000  

(1) Of the underwriting discount and commissions, $1,440,000 ($0.40 per unit) is being deferred by the underwriters and will not be payable by us to the underwriters unless and until we consummate a business combination. Additionally, the entire 7% discount payable on any units sold pursuant to the over-allotment option shall be deferred and paid only upon the consummation of our initial business combination.

Upon consummation of the offering, an aggregate of $36,000,000 (or $10.00 per unit sold to the public in this offering) will be deposited into a trust account at _________, maintained by Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company acting as trustee. These funds will not be released to us until the earlier of the completion of a business combination and our liquidation (which may not occur until __________, 2011 [eighteen months from the date of this prospectus] ).

We are offering the units for sale on a firm-commitment basis. Cohen & Company Securities, LLC acting as representative of the underwriters, expects to deliver our securities to investors in the offering on or about   , 2009.

Cohen & Company Securities, LLC

  , 2009


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

GSME ACQUISITION PARTNERS I

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 
  Page
Prospectus Summary     1  
Summary Financial Data     16  
Risk Factors     17  
Cautionary Note Regarding Forward Looking Statements     40  
Use of Proceeds     41  
Dilution     44  
Capitalization     46  
Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations     47  
Proposed Business     49  
Management     67  
Principal Shareholders     71  
Certain Transactions     73  
Description of Securities     76  
Taxation     83  
Underwriting     90  
Legal Matters     95  
Experts     95  
Where You Can Find Additional Information     95  
Index to Financial Statements     F-1  

i


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

This summary highlights certain information appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. For a more complete understanding of this offering, you should read the entire prospectus carefully, including the risk factors and the financial statements. Unless otherwise stated in this prospectus:

references to “we,” “us” or “our company” refer to GSME Acquisition Partners I;
“initial shareholders” refers to all of our shareholders prior to this offering, including all of our officers and directors;
“initial shares” refers to the 1,380,000 ordinary shares currently held by our initial shareholders after taking into account the initial issuance of 1,293,750 ordinary shares to our initial shareholders in March 2008 for $25,000 and a subsequent share dividend of approximately 0.067 ordinary shares for each outstanding ordinary share on September 25, 2009;
“insider warrants” refers to the 3,600,000 warrants we are selling privately to MCK Capital Co., Limited, Eli D. Scher and Larry Wizel upon consummation of this offering;
references to “China” or the “PRC” refer to the People’s Republic of China as well as the Hong Kong Special Administrative Region, the Macau Special Administrative Region and Taiwan;
references to “$” refer to the legal currency of the United States;
references to “RMB” refer to Renminbi, the legal currency of the PRC;
“Companies Law” refers to the Companies Law (Revised) of the Cayman Islands;
the term “public shareholders” means the holders of the ordinary shares which are being sold as part of the units in this public offering (whether they are purchased in the public offering or in the aftermarket), including any of our initial shareholders to the extent that they purchase such shares; and
unless otherwise specified, the information in this prospectus assumes that the representative of the underwriters will not exercise its over-allotment option.

You should rely only on the information contained in this prospectus. We have not authorized anyone to provide you with different information. We are not making an offer of these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer is not permitted.

We are a Cayman Islands limited life blank check company organized on March 27, 2008 as an exempted company with limited liability. Exempted companies are Cayman Islands companies wishing to conduct business outside the Cayman Islands. As an exempted company, we are able to avoid direct taxation from the Cayman Islands government for a period of 20 years if such direct taxation were ever introduced in the Cayman Islands by obtaining a tax undertaking from the Cayman Islands government.

Pursuant to our memorandum and articles of association, we were formed with the purpose of acquiring, through a merger, share exchange, asset acquisition, plan of arrangement, recapitalization, reorganization or similar business combination, an operating business, or control of such operating business through contractual arrangements, that has its principal operations located in the PRC. Our efforts to identify a prospective target business will not be limited to a particular industry.

Our management team, consultants and advisors represent a mix of entrepreneurs and investment and financial professionals with extensive operating and transactional experience in the PRC. We believe that the combination of our backgrounds and networks will provide us with access to unique opportunities to effect a transaction.

Opportunities for market expansion have emerged for businesses with operations in China due to certain changes in the PRC’s political, economic and social policies as well as certain fundamental changes affecting the PRC and its neighboring countries. We believe that China represents both a favorable environment for making acquisitions and an attractive operating environment for a target business for several reasons, including, among other things, increased government focus within China on privatizing assets, improving foreign trade and encouraging business and economic activity, which have led China to have one of the highest gross domestic product growth among major industrial countries in the world as well as strong growth in many

1


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

sectors of its economy driven by emerging private enterprises. Notwithstanding the foregoing, business combinations with companies having operations in the PRC entail special considerations and risks, including the need to obtain financial statements audited or reconciled in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles, or GAAP, or prepared or reconciled in accordance with the International Financial Reporting Standards of potential targets that have previously kept their accounts in accordance with GAAP of the PRC, the possible need for restructuring and reorganizing corporate entities and assets and the requirements of complex Chinese regulatory filings and approvals. These may make it more difficult for us to consummate a business combination.

We do not have any specific business combination under consideration and we have not (nor has anyone on our behalf), directly or indirectly, contacted any prospective target business or had any discussions, formal or otherwise, with respect to such a transaction. We have not (nor have any of our agents or affiliates) been approached by any candidates (or representative of any candidates) with respect to a possible acquisition transaction with our company. Additionally, we have not, nor has anyone on our behalf, taken any measure, directly or indirectly, to identify or locate any suitable acquisition candidate, nor have we engaged or retained any agent or other representative to identify or locate any such acquisition candidate.

We will have until , 2010 [twelve months from the consummation of this offering] to consummate a business combination. In addition, if we have executed a letter of intent, memorandum of understanding or definitive agreement for a business combination prior to , 2010 [twelve months from the consummation of this offering] , we will have an additional six months to consummate a business combination. Pursuant to our memorandum and articles of association, if we fail to consummate a business combination by (y) , 2010 [twelve months from the consummation of this offering] or (z) , 2011 [18 months from the consummation of this offering] if the period to consummate our business combination has been extended, our corporate existence will automatically cease and we will liquidate and distribute the proceeds held in the trust account to our public shareholders.

Our initial business combination must be with a target business or businesses whose collective fair market enterprise value is at least equal to 80% of the gross offering proceeds at the time of the execution of a definitive agreement for our initial business combination, although this may entail simultaneous acquisitions of several operating businesses. The fair market enterprise value of the target will be determined by our board of directors based upon one or more standards generally accepted by the financial community (which may include actual and potential sales, earnings, cash flow and/or book value). We anticipate structuring a business combination to acquire 100% of the equity interests or assets of the target business. We may, however, structure a business combination to acquire less than 100% of such interests or assets of the target business but will not acquire less than a controlling interest (typically meaning more than 50% of the voting securities of the target business). If we acquire only a controlling interest in a target business or businesses, the portion of such business that we acquire must have a fair market enterprise value equal to at least 80% of the gross offering proceeds at the time of the execution of a definitive agreement for our initial business combination. If we determine to simultaneously acquire several businesses and such businesses are owned by different sellers, we will need for each of such sellers to agree that our purchase of its business is contingent on the simultaneous closings of the other acquisitions, which may make it more difficult for us, and delay our ability, to complete the business combination. With multiple acquisitions, we could also face additional risks, including additional burdens and costs with respect to possible multiple negotiations and due diligence investigations (if there are multiple sellers) and the additional risks associated with the subsequent assimilation of the operations and services or products of the acquired companies in a single operating business.

The target business or businesses that we acquire may have a collective fair market enterprise value substantially in excess of 80% of the gross offering proceeds at the time of the execution of a definitive agreement for our initial business combination. Accordingly, we could consummate a business combination in which we acquire two separate target businesses where neither has a fair market enterprise value that exceeds 80% of the gross offering proceeds but do so on a collective basis. In order to consummate such a business combination, we may issue a significant amount of our debt or equity securities to the sellers of such business and/or seek to raise additional funds through a private offering of debt or equity securities. There are no limitations on our ability to incur debt or issue securities in order to consummate a business combination. If we issue securities in order to consummate a business combination, our shareholders could end up owning a

2


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

minority of the combined company as there is no requirement that our shareholders own a certain percentage of our company after our business combination. Since we have no specific business combination under consideration, we have not entered into any such arrangement to issue our debt or equity securities and have no current intention of doing so.

We are a company incorporated under the laws of the Cayman Islands, and substantially all of our assets will be located outside the United States. In addition, certain of our directors and officers are nationals or residents of jurisdictions other than the United States, including the PRC, and all or a substantial portion of their assets are located outside the United States. As a result, it may be difficult for investors to effect service of process within the United States upon our directors or executive officers, or enforce judgments obtained in the United States courts against our directors or officers. Moreover, we have been advised that the PRC does not have treaties providing for the reciprocal recognition and enforcement of judgments of courts with the United States. Further, it is unclear if extraction treaties now in effect between the United States and the PRC would permit effective enforcement of criminal penalties of the United States federal securities laws.

Our principal executive offices are located at 762 West Beijing Road, Shanghai, PRC 200041 and our telephone number is (86) 21-6271-6777.

3


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

THE OFFERING

Securities offered    
    3,600,000 units, at $10.00 per unit, each unit consisting of one ordinary share and one warrant.
Trading commencement and separation of common stock and warrants    
    The units will begin trading on or promptly after the date of this prospectus. The ordinary shares and warrants comprising the units will begin separate trading on the 10th day after the date of this prospectus unless Cohen & Company Securities, LLC informs us of its decision to allow earlier separate trading (based upon its assessment of the relative strengths of the securities markets and small capitalization companies in general, and the trading pattern of, and demand for, our securities in particular), subject to our having filed the Form 6-K described below and having issued a press release announcing when such separate trading will begin; provided, however, that in no event shall separate trading occur prior to the exercise in full, or expiration, of the underwriters’ over-allotment option. We will file a Report of Foreign Private Issuer on Form 6-K with the Securities and Exchange Commission, including an audited balance sheet, promptly upon the consummation of this offering, which is anticipated to take place three business days from the date the units commence trading. The audited balance sheet will reflect our receipt of the proceeds from the exercise of the over-allotment option if the over-allotment option is exercised prior to the filing of the Form 6-K. If the over-allotment option is exercised after our initial filing of a Form 6-K, we will file an amendment to the Form 6-K or a new Form 6-K to provide updated financial information to reflect the exercise and consummation of the over-allotment option.
    The units will continue to trade along with the ordinary shares and warrants after the units are separated. Holders will need to have their brokers contact our transfer agent in order to separate the units into ordinary shares and warrants.
Securities being purchased by insiders    
    3,600,000 insider warrants at $0.50 per warrant (for a total purchase price of approximately $1,800,000) will be sold to MCK Capital Co., Limited, Eli D. Scher and Larry Wizel pursuant to letter agreements among us and such purchasers. These purchases will take place on a private placement basis simultaneously with the consummation of this offering. The amounts to be paid upon consummation of the private placement will be placed in escrow with our counsel prior to the effectiveness of this registration statement. The insider warrants will be identical to the warrants underlying the units being offered by this prospectus except that the insider warrants will be exercisable for cash or on a cashless basis, at the holder’s option, and will not be redeemable by us, in each case so long as they are still held by these purchasers or their affiliates. The purchasers have agreed that the insider warrants will not be sold or transferred by them until 60

4


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

    days after we have completed a business combination. In the event of a liquidation prior to our initial business combination, the insider warrants will expire worthless.
Ordinary shares:    
     
Number outstanding before this offering    
    1,380,000 shares (1)
Number to be outstanding after this offering    
    4,800,000 shares (2)
Warrants:    
Number outstanding before this offering    
    0 warrants
Number to be sold to insiders    
    3,600,000 warrants
Number to be outstanding after this offering and sale to insiders    
    7,200,000 warrants
Exercisability    
    Each warrant is exercisable for one ordinary share.
Exercise price    
    $11.50
Exercise period    
    The warrants will become exercisable upon the completion of a business combination with a target business. However, the warrants will only be exercisable if a registration statement relating to the ordinary shares issuable upon exercise of the warrants is effective and current. The warrants will expire at 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on [ ], 2014 [five years from the date of this prospectus] or earlier upon redemption.
Redemption    
    We may redeem the outstanding warrants (excluding the insider warrants but including any outstanding warrants issued upon exercise of the unit purchase option issued to Cohen & Company Securities, LLC), with the prior consent of Cohen & Company Securities, LLC (which consent shall not unreasonably be withheld):
   

•  

in whole and not in part,

   

•  

at a price of $.01 per warrant at any time while the warrants are exercisable,

   

•  

upon a minimum of 30 days’ prior written notice of redemption, and

   

•  

if, and only if, the last sales price of our ordinary shares equals or exceeds $17.50 per share for any 20 trading days within a 30 trading day period ending three business days before we send the notice of redemption.

    If the foregoing conditions are satisfied and we issue a notice of redemption, each warrant holder can exercise his, her or its warrant prior to the scheduled redemption date. However, the price of the ordinary shares may fall

(1) This number includes an aggregate of 180,000 ordinary shares that are subject to forfeiture by our initial shareholders if the over-allotment option is not exercised by the underwriters.

(2) Assumes the over-allotment option has not been exercised and an aggregate of 180,000 ordinary shares have been forfeited by our initial shareholders.

5


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

below the $17.50 trigger price as well as the $11.50 warrant exercise price after the redemption notice is issued.
    The redemption criteria for our warrants have been established at a price which is intended to provide warrant holders a reasonable premium to the initial exercise price and provide a sufficient differential between the then-prevailing ordinary share price and the warrant exercise price so that if the share price declines as a result of our redemption call, the redemption will not cause the share price to drop below the exercise price of the warrants.
    If we call the warrants for redemption as described above, our management will have the option to require all holders that wish to exercise warrants to do so on a “cashless basis.” In such event, each holder would pay the exercise price by surrendering the warrants for that number of ordinary shares equal to the quotient obtained by dividing (x) the product of the number of ordinary shares underlying the warrants, multiplied by the difference between the exercise price of the warrants and the “fair market value” (defined below) by (y) the fair market value. The “fair market value” shall mean the average reported last sale price of the ordinary shares for the 10 trading days ending on the third trading day prior to the date on which the notice of redemption is sent to the holders of warrants.
Proposed symbols for our:    
     
Units    
    [ ]
Ordinary shares    
    [ ]
Warrants    
    [ ]
Offering proceeds to be held in trust    
    $34,200,000 of the net proceeds of this offering, plus the $1,800,000 we will receive from the sale of the insider warrants, for an aggregate of $36,000,000 or $10.00 per unit sold to the public in this offering, will be placed in a trust account at , maintained by Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company, acting as trustee pursuant to an agreement to be signed on the date of this prospectus. This amount includes $1,440,000 of underwriting discounts and commissions payable to the underwriters in the offering that is being deferred. The underwriters have agreed that such amount will not be paid to them unless and until we consummate a business combination. Except as set forth below, these proceeds will not be released until the earlier of the completion of a business combination and our liquidation. Therefore, unless and until a business combination is consummated, the proceeds held in the trust account will not be available for our use for any expenses related to this offering or expenses which we may incur related to the investigation and selection of a target business and the negotiation of an agreement to acquire a target business.

6


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

    Notwithstanding the foregoing, there can be released to us from the trust account any interest earned on the funds in the trust account (i) that we need to pay our income or other tax obligations and (ii) any remaining interest that we need for our working capital requirements. With these exceptions, expenses incurred by us may be paid prior to a business combination only from the net proceeds of this offering not held in the trust account (initially $200,000).
    None of the warrants may be exercised until after the consummation of a business combination and, thus, after the proceeds of the trust account have been disbursed. Accordingly, the warrant exercise price will be paid directly to us and not placed in the trust account.
Limited payments to insiders    
    There will be no fees or other cash payments paid by us or a target business to our initial shareholders, officers, directors or their affiliates prior to, or for any services they render in order to effectuate, the consummation of a business combination (regardless of the type of transaction that it is) other than:
   

•  

repayment of a $125,000 non-interest bearing loan made by Eli D. Scher, our chief executive officer; and

   

•  

reimbursement of out-of-pocket expenses incurred by them in connection with certain activities on our behalf, such as identifying and investigating possible business targets and business combinations.

    There is no limit on the amount of out-of-pocket expenses reimbursable by us, which will be reviewed only by our board of directors or a court of competent jurisdiction if such reimbursement is challenged.
Memorandum and Articles of Association    
    As discussed below, there are specific provisions in our memorandum and articles of association that may not be amended prior to our consummation of a business combination, including our requirements to seek shareholder approval of such a business combination and to allow our shareholders to seek conversion of their shares if they do not approve of such a business combination. Although the Companies Law permits companies domiciled in the Cayman Islands to amend their memorandum and articles of association with the approval of the holders of at least two-thirds of a company’s outstanding ordinary shares (regardless of whether their memorandum and articles of associations provide otherwise), we view these provisions, which are contained in Sections 170 through 175 of our memorandum and articles of association, as obligations to our shareholders and will not take any action to amend or waive these provisions.
    Our memorandum and articles of association also provides that we will continue in existence only until , 2010 [twelve months from the consummation of this offering] , or , 2011

7


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

    [eighteen months from the consummation of this offering] if the period to complete our business combination has been extended. If we have not completed a business combination by such dates, our corporate existence will cease except for the purposes of winding up our affairs and liquidating. This has the same effect as if our board of directors and shareholders had formally voted to approve our voluntary winding up and dissolution. As a result, no vote would be required from our shareholders to commence such a voluntary winding up and dissolution. We view this provision terminating our corporate life as an obligation to our shareholders and will not take any action to amend or waive this provision to allow us to survive for a longer period of time except in connection with the consummation of a business combination.
Shareholders must approve business combination    
    Pursuant to our memorandum and articles of association, we will seek shareholder approval before we effect any initial business combination, even if the nature of the business combination would not ordinarily require shareholder approval under applicable Cayman Islands law. We view this requirement as an obligation to our shareholders and will not take any action to amend or waive this provision in our memorandum and articles of association. In connection with the vote required for any business combination, all of our initial shareholders, including all of our officers and directors, have agreed to vote the ordinary shares owned by them immediately before this offering in accordance with the majority of the ordinary shares voted by the public shareholders and have agreed to vote any ordinary shares acquired in this offering or in the aftermarket in favor of such proposed business combination. None of our officers, directors, initial shareholders or their affiliates has indicated any intention to purchase units in this offering or any units or ordinary shares from persons in the open market or in private transactions. However, if a significant number of shareholders vote, or indicate an intention to vote, against a proposed business combination, our officers, directors, initial shareholders or their affiliates could make such purchases in the open market or in private transactions in order to influence the vote.
    We will proceed with a business combination only if (i) a majority of the ordinary shares voted by the public shareholders are voted in favor of the business combination and (ii) public shareholders owning less than 81% of the total number of shares sold in this offering exercise their conversion rights described below, regardless of whether they are voting for or against the proposed business combination (provided that a quorum is in attendance at the meeting, in person or by proxy).
    Additionally, if holders of shares sold in this offering indicate an intention to vote against a proposed business combination and/or seek conversion of their shares into cash, we may negotiate arrangements to provide for the

8


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

    purchase of such shares at the closing of such business combination using funds held in the trust account. The purpose of such arrangements would be to increase the likelihood of satisfaction of the requirements that (A) the holders of a majority of our ordinary shares outstanding vote in favor of a proposed business combination and (B) that holders of fewer than 81% of the total number of shares sold in this offering demand conversion of their shares into cash, regardless of whether they are voting for or against the proposed business combination, where it appears that such requirements would otherwise not be met. All shares purchased pursuant to such arrangements would be voted in favor of the proposed business combination. The maximum cash purchase price that will be offered by us to the holders of shares will be the per-share conversion price at the time of the business combination. However, if we pay fees to third parties to assist us in influencing the vote, such fees could reduce the resulting per share book value of our combined company following the transaction. The proxy materials sent to shareholders in connection with a vote on a proposed business combination would disclose the risks of engaging aggregators and that the fees payable to such aggregators could have an impact on the resulting per share book value following the transaction. Additionally, the funds in our trust account that are so used will not be available to us after the merger and therefore we may not have sufficient funds to effectively operate our business going forward. Nevertheless, we believe entering into these types of transactions would still be in our remaining shareholders best interests because the transaction would be able to be completed rather than forcing us to liquidate when such remaining shareholders favored the transaction.
Conversion rights    
    Pursuant to our memorandum and articles of association, public shareholders voting against a proposed business combination will be entitled to convert their stock for $10.00 per share. In addition, any public shareholder will have the right to vote for the proposed business combination and demand that such shareholder’s shares be converted into a pro rata share of the trust account (which amount, when aggregated with the right to receive an additional $0.30 per eligible share pursuant to the letter of credit, is initially anticipated to be approximately $10.30 per share). Our initial business combination will not be completed if 81% or more of the public shareholders seek conversion of their ordinary shares, regardless of whether they are voting for or against the proposed business combination.
    We view the right to seek conversion as an obligation to our shareholders and will not take any action to amend or waive this provision in our memorandum and articles of association. Our initial shareholders will not have such conversion rights with respect to any ordinary shares owned by them, directly or indirectly, whether acquired

9


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

    by them prior to this offering or purchased by them in this offering or in the aftermarket.
    Public shareholders who convert their stock, regardless of whether they vote for or against our initial business combination, will continue to have the right to exercise any warrants they may hold.
    An eligible shareholder may request conversion at any time after the mailing to our shareholders of the proxy statement and prior to the vote taken with respect to a proposed business combination at a meeting held for that purpose. Additionally, we may require public shareholders, whether they are a record holder or hold their shares in “street name,” to either tender their certificates to our transfer agent at any time through the vote on the business combination or to deliver their shares to the transfer agent electronically using Depository Trust Company’s DWAC (Deposit/Withdrawal At Custodian) System, at the holder’s option. There is a nominal cost associated with this tendering process and the act of certificating the shares or delivering them through the DWAC system. The transfer agent will typically charge the tendering broker $35 and it would be up to the broker whether or not to pass this cost on to the converting holder.
    The proxy solicitation materials that we will furnish to shareholders in connection with the vote for any proposed business combination will indicate whether we are requiring shareholders to satisfy such certification and delivery requirements. Accordingly, a shareholder would have from the time the shareholder received our proxy statement through the vote on the business combination to deliver his shares if he wishes to seek to exercise his conversion rights. This time period varies depending on the specific facts of each transaction. However, as the delivery process can be accomplished by the shareholder, whether or not he is a record holder or his shares are held in “street name,” in a matter of hours by simply contacting the transfer agent or his broker and requesting delivery of his shares through the DWAC System, we believe this time period is sufficient for an average investor. However, we cannot assure you of this fact. Please see the risk factor titled “ We may require shareholders who wish to convert their shares in connection with a proposed business combination to comply with specific requirements for conversion that may make it more difficult for them to exercise their conversion rights prior to the deadline for exercising their rights ” for further information on the risks of failing to comply with these requirements.
    Any request for conversion, once made, may be withdrawn at any time up to the date of the meeting. Furthermore, if a shareholder delivered his certificate for conversion and subsequently decided prior to the meeting

10


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

    not to elect conversion, he may simply request that the transfer agent return the certificate (physically or electronically).
    If a vote on our initial business combination is held and the business combination is not approved, we may continue to try to consummate a business combination with a different target. If the initial business combination is not approved or completed for any reason, then public shareholders who exercised their conversion rights would not be entitled to convert their ordinary shares. In such case, if we have required public shareholders to deliver their certificates prior to the meeting, we will promptly return such certificates to the public shareholder.
    Because converting shareholders will receive their proportionate share of deferred underwriting compensation at the time of closing of our business combination, the non-converting shareholders will bear the financial effect of such payments to both the converting shareholders and the underwriters as a consequence of the reduction in our net assets resulting from such distribution.
Letter of Credit    
    Upon closing of the offering, Cohen & Company Securities, LLC shall cause a letter of credit from an internationally recognized bank to be issued to us in an amount equal to $0.30 per share sold in this offering. The proceeds of the letter of credit shall not be held in trust or comprise any portion of any pro-rata distribution of our trust account. We shall draw on the letter of credit in order to distribute $0.30 per qualified share to certain of our public shareholders, which amount shall be in addition to any pro-rata distribution from our trust account. The $0.30 per share amount provided by the letter of credit shall be distributed upon (i) the consummation of our business combination to each of our public shareholders for each ordinary share voted in favor of the business combination and properly converted, (ii) our liquidation, in the event that a business combination was presented to our public shareholders for approval but not consummated, to each of our public shareholders for each ordinary share voted in favor of such proposed business combination, or (iii) our liquidation, in the event that no business combination is presented to our public shareholders for a vote, to each of our public shareholders. We may draw on the letter of credit solely to the extent necessary to pay each eligible holder an additional $0.30 per eligible share upon the earlier to occur of our business combination or liquidation. After we draw on the letter of credit, it shall be cancelled and we will issue to Cohen & Company Securities, LLC a demand secured first priority promissory note in an amount equal to the amount we draw on the letter of credit bearing annual interest at the rate of 8%, payable quarterly, with a default interest rate of 13%.

11


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Liquidation if no business combination    
    As described above, if we fail to consummate a business combination by , 2010 [twelve months from the consummation of this offering] or __________, 2011 [eighteen months from the consummation of this offering] if the period to complete our business combination has been extended, it will trigger our automatic dissolution and liquidation pursuant to the terms of our memorandum and articles of association. As a result, this has the same effect as if we had formally went through a voluntary liquidation procedure under the Companies Law.
    If we have not presented to public shareholders a proposed business combination by such time period, public shareholders shall be entitled to receive a pro rata share of the trust account in addition to the per eligible share amount of $0.30 pursuant to the letter of credit (which aggregate amount is initially anticipated to be approximately $10.30 per share). If we have presented to public shareholders a proposed business combination that ultimately was not approved, the public shareholders that voted against the proposed business combination shall be entitled to receive only $10.00 per ordinary share, and those public shareholders who voted for the proposed business combination shall be entitled to receive a pro rata share of the trust account in addition to the per eligible share amount of $0.30 pursuant to the letter of credit (which aggregate amount is initially anticipated to be approximately $10.30 per share). If we are forced to liquidate, under the Companies Law, a liquidator would give at least 21 days’ notice to creditors of his intention to make a distribution by notifying known creditors (if any) who have not submitted claims and by placing a public advertisement in the Cayman Islands Official Gazette, although in practice this notice requirement need not necessarily delay the distribution of assets as the liquidator may be satisfied that no creditors would be adversely affected as a consequence of a distribution before this time period has expired. We anticipate we would distribute to our public shareholders the amount in our trust account (including any accrued interest) plus any remaining net assets (subject to our provision for creditors) shortly following expiration of the 21 day period as part of our plan of dissolution and distribution. We cannot assure you that we will properly assess all claims that may be potentially brought against us. As such, our shareholders could potentially be liable for any claims of creditors to the extent of distributions received by them (but no more) for up to four years following our dissolution. Furthermore, while we will seek to have all vendors and service providers (which would include any third parties we engaged to assist us in any way in connection with our search for a target business) and prospective target businesses execute agreements with us waiving any right, title, interest or claim of any kind they may have in or to any monies held in the trust account, there is no guarantee that they will execute such agreements. Nor is

12


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

    there any guarantee that, even if such entities execute such agreements with us, they will not seek recourse against the trust account or that a court would not conclude that such agreements are not legally enforceable. Jing Dong Gao and Eli D. Scher have contractually agreed that, if we liquidate prior to the consummation of a business combination, they will be personally liable to ensure that the proceeds in the trust account are not reduced below $10.00 per share by the claims of target businesses or claims of vendors or other entities that are owed money by us for services rendered or contracted for or products sold to us. Accordingly, if a claim brought by a target business or vendor did not exceed the amount of funds available to us outside of the trust account or available to be released to us from interest earned on the trust account balance, Messrs. Gao and Scher would not have any personal obligation to indemnify such claims as they would be paid from such available funds. However, if a claim exceeded such amounts, the only exceptions to the obligations of Messrs. Gao and Scher to pay such claim would be if the party executed a waiver agreement. We have questioned such individuals on their financial net worth and reviewed their financial information and believe they will be able to satisfy any indemnification obligations that may arise. However, we cannot assure you that they will be able to satisfy those obligations if they are required to do so. Furthermore, as our board cannot waive these indemnification obligations, because it would be a breach of their fiduciary obligations, if they refused to satisfy their obligations, we would be required to bring a claim against them to enforce our indemnification rights. Accordingly, although such agreements are legally binding obligations on the part of Messrs. Gao and Scher, as such individuals are residents of jurisdictions other than the Cayman Islands, we may have difficulty enforcing our rights under such agreements. Therefore, we cannot assure you that the per-share distribution from the trust fund, if we liquidate, will not be less than approximately $10.00 or $10.30 (as the case may be).
    Our initial shareholders have waived their rights to participate in any liquidation distribution with respect to their initial shares. We will pay the costs of liquidation from our remaining assets outside of the trust account. If such funds are insufficient, Jing Dong Gao and Eli D. Scher have contractually agreed to advance us the funds necessary to complete such liquidation (currently anticipated to be no more than approximately $15,000) and have contractually agreed not to seek repayment for such expenses.
Escrow of initial shares    
    On the date of this prospectus, all of our initial shareholders, including all of our officers and directors, will place their initial shares into an escrow account maintained in New York, New York by Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company, acting as escrow agent. Subject to certain

13


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

    limited exceptions (such as (i) transfers to an entity’s members upon its liquidation, (ii) to relatives and trusts for estate planning purposes, (iii) by virtue of the laws of descent and distribution upon death, (iv) pursuant to a qualified domestic relations order, (v) by certain pledges to secure obligations incurred in connection with purchases of our securities or (vi) by private sales made at or prior to the consummation of a business combination at prices no greater than the price at which the shares were originally purchased, in each case where the transferee agrees to the terms of the escrow agreement), these shares will not be transferable during the escrow period. These shares will not be released from escrow until (i) with respect to 20% of such shares, upon consummation of our initial business combination, (ii) with respect to 20% of such shares, when the closing price of our ordinary shares exceeds $12.00 for any 20 trading days within a 30-trading day period following the consummation of our initial business combination, (iii) with respect to 20% of such shares, when the closing price of our ordinary shares exceeds $14.00 for any 20 trading days within a 30-trading day period following the consummation of our initial business combination, (iv) with respect to 20% of such shares, when the closing price of our ordinary shares exceeds $16.00 for any 20 trading days within a 30-trading day period following the consummation of our initial business combination and (v) with respect to 20% of such shares, when the closing price of our ordinary shares exceeds $20.00 for any 20 trading days within a 30-trading day period following the consummation of our initial business combination or earlier, in any case, if, following a business combination, we engage in a subsequent transaction resulting in our shareholders having the right to exchange their shares for cash or other securities. Our initial shareholders have agreed that up to a maximum of 180,000 of the initial shares will be forfeited by them if the underwriters’ over-allotment option is not exercised in full to the extent necessary to ensure that the number of shares they hold equals 25% of the outstanding ordinary shares after this offering and the exercise, if any, of the underwriters’ over-allotment option.

14


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Conflicts of Interest

As a result of multiple business affiliations, our officers and directors may have similar legal obligations relating to presenting business opportunities to multiple entities. In addition, conflicts of interest may arise when our board evaluates a particular business opportunity. We cannot assure you that any conflict will be resolved in our favor.

Under Cayman Islands law, our directors have a duty of loyalty to act honestly, in good faith and with a view to our best interests. Our directors also have a duty to exercise the care, diligence and skills that a reasonably prudent person would exercise in comparable circumstances. In fulfilling their duty of care to us, our directors must ensure compliance with our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association. In certain limited circumstances, a shareholder has the right to seek damages if a duty owed by our directors is breached.

In order to minimize potential conflicts of interest which may arise from multiple corporate affiliations, each of our officers and directors has agreed, until the earliest of a business combination, our liquidation or such time as he ceases to be an officer or director, to present to our company for our consideration, prior to presentation to any other entity, any suitable business opportunity which may reasonably be required to be presented to us, subject to any pre-existing fiduciary or contractual obligations he might have. The following table summarizes the relevant pre-existing fiduciary or contractual obligations of our officers and directors:

   
Name of Affiliated Company   Name of Individual   Priority/Preference Relative to GSME Acquisition Partners I
GSME Capital Partners Inc.   Jing Dong Gao
Eli D. Scher
  Each of these individuals will be required to present all business opportunities which are suitable for GSME Capital Partners to GSME Capital Partners prior to presenting them to us. GSME Capital Partners is a principal investment business.
Media Communication Group   Jing Dong Gao
Eli D. Scher
Zhong Wen Lin
  Each of these individuals will be required to present all business opportunities which are suitable for Media Communication Group to Media Communication Group prior to presenting them to us. Media Communication Group is a high-technology media business.
Fundamental Films   Jing Dong Gao
Eli D. Scher
  Each of these individuals will be required to present all business opportunities which are suitable for Fundamental Films to Fundamental Films prior to presenting them to us. Fundamental Films is a film distribution and production company.

Risks

In making your decision on whether to invest in our securities, you should take into account the special risks we face as a blank check company, as well as the fact that this offering is not being conducted in compliance with Rule 419 promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and, therefore, you will not be entitled to protections normally afforded to investors in Rule 419 blank check offerings. For additional information concerning how Rule 419 blank check offerings differ from this offering, please see “ Proposed Business — Comparison to offerings of blank check companies subject to Rule 419 .” Additionally, our initial security holders’ initial equity investment is $985,000 below that which is required under the guidelines of the North American Securities Administrators’ Association, Inc. You should carefully consider these and the other risks set forth in the section entitled “Risk Factors” beginning on page 17  of this prospectus.

15


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

SUMMARY FINANCIAL DATA

The following table summarizes the relevant financial data for our business and should be read with our financial statements, which are included in this prospectus. We have not had any significant operations to date, so only balance sheet data are presented.

   
  December 31, 2008
     Actual   As Adjusted (1)
Balance Sheet Data:
                 
Working capital (deficiency)   $ (129,901 )     $ 34,725,099  
Total assets     161,033       36,165,099  
Total liabilities     145,000       1,440,000  
Value of ordinary shares which may be converted for cash           29,159,990  
Shareholders’ equity     16,033       5,565,109  

(1) Includes the $1,800,000 we will receive from the sale of the insider warrants.

The “as adjusted” information gives effect to the sale of the units we are offering, including the application of the related gross proceeds and the payment of the estimated remaining costs from such sale and the repayment of the accrued and other liabilities required to be repaid.

The “as adjusted” working capital and total assets amounts include the $36,000,000 to be held in the trust account, which will be available to us only upon the consummation of a business combination within the time period described in this prospectus. The total amount to be placed in trust includes $1,440,000 (or approximately $0.40 per share) of deferred underwriting discounts and commissions payable to the underwriters in the offering only if we consummate a business combination. If a business combination is not so consummated, the trust account, less amounts we are permitted to withdraw as described in this prospectus, will be distributed solely to our public shareholders (subject to our obligations under Cayman Islands law to provide for claims of creditors).

We will not proceed with a business combination if public shareholders owning 81% or more of the total number of shares sold in this offering exercise their conversion rights, regardless of whether they are voting for or against the proposed business combination. Accordingly, we may effect a business combination if public shareholders owning up to approximately 80.99% of the shares sold in this offering exercise their conversion rights. If this occurred, we would be required to convert to cash up to approximately 80.99% of the 3,600,000 ordinary shares sold in this offering, or 2,915,999 ordinary shares. Public shareholders who vote against a proposed business combination will be entitled to convert their stock for $10.00 per share. In addition, any public shareholder will have the right to vote for the proposed business combination and demand that such shareholder’s shares be converted into a pro rata share of the trust account (which amount, when aggregated with the right to receive an additional $0.30 per eligible share pursuant to the letter of credit, is initially anticipated to be approximately $10.30 per share). In the event the business combination is not approved by a majority of our public shareholders or 81% or more public shareholders exercise their conversion rights, regardless of whether they are voting for or against the proposed business combination, the public shareholders that voted against the proposed business combination and sought conversion of their shares shall be entitled to receive only $10.00 per ordinary share, and those public shareholders who voted for the proposed business combination shall be entitled to receive a pro rata share of the trust account (which amount, when aggregated with the right to receive an additional $0.30 per eligible share pursuant to the letter of credit, is initially anticipated to be approximately $10.30 per share).

16


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

RISK FACTORS

An investment in our securities involves a high degree of risk. You should consider carefully the material risks described below, which we believe represent all the material risks related to the offering, together with the other information contained in this prospectus, before making a decision to invest in our units. This prospectus also contains forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. Our actual results could differ materially from those anticipated in the forward-looking statements as a result of specific factors, including the risks described below.

Risks Associated with Our Business

We are a development stage company with no operating history and, accordingly, you will not have any basis on which to evaluate our ability to achieve our business objective.

We are a recently incorporated development stage company with no operating results to date. Therefore, our ability to commence operations is dependent upon obtaining financing through the public offering of our securities. Since we do not have an operating history, you will have no basis upon which to evaluate our ability to achieve our business objective, which is to acquire an operating business. We have not conducted any discussions and we have no plans, arrangements or understandings with any prospective acquisition candidates. We will not generate any revenues until, at the earliest, after the consummation of a business combination.

If we are forced to liquidate before a business combination and distribute the trust account, our public shareholders may receive less than $10.00 or $10.30 per share (as the case may be), and our warrants will expire worthless.

If we are unable to complete a business combination within twelve months (or eighteen months if the period to consummate our business combination has been extended) from the consummation of this offering and are forced to liquidate our assets, the per-share liquidation distribution (including any amounts subject to distribution pursuant to the letter of credit) may be less than $10.00 or $10.30 (as the case may be), because of the expenses of this offering, our general and administrative expenses and the anticipated costs of seeking a business combination. Furthermore, there will be no distribution with respect to our outstanding warrants which will expire worthless if we liquidate before the completion of a business combination.

If we are unable to consummate a business combination, our public shareholders may be forced to wait more than twelve months (or eighteen months if we sign a letter of intent, memorandum of understanding or definitive agreement within such twelve month period) before receiving liquidation distributions.

We have twelve months, or eighteen months if the period to complete our business combination has been extended, in which to complete a business combination. We have no obligation to return funds to investors prior to such date unless we consummate a business combination prior thereto and only then in cases where investors have sought conversion of their shares. Only after the expiration of this full time period will public shareholders be entitled to liquidation distributions if we are unable to complete a business combination. Accordingly, investors’ funds may be unavailable to them until such date.

You will not be entitled to protections normally afforded to investors of blank check companies.

Since the net proceeds of this offering are intended to be used to complete a business combination with a target business that has not been identified, we may be deemed to be a “blank check” company under the United States securities laws. However, since we will have net tangible assets in excess of $5,000,000 upon the successful consummation of this offering and will file a Report of Foreign Private Issuer on Form 6-K, including an audited balance sheet demonstrating this fact, we are exempt from rules promulgated by the SEC to protect investors of blank check companies such as Rule 419. Accordingly, investors will not be afforded the benefits or protections of those rules which would, for example, completely restrict the transferability of our securities, require us to complete a business combination within 18 months of the effective date of the initial registration statement and restrict the use of interest earned on the funds held in the trust account. Because we are not subject to Rule 419, our units will be immediately tradable, we will be entitled to withdraw a certain amount of interest earned on the funds held in the trust account prior to the completion of a business combination and we have a longer period of time to complete such a business combination than we would if we were subject to such rule.

17


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Because we are incorporated under the laws of the Cayman Islands, you may face difficulties in protecting your interests, and your ability to protect your rights through the U.S. federal courts may be limited.

We are a company incorporated under the laws of the Cayman Islands, and substantially all of our assets will be located outside the United States. In addition, certain of our directors and officers are nationals or residents of jurisdictions other than the United States, including the PRC, and all or a substantial portion of their assets are located outside the United States. As a result, it may be difficult for investors to effect service of process within the United States upon our directors or executive officers, or enforce judgments obtained in the United States courts against our directors or officers. Moreover, we have been advised that the PRC does not have treaties providing for the reciprocal recognition and enforcement of judgments of courts with the United States. Further, it is unclear if extraction treaties now in effect between the United States and the PRC would permit effective enforcement of criminal penalties of the United States federal securities laws.

Our corporate affairs will be governed by our memorandum and articles of association, the Companies Law and the common law of the Cayman Islands. The rights of shareholders to take action against the directors, actions by minority shareholders and the fiduciary responsibilities of our directors to us under Cayman Islands law are to a large extent governed by the common law of the Cayman Islands. The common law of the Cayman Islands is derived in part from comparatively limited judicial precedent in the Cayman Islands as well as from English common law, the decisions of whose courts are of persuasive authority, but are not binding on a court in the Cayman Islands. The rights of our shareholders and the fiduciary responsibilities of our directors under Cayman Islands law are not as clearly established as they would be under statutes or judicial precedent in some jurisdictions in the United States. In particular, the Cayman Islands has a less developed body of securities laws as compared to the United States, and some states, such as Delaware, have more fully developed and judicially interpreted bodies of corporate law. In addition, Cayman Islands companies may not have standing to initiate a shareholder derivative action in a federal court of the United States.

The Cayman Islands courts are also unlikely:

to recognize or enforce against us judgments of courts of the United States based on certain civil liability provisions of U.S. securities laws; and
to impose liabilities against us, in original actions brought in the Cayman Islands, based on certain civil liability provisions of U.S. securities laws that are penal in nature.

We may issue shares of our capital stock or debt securities to complete a business combination, which would reduce the equity interest of our shareholders and likely cause a change in control of our ownership.

Our memorandum and articles of association authorizes the issuance of up to 50,000,000 ordinary shares, par value $.001 per share, and 1,000,000 shares of preferred stock, par value $.001 per share. Immediately after this offering and the purchase of the insider warrants (assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option), there will be 38,000,000 authorized but unissued ordinary shares available for issuance (after appropriate reservation for the issuance of the shares upon full exercise of our outstanding warrants). Although we have no commitment as of the date of this offering, we may issue a substantial number of additional ordinary shares or preferred shares, or a combination of ordinary and preferred shares, to complete a business combination. The issuance of additional ordinary or preferred shares:

may significantly reduce the equity interest of investors in this offering;
may subordinate the rights of holders of ordinary shares if we issue preferred shares with rights senior to those afforded to our ordinary shares;
may cause a change in control if a substantial number of ordinary shares are issued, which may affect, among other things, our ability to use our net operating loss carry forwards, if any, and could result in the resignation or removal of our present officers and directors; and
may adversely affect prevailing market prices for our ordinary shares.

Similarly, if we issue debt securities, it could result in:

default and foreclosure on our assets if our operating revenues after a business combination are insufficient to repay our debt obligations;

18


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

acceleration of our obligations to repay the indebtedness even if we make all principal and interest payments when due if we breach certain covenants that require the maintenance of certain financial ratios or reserves without a waiver or renegotiation of that covenant;
our immediate payment of all principal and accrued interest, if any, if the debt security is payable on demand; and
our inability to obtain necessary additional financing if the debt security contains covenants restricting our ability to obtain such financing while the debt security is outstanding.

Because there are numerous companies with a business plan similar to ours seeking to effectuate a business combination, it may be more difficult for us to do so.

Since August 2003, based upon publicly available information, approximately 161 similarly structured blank check companies have completed initial public offerings in the United States. Of these companies, only 76 companies have consummated a business combination, while 17 other companies have announced they have entered into a definitive agreement for a business combination, but have not consummated such business combination, and 54 companies have failed to complete business combinations and have either dissolved or announced their intention to dissolve and return trust proceeds to their shareholders. Accordingly, there are approximately 14 blank check companies with more than $4.9 billion in trust that are seeking to carry out a business plan similar to our business plan. Of these companies, 4 with approximately $173 million in trust are seeking to consummate a business combination with a company in China. Furthermore, there are a number of additional offerings for blank check companies that are still in the registration process but have not completed initial public offerings and there are likely to be more blank check companies filing registration statements for initial public offerings after the date of this prospectus and prior to our completion of a business combination. While some of those companies must complete a business combination in specific industries, a number of them may consummate a business combination in any industry they choose. Therefore, we may be subject to competition from these and other companies seeking to consummate a business plan similar to ours. Because of this competition, we cannot assure you that we will be able to effectuate a business combination within the required time periods.

If the net proceeds of this offering not being held in trust are insufficient to allow us to operate for at least the next 18 months, we may be unable to complete a business combination.

We believe that, upon consummation of this offering, the funds available to us outside of the trust account, plus the interest earned on the funds held in the trust account that may be available to us, will be sufficient to allow us to operate for at least the next 18 months, assuming that a business combination is not consummated during that time. However, we cannot assure you that our estimates will be accurate. We could use a portion of the funds available to us to pay fees to consultants to assist us with our search for a target business. We could also use a portion of the funds as a down payment or to fund a “no-shop” provision (a provision in letters of intent designed to keep target businesses from “shopping” around for transactions with other companies on terms more favorable to such target businesses) with respect to a particular proposed business combination, although we do not have any current intention to do so. If we entered into a letter of intent where we paid for the right to receive exclusivity from a target business and were subsequently required to forfeit such funds (whether as a result of our breach or otherwise), we might not have sufficient funds to continue searching for, or conduct due diligence with respect to, a target business.

A decline in interest rates could limit the amount available to fund our search for a target business or businesses and complete a business combination since we will depend on interest earned on the trust account to fund our search, to pay our tax obligations and to complete our initial business combination.

Of the net proceeds of this offering, only $200,000 will be available to us initially outside the trust account to fund our working capital requirements. We will depend on sufficient interest being earned on the proceeds held in the trust account to provide us with additional working capital we will need to identify one or more target businesses and to complete our initial business combination, as well as to pay any tax obligations that we may owe. Interest rates on permissible investments for us have ranged from __% to __% over the last several months. While we are entitled to have released to us for such purposes certain interest earned

19


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

on the funds in the trust account, a substantial decline in interest rates may result in our having insufficient funds available with which to structure, negotiate or close an initial business combination. In such event, we would need to borrow funds from our initial shareholders to operate or may be forced to liquidate. Our initial shareholders are under no obligation to advance funds in such circumstances.

If third parties bring claims against us, the proceeds held in trust could be reduced and the per-share liquidation price received by shareholders may be less than $10.00 or $10.30 per share (as the case may be).

Our placing of funds in trust may not protect those funds from third party claims against us. Although we will seek to have all vendors and service providers we engage and prospective target businesses we negotiate with execute agreements with us waiving any right, title, interest or claim of any kind in or to any monies held in the trust account for the benefit of our public shareholders, they may not execute such agreements. Furthermore, even if such entities execute such agreements with us, they may seek recourse against the trust account. A court may not uphold the validity of such agreements. Accordingly, the proceeds held in trust could be subject to claims which could take priority over those of our public shareholders. If we liquidate before the completion of a business combination and distribute the proceeds held in trust to our public shareholders, Jing Dong Gao and Eli D. Scher have agreed that they will be personally liable to ensure that the proceeds in the trust account are not reduced below $10.00 per share by the claims of target businesses or claims of vendors or other entities that are owed money by us for services rendered or contracted for or products sold to us. However, we cannot assure you that they may not be able to meet such obligation. Therefore, the per-share distribution from the trust account combined with any amounts subject to distribution pursuant to the letter of credit, if we liquidate, may be less than $10.00 or $10.30 (as the case may be), plus interest, due to such claims.

Additionally, if we are forced to file a bankruptcy case or an involuntary bankruptcy case is filed against us which is not dismissed, the proceeds held in the trust account could be subject to applicable bankruptcy law, and may be included in our bankruptcy estate and subject to the claims of third parties with priority over the claims of our shareholders. To the extent any bankruptcy claims deplete the trust account, we may not be able to return to our public shareholders at least $10.00 or, upon any distribution of the per share amount pursuant to the letter of credit, $10.30 per share (as the case may be).

Our shareholders may be held liable for claims by third parties against us to the extent of distributions received by them.

Our memorandum and articles of association provides that we will continue in existence only until twelve months from the consummation of this offering, or eighteen months if the period to complete our business combination has been extended. If we have not completed a business combination by such date, our corporate existence will cease except for the purposes of winding up our affairs and dissolving. As a result, this has the same effect as if we had formally went through a voluntary liquidation procedure under the Companies Law. In such a situation under the Companies Law, a liquidator would give at least 21 days’ notice to creditors of his intention to make a distribution by notifying known creditors (if any) who have not submitted claims and by placing a public advertisement in the Cayman Islands Official Gazette, although in practice this notice requirement need not necessarily delay the distribution of assets as the liquidator may be satisfied that no creditors would be adversely affected as a consequence of a distribution before this time period has expired. As soon as the affairs of the company are fully wound-up, the liquidator must lay his final report and accounts before a final general meeting which must be called by a public notice at least one month before it takes place. After the final meeting, the liquidator must make a return to the Registrar confirming the date on which the meeting was held and three months after the date of such filing the company is dissolved. In the case of a full voluntary liquidation procedure, any liability of shareholders with respect to a liquidating distribution would be barred if creditors miss the deadline for submitting claims. However, it is our intention to liquidate the trust account to our public shareholders as soon as reasonably possible and our directors and officers have agreed to take any such action necessary to dissolve our company and liquidate the trust account as soon as reasonably practicable if we do not complete a business combination within the required time periods. Pursuant to our memorandum and articles of association, failure to consummate a business combination within twelve months from the date of this offering, or eighteen months if the period to complete our business combination has been extended, will

20


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

trigger an automatic winding up of the company. As such, our shareholders could potentially be liable for any claims to the extent of distributions received by them pursuant to such process and any liability of our shareholders may extend beyond the date of such dissolution. Accordingly, we cannot assure you that third parties will not seek to recover from our shareholders amounts owed to them by us.

If we are unable to consummate a transaction within the required time periods, our purpose and powers will be limited to dissolving and winding up. Upon notice from us, the trustee of the trust account will distribute the amount in our trust account to our public shareholders as part of our plan of dissolution and distribution. Concurrently, we shall pay, or reserve for payment, from funds not held in trust, our liabilities and obligations, although we cannot assure you that there will be sufficient funds for such purpose. If there are insufficient funds held outside the trust account for such purpose, Messrs. Gao and Scher have agreed that they will be liable to ensure that the proceeds in the trust account are not reduced below $10.00 per share by the claims of target businesses or claims of vendors or other entities that are owed money by us for services rendered or contracted for or products sold to us.

If we are forced to file a bankruptcy case or an involuntary bankruptcy case is filed against us which is not dismissed, any distributions received by shareholders could be viewed under applicable debtor/creditor and/or bankruptcy laws as either a “preferential transfer” or a “fraudulent conveyance.” As a result, a bankruptcy court could seek to recover all amounts received by our shareholders. Furthermore, because we intend to distribute the proceeds held in the trust account to our public shareholders promptly after our termination, this may be viewed or interpreted as giving preference to our public shareholders over any potential creditors with respect to access to or distributions from our assets. Furthermore, our board may be viewed as having breached their fiduciary duties to our creditors and/or may have acted in bad faith, and thereby exposing itself and our company to claims of punitive damages, by paying public shareholders from the trust account prior to addressing the claims of creditors. We cannot assure you that claims will not be brought against us for these reasons.

An effective registration statement may not be in place when an investor desires to exercise warrants, thus precluding such investor from being able to exercise his, her or its warrants and causing such warrants to be practically worthless.

No warrant held by public shareholders will be exercisable and we will not be obligated to issue ordinary shares unless at the time such holder seeks to exercise such warrant, a prospectus relating to the ordinary shares issuable upon exercise of the warrant is current and the ordinary shares have been registered or qualified or deemed to be exempt under the securities laws of the state of residence of the holder of the warrants. Under the terms of the warrant agreement, we have agreed to use our best efforts to meet these conditions and to maintain a current prospectus relating to the ordinary shares issuable upon exercise of the warrants until the expiration of the warrants. However, we cannot assure you that we will be able to do so, and if we do not maintain a current prospectus related to the ordinary shares issuable upon exercise of the warrants, holders will be unable to exercise their warrants and we will not be required to settle any such warrant exercise. If the prospectus relating to the ordinary shares issuable upon the exercise of the warrants is not current or if the ordinary shares are not qualified or exempt from qualification in the jurisdictions in which the holders of the warrants reside, the warrants held by public shareholders may have no value, the market for such warrants may be limited and such warrants may expire worthless. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the insider warrants may be exercisable for unregistered shares of common stock even if the prospectus relating to the common stock issuable upon exercise of the warrants is not current.

An investor will only be able to exercise a warrant if the issuance of ordinary shares upon such exercise has been registered or qualified or is deemed exempt under the securities laws of the state of residence of the holder of the warrants.

No warrants will be exercisable and we will not be obligated to issue ordinary shares unless the ordinary shares issuable upon such exercise has been registered or qualified or deemed to be exempt under the securities laws of the state of residence of the holder of the warrants. Because the exemptions from qualification in certain states for resales of warrants and for issuances of ordinary shares by the issuer upon exercise of a warrant may be different, a warrant may be held by a holder in a state where an exemption is not available for issuance of ordinary shares upon an exercise and the holder will be precluded from exercise of the warrant. As a result, the warrants may be deprived of any value, the market for the warrants may be limited and the holders

21


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

of warrants may not be able to exercise their warrants if the ordinary shares issuable upon such exercise is not qualified or exempt from qualification in the jurisdictions in which the holders of the warrants reside.

We may amend the terms of the warrants that may be adverse to holders with the approval by the holders of a majority of the then outstanding warrants.

Our warrants will be issued in registered form under a warrant agreement between Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company, as warrant agent, and us. The warrant agreement provides that the terms of the warrants may be amended without the consent of any holder to cure any ambiguity or correct any defective provision, but requires the approval by the holders of a majority of the then outstanding warrants in order to make any change that adversely affects the interests of the registered holders. Accordingly, we may amend the terms of the warrants in an adverse way to a holder if a majority of the holders approve of such amendment.

Since we have not yet selected a particular industry or target business with which to complete a business combination, we are unable to currently ascertain the merits or risks of the industry or business in which we may ultimately operate.

We may consummate a business combination with a company in any industry we choose and are not limited to any particular industry or type of business. Accordingly, there is no current basis for you to evaluate the possible merits or risks of the particular industry in which we may ultimately operate or the target business which we may ultimately acquire. To the extent we complete a business combination with a financially unstable company or an entity in its development stage, we may be affected by numerous risks inherent in the business operations of those entities. If we complete a business combination with an entity in an industry characterized by a high level of risk, we may be affected by the currently unascertainable risks of that industry. Although our management will endeavor to evaluate the risks inherent in a particular industry or target business, we cannot assure you that we will properly ascertain or assess all of the significant risk factors. We also cannot assure you that an investment in our units will not ultimately prove to be less favorable to investors in this offering than a direct investment, if an opportunity were available, in a target business.

Our ability to successfully effect a business combination and to be successful thereafter will be totally dependent upon the efforts of our key personnel, some of whom may join us following a business combination. While we intend to closely scrutinize any individuals we engage after a business combination, we cannot assure you that our assessment of these individuals will prove to be correct.

Our ability to successfully effect a business combination is dependent upon the efforts of our key personnel. The role of our key personnel in the target business, however, cannot presently be ascertained. Although some of our key personnel may remain with the target business in senior management or advisory positions following a business combination, it is likely that some or all of the management of the target business will remain in place. While we intend to closely scrutinize any individuals we engage after a business combination, we cannot assure you that our assessment of these individuals will prove to be correct. These individuals may be unfamiliar with the requirements of operating a public company which could cause us to have to expend time and resources helping them become familiar with such requirements. This could be expensive and time-consuming and could lead to various regulatory issues which may adversely affect our operations.

Our officers and directors may not have significant experience or knowledge regarding the jurisdiction or industry of the target business we may seek to acquire.

We may consummate a business combination with a target business in any geographic location or industry we choose so long as the target business has its principal operations located in the PRC. If we decide to complete a business combination with a target business that also has operations outside of the PRC or that operates in a field outside of the expertise of our officers and directors, we cannot assure you that our officers and directors will have enough experience or have sufficient knowledge relating to the jurisdiction of the target or its industry to make an informed decision regarding a business combination.

22


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Our key personnel may negotiate employment or consulting agreements with a target business in connection with a particular business combination. These agreements may provide for them to receive compensation following a business combination and as a result, may cause them to have conflicts of interest in determining whether a particular business combination is the most advantageous.

Our key personnel will be able to remain with the company after the consummation of a business combination only if they are able to negotiate employment or consulting agreements or other appropriate arrangements in connection with the business combination. Such negotiations would take place simultaneously with the negotiation of the business combination and could provide for such individuals to receive compensation in the form of cash payments and/or our securities for services they would render to the company after the consummation of the business combination. The personal and financial interests of such individuals may influence their motivation in identifying and selecting a target business.

Our officers and directors will allocate their time to other businesses thereby causing conflicts of interest in their determination as to how much time to devote to our affairs. This conflict of interest could have a negative impact on our ability to consummate a business combination.

Our officers and directors are not required to commit their full time to our affairs, which could create a conflict of interest when allocating their time between our operations and their other commitments. We do not intend to have any full time employees prior to the consummation of a business combination. All of our executive officers are engaged in several other business endeavors and are not obligated to devote any specific number of hours to our affairs. If our officers’ and directors’ other business affairs require them to devote more substantial amounts of time to such affairs, it could limit their ability to devote time to our affairs and could have a negative impact on our ability to consummate a business combination.

Our officers, directors and their affiliates may in the future become affiliated with entities engaged in business activities similar to those intended to be conducted by us and accordingly, may have conflicts of interest in determining to which entity a particular business opportunity should be presented.

None of our directors, officers or their affiliates has been or currently is a principal of, or affiliated or associated with, a blank check company. However, our officers and directors may in the future become affiliated with entities, including other “blank check” companies, engaged in business activities similar to those intended to be conducted by us. Additionally, our officers and directors may become aware of business opportunities which may be appropriate for presentation to us and the other entities to which they owe fiduciary duties. Accordingly, they may have conflicts of interest in determining to which entity a particular business opportunity should be presented. As a result, a potential target business may be presented to another entity prior to its presentation to us and we may not be afforded the opportunity to engage in a transaction with such target business. Furthermore, the officer or director who determines to present the target to another entity may not be held liable to us under Cayman Islands law.

All of our officers and directors own ordinary shares issued prior to the offering and will own warrants following this offering. These shares and warrants will not participate in liquidation distributions and, therefore, our officers and directors may have a conflict of interest in determining whether a particular target business is appropriate for a business combination.

All of our officers and directors own our ordinary shares that were issued prior to this offering. Additionally, they are purchasing insider warrants simultaneously with the consummation of this offering. Such individuals have waived their right to convert their initial shares or any other shares purchased in this offering or thereafter, or to receive distributions with respect to their initial shares upon our liquidation if we are unable to consummate a business combination. Accordingly, the shares acquired prior to this offering, as well as the insider warrants and any warrants purchased by our officers or directors in the aftermarket, will be worthless if we do not consummate a business combination. The personal and financial interests of our directors and officers may influence their motivation in timely identifying and selecting a target business and completing a business combination. Consequently, our directors’ and officers’ discretion in identifying and selecting a suitable target business may result in a conflict of interest when determining whether the terms, conditions and timing of a particular business combination are appropriate and in our shareholders’ best interest.

23


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

If our ordinary shares become subject to the SEC’s penny stock rules, broker-dealers may experience difficulty in completing customer transactions and trading activity in our securities may be adversely affected.

If at any time we have net tangible assets of $5,000,000 or less and our ordinary shares have a market price per share of less than $5.00, transactions in our ordinary shares may be subject to the “penny stock” rules promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. Under these rules, broker-dealers who recommend such securities to persons other than institutional accredited investors must:

make a special written suitability determination for the purchaser;
receive the purchaser’s written agreement to the transaction prior to sale;
provide the purchaser with risk disclosure documents which identify certain risks associated with investing in “penny stocks” and which describe the market for these “penny stocks” as well as a purchaser’s legal remedies; and
obtain a signed and dated acknowledgment from the purchaser demonstrating that the purchaser has actually received the required risk disclosure document before a transaction in a “penny stock” can be completed.

If our ordinary shares become subject to these rules, broker-dealers may find it difficult to effectuate customer transactions and trading activity in our securities may be adversely affected. As a result, the market price of our securities may be depressed, and you may find it more difficult to sell our securities.

We may only be able to complete one business combination with the proceeds of this offering, which will cause us to be solely dependent on a single business which may have a limited number of products or services.

Our business combination must be with a business with a fair market enterprise value of at least 80% of the gross offering proceeds at the time of such acquisition, although this may entail the simultaneous acquisitions of several operating businesses at the same time whose collective value equals or exceeds 80% of the gross offering proceeds. By consummating a business combination with only a single entity, our lack of diversification may subject us to numerous economic, competitive and regulatory developments. Further, we would not be able to diversify our operations or benefit from the possible spreading of risks or offsetting of losses, unlike other entities which may have the resources to complete several business combinations in different industries or different areas of a single industry. Accordingly, the prospects for our success may be:

solely dependent upon the performance of a single business, or
dependent upon the development or market acceptance of a single or limited number of products, processes or services.

This lack of diversification may subject us to numerous economic, competitive and regulatory developments, any or all of which may have a substantial adverse impact upon the particular industry in which we may operate subsequent to a business combination.

Alternatively, if we determine to simultaneously acquire several businesses and such businesses are owned by different sellers, we will need for each of such sellers to agree that our purchase of its business is contingent on the simultaneous closings of the other business combinations, which may make it more difficult for us, and delay our ability, to complete the business combination. With multiple business combinations, we could also face additional risks, including additional burdens and costs with respect to possible multiple negotiations and due diligence investigations (if there are multiple sellers) and the additional risks associated with the subsequent assimilation of the operations and services or products of the acquired companies in a single operating business. If we are unable to adequately address these risks, it could negatively impact our profitability and results of operations.

24


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

The ability of our shareholders to exercise their conversion rights may not allow us to effectuate the most desirable business combination or optimize our capital structure.

When we seek shareholder approval of any business combination, we will offer each public shareholder (but not our initial shareholders) who votes against the proposed business combination the right to have his, her or its ordinary shares converted to cash for $10.00 per share. In addition, any public shareholder will have the right to vote for the proposed business combination and demand that such shareholder’s shares be converted into a pro rata share of the trust account (which amount, when aggregated with the right to receive an additional $0.30 per eligible share, is initially anticipated to be approximately $10.30 per share). Accordingly, if our business combination requires us to use substantially all of our cash to pay the purchase price, because we will not know how many shareholders may exercise such conversion rights, we may either need to reserve part of the trust account for possible payment upon such conversion, or we may need to arrange third party financing to help fund our business combination in case a larger percentage of shareholders exercise their conversion rights than we expect. Since we have no specific business combination under consideration, we have not taken any steps to secure third party financing. Therefore, we may not be able to consummate a business combination that requires us to use all of the funds held in the trust account as part of the purchase price, or we may end up having a leverage ratio that is not optimal for our business combination. This may limit our ability to effectuate the most attractive business combination available to us.

We will offer each public shareholder the option to vote in favor of a proposed business combination and still seek conversion of his, her or its shares.

When we seek shareholder approval of any business combination, we will offer each public shareholder (but not our initial shareholders) the right to have his, her or its ordinary shares converted to cash for a pro rata share of the trust account and to further receive an additional $0.30 per eligible share pursuant to the letter of credit (initially anticipated to be an aggregate distribution of approximately $10.30 per share) so long as such public shareholder votes each such share in favor of our proposed business combination. We may proceed with a business combination as long as public shareholders owning less than 81% of the total number of shares sold in this offering exercise their conversion rights, regardless of whether they are voting for or against the proposed business combination. Accordingly, public shareholders owning approximately 80.99% of the shares sold in this offering may exercise their conversion rights and we could still consummate a proposed business combination. This is different than other similarly structured blank check companies where shareholders are offered the right to convert their shares only when they vote against a proposed business combination. Furthermore, our conversion threshold at 81% is significantly higher than the more typical threshold of between 20% and 40% and further allows holders of our ordinary shares the right to vote in favor of our business combination and elect to convert their shares. This higher threshold and the ability to seek conversion while voting in favor of our proposed business combination may make it more likely that we will consummate a business combination.

We may require shareholders who wish to convert their shares in connection with a proposed business combination to comply with specific requirements for conversion that may make it more difficult for them to exercise their conversion rights prior to the deadline for exercising their rights.

We may require public shareholders who wish to convert their shares in connection with a proposed business combination to either tender their certificates to our transfer agent at any time prior to the vote taken at the shareholder meeting relating to such business combination or to deliver their shares to the transfer agent electronically using the Depository Trust Company’s DWAC (Deposit/Withdrawal At Custodian) System. In order to obtain a physical stock certificate, a shareholder’s broker and/or clearing broker, DTC and our transfer agent will need to act to facilitate this request. It is our understanding that shareholders should generally allot at least two weeks to obtain physical certificates from the transfer agent. However, because we do not have any control over this process or over the brokers or DTC, it may take significantly longer than two weeks to obtain a physical stock certificate. While we have been advised that it takes a short time to deliver shares through the DWAC System, we cannot assure you of this fact. Accordingly, if it takes longer than we anticipate for shareholders to deliver their shares, shareholders who wish to convert may be unable to meet the deadline for exercising their conversion rights and thus may be unable to convert their shares.

25


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

If we require public shareholders who wish to convert their shares in connection with a proposed business combination to comply with specific requirements for conversion, such converting shareholders may be unable to sell their securities when they wish to in the event that the proposed business combination is not approved.

If we require public shareholders who wish to convert their shares in connection with the proposed business combination to comply with specific requirements for conversion and such proposed business combination is not consummated, we will promptly return such certificates to the tendering public shareholders. Accordingly, investors who attempted to convert their shares in such a circumstance will be unable to sell their securities after the failed acquisition until we have returned their securities to them. The market price for our ordinary shares may decline during this time and you may not be able to sell your securities when you wish to, even while other shareholders that did not seek conversion may be able to sell their securities.

We may use funds in our trust account to purchase, directly or indirectly, shares from holders thereof who have indicated an intention to vote against such proposed business combination and convert their shares.

If holders of shares sold in this offering indicate an intention to vote against a proposed business combination and/or seek conversion of their shares into cash, we may privately negotiate arrangements to provide for the purchase of such shares at the closing of the business combination using funds held in the trust account. The purpose of such arrangements would be to increase the likelihood of satisfaction of the requirements that the holders of a majority of our ordinary shares outstanding vote in favor of a proposed business combination and that holders of fewer than 81% of the total number of shares sold in this offering demand conversion of their shares into cash where it appears that such requirements would otherwise not be met. This may result in the approval of a business combination that may not otherwise have been possible. Additionally, as a consequence of such purchases,

the funds in our trust account that are so used will not be available to us after the merger; and
the public “float” of our ordinary shares may be reduced and the number of beneficial holders of our securities may be reduced, which may make it difficult to obtain the quotation, listing or trading of our securities on a national securities exchange.

Because of our limited resources and structure, we may not be able to consummate an attractive business combination.

We expect to encounter intense competition from entities other than blank check companies having a business objective similar to ours, including venture capital funds, leveraged buyout funds and operating businesses competing for acquisitions. Many of these entities are well established and have extensive experience in identifying and effecting business combinations directly or through affiliates. Many of these competitors possess greater technical, human and other resources than we do and our financial resources will be relatively limited when contrasted with those of many of these competitors. While we believe that there are numerous potential target businesses that we could acquire with the net proceeds of this offering, our ability to compete in acquiring certain sizable target businesses will be limited by our available financial resources. This inherent competitive limitation gives others an advantage in pursuing the acquisition of certain target businesses. Furthermore, the obligation we have to seek shareholder approval of a business combination may delay the consummation of a transaction. Additionally, our outstanding warrants, and the future dilution they potentially represent, may not be viewed favorably by certain target businesses. Any of these obligations may place us at a competitive disadvantage in successfully negotiating a business combination. Because only 93 of the 161 blank check companies that have gone public in the United States since August 2003 have either consummated a business combination or entered into a definitive agreement for a business combination, it may indicate that there are fewer attractive target businesses available to such entities like our company or that many privately held target businesses are not inclined to enter into these types of transactions with publicly held blank check companies like ours. If we are unable to consummate a business combination with a target business within the prescribed time periods, we will be forced to liquidate.

26


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

We may be unable to obtain additional financing, if required, to complete a business combination or to fund the operations and growth of the target business, which could compel us to restructure or abandon a particular business combination.

Although we believe that the net proceeds of this offering will be sufficient to allow us to consummate a business combination, because we have not yet identified any prospective target business, we cannot ascertain the capital requirements for any particular transaction. If the net proceeds of this offering prove to be insufficient, either because of the size of the business combination, the depletion of the available net proceeds in search of a target business, or the obligation to convert into cash a significant number of shares from dissenting shareholders, we will be required to seek additional financing. Such financing may not be available on acceptable terms, if at all. To the extent that additional financing proves to be unavailable when needed to consummate a particular business combination, we would be compelled to either restructure the transaction or abandon that particular business combination and seek an alternative target business candidate. In addition, if we consummate a business combination, we may require additional financing to fund the operations or growth of the target business. The failure to secure additional financing could have a material adverse effect on the continued development or growth of the target business. None of our officers, directors or shareholders is required to provide any financing to us in connection with or after a business combination.

Our initial shareholders, including our officers and directors, control a substantial interest in us and thus may influence certain actions requiring a shareholder vote.

Upon consummation of our offering, our initial shareholders (including all of our officers and directors) will collectively own 20% of our issued and outstanding ordinary shares (assuming they do not purchase any units in this offering). None of our officers, directors, initial shareholders or their affiliates has indicated any intention to purchase units in this offering or any units or ordinary shares from persons in the open market or in private transactions. However, if a significant number of shareholders vote, or indicate an intention to vote, against a proposed business combination, our officers, directors, initial shareholders or their affiliates could make such purchases in the open market or in private transactions in order to influence the vote.

Our board of directors is and will be divided into two classes, each of which will generally serve for a term of three years with only one class of directors being elected in each year. It is unlikely that there will be an annual meeting of shareholders to elect new directors prior to the consummation of a business combination, in which case all of the current directors will continue in office until at least the consummation of the business combination. Accordingly, you may not be able to exercise your voting rights under corporate law for up to 30 months. If there is an annual meeting, as a consequence of our “staggered” board of directors, only a minority of the board of directors will be considered for election and our initial shareholders, because of their ownership position, will have considerable influence regarding the outcome. Accordingly, our initial shareholders will continue to exert control at least until the consummation of a business combination.

Our initial shareholders paid an aggregate of $25,000, or approximately $0.02 per share, for their shares and, accordingly, you will experience immediate and substantial dilution from the purchase of our ordinary shares.

The difference between the public offering price per share and the pro forma net tangible book value per ordinary share after this offering constitutes the dilution to the investors in this offering. Our initial shareholders acquired their initial ordinary shares at a nominal price, significantly contributing to this dilution. Upon consummation of this offering, you and the other new investors will incur an immediate and substantial dilution of approximately 70.2% or $7.02 per share (the difference between the pro forma net tangible book value per share $2.98, and the initial offering price of $10.00 per unit). This is because investors in this offering will be contributing approximately 99.99% of the total amount paid to us for our outstanding securities after this offering but will only own 75% of our outstanding securities. Accordingly, the per-share purchase price you will be paying substantially exceeds our per share net tangible book value.

Our outstanding warrants and option may have an adverse effect on the market price of our common stock and make it more difficult to effect a business combination.

We will be issuing warrants to purchase 3,600,000 ordinary shares as part of the units offered by this prospectus and the insider warrants to purchase 3,600,000 ordinary shares. We will also issue an option to

27


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

purchase 360,000 units to the representative of the underwriters which, if exercised, will result in the issuance of an additional 360,000 warrants. To the extent we issue ordinary shares to effect a business combination, the potential for the issuance of a substantial number of additional shares upon exercise of these warrants and option could make us a less attractive acquisition vehicle in the eyes of a target business. Such securities, when exercised, will increase the number of issued and outstanding ordinary shares and reduce the value of the shares issued to complete the business combination. Accordingly, our warrants and option may make it more difficult to effectuate a business combination or increase the cost of acquiring the target business. Additionally, the sale, or even the possibility of sale, of the shares underlying the warrants and option could have an adverse effect on the market price for our securities or on our ability to obtain future financing. If and to the extent these warrants and option are exercised, you may experience dilution to your holdings.

We may redeem the warrants at a time that is not beneficial to public investors.

We may call the public warrants for redemption at any time after the redemption criteria described elsewhere in this prospectus have been satisfied. If we call the public warrants for redemption, public shareholders may be forced to accept a nominal redemption price or sell or exercise the warrants when they may not wish to do so.

Our management’s ability to require holders of our warrants to exercise such warrants on a cashless basis will cause holders to receive fewer ordinary shares upon their exercise of the warrants than they would have received had they been able to exercise their warrants for cash.

If we call our warrants for redemption after the redemption criteria described elsewhere in this prospectus have been satisfied, our management will have the option to require any holder that wishes to exercise his warrant (including the insider warrants) to do so on a “cashless basis.” If our management chooses to require holders to exercise their warrants on a cashless basis, the number of ordinary shares received by a holder upon exercise will be fewer than it would have been had such holder exercised his warrant for cash. This will have the effect of reducing the potential “upside” of the holder’s investment in our company.

If our initial shareholders exercise their registration rights with respect to their securities, it may have an adverse effect on the market price of our ordinary shares and the existence of these rights may make it more difficult to effect a business combination.

Our initial shareholders are entitled to make a demand that we register the resale of their initial shares at any time commencing three months prior to the date on which their shares may be released from escrow. Additionally, the purchasers of the insider warrants are entitled to demand that we register the resale of their insider warrants and underlying ordinary shares at any time after we consummate a business combination. If such individuals exercise their registration rights with respect to all of their securities, then there will be an additional 1,200,000 ordinary shares (or 1,380,000 ordinary shares if the underwriters exercise the over-allotment option in full) and 3,600,000 warrants (as well as 3,600,000 ordinary shares underlying the warrants) eligible for trading in the public market. The presence of these additional ordinary shares trading in the public market may have an adverse effect on the market price of our securities. In addition, the existence of these rights may make it more difficult to effectuate a business combination or increase the cost of acquiring the target business, as the shareholders of the target business may be discouraged from entering into a business combination with us or will request a higher price for their securities because of the potential effect the exercise of such rights may have on the trading market for our ordinary shares.

If we are deemed to be an investment company, we may be required to institute burdensome compliance requirements and our activities may be restricted, which may make it difficult for us to complete a business combination.

A company that, among other things, is or holds itself out as being engaged primarily, or proposes to engage primarily, in the business of investing, reinvesting, owning, trading or holding certain types of securities would be deemed an investment company under the Investment Company Act of 1940. Since we will invest the proceeds held in the trust account, it is possible that we could be deemed an investment company. Notwithstanding the foregoing, we do not believe that our anticipated principal activities will subject us to the Investment Company Act of 1940. To this end, the proceeds held in trust may be invested by the trustee only

28


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

in United States “government securities” within the meaning of Section 2(a)(16) of the Investment Company Act of 1940 having a maturity of 180 days or less or in money market funds meeting certain conditions under Rule 2a-7 promulgated under the Investment Company Act of 1940. By restricting the investment of the proceeds to these instruments, we intend to meet the requirements for the exemption provided in Rule 3a-1 promulgated under the Investment Company Act of 1940.

If we are nevertheless deemed to be an investment company under the Investment Company Act of 1940, we may be subject to certain restrictions that may make it more difficult for us to complete a business combination, including:

restrictions on the nature of our investments; and
restrictions on the issuance of securities.

In addition, we may have imposed upon us certain burdensome requirements, including:

registration as an investment company;
adoption of a specific form of corporate structure; and
reporting, record keeping, voting, proxy, compliance policies and procedures and disclosure requirements and other rules and regulations.

Compliance with these additional regulatory burdens would require additional expense for which we have not allotted.

The determination for the offering price of our units is more arbitrary compared with the pricing of securities for an operating company in a particular industry.

Prior to this offering there has been no public market for any of our securities. The public offering price of the units and the terms of the warrants were negotiated between us and the representatives. Factors considered in determining the prices and terms of the units, including the ordinary shares and warrants underlying the units, include:

the history and prospects of companies whose principal business is the acquisition of other companies;
prior offerings of those companies;
our prospects for acquiring an operating business at attractive values;
our capital structure;
an assessment of our management and their experience in identifying operating companies; and
general conditions of the securities markets at the time of the offering.

However, although these factors were considered, the determination of our offering price is more arbitrary than the pricing of securities for an operating company in a particular industry since we have no historical operations or financial results to compare them to.

There is no statutory recognition in the Cayman Islands of judgments obtained in the United States, although the courts of the Cayman Islands will in certain circumstances recognize and enforce a non-penal judgment of a foreign court of competent jurisdiction without retrial on the merits. The Grand Court of the Cayman Islands may stay proceedings if concurrent proceedings are being brought elsewhere.

As a result of all of the above, public shareholders may have more difficulty in protecting their interests in the face of actions taken by management, members of the board of directors or controlling shareholders than they would as public shareholders of a United States company.

We are not required to file our proxy statement for our initial business combination with the SEC pursuant to the proxy rules under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

Assuming we remain a foreign private issuer, we will be exempt from the rules under the Exchange Act relating to the furnishing and content of proxy statements. We have agreed with the representative of the underwriters that, for the period commencing with the date of this prospectus and ending upon the earlier of

29


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

our consummation of an initial business combination or our liquidation, in connection with any proposed business combination, we will deliver to our shareholders proxy solicitation materials containing the information we believe would have been required to be provided to shareholders had we not been a foreign private issuer but still had a class of equity securities registered under Section 12 of the Exchange Act and we will file with the SEC a Report of Foreign Private Issuer on Form 6-K the proxy solicitation material. Assuming we remain a foreign private issuer, however, we would not required and do not intend to file our proxy solicitation materials with the SEC for review or comment.

We may become a passive foreign investment company (or “PFIC”), which could result in adverse U.S. federal income tax consequences to U.S. investors.

In general, we will be classified as a passive foreign investment company, or PFIC, for any taxable year in which either (1) at least 75% of our gross income is passive income or (2) at least 50% of the average value of our assets is attributable to assets that produce, or are held for the production of, passive income. Passive income generally includes, without limitation, dividends, interest, rents, royalties, and gains from the disposition of passive assets. If we are determined to be a PFIC for any taxable year during which a U.S. Holder (as defined in the section of this prospectus captioned “Taxation — United States Federal Income Taxation”) held our ordinary shares or warrants, the U.S. Holder may be subject to increased U.S. federal income tax liability and may be subject to additional reporting requirements. We cannot assure you that we will not be a PFIC in the current or any future year. We urge U.S. investors to consult their own tax advisors regarding the possible application of the PFIC rules. For a more detailed explanation of the tax consequences of PFIC classification to U.S. holders, see the section of this prospectus captioned “Taxation — United States Federal Income Taxation — Passive Foreign Investment Company Rules.”

An investment in this offering may involve adverse U.S. federal income tax consequences because the redemption or liquidation price per share is greater than an investor’s initial tax basis in our ordinary shares.

While we intend to take a contrary position, there is a risk that an investor’s entitlement to receive payments in excess of the investors’ initial tax basis in our ordinary shares (see “Taxation — United States Federal Income Taxation — Allocation of Purchase Price Between Ordinary Shares and Warrants”) upon exercise of the investor’s conversion right or upon our liquidation could result in constructive income to the investor, which could affect the timing and character of income recognition and result in a U.S. federal income tax liability to the investor without the investor’s receipt of cash from us. Prospective investors are urged to consult their own tax advisors with respect to these tax risks, as well as the specific tax consequences to them of purchasing, holding or disposing of our units.

Investors in this offering may engage in resale transactions only in those states that we have registered this offering and a limited number of other jurisdictions where an applicable exemption from registration exists.

We have applied to register our securities, or have obtained or will seek to obtain an exemption from registration, in Arizona, Colorado, Delaware, the District of Columbia, Florida, Georgia, Hawaii, Illinois, Indiana, Louisiana, Maine, Maryland, Minnesota, Missouri, New Hampshire, New York, South Carolina, South Dakota, Rhode Island, Utah, Vermont, Virginia, Wisconsin and Wyoming. If you are not an “institutional investor,” you must be a resident of these jurisdictions to purchase our securities in the offering. Institutional investors in every state except Idaho may purchase units in this offering pursuant to exemptions provided to such entities under the Blue Sky laws of various states. The definition of an “institutional investor” varies from state to state but generally includes financial institutions, broker-dealers, banks, insurance companies and other qualified entities. Under the National Securities Markets Improvement Act of 1996, the resale of the units and, once they become separately transferable, the ordinary shares and warrants comprising the units are exempt from state registration requirements. However, each state retains jurisdiction to investigate and bring enforcement actions with respect to fraud or deceit, or unlawful conduct by a broker or dealer, in connection with the sale of securities. Although we are not aware of a state having used these powers to prohibit or restrict resales of securities issued by blank check companies generally, certain state securities commissioners view blank check companies unfavorable and might use these powers, or threaten to use these powers, to hinder the resale of securities of blank check companies in their state.

30


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Our directors may not be considered “independent” under the policies of the North American Securities Administrators Association, Inc.

No salary or other compensation will be paid to our directors for services rendered by them on our behalf prior to or in connection with a business combination. However, under the policies of the North American Securities Administrators Association, Inc., an international organization devoted to investor protection, because each of our directors own shares of our securities and may receive reimbursement for out-of-pocket expenses incurred by them in connection with activities on our behalf (such as identifying potential target businesses and performing due diligence on suitable business combinations), state securities administrators could argue that all of such individuals are not “independent” as that term is commonly used If this were the case, they would take the position that we would not have the benefit of any independent directors examining the propriety of expenses incurred on our behalf and subject to reimbursement. Additionally, there is no limit on the amount of out-of-pocket expenses that could be incurred and there will be no review of the reasonableness of the expenses by anyone other than our board of directors, which would include persons who may seek reimbursement, or a court of competent jurisdiction if such reimbursement is challenged. Although we believe that all actions taken by our directors on our behalf will be in our best interests, whether or not they are deemed to be “independent,” we cannot assure you that this will actually be the case. If actions are taken, or expenses are incurred that are actually not in our best interests, it could have a material adverse effect on our business and operations, and a material adverse effect on the price of the stock held by the public stockholders. In addition, we will not have an independent audit committee. As such, and because none of our directors may be deemed “independent,” we may not have the benefit of an independent body examining the propriety of expenses incurred on our behalf that are subject to reimbursement (as discussed above).

Because our initial shareholders’ initial equity investment was only $25,000, our offering may be disallowed by state administrators that follow the North American Securities Administrators Association, Inc. Statement of Policy on development stage companies.

Pursuant to the Statement of Policy Regarding Promoter’s Equity Investment promulgated by The North American Securities Administrators Association, Inc., any state administrator may disallow an offering of a development stage company if the initial equity investment by a company’s promoters does not equal a certain percentage of the aggregate public offering price. Our promoters’ initial investment of $25,000 is less than the required $1,010,000 minimum amount pursuant to this policy. Accordingly, a state administrator would have the discretion to disallow our offering if it wanted to. We cannot assure you that our offering would not be disallowed pursuant to this policy. If the offering were disallowed, it would further restrict your ability to engage in resale transactions with respect to our securities. Additionally, if we are unable to complete a business combination, our promoters’ loss will be limited to their initial investment. Conversely, if we are able to complete a business combination, the ordinary shares acquired prior to this offering will be worth significantly more than $25,000.

If we deviate in our actions from the disclosure contained in this prospectus, investors may not ultimately receive the same benefits from this offering that they originally anticipated receiving.

Following completion of their initial public offerings, some similarly structured blank check companies have deviated from the disclosure contained in their initial public offering prospectuses in order to consummate their initial business combinations, such as by modifying their charters and governing instruments. While we do not anticipate deviating from the disclosure contained in this prospectus, we may do so. Consequently, investors may not receive the same benefits from this offering that they originally anticipated receiving. In such a situation, it is possible that each investor who purchased units in this offering and still held such units upon learning of our deviation from the disclosure contained in the prospectus could seek rescission of the purchase of the units he acquired in the offering (under which a successful claimant has the right to receive the total amount paid for his or her securities pursuant to an allegedly deficient prospectus, plus interest and less any income earned on the securities, in exchange for surrender of the securities) or bring an action for damages (compensation for loss on an investment caused by alleged material misrepresentations or omissions in the sale of a security).

31


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Risks Related to Operations in China

Business combinations with companies with operations in China entail special considerations and risks. If we are successful in completing a business combination with a target business with operations in China, we will be subject to, and possibly adversely affected by, the following risks:

After a business combination, substantially all of our assets will likely be located in China and substantially all of our revenue will be derived from our operations in China. Accordingly, our results of operations and prospects will be subject, to a significant extent, to the economic, political and legal policies, developments and conditions in China.

The PRC’s economic, political and social conditions, as well as government policies, could affect our business. The PRC economy differs from the economies of most developed countries in many respects. China’s GDP has grown consistently since 1978 (National Bureau of Statistics of China). However, such growth may not be sustained in the future. If in the future China’s economy experiences a downturn or grows at a slower rate than expected, there may be less demand for spending in certain industries. A decrease in demand for spending in certain industries could materially and adversely affect our ability to find an attractive target business with which to consummate a business combination and if we effect a business combination, the ability of that target business to become profitable.

The PRC’s economic growth has been uneven, both geographically and among various sectors of the economy. The PRC government has implemented various measures to encourage economic growth and guide the allocation of resources. Some of these measures benefit the overall PRC economy, but may have a negative effect on us, depending on the industry in which we engage in a business combination. For example, our financial condition and results of operations may be adversely affected by PRC government control over capital investments or changes in tax regulations that are applicable to a potential target business and a business combination.

The PRC economy has been transitioning from a planned economy to a more market-oriented economy. Although in recent years the PRC government has implemented measures emphasizing the use of market forces for economic reform, the reduction of state ownership of productive assets and the establishment of sound corporate governance in business enterprises, a substantial portion of productive assets in China is still owned by the PRC government. In addition, the PRC government continues to play a significant role in regulating industry development by imposing industrial policies. It also exercises significant control over PRC economic growth through the allocation of resources, controlling payment of foreign currency-denominated obligations, setting monetary policy and providing preferential treatment to particular industries or companies.

If relations between the United States and the PRC deteriorate, potential target businesses or their goods or services could become less attractive.

The relationship between the United States and the PRC is subject to sudden fluctuation and periodic tension. For instance, the United States recently announced its intention to impose new short-term quotas on Chinese clothing imports, which may be extended for several years. Such import quotas may adversely affect political relations between the two countries and result in retaliatory countermeasures by the PRC in industries that may affect our ultimate target business. Relations may also be compromised if the U.S. becomes a more vocal advocate of Taiwan or proceeds to sell certain military weapons and technology to Taiwan. Changes in political conditions in the PRC and changes in the state of Sino-U.S. relations are difficult to predict and could adversely affect our operations or cause potential target businesses or their goods and services to become less attractive.

As a result of merger and acquisition regulations implemented on September 8, 2006 relating to acquisitions of assets and equity interests of Chinese companies by foreign persons, it is expected that acquisitions will take longer and be subject to economic scrutiny by the PRC government authorities such that we may not be able to complete a transaction.

On September 8, 2006, the Ministry of Commerce, together with several other government agencies, promulgated a comprehensive set of regulations governing the approval process by which a Chinese company may participate in an acquisition of its assets or its equity interests and by which a Chinese company may

32


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

obtain public trading of its securities on a securities exchange outside the PRC. Although there was a complex series of regulations in place prior to September 8, 2006 for approval of Chinese enterprises that were administered by a combination of provincial and centralized agencies, the new regulations have largely centralized and expanded the approval process to the Ministry of Commerce (MOFCOM), the State Administration of Industry and Commerce (SAIC), the State Administration of Foreign Exchange (SAFE) or its branch offices, the State Asset Supervision and Administration Commission (SASAC), and the China Securities Regulatory Commission (CSRC). Depending on the structure of the transaction as determined once a definitive agreement is executed, these regulations will require the Chinese parties to make a series of applications and supplemental applications to the aforementioned agencies, some of which must be made within strict time limits and depending on approvals from one or the other of the aforementioned agencies. The application process has been supplemented to require the presentation of economic data concerning a transaction, including appraisals of the business to be acquired and evaluations of the acquirer which will permit the government to assess the economics of a transaction in addition to the compliance with legal requirements. If obtained, approvals will have expiration dates by which a transaction must be completed. Also, completed transactions must be reported to MOFCOM and some of the other agencies within a short period after closing or be subject to an unwinding of the transaction. It is expected that compliance with the regulations will be more time consuming than in the past, will be more costly for the Chinese parties and will permit the government much more extensive evaluation and control over the terms of the transaction. Therefore, a business combination we propose may not be able to be completed because the terms of the transaction may not satisfy aspects of the approval process and may not be completed, even if approved, if they are not consummated within the time permitted by the approvals granted. Because the September 8, 2006, PRC merger and acquisition regulations permit the government agencies to have scrutiny over the economics of an acquisition transaction and require consideration in a transaction to be paid within stated time limits, we may not be able to negotiate a transaction that is acceptable to our shareholders or sufficiently protect their interests in a transaction.

The regulations have introduced aspects of economic and substantive analysis of the target business and the acquirer and the terms of the transaction by MOFCOM and the other governing agencies through submissions of an appraisal report, an evaluation report and the acquisition agreement, all of which form part of the application for approval, depending on the structure of the transaction as determined once a definitive agreement is executed. The regulations also prohibit a transaction at an acquisition price obviously lower than the appraised value of the Chinese business or assets. The regulations require that in certain transaction structures, the consideration must be paid within strict time periods, generally not in excess of a year. Because the Chinese authorities have expressed concern with offshore transactions that convert domestic companies into foreign investment enterprises (FIEs) in order to take advantage of certain benefits, including reduced taxation, in China, regulations require new foreign sourced capital of not less than 25% of the domestic company’s post-acquisition capital in order to obtain FIE treatment. Accordingly, if a sufficient amount of foreign capital is not infused into the domestic company, it will not be eligible to obtain FIE treatment. In asset transactions there must be no harm to third parties or the public interest in the allocation of assets and liabilities being assumed or acquired. These aspects of the regulations will limit our ability to negotiate various terms of the acquisition, including aspects of the initial consideration, contingent consideration, holdback provisions, indemnification provisions and provisions relating to the assumption and allocation of assets and liabilities. Therefore, we may not be able to negotiate a transaction with terms that will satisfy our investors and protect our shareholders interests in an acquisition of a Chinese business or assets.

The PRC merger and acquisition regulations of September 8, 2006, have introduced industry protection and antitrust aspects to the acquisition of Chinese companies and assets which may limit our ability to effect an acquisition.

Under the PRC merger and acquisition regulations, acquisitions of Chinese domestic companies relating to “important industries” that may affect the national economic security or result in the transfer of “actual control” of companies having “famous Chinese brand names” or “well established Chinese brand names” must be reported and approved by the Ministry of Commerce. The merger and acquisition regulations also provide for antitrust review requirements for certain large transactions or transactions involving large companies and roll-up transactions with the same effect in the relevant Chinese market. In addition, certain mergers and acquisitions among foreign companies occurring outside of the PRC could also be subject to antitrust

33


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

review in China which is similar to United States anti-trust law concepts. The regulations use various economic tests to determine if the transaction has to be reported to MOFCOM which include (i) if any of the parties to the transaction has a turnover in the Chinese market of more than RMB 1,500,000,000, (ii) if in a transaction outside of the PRC, any party thereto has assets in the PRC of more than RMB 3,000,000,000, (iii) if any of the parties to the transaction, before its consummation, has control not less than 20% of the Chinese market, (iv) if any of the parties as a result of the transaction will control 25% of the Chinese market, (v) the foreign investor has acquired 10 or more enterprises in related industries in the PRC during the last year, or (vi) if in a transaction outside of the PRC results in the foreign entities acquiring 15 or more FIEs in related industries within the PRC. Exemptions may be sought from the MOFCOM and SAIC on the basis that: (i) the transaction will improve market competition, (ii) the transaction will restructure unprofitable entities and ensures employment, (iii) the transaction will introduce high technologies and increase international competitiveness, and (iv) the transaction will improve the environment. Notwithstanding the September 8, 2006, regulations, the Anti-Monopoly Law of the PRC will take effect as of August 1, 2008, which may replace or supplement the above provisions. Any transaction that we contemplate will have to comply with these regulations and may require additional approval or abandonment if we are not able to satisfy the requirements of the governmental authorities. When we evaluate a potential transaction, we will consider the need to comply with these regulations which may result in our modifying or not pursuing a particular transaction.

Ambiguities in the regulations of September 8, 2006 may make it difficult for us to properly comply with all applicable rules and may affect our ability to consummate a business combination.

Although the merger and acquisition regulations provide specific requirements and procedures, there are many ambiguities which give the regulators great latitude in the approval process which will cause uncertainty in our ability to complete a transaction on a timely basis.

The merger and acquisition regulations set forth many requirements that have to be followed, but there are still many ambiguities in the meaning of many provisions. Although further regulations are anticipated in the future, until there has been clarification either by pronouncements, regulation or practice, there is some uncertainty in the scope of the regulations. Moreover, the ambiguities give the regulators wide latitude in the enforcement of the regulations and approval of transactions. Therefore, we cannot predict the extent to which the regulations will apply to a transaction, and therefore, there may be uncertainty in whether or not a transaction will be completed until the approval process is under way or until the preliminary approvals are obtained. This may negatively impact our ability to consummate a business combination.

If the PRC imposes restrictions to reduce inflation, future economic growth in the PRC could be severely curtailed which could materially and adversely impact our profitability following a business combination.

While the economy of the PRC has experienced rapid growth, this growth has been uneven among various sectors of the economy and in different geographical areas of the country. Rapid economic growth can lead to growth in the supply of money and rising inflation. In order to control inflation in the past, the PRC has imposed controls on bank credits, limits on loans for fixed assets and restrictions on state bank lending. Imposition of similar restrictions may lead to a slowing of economic growth and decrease the interest in the services or products we may ultimately offer leading to a material and adverse impact on our profitability.

Any devaluation of currencies used in the PRC could negatively impact our target business’ results of operations and any appreciation thereof could cause the cost of a target business as measured in United States dollars to increase.

Because our objective is to complete a business combination with a target business having its primary operating facilities located in the PRC, and because substantially all revenues and income following a business combination would be received in a foreign currency such as Renminbi, the main currency used in the PRC, the dollar equivalent of our net assets and distributions, if any, would be adversely affected by reductions in the value of the Renminbi. The value of the Renminbi fluctuates and is affected by, among other things, changes in the PRC’s political and economic conditions. The conversion of Renminbi into foreign currencies such as the United States dollar has been generally based on rates set by the People’s Bank of China, which are set daily based on the previous day’s interbank foreign exchange market rates and current exchange rates

34


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

on the world financial markets. Historically, China “pegged” its currency to the United States dollar. This meant that each unit of Chinese currency had a set ratio for which it could be exchanged for United States currency, as opposed to having a floating value like other countries’ currencies. Many countries argued that this system of keeping the Chinese currency low when compared to other countries gave Chinese companies an unfair price advantage over foreign companies. Due to mounting pressure from other countries, the PRC recently reformed its economic policies to establish a floating value for its currency. However, China recently adopted a floating rate with respect to the Renminbi, with a 0.3% fluctuation. As of September 15, 2009, the exchange rate of the Renminbi was 6.8284:1 against the United States dollar, amounting to approximately a 17% appreciation of the Renminbi. This floating exchange rate, and any appreciation of the Renminbi that may result from such rate, could cause the cost of a target business as measured in dollars to increase. Further, target companies may be adversely affected since the competitive advantages that existed as a result of the former policies will cease. We cannot assure you that a target business with which we consummate a business combination will be able to compete effectively with the new policies in place.

Fluctuations in the value of the Renminbi relative to foreign currencies could affect our operating results.

Following a business combination, our payroll and other costs of non-United States operations will be payable in foreign currencies, primarily Renminbi. To the extent future revenue is denominated in non-United States currencies, we would be subject to increased risks relating to foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations that could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and operating results. The value of Renminbi against the United States dollar and other currencies may fluctuate and is affected by, among other things, changes in China’s political and economic conditions. As of September 15, 2009, the exchange rate of the Renminbi was 6.8284:1 against the U.S. dollar, amounting to approximately a 17% appreciation of the Renminbi. As our operations will be primarily in China, any significant revaluation of the Renminbi may materially and adversely affect our cash flows, revenues and financial condition. For example, to the extent that we need to convert United States dollars into Chinese Renminbi for our operations, appreciation of this currency against the United States dollar could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. Conversely, if we decide to convert our Renminbi into United States dollars for other business purposes and the United States dollar appreciates against this currency, the United States dollar equivalent of the Renminbi we convert would be reduced. The Chinese government recently announced that it is pegging the exchange rate of the Renminbi against a number of currencies, rather than just the United States dollar. Fluctuations in the Renminbi exchange rate could adversely affect our ability to find an attractive target business with which to consummate a business combination and to operate our business after a business combination.

Exchange controls that exist in the PRC may limit our ability to utilize our cash flow effectively following a business combination.

Following a business combination, we will be subject to the PRC’s rules and regulations on currency conversion. In the PRC, the State Administration for Foreign Exchange (SAFE) regulates the conversion of the Renminbi into foreign currencies. Currently, foreign investment enterprises (FIEs) are required to apply to the SAFE for “Foreign Exchange Registration Certificates for FIEs.” Following a business combination, we will likely be an FIE as a result of our ownership structure. With such registration certificates, which need to be renewed annually, FIEs are allowed to open foreign currency accounts including a “basic account” and “capital account.” Currency conversion within the scope of the “basic account,” such as remittance of foreign currencies for payment of dividends, can be effected without requiring the approval of the SAFE. However, conversion of currency in the “capital account,” including capital items such as direct investment, loans and securities, still require approval of the SAFE. We cannot assure you that the PRC regulatory authorities will not impose further restrictions on the convertibility of the Renminbi. Any future restrictions on currency exchanges may limit our ability to use our cash flow for the distribution of dividends to our shareholders or to fund operations we may have outside of the PRC.

35


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

If the PRC enacts regulations in our target business’ proposed industry segments which forbid or restrict foreign investment, our ability to consummate a business combination could be severely impaired.

Many of the rules and regulations that companies face in China are not explicitly communicated. If new laws or regulations forbid foreign investment in industries in which we want to complete a business combination, they could severely limit the candidate pool of potential target businesses. Additionally, if the relevant Chinese authorities find us or the target business with which we ultimately complete a business combination to be in violation of any existing or future Chinese laws or regulations, they would have broad discretion in dealing with such a violation, including, without limitation:

levying fines;
revoking our business and other licenses;
requiring that we restructure our ownership or operations; and
requiring that we discontinue any portion or all of our business.

Recent regulations relating to offshore investment activities by PRC residents may increase the administrative burden we face and create regulatory uncertainties that may limit or adversely effect our ability to acquire PRC companies.

Notice on Issues Relating to Administration of Foreign Exchange in Fund-raising and Reverse Investment Activities of Domestic Residents Conducted via Offshore Special Purpose Companies, or Notice 75, was issued on October 21, 2005 by the SAFE (that replaced two previously issued regulations on January 24, 2005 and April 8, 2005, respectively) that will require approvals from, and registrations with, PRC government authorities in connection with direct or indirect offshore investment activities by PRC residents and PRC corporate entities. The SAFE regulations retroactively require approval and registration of direct or indirect investments previously made by PRC residents in offshore companies. In the event that a PRC shareholder with a direct or indirect stake in an offshore parent company fails to obtain the required SAFE approval and make the required registration, the PRC subsidiaries of such offshore parent company may be prohibited from making distributions of profit to the offshore parent and from paying the offshore parent proceeds from any reduction in capital, share transfer or liquidation in respect of the PRC subsidiaries. Further, failure to comply with the various SAFE approval and registration requirements described above, as currently drafted, could result in liability under PRC law for foreign exchange evasion.

Although SAFE issued an implementation Notice No. 106, or Notice 106, on May 29, 2007 to its local branches or agencies (but not openly disclosed to the public), the uncertainty as to when and how the new procedure and requirements will take effect or be enforced, and uncertainty concerning the reconciliation of the new regulations with other approval requirements, it remains unclear how these existing regulations, and any future legislation concerning offshore or cross-border transactions, will be interpreted, amended and implemented by the relevant government authorities. We are committed to complying with the relevant rules. As a result of the foregoing, we cannot assure you that we or the owners of the target business we intend to acquire, as the case may be, will be able to complete the necessary approval, filings and registrations for a proposed business combination. This may restrict our ability to implement our business combination strategy and adversely affect our operations.

Because Chinese law will govern almost all of any target business’ material agreements, we may not be able to enforce our rights within the PRC or elsewhere, which could result in a significant loss of business, business opportunities or capital.

Chinese law will govern almost all of our target business’ material agreements, many of which may be with Chinese governmental agencies. We cannot assure you that the target business will be able to enforce any of its material agreements or that remedies will be available outside of the PRC. The system of laws and the enforcement of existing laws and contracts in the PRC may not be as certain in implementation and interpretation as in the United States. The Chinese judiciary is relatively inexperienced in enforcing corporate and commercial law, leading to a higher than usual degree of uncertainty as to the outcome of any litigation. Furthermore, to the extent our target business’ material agreements are with Chinese governmental agencies, we may not be able to enforce our rights as the Chinese agencies would be immune from the jurisdiction of

36


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

another country’s courts under the doctrine of sovereign immunity. However, Chinese agencies are not protected from suit within China. The inability to enforce or obtain a remedy under any of our future agreements could result in a significant loss of business, business opportunities or capital.

If we acquire a target business through contractual arrangements with one or more operating businesses in China, such contracts may not be as effective in providing operational control as direct ownership of such businesses and may be difficult to enforce.

The government of the PRC has restricted or limited foreign ownership of certain kinds of assets and companies operating in certain industries. The industry groups that are restricted are wide ranging, including certain aspects of telecommunications, advertising, food production, and heavy equipment manufacturers, for example. In addition there can be restrictions on the foreign ownership of businesses that are determined from time to time to be in “important industries” that may affect the national economic security or having “famous Chinese brand names” or “well-established Chinese brand names.” Subject to the review requirements of the Ministry of Commerce and other relevant agencies as discussed elsewhere for acquisitions of assets and companies in the PRC and subject to the various percentage ownership limitations that exist from time to time, acquisitions involving foreign investors and parties in the various restricted categories of assets and industries may nonetheless sometimes be consummated using contractual arrangements with permitted Chinese parties. To the extent that such agreements are employed, they may be for control of specific assets such as intellectual property or control of blocks of the equity ownership interests of a company which may not be subject to the merger and acquisition regulations mentioned above since these types of arrangements typically do not involve a change of equity ownership in a PRC operating company, injure a third party or affect the social public interest. The agreements would be designed to provide our company with the economic benefits of and control over the subject assets or equity interests similar to the rights of full ownership, while leaving the technical ownership in the hands of Chinese parties who would be our nominees and, therefore, may exempt the transaction from the merger and acquisition regulations, including the application process required thereunder. However, since there has been limited implementation guidance provided with respect to the merger and acquisition regulations, there can be no assurance that the relevant government agency would not apply them to a business combination effected through contractual arrangements. If such an agency determines that such an application should have been made consequences may include levying fines, revoking business and other licenses, requiring restructure of ownership or operations and requiring discontinuation of any portion of all of the acquired business. These agreements likely also would provide for increased ownership or full ownership and control by us when and if permitted under PRC law and regulation. If we choose to effect a business combination that employs the use of these types of control arrangements, we may have difficulty in enforcing our rights. Therefore these contractual arrangements may not be as effective in providing us with the same economic benefits, accounting consolidation or control over a target business as would direct ownership. For example, if the target business or any other entity fails to perform its obligations under these contractual arrangements, we may have to incur substantial costs and expend substantial resources to enforce such arrangements, and rely on legal remedies under Chinese law, including seeking specific performance or injunctive relief, and claiming damages, which we cannot assure will be sufficient to off-set the cost of enforcement and may adversely affect the benefits we expect to receive from the business combination.

Moreover, we expect that the contractual arrangements upon which we would be relying would be governed by Chinese law and would be the only basis of providing resolution of disputes which may arise through either arbitration or litigation in China. Accordingly, these contracts would be interpreted in accordance with Chinese law and any disputes would be resolved in accordance with Chinese legal procedures. Uncertainties in the Chinese legal system could limit our ability to enforce these contractual arrangements. In the event we are unable to enforce these contractual arrangements, we may not be able to exert the effective level of control or receive the full economic benefits of full direct ownership over the target business.

37


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

The business we acquire may distribute products that, due to their country of origin, are at a higher risk for containing design or manufacturing defects, which could cause us to incur significant expenses, harm our customer relationships and industry reputation, and reduce our revenues and profitability following the business combination.

Recent events have indicated that there may be a higher incidence of defective and dangerous products among those produced in the PRC than among those produced in the United States. As a result of such manufacturing or design defects, we may be required to repair or replace a substantial number of products, incurring significant expenses in the process. In addition, any manufacturing or design defect could cause injury to a customer or a third party, cause us to lose customers or revenues or damage our customer relationships and industry reputation. The occurrence of any or all of the foregoing events may adversely affect our results from operations following a business combination.

If our management following a business combination is unfamiliar with United States securities laws, they may have to expend time and resources becoming familiar with such laws which could lead to various regulatory issues.

Following a business combination, our management will likely resign from their positions as officers of the company and the management of the target business at the time of the business combination will remain in place. We cannot assure you that management of the target business will be familiar with United States securities laws. If new management is unfamiliar with our laws, they may have to expend time and resources becoming familiar with such laws. This could be expensive and time-consuming and could lead to various regulatory issues which may adversely affect our operations.

Because any target business with which we attempt to complete a business combination may be required to provide our shareholders with financial statements prepared in accordance with and reconciled to United States generally accepted accounting principles, prospective target businesses may be limited.

In accordance with requirements of United States Federal securities laws, in order to seek shareholder approval of a business combination, a proposed target business may be required to have certain financial statements which are prepared in accordance with, or which can be reconciled to, U.S. generally accepted accounting principles and audited in accordance with U.S. generally accepted auditing standards. To the extent that a proposed target business does not have financial statements which have been prepared with, or which can be reconciled to, U.S. generally accepted accounting principles and audited in accordance with U.S. generally accepted auditing standards, we may not be able to complete a business combination with that proposed target business. These financial statement requirements may limit the pool of potential target businesses with which we may complete a business combination. Furthermore, to the extent that we seek to acquire a target business that does not have financial statements prepared in accordance with United States generally accepted accounting principles, it could make it more difficult for our management to analyze such target business and determine whether it has a fair market enterprise value in excess of 80% of the gross offering proceeds. It could also delay our preparation of our proxy statement that we will send to shareholders relating to the proposed business combination with such a target business, thereby making it more difficult for us to consummate such a business combination.

If certain exemptions within the PRC regarding withholding taxes are removed, we may be required to deduct Chinese corporate withholding taxes from dividends we may pay to our shareholders following a business combination.

According to the PRC’s applicable income tax laws, regulations, notices and decisions related to foreign investment enterprises and their investors (the “Applicable Foreign Enterprises Tax Law”), income such as dividends and profits distribution from the PRC derived from a foreign enterprise which has no establishment in the PRC is subject to a 20% withholding tax, unless the relevant income is specifically exempted from tax under the Applicable Foreign Enterprises Tax Law. Currently, profits derived by a shareholder, such as through dividends, from a foreign-invested enterprise (an “FIE”) are exempted. However, if the foregoing exemption is removed in the future following a business combination, we may be required to deduct certain amounts from dividends we may pay to our shareholders to pay corporate withholding taxes.

38


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

After we consummate a business combination, our operating company in China will be subject to restrictions on dividend payments.

After we consummate a business combination, we will rely on dividends and other distributions from our operating company to provide us with cash flow and to meet our other obligations. Current regulations in China would permit our operating company in China to pay dividends to us only out of its accumulated distributable profits, if any, determined in accordance with Chinese accounting standards and regulations. In addition, our operating company in China will be required to set aside at least 10% (up to an aggregate amount equal to half of its registered capital) of its accumulated profits each year. Such reserve account may not be distributed as cash dividends. In addition, if our operating company in China incurs debt on its own behalf in the future, the instruments governing the debt may restrict its ability to pay dividends or make other payments to us.

39


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

CAUTIONARY NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

The statements contained in this prospectus that are not purely historical are forward-looking statements. Our forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to, statements regarding our or our management’s expectations, hopes, beliefs, intentions or strategies regarding the future. In addition, any statements that refer to projections, forecasts or other characterizations of future events or circumstances, including any underlying assumptions, are forward-looking statements. The words “anticipates,” “believe,” “continue,” “could,” “estimate,” “expect,” “intends,” “may,” “might,” “plan,” “possible,” “potential,” “predicts,” “project,” “should,” “would” and similar expressions may identify forward-looking statements, but the absence of these words does not mean that a statement is not forward-looking. Forward-looking statements in this prospectus may include, for example, statements about our:

ability to complete our initial business combination;
success in retaining or recruiting, or changes required in, our officers, key employees or directors following our initial business combination;
officers and directors allocating their time to other businesses and potentially having conflicts of interest with our business or in approving our initial business combination, as a result of which they would then receive expense reimbursements;
potential ability to obtain additional financing to complete a business combination;
pool of prospective target businesses;
the ability of our officers and directors to generate a number of potential investment opportunities;
potential change in control if we acquire one or more target businesses for stock;
our public securities’ potential liquidity and trading;
use of proceeds not held in the trust account or available to us from interest income on the trust account balance; or
financial performance following this offering.

The forward-looking statements contained in this prospectus are based on our current expectations and beliefs concerning future developments and their potential effects on us. There can be no assurance that future developments affecting us will be those that we have anticipated. These forward-looking statements involve a number of risks, uncertainties (some of which are beyond our control) or other assumptions that may cause actual results or performance to be materially different from those expressed or implied by these forward-looking statements. These risks and uncertainties include, but are not limited to, those factors described under the heading “Risk Factors.” Should one or more of these risks or uncertainties materialize, or should any of our assumptions prove incorrect, actual results may vary in material respects from those projected in these forward-looking statements. We undertake no obligation to update or revise any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise, except as may be required under applicable securities laws.

40


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

USE OF PROCEEDS

We estimate that the net proceeds of this offering, in addition to the funds we will receive from the sale of the insider warrants (all of which will be deposited into the trust account), will be as set forth in the following table:

   
  Without
Over-Allotment
Option
  Over-Allotment
Option
Exercised
Gross proceeds
                 
From offering   $ 36,000,000     $ 41,400,000  
From private placement     1,800,000       1,800,000  
Total gross proceeds     37,800,000       43,200,000  
Offering expenses (1)
                 
Underwriting discount (7% of gross proceeds from offering, 3% of which is payable at closing and 4% of which is payable upon consummation of a business combination)     1,080,000 (2)       1,080,000 (2)  
Legal fees and expenses (including blue sky services and expenses)     375,000       375,000  
Printing and engraving expenses     50,000       50,000  
Accounting fees and expenses     50,000       50,000  
FINRA filing fee     10,355       10,355  
SEC registration fee     5,499       5,499  
Miscellaneous expenses     29,146       29,146  
Net proceeds
                 
Held in trust     36,000,000       41,400,000  
Not held in trust     200,000       200,000  
Total net proceeds   $ 36,200,000     $ 41,600,000  

   
Use of net proceeds not held in trust and amounts available from interest income earned on the trust account (3)
                 
Legal, accounting and other third party expenses attendant to the search for target businesses and to the due diligence investigation, structuring and negotiation of a business combination   $ 100,000       (40.0%)  
Due diligence of prospective target businesses by officers, directors and initial shareholders     50,000       (20.0%)  
Legal and accounting fees relating to SEC reporting obligations     35,000       (14.0%)  
Working capital to cover miscellaneous expenses, D&O insurance, general corporate purposes, liquidation obligations and reserves     65,000       (26.0%)  
Total   $ 250,000       (100.0%)  

(1) A portion of the offering expenses, including the SEC registration fee, the FINRA filing fee and a portion of the legal and audit fees, have been or will be paid from the funds we received from Eli D. Scher described below. These funds will be repaid out of the proceeds of this offering available to us.
(2) No discounts or commissions will be paid with respect to the purchase of the insider warrants. For purposes of presentation, the underwriting discounts are reflected as the amount payable to the underwriters upon consummation of the offering. An additional $1,440,000, or $1,818,000 if the over-allotment option is exercised in full, representing the entire 7% discount payable on any units sold pursuant to the over-allotment option, all of which will be deposited in trust following the consummation of the offering, is payable to the underwriters only if and when we consummate a business combination.
(3) The amount of proceeds not held in trust will remain constant at $200,000 even if the over-allotment is exercised. In addition, interest income earned on the amounts held in the trust account (after payment of taxes owed on such interest income) will be available to us to pay for our working capital requirements. We anticipate having approximately $250,000 (after payment of taxes owed on such interest income) available to us. For purposes of presentation, the full amount available to us is shown as the total amount of net proceeds available to us immediately following the offering.

41


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

In addition to the offering of units by this prospectus, MCK Capital Co., Limited, Eli D. Scher and Larry Wizel have committed to purchase the insider warrants (for an aggregate purchase price of $1,800,000) from us. These purchases will take place on a private placement basis simultaneously with the consummation of this offering. We will not pay any discounts or commissions with respect to the purchase of the insider warrants. All of the proceeds we receive from this purchase will be placed in the trust account described below.

$36,000,000, or $41,410,000 if the over-allotment option is exercised in full, of net proceeds of this offering, including the $1,800,000 we will receive from the sale of the insider warrants, will be placed in a trust account at , maintained by Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company, New York, New York, as trustee. This amount includes a portion of the underwriting discounts and commissions payable to the underwriters in this offering. The underwriters have agreed that such amount will not be paid unless and until we consummate a business combination and have waived their right to receive such payment upon our liquidation if we are unable to complete a business combination. The funds held in trust will be invested only in United States “government securities” within the meaning of Section 2(a)(16) of the Investment Company Act of 1940 having a maturity of 180 days or less, or in money market funds meeting certain conditions under Rule 2a-7 promulgated under the Investment Company Act of 1940, so that we are not deemed to be an investment company under the Investment Company Act. Except with respect to any interest income that may be released to us (i) that we may need to pay our income or other tax obligations and (ii) any remaining interest that we need for working capital requirements, the proceeds will not be released from the trust account until the earlier of the completion of a business combination or our liquidation. If the underwriters determine the size of the offering should be increased or decreased, such an increase or decrease in offering size could also result in a proportionate increase or decrease in the amount of interest we may withdraw from the trust account. The proceeds held in the trust account may be used as consideration to pay the sellers of a target business with which we complete a business combination. Any amounts not paid as consideration to the sellers of the target business may be used to finance operations of the target business.

No compensation of any kind (including finder’s, consulting or other similar fees) will be paid to any of our existing officers, directors, shareholders, or any of their affiliates, prior to, or for any services they render in order to effectuate, the consummation of the business combination (regardless of the type of transaction that it is). However, such individuals will receive reimbursement for any out-of-pocket expenses incurred by them in connection with activities on our behalf, such as identifying potential target businesses, performing business due diligence on suitable target businesses and business combinations as well as traveling to and from the offices, plants or similar locations of prospective target businesses to examine their operations. Reimbursement for such expenses will be paid by us out of the funds not held in trust and currently allocated to “Legal, accounting and other third-party expenses attendant to the search for target businesses and to the due diligence investigation, structuring and negotiation of a business combination,” “Due diligence of prospective target businesses by our officers, directors and initial shareholders” and “Working capital to cover miscellaneous expenses, D&O insurance, general corporate purposes, liquidation obligations and reserves.” Since the role of present management after a business combination is uncertain, we have no ability to determine what remuneration, if any, will be paid to those persons after a business combination.

Regardless of whether the over-allotment option is exercised in full, the net proceeds from this offering available to us out of trust for our working capital requirements in searching for a business combination will be approximately $200,000. In addition, interest earned on the funds held in the trust account (after payment of taxes owed on such interst income) may be released to us to fund our working capital requirements in searching for a business combination. We intend to use the excess working capital available for miscellaneous expenses for director and officer liability insurance premiums, with the balance being held in reserve in the event due diligence, legal, accounting and other expenses of structuring and negotiating business combinations exceed our estimates, as well as for reimbursement of any out-of-pocket expenses incurred by our initial shareholders in connection with activities on our behalf as described below. We will also be entitled to have interest earned on the funds held in the trust account released to us to pay any tax obligations that we may owe. We believe these funds will be sufficient to cover the foregoing expenses and reimbursement costs. We could use a portion of the funds not being placed in trust to pay fees to consultants to assist us with our search for a target business or as a down payment or to fund a “no-shop” provision (a provision in letters of intent designed to keep target businesses from “shopping” around for transactions with other companies on

42


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

terms more favorable to such target businesses) with respect to a particular proposed business combination, although we do not have any current intention to do so. If we entered into a letter of intent where we paid for the right to receive exclusivity from a target business, the amount that would be used as a down payment or to fund a “no-shop” provision would be determined based on the terms of the specific business combination and the amount of our available funds at the time. Our forfeiture of such funds (whether as a result of our breach or otherwise) could result in our not having sufficient funds to continue searching for, or conducting due diligence with respect to, potential target businesses.

The allocation of the net proceeds available to us outside of the trust account, along with the available interest earned on the funds held in the trust account, represents our best estimate of the intended uses of these funds. In the event that our assumptions prove to be inaccurate, we may reallocate some of such proceeds within the above described categories.

We will likely use substantially all of the net proceeds of this offering, including the funds held in the trust account, to acquire a target business and to pay our expenses relating thereto. To the extent that our capital stock is used in whole or in part as consideration to effect a business combination, the proceeds held in the trust account which are not used to consummate a business combination will be disbursed to the combined company and will, along with any other net proceeds not expended, be used as working capital to finance the operations of the target business. Such working capital funds could be used in a variety of ways including continuing or expanding the target business’ operations, for strategic acquisitions and for marketing, research and development of existing or new products. Such funds could also be used to repay any operating expenses or finders’ fees which we had incurred prior to the completion of our business combination if the funds available to us outside of the trust account were insufficient to cover such expenses.

To the extent we are unable to consummate a business combination, we will pay the costs of liquidation from our remaining assets outside of the trust account. If such funds are insufficient, Jing Dong Gao and Eli D. Scher have agreed to advance us the funds necessary to complete such liquidation (currently anticipated to be no more than approximately $15,000) and have agreed not to seek repayment of such expenses.

Eli D. Scher has advanced to us $125,000 which was used to pay a portion of the expenses of this offering referenced in the line items above for SEC registration fee, FINRA filing fee and a portion of the legal and audit fees and expenses. The loan will be payable without interest on the consummation of this offering. The loan will be repaid out of the proceeds of this offering available to us for payment of offering expenses.

We believe that, upon consummation of this offering, we will have sufficient available funds (which includes amounts that may be released to us from the trust account) to operate for the next 18 months, assuming that a business combination is not consummated during that time.

A public shareholder will be entitled to receive funds from the trust account (including interest earned on his, her or its portion of the trust account) only in the event of our liquidation or if that public shareholder converts such shares into cash in connection with a business combination which we consummate. In no other circumstances will a public shareholder have any right or interest of any kind to or in the trust account.

43


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

DILUTION

The difference between the public offering price per ordinary share, assuming no value is attributed to the warrants included in the units we are offering by this prospectus and the insider warrants, and the pro forma net tangible book value per ordinary share after this offering constitutes the dilution to investors in this offering. Such calculation does not reflect any dilution associated with the sale and exercise of warrants, including the insider warrants. Net tangible book value per share is determined by dividing our net tangible book value, which is our total tangible assets less total liabilities (including the value of ordinary shares which may be converted into cash), by the number of outstanding ordinary shares.

At December 31, 2008, our net tangible book value was a deficiency of $129,901, or approximately $0.11 per ordinary share. After giving effect to the sale of 3,600,000 ordinary shares included in the units we are offering by this prospectus, and the deduction of underwriting discounts and estimated expenses of this offering, and the sale of the insider warrants, our pro forma net tangible book value at December 31, 2008 would have been $5,616,043 or $2.98 per share, representing an immediate increase in net tangible book value of $3.09 per share to the initial shareholders and an immediate dilution of 70.2% per share or $7.02 to new investors not exercising their conversion rights. For purposes of presentation, our pro forma net tangible book value after this offering is approximately $29,159,990 less than it otherwise would have been because if we effect a business combination, the conversion rights to the public shareholders (but not our initial shareholders) may result in the conversion into cash of up to approximately 80.99% of the aggregate number of the shares sold in this offering that sought conversion.

The following table illustrates the dilution to the new investors on a per-share basis, assuming no value is attributed to the warrants included in the units and the insider warrants:

   
Public offering price            $ 10.00  
Net tangible book value before this offering   $ (0.11 )           
Increase attributable to new investors and private sales     3.09           
Pro forma net tangible book value after this offering              2.98  
Dilution to new investors            $ 7.02  
Percentage of dilution to new investors              70.2 %  

The following table sets forth information with respect to our initial shareholders and the new investors:

         
  Shares Purchased   Total Consideration   Average
Price
per Share
     Number   Percentage   Amount   Percentage
Initial shareholders     1,200,000 (1)       25.0 %     $ 25,000       00.07 %     $ 0.02  
New investors     3,600,000       75.0 %       36,000,000       99.93 %     $ 10.00  
       4,800,000       100.0 %     $ 36,025,000       100.0 %        

(1) Assumes (i) the share dividend of approximately 0.067 shares for each outstanding ordinary share in September 2009 and (ii) the over-allotment option has not been exercised and an aggregate of 180,000 ordinary shares have been forfeited by our initial shareholders as a result thereof.

44


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

The pro forma net tangible book value after the offering is calculated as follows:

 
Numerator:
        
Net tangible book value before this offering   $ (129,901 )  
Proceeds from this offering and private placement     36,200,000  
Plus: Offering costs accrued for and paid in advance, excluded from tangible book value before this offering     145,934  
Less: Deferred underwriters’ discount paid upon consummation of a business combination     (1,440,000 )  
Less: Proceeds held in trust subject to conversion to cash
($36,000,000 × 80.99%)
    (29,159,990 )  
     $ 5,616,043  
Denominator:
        
Ordinary shares outstanding prior to this offering     1,200,000 (1)  
Ordinary shares included in the units offered     3,600,000  
Less: Shares subject to conversion (3,600,000 × 80.99%)     (2,915,999 )  
       1,884,001  

(1) Assumes (i) the share dividend of approximately 0.067 shares for each outstanding ordinary share in September 2009 and (ii) the over-allotment option has not been exercised and an aggregate of 180,000 ordinary shares have been forfeited by our initial shareholders as a result thereof.

45


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

CAPITALIZATION

The following table sets forth our capitalization at December 31, 2008 and as adjusted to give effect to the sale of our units and the application of the estimated net proceeds derived from the sale of our units:

   
  December 31, 2008
     Actual   As Adjusted
          (unaudited)
Accounts payable   $ 20,000     $  
Note payable to shareholder     125,000        
Deferred underwriters’ discount           1,440,000  
Ordinary Shares, $.001 par value, -0- and 2,915,999 shares which are subject to possible conversion, shares at conversion value           29,159,990  
Shareholders’ equity:
                 
Ordinary Shares, $.001 par value, 50,000,000 shares authorized; 1,380,000 (1) shares issued and outstanding, actual; 1,884,001 (2) shares issued and outstanding (excluding 2,915,999 shares subject to possible conversion), as adjusted     1,380       1,884  
Additional paid-in capital     23,620       5,572,192  
Deficit accumulated during the development stage     (8,967 )       (8,967 )  
Total shareholders’ equity:     16,033       5,565,109  
Total capitalization   $ 161,033     $ 36,165,099  

(1) Adjusted to give effect to the share dividend of approximately 0.067 shares for each outstanding ordinary share in September 2009.
(2) Assumes the over-allotment option has not been exercised and an aggregate of 180,000 ordinary shares have been forfeited by our initial shareholders as a result thereof.

Public shareholders who vote against a proposed business combination will be entitled to convert their stock for $10.00 per share. In addition, any public shareholder will have the right to vote for the proposed business combination and demand that such shareholder’s shares be converted into a pro rata share of the trust account (which amount, when aggregated with the right to receive an additional $0.30 per eligible share pursuant to the letter of credit, is initially anticipated to be approximately $10.30 per share). In the event the business combination is not approved by a majority of our public shareholders or 81% or more public shareholders exercise conversion rights, regardless of whether they are voting for or against the proposed business combination, the public shareholders that voted against the proposed business combination shall be entitled to receive only $10.00 per ordinary share, and those public shareholders who voted for the proposed business combination shall be entitled to receive a pro rata share of the trust account (which amount, when aggregated with the right to receive an additional $0.30 per eligible share pursuant to the letter of credit, is initially anticipated to be approximately $10.30 per share).

46


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

We were formed on March 27, 2008 to serve as a vehicle to acquire, through a merger, share exchange, asset acquisition, plan of arrangement, recapitalization, reorganization or similar business combination, an operating business, or control of such operating business through contractual arrangements, that has its principal operations located in China. We intend to utilize cash derived from the proceeds of this offering, our securities, debt or a combination of cash, securities and debt, in effecting a business combination. The issuance of additional ordinary or preferred shares:

may significantly reduce the equity interest of our shareholders;
may subordinate the rights of holders of ordinary shares if we issue preferred shares with rights senior to those afforded to our ordinary shares;
will likely cause a change in control if a substantial number of our ordinary shares are issued, which may affect, among other things, our ability to use our net operating loss carry forwards, if any, and most likely will also result in the resignation or removal of our present officers and directors; and
may adversely affect prevailing market prices for our securities.

Similarly, if we issue debt securities, it could result in:

default and foreclosure on our assets if our operating revenues after a business combination are insufficient to pay our debt obligations;
acceleration of our obligations to repay the indebtedness even if we have made all principal and interest payments when due if the debt security contains covenants that required the maintenance of certain financial ratios or reserves and we breach any such covenant without a waiver or renegotiation of that covenant;
our immediate payment of all principal and accrued interest, if any, if the debt security is payable on demand; and
our inability to obtain additional financing, if necessary, if the debt security contains covenants restricting our ability to obtain additional financing while such security is outstanding.

We have neither engaged in any operations nor generated any revenues to date. Our entire activity since inception has been to prepare for our proposed fundraising through an offering of our equity securities.

We estimate that the net proceeds from the sale of the units, after deducting offering expenses of approximately $520,000 and underwriting discounts of $2,520,000, or $2,898,000 if the over-allotment option is exercised in full, will be approximately $34,760,000, or $39,782,000 if the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full. However, the underwriters have agreed that $1,080,000, or $1,818,000 if the over-allotment option is exercised in full, of the underwriting discounts and commissions will be deferred and will not be payable unless and until we consummate a business combination. Accordingly, $34,200,000, or $39,600,000 if the over-allotment option is exercised in full, plus the $1,800,000 we will receive from the sale of the insider warrants, will be held in trust and the remaining $200,000 in either event will not be held in trust. We intend to use substantially all of the net proceeds of this offering, including the funds held in the trust account (excluding deferred underwriting discounts and commissions), to acquire a target business and to pay our expenses relating thereto. To the extent that our capital stock is used in whole or in part as consideration to effect a business combination, the remaining proceeds held in the trust account as well as any other net proceeds not expended will be used as working capital to finance the operations of the target business. Such working capital funds could be used in a variety of ways including continuing or expanding the target business’ operations, for strategic acquisitions and for marketing, research and development of existing or new products. Such funds could also be used to repay any operating expenses or finders’ fees which we had incurred prior to the completion of our business combination if the funds available to us outside of the trust account were insufficient to cover such expenses.

47


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

We believe that, upon consummation of this offering, the $200,000 of net proceeds not held in the trust account plus the interest earned on the trust account balance that may be released to us to fund our working capital requirements will be sufficient to allow us to operate for at least the next 18 months, assuming that a business combination is not consummated during that time. Over this time period, we will be using these funds for identifying and evaluating prospective acquisition candidates, performing business due diligence on prospective target businesses, traveling to and from the offices, plants or similar locations of prospective target businesses, reviewing corporate documents and material agreements of prospective target businesses, selecting the target business to acquire and structuring, negotiating and consummating the business combination. We anticipate that we will incur approximately:

$100,000 of expenses for the search for target businesses and for the legal, accounting and other third-party expenses attendant to the due diligence investigations, structuring and negotiating of a business combination;
$50,000 of expenses for the due diligence and investigation of a target business by our officers, directors and initial shareholders;
$35,000 of expenses in legal and accounting fees relating to our SEC reporting obligations;
$65,000 for general working capital that will be used for miscellaneous expenses, liquidation obligations and reserves, including director and officer liability insurance premiums.

We do not believe we will need to raise additional funds following this offering in order to meet the expenditures required for operating our business. However, we may need to raise additional funds through a private offering of debt or equity securities if such funds are required to consummate a business combination that is presented to us, although we have not entered into any such arrangement and have no current intention of doing so.

As of the date of this prospectus, Eli D. Scher advanced an aggregate of $125,000 to us, on a non-interest bearing basis, for payment of offering expenses on our behalf. The loan will be payable without interest on the consummation of this offering. The loan will be repaid out of the proceeds of this offering not being placed in trust.

MCK Capital Co., Limited, Eli D. Scher and Larry Wizel have committed to purchase an aggregate of 3,600,000 warrants at $0.50 per warrant (for a total purchase price of $1,800,000) from us. These purchases will take place on a private placement basis simultaneously with the consummation of this offering. We believe the purchase price of the insider warrants is greater than the fair value of such warrants.

48


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

PROPOSED BUSINESS

Introduction

We are a blank check company incorporated in the Cayman Islands on March 27, 2008 in order to serve as a vehicle for the acquisition of an operating business in the PRC. Our efforts to identify a prospective target business will not be limited to a particular industry.

Our management team, consultants and advisors represent a mix of entrepreneurs and investment and financial professionals with extensive operating and transactional experience in the PRC. We believe that the combination of our backgrounds and networks will provide us with access to unique opportunities to effect a transaction. However, if we decide to complete a business combination with a target business that also has operations outside of the PRC or that operates in a field outside of the expertise of our officers and directors, we cannot assure you that our officers and directors will have enough experience or have sufficient knowledge relating to the jurisdiction of the target or its industry to make an informed decision regarding a business combination.

Opportunities in China

Opportunities for market expansion have emerged for businesses with operations in China due to certain changes in the PRC’s political, economic and social policies as well as certain fundamental changes affecting the PRC and its neighboring countries. We believe that China represents both a favorable environment for making acquisitions and an attractive operating environment for a target business for several reasons, including:

prolonged economic expansion within China, including gross domestic product growth of approximately 9% on average over the last 25 years, including 10.1% in 2004, 9.9% in 2005, 11.1% in 2006, 11.4% in 2007, with a projected rate of 9.8% for 2008 (National Bureau of Statistics of China);
increased government focus within China on privatizing assets, improving foreign trade and encouraging business and economic activity;
favorable labor rates and efficient, low-cost manufacturing capabilities;
the recent entry of China into the World Trade Organization, the sole global international organization dealing with the rules of trade between nations, which may lead to a reduction on tariffs for industrial products, a reduction in trade restrictions and an increase in trading with the United States; and
the fact that China’s public equity markets are not as well developed and active as the equity markets within the United States and are characterized by companies with relatively small market capitalizations and low trading volumes, thereby causing Chinese companies to attempt to be listed on the United States equity markets.

We believe that these factors and others should enable us to acquire a target business with growth potential on favorable terms.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, business combinations with companies having operations in the PRC entail special considerations and risks, including the need to obtain financial statements audited or reconciled in accordance with U.S. GAAP or prepared or reconciled in accordance with the International Financial Reporting Standards of potential targets that have previously kept their accounts in accordance with GAAP of the PRC, the possible need for restructuring and reorganizing corporate entities and assets and the requirements of complex Chinese regulatory filings and approvals. These may make it more difficult for us to consummate a business combination.

Government Regulations

Government Regulations Relating to Foreign Exchange Controls

The principal regulation governing foreign exchange in China is the Foreign Currency Administration Rules (IPPS), as amended. Under these rules, the Renminbi, China’s currency, is freely convertible for trade

49


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

and service related foreign exchange transactions (such as normal purchases and sales of goods and services from providers in foreign countries), but not for direct investment, loan or investment in securities outside of China unless the prior approval of the State Administration for Foreign Exchange (“SAFE”) of China is obtained. Foreign investment enterprises (“FIEs”) are required to apply to the SAFE for “Foreign Exchange Registration Certificates for FIEs.” Following a business combination, involving a change of equity ownership of a PRC operating entity or through contractual arrangements with a PRC operating entity, our subsidiary will likely be an FIE as a result of our ownership structure. With such registration certificates, which need to be renewed annually, FIEs are allowed to open foreign currency accounts including a “basic account” and “capital account.” Currency translation within the scope of the “basic account,” such as remittance of foreign currencies for payment of dividends, can be effected without requiring the approval of the SAFE. However, conversion of currency in the “capital account,” including capital items such as direct investment, loans and securities, still require approval of the SAFE. This prior approval may delay or impair our ability to operate following a business combination. On November 21, 2005, the SAFE issued Notice No. 75 on “Relevant Issues Concerning Foreign Exchange Control on Domestic Residents’ Corporate Financing and Roundtrip Investment through Offshore Special Purpose Vehicles.” Notice 75 confirms that the use of offshore special purpose vehicles as holding companies for PRC investments is permitted as long as proper foreign exchange registrations are made with the SAFE. On May 29, 2007, SAFE issued the implementation Notice 106 to further clarify SAFE’s Notice 75.

Government Regulations Relating to Taxation

According to the PRC income Tax Law of Foreign Investment Enterprises and Foreign Enterprises and the Implementation Rules for the Income Tax Law, the standard Enterprise Income Tax (“EIT”) rate of FIEs is 33%, reduced or exempted in some cases under any applicable laws or regulations. Income such as dividends and profits derived from the PRC by a foreign enterprise which has no establishment in the PRC is subject to a 20% withholding tax, unless reduced or exempted by any applicable laws or regulations. The profit derived by a foreign investor from a FIE is currently exempted from EIT. The EIT Law of the People’s Republic of China (“New EIT Law”), was promulgated on March 16, 2007 and became effective on January 1, 2009. The New EIT Law lowers the EIT from 33% to 25%. The tax preferential treatments that are generally available to existing FIEs will be either removed or phased out after January 1, 2009, and will no longer be available to new FIEs that are established after January 1, 2009. Certain special tax treatments will be made available to companies that are conducting business in certain sectors that are considered “encouraged” by the government such as clean energy, high-tech business, etc. It is also believed that the New EIT Law will remove the dividend tax exemption that is currently enjoyed by foreign investors that are shareholders of FIEs in China.

Regulation of Foreign Currency Exchange and Dividend Distribution

Foreign currency exchange.   Foreign currency exchange in China is governed by a series of regulations, including the Foreign Currency Administrative Rules (1996), as amended, and the Administrative Regulations Regarding Settlement, Sale and Payment of Foreign Exchange (1996), as amended. Under these regulations, the Renminbi is freely convertible for trade and service-related foreign exchange transactions, but not for direct investment, loans or investments in securities outside China without the prior approval of the SAFE. Pursuant to the Administrative Regulations Regarding Settlement, Sale and Payment of Foreign Exchange, foreign-invested enterprises in China may purchase foreign exchange without the approval of SAFE for trade and service-related foreign exchange transactions by providing commercial documents evidencing these transactions. They may also retain foreign exchange, subject to a cap approved by SAFE, to satisfy foreign exchange liabilities or to pay dividends. However, the relevant Chinese government authorities may limit or eliminate the ability of foreign-invested enterprises to purchase and retain foreign currencies in the future. In addition, foreign exchange transactions for direct investment, loan and investment in securities outside China are still subject to limitations and require approvals from SAFE.

Regulation of Foreign Exchange in Certain Onshore and Offshore Transactions.   Pursuant to recent regulations issued by the SAFE, PRC residents are required to register with and receive approvals from SAFE in connection with offshore investment activities. SAFE has stated that the purpose of these regulations is to ensure the proper balance of foreign exchange and the standardization of the cross-border flow of funds.

50


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

On January 24, 2005, SAFE issued a regulation stating that SAFE approval is required for any sale or transfer by the PRC residents of a PRC company’s assets or equity interests to foreign entities in exchange for the equity interests or assets of the foreign entities. The regulation also states that, when registering with the foreign exchange authorities, a PRC company acquired by an offshore company must clarify whether the offshore company is controlled or owned by PRC residents and whether there is any share or asset link between or among the parties to the acquisition transaction.

On April 8, 2005, SAFE issued another regulation further explaining and expanding upon the January regulation. The April regulation clarified that, where a PRC company is acquired by an offshore company in which PRC residents directly or indirectly hold shares, such PRC residents must (i) register with the local SAFE regarding their respective ownership interests in the offshore company, even if the transaction occurred prior to the January regulation, and (ii) file amendments to such registration concerning any material events of the offshore company, such as changes in share capital and share transfers. The April regulation also expanded the statutory definition of the term “foreign acquisition”, making the regulations applicable to any transaction that results in PRC residents directly or indirectly holding shares in the offshore company that has an ownership interest in a PRC company. The April regulation also provides that failure to comply with the registration procedures set forth therein may result in the imposition of restrictions on the PRC company’s foreign exchange activities and its ability to distribute profits to its offshore parent company.

On October 21, 2005, SAFE issued the Notice on Issues Relating to the Administration of Foreign Exchange in Fund-raising and Reverse Investment Activities of Domestic Residents Conducted via Offshore Special Purpose Companies, or Notice 75, which became effective as of November 1, 2005. Notice 75 replaced the two rules issued by SAFE in January and April 2005 mentioned above.

According to Notice 75:

prior to establishing or assuming control of an offshore company for the purpose of financing that offshore company with assets or equity interests in an onshore enterprise in the PRC, each PRC resident, whether a natural or legal person, must complete the overseas investment foreign exchange registration procedures with the relevant local SAFE branch;
an amendment to the registration with the local SAFE branch is required to be filed by any PRC resident that directly or indirectly holds interests in that offshore company upon either (1) the injection of equity interests or assets of an onshore enterprise to the offshore company, or (2) the completion of any overseas fund raising by such offshore company; and
an amendment to the registration with the local SAFE branch is also required to be filed by such PRC resident when there is any material change involving a change in the capital of the offshore company, such as (1) an increase or decrease in its capital, (2) a transfer or swap of shares, (3) a merger or division, (4) a long term equity or debt investment, or (5) the creation of any security interests over the relevant assets located in China.

Moreover, Notice 75 applies retroactively. As a result, PRC residents who have established or acquired control of offshore companies that have made onshore investments in the PRC in the past are required to complete the relevant overseas investment foreign exchange registration procedures by March 31, 2006. Under the relevant rules, failure to comply with the registration procedures set forth in Notice 75 may result in restrictions being imposed on the foreign exchange activities of the relevant onshore company, including the refusal of registration as a SPV, payment of dividends and other distributions to its offshore parent or affiliate and the capital inflow from the offshore entity, and may also subject relevant PRC residents to penalties under PRC foreign exchange administration regulations.

On May 29, 2007, SAFE issued Notice 106 to further clarify relevant issues concerning the implementation and application of Notice 75. Notice 106 sets length of qualitative financial and operational requirements (normally financial disclosure for 3 years subject to certain exceptions depending on the type of investment) for candidate offshore companies. Failure to comply will result in (i) refusal of registration as a SPV, (ii) refusal of remittance of dividends and other distributions and (iii) potential punishment for illegal remittance of foreign exchange.

51


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

As a Cayman Islands company, and therefore a foreign entity, if we purchase the assets or equity interest of a PRC company owned by PRC residents, such PRC residents will be subject to the registration procedures described in the regulations as currently drafted. Moreover, PRC residents who are beneficial holders of our shares are required to register with SAFE in connection with their investment in us.

As a result of the lack of implementing rules, other uncertainties concerning how the existing SAFE regulations will be interpreted or implemented, and uncertainty as to when the new regulations will take effect, we cannot predict how they will affect our business operations following a business combination. For example, our ability to conduct foreign exchange activities following a business combination, such as remittance of dividends and foreign-currency-denominated borrowings, may be subject to compliance with the SAFE registration requirements by such PRC residents, over whom we have no control. In addition, we cannot assure you that such PRC residents will be able to complete the necessary approval and registration procedures required by the SAFE regulations. We will require all our shareholders, following a business combination, who are PRC residents to comply with any SAFE registration requirements, although we have no control over either our shareholders or the outcome of such registration procedures. Such uncertainties may restrict our ability to implement our acquisition strategy and adversely affect our business and prospects following a business combination.

Dividend Distribution.   The principal laws and regulations in China governing distribution of dividends by foreign-invested companies include:

The Sino-foreign Equity Joint Venture Law (1979), as amended;
The Regulations for the Implementation of the Sino-foreign Equity Joint Venture Law (1983), as amended;
The Sino-foreign Cooperative Enterprise Law (1988), as amended;
The Detailed Rules for the Implementation of the Sino-foreign Cooperative Enterprise Law (1995), as amended;
The Foreign Investment Enterprise Law (1986), as amended; and
The Regulations of Implementation of the Foreign Investment Enterprise Law (1990), as amended.

Under these regulations, foreign-invested enterprises in China may pay dividends only out of their accumulated profits, if any, determined in accordance with Chinese accounting standards and regulations. In addition, wholly foreign-owned enterprises in China are required to set aside at least 10% of their respective accumulated profits each year, if any, to fund certain reserve funds unless such reserve funds have reached 50% of their respective registered capital. These reserves are not distributable as cash dividends.

Regulation of Foreign Investors’ Merging Chinese Enterprises

On August 8, 2006, the Ministry of Commerce, the State-owned Assets Supervision and Administration Commission, State Administration of Taxation, State Administration for Industry and Commerce, China Securities Regulatory Commission and State Administration of Foreign Exchange jointly promulgated the Provisions for Foreign Investors to Merge Domestic Enterprises, which will take effect from September 8, 2006, replacing the Interim Provisions for Foreign Investors to Merge Domestic Enterprises issued in March 2003 by four authorities, the Ministry of Foreign Trade and Economic Cooperation, State Administration of Taxation, State Administration for Industry and Commerce and State Administration of Foreign Exchange. The State-owned Assets Supervision and Administration Commission and China Securities Regulatory Commission newly join the regulation promulgation. On December 1, 2007, National Development and Reform Commission and MOFCOM issued the Catalogue for Guidance of Foreign Investment Industries, or 2007 Catalogue, as the 4 th amendment to its original 1995 Catalogue. The 2007 Catalogue may affect the acquisitions involving foreign investors and parties in various restricted categories of industries.

The requirements and approval procedures for the Equity Acquisition and Assets Acquisition remains unchanged as those in the interim regulation. The new regulation adds one chapter on the acquisition with equity as the consideration including one section on the special purpose company. This chapter stipulated the

52


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

relevant conditions and approval procedures in detail making such acquisitions workable. The currently mandatory requirement for the submission of fund remittance into China will be changed.

The Anti-monopoly Chapter in the new regulation is more or less the same as the existing interim regulation, although Chinese government is recently tightening such control.

We cannot predict how such regulations especially the anti-monopoly examination will affect our future completion of a business combination. However, we are confident our strong and in-depth understanding of Chinese market would help us minimize the negative impacts.

Use of Contractual Arrangements

The government of the PRC has restricted or limited foreign ownership of certain kinds of assets and companies operating in certain industries. The industry groups that are restricted are wide ranging, including certain aspects of telecommunications, advertising, food production, and heavy equipment manufacturers, for example. In addition, there can be restrictions on the foreign ownership of businesses that are determined from time to time to be in “important industries” that may affect the national economic security or having “famous Chinese brand names” or “well established Chinese brand names.” Subject to the review requirements of the Ministry of Commerce and other relevant agencies as discussed elsewhere for acquisitions of assets and companies in the PRC and subject to the various percentage ownership limitations that exist from time to time, acquisitions involving foreign investors and parties in the various restricted categories of assets and industries may nonetheless sometimes be consummated using contractual arrangements with permitted Chinese parties. To the extent that such agreements are employed, they may be for control of specific assets such as intellectual property or control of blocks of the equity ownership interests of a company. The agreements would be designed to provide our company with the economic benefits of and control over the subject assets or equity interests similar to the rights of full ownership, while leaving the technical ownership in the hands of Chinese parties who would be our nominees. These agreements likely also would provide for increased ownership or full ownership and control by us when and if permitted under PRC law and regulation. If we choose to effect a business combination that employs the use of these types of control arrangements, we may have difficulty in enforcing our rights. Therefore these contractual arrangements may not be as effective in providing us with the same economic benefits, accounting consolidation or control over a target business as would direct ownership.

Effecting a Business Combination

General

We are not presently engaged in, and we will not engage in, any substantive commercial business for an indefinite period of time following this offering. We intend to utilize cash derived from the proceeds of this offering, our capital stock, debt or a combination of these in effecting a business combination. Although substantially all of the net proceeds of this offering are intended to be applied generally toward effecting a business combination as described in this prospectus, the proceeds are not otherwise being designated for any more specific purposes. Accordingly, investors in this offering are investing without first having an opportunity to evaluate the specific merits or risks of any one or more business combinations. A business combination may involve the acquisition of, or merger with, a company which does not need substantial additional capital but which desires to establish a public trading market for its shares, while avoiding what it may deem to be adverse consequences of undertaking a public offering itself. These include time delays, significant expense, loss of voting control and compliance with various Federal and state securities laws. In the alternative, we may seek to consummate a business combination with a company that may be financially unstable or in its early stages of development or growth. While we may seek to effect simultaneous business combinations with more than one target business, we will probably have the ability, as a result of our limited resources, to effect only a single business combination.

We Have Not Identified a Target Business

To date, we have not selected any target business on which to concentrate our search for a business combination. None of our officers, directors, promoters and other affiliates has engaged in discussions on our behalf with representatives of other companies regarding the possibility of a potential merger, capital stock

53


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

exchange, asset acquisition or other similar business combination with us, nor have we, nor any of our agents or affiliates, been approached by any candidates (or representatives of any candidates) with respect to a possible business combination with us. Additionally, we have not, nor has anyone on our behalf, taken any measure, directly or indirectly, to identify or locate any suitable acquisition candidate, nor have we engaged or retained any agent or other representative to identify or locate such an acquisition candidate. We have also not conducted any research with respect to identifying the number and characteristics of the potential acquisition candidates. As a result, we cannot assure you that we will be able to locate a target business or that we will be able to engage in a business combination with a target business on favorable terms or at all.

Subject to the limitations that a target business have its principal operations in the People’s Republic of China and have a fair market enterprise value of at least 80% of the gross offering proceeds at the time of the execution of a definitive agreement for our initial business combination as described below in more detail, we will have virtually unrestricted flexibility in identifying and selecting a prospective acquisition candidate. We have not established any other specific attributes or criteria (financial or otherwise) for prospective target businesses. Accordingly, there is no basis for investors in this offering to evaluate the possible merits or risks of the target business with which we may ultimately complete a business combination. To the extent we effect a business combination with a financially unstable company or an entity in its early stage of development or growth, including entities without established records of sales or earnings, we may be affected by numerous risks inherent in the business and operations of financially unstable and early stage or potential emerging growth companies. Although our management will endeavor to evaluate the risks inherent in a particular target business, we cannot assure you that we will properly ascertain or assess all significant risk factors.

Sources of Target Businesses

While we have not yet identified any acquisition candidates, we believe based on our management’s business knowledge and past experience that there are numerous acquisition candidates. We anticipate that target business candidates will be brought to our attention from various unaffiliated sources, including investment bankers, venture capital funds, private equity funds, leveraged buyout funds, management buyout funds and other members of the financial community. Target businesses may be brought to our attention by such unaffiliated sources as a result of being solicited by us through calls or mailings. These sources may also introduce us to target businesses they think we may be interested in on an unsolicited basis, since many of these sources will have read this prospectus and know that we are searching for target businesses having principal operations in China. Our officers and directors, as well as their affiliates and network of entrepreneurs, may also bring to our attention target business candidates that they become aware of through their business contacts as a result of formal or informal inquiries or discussions they may have, as well as attending trade shows or conventions. While we do not presently anticipate engaging the services of professional firms or other individuals that specialize in business acquisitions on any formal basis, we may engage these firms or other individuals in the future, in which event we may pay a finder’s fee, consulting fee or other compensation to be determined in an arm’s length negotiation based on the terms of the transaction. Our management has experience in evaluating transactions, but will retain advisors as they deem necessary to assist them in their due diligence efforts. If we become aware of a potential business combination outside of the industries which our officers and directors have their most extensive experience, it is more likely that they would retain consultants and advisors with experience in such industries to assist in the evaluation of such business combination and in our determination of whether or not to proceed with such a business combination, although we are not required to do so and may determine that our management is able to make its own determinations based on its collective business experience. In no event, however, will any of our existing officers, directors or shareholders, or any entity with which they are affiliated, be paid any finder’s fee, consulting fee or other compensation by us or a target business prior to, or for any services they render in order to effectuate, the consummation of a business combination (regardless of the type of transaction that it is). If we determine to enter into a business combination with a target business that is affiliated with our officers, directors, special advisors or shareholders, we would do so only if we obtained an opinion from an independent investment banking firm reasonably acceptable to Cohen & Company Securities, LLC that the business combination is fair to our unaffiliated shareholders from a financial point of view. However, as of the date of this prospectus, there are no affiliated entities that we would consider as a business combination target.

54


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

We will not acquire an entity with which any of our officers or directors, through their other business activities, is currently having acquisition or investment discussions. Additionally, we do not anticipate (i) acquiring an entity with which our officers or directors, through their other business activities, had acquisition or investment discussions in the past, (ii) acquiring an entity that is either a portfolio company of, or has otherwise received a material financial investment from, any private equity fund or investment company (or an affiliate thereof) that is affiliated with any of our officers or directors or (iii) entering into a business combination where we acquire less than 100% of a target business and any of our officers, directors, initial shareholders or their affiliates acquire the remaining portion of such target business. However, if we determine to enter into such a transaction, we are required to obtain an opinion from an independent investment banking firm reasonably acceptable to Cohen & Company Securities, LLC that the business combination is fair to our unaffiliated shareholders from a financial point of view.

Selection of a Target Business and Structuring of a Business Combination

Subject to the requirement that our initial business combination must be with a target business having its principal operations in China and a fair market enterprise value that is at least 80% of the gross offering proceeds at the time of the execution of a definitive agreement for such business combination (both of which are required by our memorandum and articles of association), our management will have virtually unrestricted flexibility in identifying and selecting a prospective target business. We have not established any other specific attributes or criteria (financial or otherwise) for prospective target businesses. In evaluating a prospective target business, our management may consider a variety of factors, including one or more of the following:

financial condition and results of operation;
growth potential;
experience and skill of management and availability of additional personnel;
capital requirements;
competitive position;
barriers to entry;
stage of development of the products, processes or services;
degree of current or potential market acceptance of the products, processes or services;
proprietary features and degree of intellectual property or other protection of the products, processes or services;
regulatory environment of the industry; and
costs associated with effecting the business combination.

These criteria are not intended to be exhaustive. Any evaluation relating to the merits of a particular business combination will be based, to the extent relevant, on the above factors as well as other considerations deemed relevant by our management in effecting a business combination consistent with our business objective. In evaluating a prospective target business, we will conduct an extensive due diligence review which will encompass, among other things, meetings with incumbent management and inspection of facilities, as well as review of financial and other information which is made available to us. This due diligence review will be conducted either by our management or by unaffiliated third parties we may engage, although we have no current intention to engage any such third parties. We are also required to have all prospective target businesses execute agreements with us waiving any right, title, interest or claim of any kind in or to any monies held in the trust account. If any prospective target business refused to execute such agreement, we would cease negotiations with such target business.

The time and costs required to select and evaluate a target business and to structure and complete the business combination cannot presently be ascertained with any degree of certainty. Any costs incurred with respect to the identification and evaluation of a prospective target business with which a business combination is not ultimately completed will result in a loss to us and reduce the amount of capital available to otherwise complete a business combination.

55


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Fair Market Enterprise Value of Target Business

The target business or businesses that we acquire must collectively have a fair market enterprise value equal to at least 80% of the gross offering proceeds at the time of the execution of a definitive agreement for our initial business combination, although we may acquire a target business whose fair market enterprise value significantly exceeds 80% of such gross offering proceeds. Accordingly, we could consummate a business combination in which we acquire two separate target businesses where neither has a fair market enterprise value that exceeds 80% of the gross offering proceeds at the time of the execution of a definitive agreement for our initial business combination but do so on a collective basis. In looking at the target’s balance sheet for purposes of determining whether this threshold is met, we will not include the amount of cash from the trust fund that we contribute to the target’s business. We anticipate structuring a business combination to acquire 100% of the equity interests or assets of the target business or businesses. We may, however, structure a business combination to acquire less than100% of such interests or assets of the target business or businesses but will not acquire less than a controlling interest (meaning more than 50% of the voting securities of each target business or all or substantially all of the assets of each target business). If we acquire only a controlling interest in a target business or businesses, only the portion of such business or businesses that we acquire will be counted towards the 80% threshold test. The market value of all of the businesses (or portion of such businesses) that we acquire must be equal to at least 80% of the gross offering proceeds at the time of the execution of a definitive agreement for our initial business combination. In order to consummate an acquisition, we may issue a significant amount of our debt or equity securities to the sellers of such businesses and/or seek to raise additional funds through a private offering of debt or equity securities. Since we have no specific business combination under consideration, we have not entered into any such fund raising arrangement and have no current intention of doing so. The fair market enterprise value of the target will be determined by our board of directors based upon one or more standards generally accepted by the financial community (such as actual and potential sales, earnings and cash flow and/or book value). If our board is not able to independently determine that the target business has a sufficient fair market enterprise value, we will obtain an opinion from an unaffiliated, independent investment banking firm with respect to the satisfaction of such criteria. We will not be required to obtain an opinion from an investment banking firm as to the fair market enterprise value if our board of directors independently determines that the target business complies with the 80% threshold.

Lack of Business Diversification

Our business combination must be with a target business or businesses that collectively satisfy the minimum valuation standard at the time of the execution of a definitive agreement for such business combination, as discussed above, although this process may entail the simultaneous acquisitions of several operating businesses at the same time. Therefore, at least initially, the prospects for our success may be entirely dependent upon the future performance of a single business. Unlike other entities which may have the resources to complete several business combinations of entities operating in multiple industries or multiple areas of a single industry, it is probable that we will not have the resources to diversify our operations or benefit from the possible spreading of risks or offsetting of losses. By consummating a business combination with only a single entity, our lack of diversification may:

subject us to numerous economic, competitive and regulatory developments, any or all of which may have a substantial adverse impact upon the particular industry in which we may operate subsequent to a business combination, and
result in our dependency upon the performance of a single operating business or the development or market acceptance of a single or limited number of products, processes or services.

If we determine to simultaneously acquire several businesses and such businesses are owned by different sellers, we will need for each of such sellers to agree that our purchase of its business is contingent on the simultaneous closings of the other acquisitions, which may make it more difficult for us, and delay our ability, to complete the business combination. With multiple acquisitions, we could also face additional risks, including additional burdens and costs with respect to possible multiple negotiations and due diligence investigations (if there are multiple sellers) and the additional risks associated with the subsequent assimilation of the operations and services or products of the acquired companies in a single operating business.

56


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Limited Ability to Evaluate the Target Business’ Management

Although we intend to scrutinize the management of a prospective target business when evaluating the desirability of effecting a business combination, we cannot assure you that our assessment of the target business’ management will prove to be correct. In addition, we cannot assure you that the future management will have the necessary skills, qualifications or abilities to manage a public company. Furthermore, the future role of our officers and directors, if any, in the target business following a business combination cannot presently be stated with any certainty. While it is possible that some of our key personnel will remain associated in senior management or advisory positions with us following a business combination, it is unlikely that they will devote their full time efforts to our affairs subsequent to a business combination. Moreover, they would only be able to remain with the company after the consummation of a business combination if they are able to negotiate employment or consulting agreements in connection with the business combination. Such negotiations would take place simultaneously with the negotiation of the business combination and could provide for them to receive compensation in the form of cash payments and/or our securities for services they would render to the company after the consummation of the business combination. While the personal and financial interests of our key personnel may influence their motivation in identifying and selecting a target business, their ability to remain with the company after the consummation of a business combination will not be the determining factor in our decision as to whether or not we will proceed with any potential business combination. Additionally, we cannot assure you that our officers and directors will have significant experience or knowledge relating to the operations of the particular target business.

Following a business combination, we may seek to recruit additional managers to supplement the incumbent management of the target business. We cannot assure you that we will have the ability to recruit additional managers, or that any such additional managers we do recruit will have the requisite skills, knowledge or experience necessary to enhance the incumbent management.

Opportunity for Shareholder Approval of Business Combination

Prior to the completion of a business combination, we will submit the transaction to our shareholders for approval, even if the nature of the acquisition is such as would not ordinarily require shareholder approval under applicable state law.

As a foreign private issuer, we are exempt from the rules under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, regarding proxy statements. However, we have agreed with the representative of the underwriters that for the period commencing with the date of this prospectus and ending upon our the earlier of our consummation of an initial business combination or our liquidation, in connection with any proposed business combination, we will deliver to our shareholders a proxy statement containing the information we believe is required by the rules under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. This proxy statement will include a description of the operations of the target business and audited historical financial statements of the business.

We will proceed with the business combination only if (i) a majority of the ordinary shares voted by the public shareholders are voted in favor of the business combination and (ii) public shareholders owning less than 81% of the total number of shares sold in this offering properly exercise their conversion rights, regardless of whether they are voting for or against the proposed business combination. If holders of shares sold in this offering indicate an intention to vote against a proposed business combination and/or seek conversion of their shares into cash, we may negotiate arrangements to provide for the purchase of such shares at the closing of the business combination using funds held in the trust account. The purpose of such arrangements would be to increase the likelihood of satisfaction of the requirements that the holders of a majority of our ordinary shares outstanding vote in favor of a proposed business combination and that holders of fewer than 81% of the shares sold in this offering demand conversion of their shares into cash where it appears that such requirements would otherwise not be met. All shares purchased by us or our affiliates pursuant to such arrangements would be voted in favor of the proposed business combination. No such arrangements currently exist.

57


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Conversion Rights

At the time we seek shareholder approval of any business combination, we will offer each public shareholder the right to have such shareholder’s ordinary shares converted to cash. Public shareholders who vote against a proposed business combination will be entitled to convert their stock for $10.00 per share if the business combination is approved and consummated. In addition, any public shareholder will have the right to vote for the proposed business combination and demand that such shareholder’s shares be converted into a pro rata share of the trust account (which amount, when aggregated with the right to receive an additional $0.30 per eligible share pursuant to the letter of credit, is initially anticipated to be approximately $10.30 per share) if the business combination is approved and consummated. Our initial business combination will not be completed if public shareholders owning 81% or more of the total number of shares sold in this offering seek conversion of their ordinary shares, regardless of whether they are voting for or against the proposed business combination. In the event the business combination is not approved by a majority of our public shareholders or 81% or more public shareholders demand conversion of their shares, regardless of whether they are voting for or against the proposed business combination, and the trust account is liquidated, the public shareholders that voted against that proposed business combination shall be entitled to receive only $10 per ordinary share, and those public shareholders who voted for that proposed business combination shall be entitled to receive a pro rata share of the trust account (which amount, when aggregated with the right to receive an additional $0.30 per eligible share pursuant to the letter of credit, is initially anticipated to be approximately $10.30 per share).

Our initial shareholders will not have conversion rights with respect to any ordinary shares owned by them, directly or indirectly, whether acquired prior to this offering or purchased by them in this offering or in the aftermarket.

An eligible shareholder may request conversion at any time after the mailing to our shareholders of the proxy statement and prior to the vote taken with respect to the proposed business combination at a meeting held for that purpose. Additionally, we may require public shareholders, whether they are a record holder or hold their shares in “street name,” to either tender their certificates to our transfer agent at any time through the vote on the business combination or to deliver their shares to the transfer agent electronically using Depository Trust Company’s DWAC (Deposit/Withdrawal At Custodian) System, at the holder’s option. The proxy solicitation materials that we will furnish to shareholders in connection with the vote for any proposed business combination will indicate whether we are requiring shareholders to satisfy such certification and delivery requirements. Accordingly, a shareholder would have from the time we send out our proxy statement through the vote to tender his shares if he wishes to seek to exercise his conversion rights. This time period varies depending on the specific facts of each transaction. However, as the delivery process can be accomplished by the shareholder, whether or not he is a record holder or his shares are held in “street name,” in a matter of hours by simply contacting the transfer agent or his broker and requesting delivery of his shares through the DWAC System, we believe this time period is sufficient for an average investor. However, because we do not have any control over this process, it may take significantly longer than we anticipated. Accordingly, we will only require shareholders to deliver their certificates prior to the vote if we give shareholders at least two weeks between the mailing of the proxy solicitation materials and the meeting date.

The requirement for physical or electronic delivery prior to the meeting would be imposed to ensure that a converting holder’s election to convert is irrevocable once the business combination is approved. Traditionally, in order to perfect conversion rights in connection with a blank check company’s business combination, a holder could simply vote against a proposed business combination and check a box on the proxy card indicating such holder was seeking to convert. After the business combination was approved, the company would contact such shareholder to arrange for him to deliver his certificate to verify ownership. As a result, the shareholder then had an “option window” after the consummation of the business combination during which he could monitor the price of the stock in the market. If the price rose above the conversion price, he could sell his shares in the open market before actually delivering his shares to the company for cancellation. Thus, the conversion right, to which shareholders were aware they needed to commit before the shareholder meeting, would become a continuing right surviving past the consummation of the business combination until the converting holder delivered his certificate for conversion at the conversion price.

58


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

There is a nominal cost associated with the above-referenced tendering process and the act of certificating the shares or delivering them through the DWAC system. The transfer agent will typically charge the tendering broker $35 and it would be the broker’s decision whether or not to pass this cost on to the converting holder. However, this fee would be incurred regardless of whether or not we require holders seeking to exercise conversion rights to tender their shares prior to the meeting — the need to deliver shares is a requirement of conversion regardless of the timing of when such delivery must be effectuated. However, if the proposed business combination is ultimately rejected and we are unable to complete another business combination, such fee would have been incurred unnecessarily.

Any request for conversion, once made, may be withdrawn at any time up to the vote taken with respect to the proposed business combination. Furthermore, if a shareholder delivered his certificate for conversion and subsequently decided prior to the meeting not to elect conversion, he may simply request that the transfer agent return the certificate (physically or electronically). It is anticipated that the funds to be distributed to shareholders entitled to convert their shares who elect conversion will be distributed promptly after completion of a business combination. Public shareholders who convert their stock still have the right to exercise any warrants they still hold.

If a vote on our initial business combination is held and the business combination is not approved, we may continue to try to consummate a business combination until the expiration of the applicable time period. If the initial business combination is not approved or completed for any reason, then public shareholders who elected to exercise their conversion rights would not be entitled to convert their ordinary shares. In such case, if we have required public shareholders to tender their certificates prior to the meeting, we will promptly return such certificates to the tendering public shareholder.

Automatic Dissolution and Subsequent Liquidation if No Business Combination

Our memorandum and articles of association provides that we will continue in existence only until , 2010 [twelve months from the consummation of this offering] or  2011 [18 months from the consummation of this offering] if the period to complete our business combination has been extended. If we have not completed a business combination by such date, it will trigger our automatic dissolution. This has the same effect as if our board of directors and shareholders had formally voted to approve our winding up and dissolution and formally began a voluntary winding up procedure under the Companies Law. As a result, no vote would be required from our shareholders to commence such a voluntary winding up and dissolution. We view this provision terminating our corporate life by  , 2010 [twelve months from the consummation of this offering] or  2011 [18 months from the consummation of this offering] if the period to complete our business combination has been extended as an obligation to our shareholders and will not take any action to amend or waive this provision to allow us to survive for a longer period of time. As mentioned above, under the Companies Law, in the case of a full voluntary liquidation procedure, a liquidator would give at least 21 days’ notice to creditors of his intention to make a distribution. We anticipate notifying the trustee of the trust account to begin liquidating the trust account promptly after the expiration of such 21-day period and anticipate it will take no more than 10 business days to effectuate the distribution of the assets thereof to all of our public shareholders, in proportion to their respective equity interests, an aggregate sum equal to the amount in the trust account, inclusive of any interest, plus any remaining net assets (subject to our obligations under Cayman Islands law to provide for claims of creditors). Our initial shareholders have waived their rights to participate in any liquidation distribution with respect to their initial shares. There will be no distribution from the trust account with respect to our warrants which will expire worthless. We will pay the costs of liquidation from our remaining assets outside of the trust fund. If such funds are insufficient, Jing Dong Gao and Eli D. Scher have contractually agreed to advance us the funds necessary to complete such liquidation (currently anticipated to be no more than $15,000) and have contractually agreed not to seek repayment of such expenses.

If we were to expend all of the net proceeds of this offering, other than the proceeds deposited in the trust account, and without taking into account interest, if any, earned on the trust account, the initial per-share liquidation price would be as follows:

59


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

If we have not presented to public shareholders a proposed business combination by such time period, public shareholders shall be entitled to receive a pro rata share of the trust account (which amount, when aggregated with the right to receive an additional $0.30 per eligible share pursuant to the letter of credit, is initially anticipated to be approximately $10.30 per share).
If we have presented to public shareholders a proposed business combination that ultimately was not approved, the public shareholders that voted against the proposed business combination shall be entitled to receive only $10.00 per ordinary share, and those public shareholders who voted for the proposed business combination shall be entitled to receive a pro rata share of the trust account (which amount, when aggregated with the right to receive an additional $0.30 per eligible share pursuant to the letter of credit, is initially anticipated to be approximately $10.30 per share).

The proceeds deposited in the trust account could, however, become subject to the claims of our creditors (which could include vendors and service providers we have engaged to assist us in any way in connection with our search for a target business and that are owed money by us, as well as target businesses themselves) which could have higher priority than the claims of our public shareholders. Jing Dong Gao and Eli D. Scher have contractually agreed that if we liquidate prior to the consummation of a business combination they will be personally liable to ensure that the proceeds in the trust account are not reduced below $10.00 per share by the claims of target businesses or claims of vendors or other entities that are owed money by us for services rendered or contracted for or products sold to us. Accordingly, if a claim brought by a target business or vendor did not exceed the amount of funds available to us outside of the trust account or available to be released to us from interest earned on the trust account balance, Messrs. Gao and Scher would not have any personal obligation to indemnify such claims as they would be paid from such available funds. However, if a claim exceeded such amounts, the only exceptions to the obligations of Messrs. Gao and Scher to pay such claim would be if the party executed a waiver agreement. We have questioned such individuals on their financial net worth and reviewed their financial information and believe they will be able to satisfy any indemnification obligations that may arise. We cannot assure you, however, that they would be able to satisfy those obligations. Furthermore, if they refused to satisfy their obligations, we would be required to bring a claim against him to enforce our indemnification rights. Furthermore, as our board cannot waive these indemnification obligations because it would be a breach of their fiduciary obligations, if they refused to satisfy their obligations, we would be required to bring a claim against them to enforce our indemnification rights. Accordingly, although such agreements are legally binding obligations on the part of Messrs. Gao and Scher, as such individuals are residents of jurisdictions other than the Cayman Islands, we may have difficulty enforcing our rights under such agreements. Therefore, the actual per-share liquidation price could be less than $10.00 or upon any distribution of the per-share amount pursuant to the letter of credit, $10.30 (as the case may be) plus interest, due to claims of creditors.

Our public shareholders will be entitled to receive funds from the trust account only in the event of the expiration of our existence and our automatic dissolution and subsequent liquidation or if they properly convert their respective shares into cash upon consumation of a business combination. In no other circumstances will a shareholder have any right or interest of any kind to or in the trust account.

Additionally, in any liquidation proceedings of the company under Cayman Islands’ law, the funds held in our trust account may be included in our estate and subject to the claims of third parties with priority over the claims of our shareholders. To the extent any such claims deplete the trust account, we cannot assure you we will be able to return to our public shareholders the liquidation amounts payable to them. Furthermore, a liquidator of the company might seek to hold a shareholder liable to contribute to our estate to the extent of distributions received by them pursuant to the dissolution of the trust account beyond the date of dissolution of the trust account. Additionally, we cannot assure you that third parties will not seek to recover from our shareholders amounts owed to them by us. Furthermore, our board may be viewed as having breached their fiduciary duties to our creditors and/or may have acted in bad faith, and thereby exposing itself and our company to claims for having paid public shareholders from the trust account prior to addressing the claims of creditors. We cannot assure you that claims will not be brought against us for these reasons.

60


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

If we are unable to consummate a transaction by , 2010 [twelve months from the consummation of this offering] or  2011 [18 months from the consummation of this offering] if the period to complete our business combination has been extended, our purpose and powers will be limited to dissolving, liquidating and winding up. Upon notice from us, the trustee of the trust account will liquidate the investments constituting the trust account and will turn over the proceeds to our transfer agent for distribution to our public shareholders as part of our plan of distribution and dissolution. Concurrently, we shall pay, or reserve for payment, from funds not held in trust, our liabilities and obligations, although we cannot assure you that there will be sufficient funds for such purpose. If there are insufficient funds held outside the trust account for such purpose, our directors and officers have agreed to indemnify us for all claims of creditors to the extent we obtain valid and enforceable waivers from such entities in order to protect the amounts held in trust. However, because we are a blank check company, rather than an operating company, and our operations will be limited to searching for prospective target businesses to acquire, the only likely claims to arise would be from our vendors and service providers (such as accountants, lawyers, investment bankers, etc.) and potential target businesses. As described above, pursuant to the obligation contained in our underwriting agreement, we will seek to have all vendors, service providers and prospective target businesses execute agreements with us waiving any right, title, interest or claim of any kind they may have in or to any monies held in the trust account. As a result, we believe the claims that could be made against us will be limited, thereby lessening the likelihood that any claim would result in any liability extending to the trust. We therefore believe that any necessary provision for creditors will be reduced and should not have a significant impact on our ability to distribute the funds in the trust account to our public shareholders. Nevertheless, we cannot assure you of this fact as there is no guarantee that vendors, service providers and prospective target businesses will execute such agreements. Nor is there any guarantee that, even if they execute such agreements with us, they will not seek recourse against the trust fund. A court could also conclude that such agreements are not legally enforceable. As a result, if we liquidate, the per-share distribution from the trust fund could be less than $10.00 or upon any distribution of the per-share amount pursuant to the letter of credit, $10.30 (as the case may be) due to claims or potential claims of creditors.

Competition

In identifying, evaluating and selecting a target business, we may encounter intense competition from other entities having a business objective similar to ours. There are approximately 16 blank check companies that have completed initial public offerings in the United States with more than $4.9 billion in trust that are seeking to carry out a business plan similar to our business plan. Of these, 5 companies with $204 million in trust are seeking to effectuate a business combination with a company in China. Furthermore, there are a number of additional offerings for blank check companies that are still in the registration process but have not completed initial public offerings and there are likely to be more blank check companies filing registration statements for initial public offerings after the date of this prospectus and prior to our completion of a business combination. Additionally, we may be subject to competition from entities other than blank check companies having a business objective similar to ours, including venture capital firms, leverage buyout firms and operating businesses looking to expand their operations through the acquisition of a target business. Many of these entities are well established and have extensive experience identifying and effecting business combinations directly or through affiliates. Many of these competitors possess greater technical, human and other resources than us and our financial resources will be relatively limited when contrasted with those of many of these competitors. While we believe there may be numerous potential target businesses that we could acquire with the net proceeds of this offering, our ability to compete in acquiring certain sizable target businesses may be limited by our available financial resources. We will only have access to approximately $36 million in our trust account to consummate a business combination. Accordingly, if we locate a target business that is valued at substantially more than $36 million and the sellers of that target business wish to be paid in cash, we will be forced to obtain third party financing to complete such a transaction. There is no assurance that such financing will be available to us on terms acceptable to us or at all. Other blank check companies whose trust accounts are significantly larger than ours would not have the same problem in financing such a transaction. Accordingly, this inherent competitive limitation may give others an advantage in pursuing the acquisition of a target business. However, while the size of this offering may be smaller than other similarly structured blank check companies, we believe that our size is more consistent with the types of acquisitions that are consummated in China which typically have purchase prices of under $50 million. Furthermore, our ability to issue

61


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

our securities in connection with any business combination would allow us to complete a business combination with a much larger target business. This is consistent with other similarly structured blank check companies that have issued securities in connection with their business combination with Chinese targets. We therefore believe that this competitive disadvantage may be reduced in our situation although we cannot assure you of this fact. The following also may not be viewed favorably by certain target businesses:

our obligation to seek shareholder approval of a business combination may delay the completion of a transaction;
our obligation to convert into cash ordinary shares held by our public shareholders to such holders that exercise their conversion rights may reduce the resources available to us for a business combination; and
our outstanding warrants and option, and the potential future dilution they represent.

Any of these factors may place us at a competitive disadvantage in successfully negotiating a business combination. Our management believes, however, that our status as a public entity and potential access to the United States public equity markets may give us a competitive advantage over privately-held entities having a similar business objective as ours in acquiring a target business with significant growth potential on favorable terms.

If we succeed in effecting a business combination, there will be, in all likelihood, intense competition from competitors of the target business. We cannot assure you that, subsequent to a business combination, we will have the resources or ability to compete effectively.

Facilities

We maintain our principal executive offices at 762 West Beijing Road, Shanghai, PRC 200041. GSME Capital Partners Inc. is providing this space to us at no cost. We consider our current office space, combined with the other office space otherwise available to our executive officers, adequate for our current operations.

Employees

We have three executive officers. These individuals are not obligated to devote any specific number of hours to our matters and intend to devote only as much time as they deem necessary to our affairs. The amount of time they will devote in any time period will vary based on whether a target business has been selected for the business combination and the stage of the business combination process the company is in. Accordingly, once management locates a suitable target business to acquire, they will spend more time investigating such target business and negotiating and processing the business combination (and consequently spend more time to our affairs) than they would prior to locating a suitable target business. We presently expect each of our executive officers to devote an average of approximately 10 hours per week to our business. We do not intend to have any full time employees prior to the consummation of a business combination.

Periodic Reporting and Audited Financial Statements

Assuming we remain a foreign private issuer, we will be exempt from the rules under the Exchange Act regarding proxy statements. In addition, we will not be required under the Exchange Act to file current reports with the SEC as frequently or as promptly as United States companies whose securities are registered under the Exchange Act. However, we have agreed with the representative of the underwriters that, for the period commencing with the date of this prospectus and ending upon the earlier of our consummation of an initial business combination or our liquidation, in connection with any proposed business combination, we will deliver to our shareholders proxy solicitation materials containing the information we believe would have been required to be provided to shareholders had we not been a foreign private issuer but still had a class of equity securities registered under Section 12 of the Exchange Act and we will file with the SEC a Report of Foreign Private Issuer on Form 6-K the proxy solicitation material. We have also agreed with the representative of the underwriters that for the period commencing with the date of this prospectus and ending on the earlier of the consummation of an initial business combination or our liquidation, we will comply with the rules and regulations under the Exchange Act prescribing the requirements and filing deadlines for Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q and Current Reports on Form 8-K and will file Reports of Foreign Private Issuer on Form 6-K complying with those rules and regulations; however, we cannot assure you that the SEC will review any Form 6-Ks

62


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

we file. We have also agreed to comply with the rules and regulations prescribing the requirements and filing deadlines for Section 16 filings, including Forms 3, 4 and 5, during this time period.

We will provide shareholders with audited financial statements of the prospective target business as part of the proxy solicitation materials sent to shareholders to assist them in assessing the target business. These financial statements will need to be prepared in accordance with or reconciled to United States GAAP or prepared or reconciled in accordance with the International Financial Reporting Standards for potential targets that have previously kept their accounts in accordance with GAAP of the PRC. We cannot assure you that any particular target business identified by us as a potential acquisition candidate will have the necessary financial statements. To the extent that this requirement cannot be met, we may not be able to acquire the proposed target business.

We may be required to have our internal control procedures audited for the fiscal year ending December 31, 2010 as required by the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. A target company may not be in compliance with the provisions of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act regarding adequacy of their internal controls. The development of the internal controls of any such entity to achieve compliance with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act may increase the time and costs necessary to complete any such acquisition.

Comparison to Offerings of Blank Check Companies Subject to Rule 419

The following table compares and contrasts the terms of our offering and the terms of an offering of blank check companies under Rule 419 promulgated by the SEC assuming that the gross proceeds, underwriting discounts and underwriting expenses for the Rule 419 offering are the same as this offering and that the underwriters will not exercise their over-allotment option. None of the terms of a Rule 419 offering will apply to this offering because we will have net tangible assets in excess of $5,000,000 upon the successful consummation of this offering and will file a Report of Foreign Private Issuer on Form 6-K, including an audited balance sheet demonstrating this fact.

   
  Terms of Our Offering   Terms Under a Rule 419 Offering
Escrow of offering
proceeds
  $34,200,000 of the net offering proceeds plus the $1,800,000 we will receive from the sale of the insider warrants will be deposited into a trust account at , maintained by Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company, acting as trustee.   $30,132,000 of the offering proceeds would be required to be deposited into either an escrow account with an insured depositary institution or in a separate bank account established by a broker-dealer in which the broker-dealer acts as trustee for persons having the beneficial interests in the account.
Investment of net
proceeds
  The $34,200,000 of net offering proceeds plus the $1,800,000 we will receive from the sale of the insider warrants held in trust will only be invested in United States “government securities” within the meaning of Section 2(a)(16) of the Investment Company Act of 1940 with a maturity of 180 days or less or in money market funds meeting certain conditions under Rule 2a-7 promulgated under the Investment Company Act of 1940.   Proceeds could be invested only in specified securities such as a money market fund meeting conditions of the Investment Company Act of 1940 or in securities that are direct obligations of, or obligations guaranteed as to principal or interest by, the United States.

63


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

   
  Terms of Our Offering   Terms Under a Rule 419 Offering
Limitation on fair value or net assets of target business   The initial target business that we acquire must have a fair market enterprise value equal to at least 80% of the gross offering proceeds at the time of execution of a definitive agreement for such business combination.   We would be restricted from acquiring a target business unless the fair value of such business or net assets to be acquired represent at least 80% of the maximum offering proceeds.
Trading of securities issued   The units may commence trading on or promptly after the date of this prospectus. The ordinary shares and warrants comprising the units will begin to trade separately on the 10 th day after the date of this prospectus unless Cohen & Company Securities, LLC informs us of its decision to allow earlier separate trading (based upon its assessment of the relative strengths of the securities markets and small capitalization companies in general, and the trading pattern of, and demand for, our securities in particular), provided we have filed with the SEC a Report of Foreign Private Issuer on Form 6-K, which includes an audited balance sheet reflecting our receipt of the proceeds of this offering, including any proceeds we receive from the exercise of the over-allotment option, if such option is exercised prior to the filing of the Report of Foreign Private Issuer on Form 6-K. If the over-allotment option is exercised after our initial filing of a Form 6-K, we will file an amendment to the Form 6-K to provide updated financial information to reflect the exercise and consummation of the over-allotment option. We will also include in this Form 6-K, an amendment thereto, or in a subsequent Form 6-K, information indicating if Cohen & Company Securities, LLC has allowed separate trading of the ordinary shares and warrants prior to the 10 th day after the date of this prospectus.   No trading of the units or the underlying ordinary shares and warrants would be permitted until the completion of a business combination. During this period, the securities would be held in the escrow or trust account.

64


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

   
  Terms of Our Offering   Terms Under a Rule 419 Offering
Exercise of the warrants   The warrants cannot be exercised until the completion of a business combination and, accordingly, will be exercised only after the trust account has been terminated and distributed.   The warrants could be exercised prior to the completion of a business combination, but securities received and cash paid in connection with the exercise would be deposited in the escrow or trust account.
Election to remain an investor   We will give our shareholders the opportunity to vote on the business combination. In connection with seeking shareholder approval, we will send each shareholder a proxy statement containing information required by the SEC. A shareholder following the procedures described in this prospectus is given the right to convert his or her shares into cash. However, a shareholder who does not follow these procedures or a shareholder who does not take any action would not be entitled to the return of any funds except upon our liquidation.   A prospectus containing information required by the SEC would be sent to each investor. Each investor would be given the opportunity to notify the company, in writing, within a period of no less than 20 business days and no more than 45 business days from the effective date of the post-effective amendment, to decide whether he or she elects to remain a shareholder of the company or require the return of his or her investment. If the company has not received the notification by the end of the 45 th business day, funds and interest or dividends, if any, held in the trust or escrow account would automatically be returned to the shareholder. Unless a sufficient number of investors elect to remain investors, all of the deposited funds in the escrow account must be returned to all investors and none of the securities will be issued.
Business combination deadline   Pursuant to our memorandum and articles of association, our corporate existence will cease 12 months from the consummation of this offering (or 18 months if the period to complete our business combination has been extended) except for the purposes of winding up our affairs and we will liquidate unless we have completed a business combination within this time period.   If an acquisition has not been consummated within 18 months after the effective date of the initial registration statement, funds held in the trust or escrow account would be returned to investors.

65


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

   
  Terms of Our Offering   Terms Under a Rule 419 Offering
Interest earned on the funds in the trust account   There can be released to us, from time to time, any interest earned on the funds in the trust account (i) that we may need to pay our tax obligations and (ii) any remaining interest that we need for our working capital requirements. The remaining interest earned on the funds in the trust account will not be released until the earlier of the completion of a business combination and our liquidation upon failure to effect a business combination within the allotted time.   All interest earned on the funds in the trust account will be held in trust for the benefit of public shareholders until the earlier of the completion of a business combination and our liquidation upon failure to effect a business combination within the allotted time.
Release of funds   Except for (i) any amounts that we may need to pay our tax obligations and (ii) any remaining interest that we may need for our working capital requirements that may be released to us from the interest earned on the trust account balance, the proceeds held in the trust account will not be released until the earlier of the completion of a business combination and our liquidation upon failure to effect a business combination within the allotted time.   The proceeds held in the escrow account would not be released until the earlier of the completion of a business combination or the failure to effect a business combination within the allotted time.

66


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

MANAGEMENT

Directors and Executive Officers

Our current directors and executive officers are as follows:

   
Name   Age   Position
Jing Dong Gao   42   Chairman of the Board
Eli D. Scher   29   Chief Executive Officer and Director
Zhong Wen Lin   40   Vice President, Finance

Jing Dong Gao has served as our chairman of the board since our inception. Mr. Gao has invested in and built businesses in China in a wide variety of industries, gaining extensive experience in evaluating companies and investments in China. Mr. Gao is the co-founder and chairman of GSME Capital Partners, a principal investment business headquartered in Shanghai founded in July 2007. GSME Capital Partners makes early stage investments in Chinese businesses with a focus on service industries. Additionally, Mr. Gao serves as chairman and chief executive officer of Fundamental Films, a film distribution and production company he co-founded in April 2008, and invested in by the principals of GSME Capital Partners. Further, Mr. Gao is the chairman of Media Communication Group (MCG), a light-emitting diode (LED) high-technology media business he founded in 2006 and invested in by the principals of GSME Capital Partners. MCG is the exclusive operator of LED advertising screens in the Shanghai and Beijing subways, and owns proprietary media networking management software and has advanced LED screen optimization techniques. Prior to GSME, in 1997, he founded MCHEM Pharma Group, a generic pharmaceuticals manufacturer focusing on HIV/AIDS intermediates, APIs and FDFs which was sold to Matrix Labs of India. He served as the company’s chairman and chief executive officer from 1997 to 2007. Mr. Gao also invested in Xiamen Prosolar, a Shanghai stock exchange listed real estate development company (SSE: 600193), and sat on its board of directors until May 2008. Mr. Gao received a B.S. from Nanjing University.

Eli D. Scher has served as our chief executive officer and a member of our board of directors since our inception. Since July 2007, Mr. Scher has served as chief executive officer of GSME Capital Partners Inc. From July 2007 to February 2008, Mr. Scher served as chief development officer and a director of MCG. Since February 2008, he has served as chief financial officer of MCG. Additionally, Mr. Scher is a co-founder, and serves as president and chief financial officer, of Fundamental Films. From September 2003 to February 2007, Mr. Scher served as a principal at Daroth Capital Advisors LLC, which is involved in investing and advising clients on financings, mergers and acquisitions and restructurings, where he led the firm’s Asian business development efforts. From July 2002 to September 2003, he served as a vice president of Cohen Bros. & Co., a private investment bank. From June 2001 to September 2001, he was a financial intern with China International Capital Corporation, a Sino-American joint venture investment bank where Morgan Stanley and the China Construction Bank acted as the principal partners and investors. Mr. Scher received an A.B. from Princeton University. Mr. Scher is fluent in Mandarin Chinese.

Zhong Wen Lin has served as our vice president, finance since our inception. Since February 2007, Mr. Lin has served as finance director of MCG. From July 2006 to February 2007, Mr. Lin served as general manager assistant at JCDecaux China Shanghai Zhongle Vehicle Paint-Spraying Co., LTD, an outdoor transportation media business. From January 2006 to July 2006, he served as finance director of JCDecaux China, Metro Media System Department, a traditional media subway advertising business. From April 1997 to January 2006, Mr. Lin held various roles within Media Partners International, a company acquired by JC Decaux, including: Shanghai Media Partners International Advertising Co., LTD, Public transit system department — Finance Director; Group (Shanghai) — Finance Director; Nanjing Media Partners International Public Transport Advertising Co., LTD — Finance Director; and Shanghai Media Partners International Advertising Co., LTD —  Finance Manager. Mr. Lin received a bachelor’s degree in Financial Accounting from Shanghai University.

Our board of directors is divided into two classes with only one class of directors being elected in each year and each class serving a two-year term. The term of office of the first class of directors, consisting of Jing Dong Gao, will expire at our first annual meeting of shareholders. The term of office of the second class

67


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

of directors, consisting of Eli D. Scher, will expire at the second annual meeting. Pursuant to our memorandum and articles of association, the number of directors that shall constitute our board has been fixed at two. This provision in our memorandum and articles of association may not be amended by shareholders prior to the consummation of our initial business combination except upon approval by the holders of at least 85% of the outstanding ordinary shares.

Special Advisor

We may seek guidance and advice from the following special advisor. We have no formal arrangement or agreement with this individual to provide services to us and accordingly, he has no contractual or fiduciary obligations to present business opportunities to us. This individual will simply provide advice, introductions to potential targets, and assistance to us, at our request, only if he is able to do so. Our special advisor does not speak Chinese. Nevertheless, we believe with his business background and extensive contacts, he will be helpful to our search for a target business and our consummation of an initial business combination.

Lawrence S. Wizel has served on the board of directors of American Oriental Bioengineering, Inc., a plant-based Chinese pharmaceutical company, since 2006. He also serves on the board of directors of several other companies. From 1965 to June 2006, Mr. Wizel served with Deloitte & Touche in Deloitte’s New York office as a partner from 1980 to June 2006. He most recently held the position of deputy professional practice director. Mr. Wizel was responsible for serving a diverse client base of publicly held and private companies in a variety of capacities including SEC filings, initial public offerings, mergers and acquisition transactions and periodic reporting. He received a B.S. from Michigan State University and is a Certified Public Accountant.

Our officers, directors and special advisor will play a key role in identifying and evaluating prospective acquisition candidates, selecting the target business, and structuring, negotiating and consummating its acquisition. These individuals will also be responsible for determining whether the terms of the transaction complies with the terms and agreements entered into in connection with this offering as well as our memorandum and articles of association. None of these individuals has been or currently is a principal of, or affiliated with, a blank check company. However, we believe that the skills and expertise of these individuals, their collective access to acquisition opportunities and ideas, their contacts, and their transactional expertise should enable them to successfully identify and effect an acquisition. Our management team has operated and/or invested in companies in the chemicals, pharmaceuticals, technology, real estate and advertising industries. They have effected transactions in China both through acquiring state-owned assets and through investment in private enterprises. On a global basis, as investment bankers, members of our management team have been involved in middle market corporate finance transactions totaling in excess of $500 million. As a result of these transactions, they have an extensive network within China which we believe will provide us with access to deal flow throughout the entire country. The following are some examples of our management team’s experience and operational attributes:

Prior to forming GSME Capital Partners, Eli D. Scher, as an investment banker with Daroth Capital Advisors LLC, invested in and led transactions for Federal Information Technology Systems (later to be named Overwatch Systems) from November 2004 to October 2006. These transactions included (i) the acquisition of numerous companies including Austin Info Systems, Sensor Systems, IT Spatial, Paragon Imaging and Visual Learning Systems, (ii) the formation of a strategic partnership with Medical Numerics and (iii) the ultimate sale of the company to Textron Systems Corp.
Jing Dong Gao founded MCHEM Pharma Group, a leading Chinese generic pharmaceutical manufacturer. MCHEM Pharma Group grew to become the largest producer of HIV medications in China.
Jing Dong Gao and Eli D. Scher co-founded Fundamental Films, a film distribution and production company, headquartered in Shanghai. The company distributes non-Chinese productions to theatres, television and home video, and produces Chinese film for both Chinese and international distribution.
Jing Dong Gao founded MCG, a high-technology media business. Mr. Gao is chairman of MCG and Eli D. Scher is chief financial officer of MCG. MCG is the exclusive licensee of LED advertising in the entire Shanghai subway system, where it has 50 screens installed, and is the exclusive operator of LED screens on selected lines in the Beijing subway system, where it has 29 screens installed.

68


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Jing Dong Gao has invested in Xiamen Prosolar, a Shanghai stock exchange listed real estate development company, and served on its board of directors.
Zhong Wen Lin is a financial/accounting professional with extensive accounting and internal control experience in China and has experience in evaluating and examining financial statements of prospective targets.

Executive Compensation

No executive officer has received any cash compensation for services rendered to us. No compensation of any kind, including finders, consulting or other similar fees, will be paid to any of our initial shareholders, including our directors, or any of their respective affiliates, prior to, or for any services they render in order to effectuate, the consummation of a business combination. However, such individuals will be reimbursed for any out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with activities on our behalf such as identifying potential target businesses and performing due diligence on suitable business combinations. There is no limit on the amount of these out-of-pocket expenses and there will be no review of the reasonableness of the expenses by anyone other than our board of directors, which includes persons who may seek reimbursement, or a court of competent jurisdiction if such reimbursement is challenged. Because of the foregoing, we will generally not have the benefit of independent directors examining the propriety of expenses incurred on our behalf and subject to reimbursement.

Conflicts of Interest

Potential investors should be aware of the following potential conflicts of interest:

None of our officers and directors is required to commit their full time to our affairs and, accordingly, they may have conflicts of interest in allocating their time among various business activities.
In the course of their other business activities, our officers and directors may become aware of investment and business opportunities which may be appropriate for presentation to our company as well as the other entities with which they are affiliated. Our management may have conflicts of interest in determining to which entity a particular business opportunity should be presented.
Our officers and directors may in the future become affiliated with entities, including other blank check companies, engaged in business activities similar to those intended to be conducted by our company.
The initial shares owned by our officers and directors will be released from escrow only if a business combination is successfully completed, and the insider warrants purchased by our officers and directors, and any warrants which they may purchase in the aftermarket will expire worthless if a business combination is not consummated. Additionally, our officers and directors will not receive liquidation distributions with respect to any of their initial shares. Furthermore, the purchasers of the insider warrants have agreed that such securities will not be sold or transferred by them until after we have completed a business combination. For the foregoing reasons, our board may have a conflict of interest in determining whether a particular target business is appropriate to effect a business combination with.

Accordingly, as a result of multiple business affiliations, our officers and directors may have similar legal obligations relating to presenting business opportunities meeting the above-listed criteria to multiple entities. In addition, conflicts of interest may arise when our board evaluates a particular business opportunity with respect to the above-listed criteria. We cannot assure you that any of the above mentioned conflicts will be resolved in our favor.

Under Cayman Islands law, our directors have a duty of loyalty to act honestly, in good faith and with a view to our best interests. Our directors also have a duty to exercise the care, diligence and skills that a reasonably prudent person would exercise in comparable circumstances. In fulfilling their duty of care to us, our directors must ensure compliance with our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association. In certain limited circumstances, a shareholder has the right to seek damages if a duty owed by our directors is breached.

In order to minimize potential conflicts of interest which may arise from multiple corporate affiliations, each of our officers and directors has agreed, until the earliest of a business combination, our liquidation or

69


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

such time as he ceases to be an officer or director, to present to our company for our consideration, prior to presentation to any other entity, any suitable business opportunity which may reasonably be required to be presented to us, subject to any pre-existing fiduciary or contractual obligations he might have. The following table summarizes the relevant pre-existing fiduciary or contractual obligations of our officers and directors:

   
Name of Affiliated Company   Name of Individual   Priority/Preference Relative to
GSME Acquisition Partners I
GSME Capital Partners Inc.   Jing Dong Gao
Eli D. Scher
  Each of these individuals will be required to present all business opportunities which are suitable for GSME Capital Partners to GSME Capital Partners prior to presenting them to us. GSME Capital Partners is a principal investment business headquartered in Shanghai.
Media Communication Group   Jing Dong Gao
Eli D. Scher
Zhong Wen Lin
  Each of these individuals will be required to present all business opportunities which are suitable for Media Communication Group to Media Communication Group prior to presenting them to us. Media Communication Group is a high-technology media business.
Fundamental Films   Jing Dong Gao
Eli D. Scher
  Each of these indivinuals will be required to present all business opportunities which are suitable for Fundamental Films to Fundamental Films prior to presenting them to us. Fundamental Films is a film distribution and production company.

In connection with the vote required for any business combination, all of our initial shareholders, including all of our officers and directors, have agreed to vote their respective initial shares in accordance with the vote of the public shareholders owning a majority of the ordinary shares sold in this offering. In addition, they have agreed to waive their respective rights to participate in any liquidation distribution with respect to those ordinary shares acquired by them prior to this offering. Any ordinary shares acquired by initial shareholders in the offering or aftermarket will be considered part of the holdings of the public shareholders. Our initial shareholders have agreed to vote such shares in favor of any proposed business combination. Accordingly, except with respect to the conversion and voting rights afforded to public shareholders, these initial shareholders will have the same rights as other public shareholders with respect to such shares.

We will not acquire an entity with which any of our officers or directors, through their other business activities, is currently having acquisition or investment discussions. To further minimize potential conflicts of interest, we have agreed not to (i) acquire an entity with which our officers or directors, through their other business activities, had acquisition or investment discussions in the past, (ii) consummate an initial business combination with an entity which is, or has been within the past five years, affiliated with any of our officers, directors, initial shareholders or their affiliates, including an entity that is either a portfolio company of, or has otherwise received a material financial investment from, any private equity fund or investment company (or an affiliate thereof) that is affiliated with such individuals; or (iii) enter into a business combination where we acquire less than 100% of a target business and any of our officers, directors, initial shareholders or their affiliates acquire the remaining portion of such target business, unless, in any case, we obtain an opinion from an independent investment banking firm that the business combination is fair to our unaffiliated shareholders from a financial point of view. Furthermore, in no event will any of our existing officers, directors, shareholders or advisors, or any entity with which they are affiliated, be paid any finder’s fee, consulting fee or other compensation prior to, or for any services they render in order to effectuate, the consummation of a business combination.

70


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

PRINCIPAL SHAREHOLDERS

The following table sets forth information regarding the beneficial ownership of our ordinary shares as of October __, 2009 and as adjusted to reflect the sale of our ordinary shares included in the units offered by this prospectus (assuming none of the individuals listed purchase units in this offering), by:

each person known by us to be the beneficial owner of more than 5% of our outstanding ordinary shares;
each of our officers and directors; and
all of our officers and directors as a group.

Unless otherwise indicated, we believe that all persons named in the table have sole voting and investment power with respect to all ordinary shares beneficially owned by them. The following table does not reflect record of beneficial ownership of the 3,600,000 insider warrants as these warrants are not exercisable within 60 days of the date of this prospectus.

       
  Prior to Offering   After Offering (2)
Name and Address of Beneficial Owner (1)   Amount and
Nature of
Beneficial
Ownership
  Approximate
Percentage of
Outstanding
Ordinary Shares
  Amount and
Nature of
Beneficial
Ownership
  Approximate
Percentage of
Outstanding
Ordinary
Shares
Jing Dong Gao     1,200,600 (3)       87.0 %       1,044,000 (3)       21.8 %  
Eli D. Scher     138,000       10.0 %       120,000       2.5 %  
Zhong Wen Lin     0       0 %       0       0 %  
All directors and executive officers as a group (three individuals)     1,338,600       97.0 %       1,164,000       24.3 %  

* Less than 1%.
(1) Unless otherwise indicated, the business address of each of the individuals is 762 West Beijing Road, Shanghai, PRC 200041.
(2) Assumes no exercise of the over-allotment option and, therefore, the forfeiture of an aggregate of 180,000 ordinary shares held by our initial shareholders.
(3) Represents shares held by MCK Capital Co., Limited, an entity controlled by Mr. Gao.

Immediately after this offering, our initial shareholders, which include all of our officers and directors, collectively, will beneficially own 25% of the then issued and outstanding ordinary shares (assuming none of them purchase any units offered by this prospectus). None of our initial shareholders, officers and directors has indicated to us that he intends to purchase our securities in the offering. Because of the ownership block held by our initial shareholders, such individuals may be able to effectively exercise control over all matters requiring approval by our shareholders, including the election of directors and approval of significant corporate transactions other than approval of our initial business combination.

If the underwriters do not exercise all or a portion of the over-allotment option, our initial shareholders will be required to forfeit up to an aggregate of 180,000 ordinary shares. Our initial shareholders will be required to forfeit only a number of shares necessary to maintain their collective 25% ownership interest in our ordinary shares after giving effect to the offering and the exercise, if any, of the underwriters’ over-allotment option.

All of the initial shares outstanding prior to the date of this prospectus will be placed in escrow with Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company, as escrow agent, until (i) with respect to 20% of such shares, upon consummation of our initial business combination, (ii) with respect to 25% of such shares, when the closing price of our ordinary shares exceeds $12.00 for any 20 trading days within a 30-trading day period following the consummation of our initial business combination, (iii) with respect to 20% of such shares, when the closing price of our ordinary shares exceeds $14.00 for any 20 trading days within a 30-trading day period following the consummation of our initial business combination, (iv) with respect to 20% of such shares, when the closing price of our ordinary shares exceeds $16.00 for any 20 trading days within a

71


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

30-trading day period following the consummation of our initial business combination and (v) with respect to 20% of such shares, when the closing price of our ordinary shares exceeds $20.00 for any 20 trading days within a 30-trading day period following the consummation of our initial business combination. Up to 180,000 of the initial shares may also be released from escrow earlier than this date for cancellation if the over-allotment option is not exercised in full as described above. All of the initial shares may be released from escrow earlier than as described above if within that time period, we consummate a subsequent liquidation, merger, stock exchange or other similar transaction which results in all of our shareholders having the right to exchange their ordinary shares for cash, securities or other property.

During the escrow period, the holders of these shares will not be able to sell or transfer their securities except (i) for transfers to an entity’s members upon its liquidation, (ii) to relatives and trusts for estate planning purposes, (iii) by virtue of the laws of descent and distribution upon death, (iv) pursuant to a qualified domestic relations order, (v) by certain pledges to secure obligations incurred in connection with purchases of our securities or (vi) by private sales made at or prior to the consummation of a business combination at prices no greater than the price at which the shares were originally purchased, in each case where the transferee agrees to the terms of the escrow agreement, but will retain all other rights as our shareholders, including, without limitation, the right to vote their ordinary shares and the right to receive cash dividends, if declared. If dividends are declared and payable in ordinary shares, such dividends will also be placed in escrow. If we are unable to effect a business combination and liquidate, none of our initial shareholders will receive any portion of the liquidation proceeds with respect to their initial shares.

Eli D. Scher, Larry Wizel and MCK Capital Co., Limited, an entity controlled by Jing Dong Gao, have committed to purchase the insider warrants (for a total purchase price of $1,800,000) from us. These purchases will take place on a private placement basis simultaneously with the consummation of this offering. The insider warrants will be identical to the warrants underlying the units being offered by this prospectus except that if we call the warrants for redemption, the insider warrants will be exercisable for cash or on a cashless basis, at the holder’s option, and will not be redeemable by us, in each case so long as such warrants are held by these purchasers or their affiliates. The purchasers have agreed that the insider warrants will not be sold or transferred by them until 60 days after we have completed a business combination.

Jing Dong Gao and Eli D. Scher are our “promoters,” as that term is defined under the Federal securities laws.

72


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

CERTAIN TRANSACTIONS

In March 2008, we issued 1,293,750 ordinary shares to the individuals set forth below for $25,000 in cash, at a purchase price of approximately $0.02 share, as follows:

   
Name   Number of Shares   Relationship to Us
Jing Dong Gao   1,125,563   Chairman of the Board
Eli D. Scher   129,375   Chief Executive Officer
Lawrence S. Wizel   38,812   Consultant

In July 2009, Mr. Gao transferred all his shares to MCK Capital Co., Limited, an entity he controls. In September 2009, our board of directors authorized a share dividend of approximately 0.067 shares for each outstanding ordinary share.

If the underwriters do not exercise all or a portion of their over-allotment option, our initial shareholders have agreed to forfeit up to an aggregate of 180,000 ordinary shares in proportion to the portion of the over-allotment option that was not exercised. If such shares are forfeited, we would record the aggregate fair value of the shares forfeited and reacquired to treasury shares and a corresponding credit to additional paid-in capital based on the difference between the fair market value of the ordinary shares forfeited and the price paid to us for such forfeited shares (which would be an aggregate total of approximately $3,260 for all 180,000 shares). Upon receipt, such forfeited shares would then be immediately cancelled which would result in the retirement of the treasury shares and a corresponding charge to additional paid-in capital.

If the underwriters determine the size of the offering should be increased or decreased, a share dividend or a contribution back to capital, as applicable, would be effectuated in order to maintain our initial shareholder’s ownership at a percentage of the number of shares to be sold in this offering. Such an increase or decrease in offering size could also result in a proportionate increase or decrease in the amount of interest we may withdraw from the trust account. As a result of an increase in offering size, the per-share conversion or liquidation price could decrease by as much as $____.

The holders of the majority of these shares will be entitled to make up to two demands that we register these shares pursuant to an agreement to be signed prior to or on the date of this prospectus. The holders of the majority of these shares may elect to exercise these registration rights at any time commencing three months prior to the date on which these ordinary shares are released from escrow. In addition, these shareholders have certain “piggy-back” registration rights with respect to registration statements filed subsequent to the date on which these ordinary shares are released from escrow. We will bear the expenses incurred in connection with the filing of any such registration statements.

MCK Capital Co., Limited, Eli D. Scher and Larry Wizel have committed, pursuant to written subscription agreements with us and Graubard Miller, as escrow agent, to purchase the 3,600,000 insider warrants (for a total purchase price of $1,800,000) from us. These purchases will take place on a private placement basis simultaneously with the consummation of this offering. The purchase price for the insider warrants will be delivered to Graubard Miller, our counsel in connection with this offering, who will also be acting solely as escrow agent in connection with the private sale of insider warrants, at least 24 hours prior to the date of this prospectus to hold in a non-interest bearing account until we consummate this offering. Graubard Miller will deposit the purchase price into the trust account simultaneously with the consummation of the offering. The insider warrants will be identical to the warrants underlying the units being offered by this prospectus except that the insider warrants will be exercisable for cash or on a cashless basis, at the holder’s option, and will not be redeemable by us, in each case so long as such warrants are held by the purchasers or their affiliates. The purchasers have agreed that the insider warrants will not be sold or transferred by them until 60 days after we have completed a business combination. The holders of the majority of these insider warrants (or underlying shares) will be entitled to demand that we register these securities pursuant to an agreement to be signed prior to or on the date of this prospectus. The holders of the majority of these securities may elect to exercise these registration rights with respect to such securities at any time after we consummate a business combination. In addition, these holders have certain “piggy-back” registration rights with respect to registration statements filed subsequent to such date. We will bear the expenses incurred in connection with the filing of any such registration statements.

73


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

In order to meet our working capital needs following the consummation of this offering, certain of our officers and directors may, but are not obligated to, loan us funds, from time to time or at any time, in whatever amount such officer or director deems reasonable in their sole discretion. Each loan would be evidenced by a note and, upon consummation of our business combination, either payable without interest or, at such officer or director’s discretion, convertible into warrants of the post business combination entity at a price of $0.50 per warrant. The warrants would be identical to the insider warrants. The holders of a majority of such warrants (or underlying shares) will be entitled to demand that we register these securities pursuant to an agreement to be entered into at the time of the loan. The holders of a majority of these securities would have certain “piggy-back” registration rights with respect to registration statements filed subsequent to such date. We will bear the expenses incurred in connection with the filing of any such registration statements.

As of the date of this prospectus, Eli D. Scher has advanced to us $125,000 to cover expenses related to this offering. The loan will be payable without interest on the consummation of this offering. We intend to repay this loan from the proceeds of this offering not being placed in trust.

We will reimburse our officers and directors for any reasonable out-of-pocket business expenses incurred by them in connection with certain activities on our behalf such as identifying and investigating possible target businesses and business combinations. There is no limit on the amount of out-of-pocket expenses reimbursable by us, which will be reviewed only by our board or a court of competent jurisdiction if such reimbursement is challenged.

Other than reimbursable out-of-pocket expenses payable to our officers and directors, no compensation or fees of any kind, including finder’s fees, consulting fees or other similar compensation, will be paid to any of our initial shareholders, officers or directors who owned our ordinary shares prior to this offering, or to any of their respective affiliates, prior to or with respect to the business combination (regardless of the type of transaction that it is).

All ongoing and future transactions between us and any of our officers and directors or their respective affiliates, including loans by our officers and directors, will be on terms believed by us to be no less favorable to us than are available from unaffiliated third parties. Such transactions or loans, including any forgiveness of loans, will require prior approval by a majority of our uninterested “independent” directors (to the extent we have any) or the members of our board who do not have an interest in the transaction, in either case who had access, at our expense, to our attorneys or independent legal counsel. We will not enter into any such transaction unless our disinterested “independent” directors (or, if there are no “independent” directors, our disinterested directors) determine that the terms of such transaction are no less favorable to us than those that would be available to us with respect to such a transaction from unaffiliated third parties.

Related Party Policy

Related-party transactions are defined as transactions in which (1) the aggregate amount involved will or may be expected to exceed $120,000 in any calendar year, (2) we or any of our subsidiaries is a participant, and (3) any (a) executive officer, director or nominee for election as a director, (b) greater than 5% beneficial owner of our ordinary shares, or (c) immediate family member, of the persons referred to in clauses (a) and (b), has or will have a direct or indirect material interest (other than solely as a result of being a director or a less than 10% beneficial owner of another entity). A conflict of interest situation can arise when a person takes actions or has interests that may make it difficult to perform his or her work objectively and effectively. Conflicts of interest may also arise if a person, or a member of his or her family, receives improper personal benefits as a result of his or her position.

Our board of directors (or audit committee if one exists) will be responsible for reviewing and approving related-party transactions to the extent we enter into such transactions. The board of directors (or audit committee) will consider all relevant factors when determining whether to approve a related party transaction, including whether the related party transaction is on terms no less favorable than terms generally available to an unaffiliated third-party under the same or similar circumstances and the extent of the related party’s interest in the transaction. No director may participate in the approval of any transaction in which he is a related party, but that director is required to provide the board of directors (or audit committee) with all material information concerning the transaction. Additionally, we require each of our directors and executive officers to complete a directors’ and officers’ questionnaire that elicits information about related party transactions.

74


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

To minimize potential conflicts of interest, we have agreed not to (i) acquire an entity with which our officers or directors, through their other business activities, had acquisition or investment discussions in the past, (ii) consummate an initial business combination with an entity which is, or has been within the past five years, affiliated with any of our officers, directors, initial shareholders or their affiliates, including an entity that is either a portfolio company of, or has otherwise received a material financial investment from, any private equity fund or investment company (or an affiliate thereof) that is affiliated with such individuals; or (iii) enter into a business combination where we acquire less than 100% of a target business and any of our officers, directors, initial shareholders or their affiliates acquire the remaining portion of such target business, unless, in either case, we obtain an opinion from an independent investment banking firm that the business combination is fair to our unaffiliated shareholders from a financial point of view. Furthermore, in no event will any of our existing officers, directors, shareholders or advisors, or any entity with which they are affiliated, be paid any finder’s fee, consulting fee or other compensation prior to, or for any services they render in order to effectuate, the consummation of a business combination.

These procedures are intended to determine whether any such related party transaction impairs the independence of a director or presents a conflict of interest on the part of a director, employee or officer.

75


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES

General

We are authorized to issue 50,000,000 ordinary shares, par value $0.001, and 1,000,000 preferred shares, par value $0.001. As of the date of this prospectus, 1,380,000 ordinary shares are outstanding, held by three shareholders of record.

Units

Each unit consists of one ordinary share and one warrant. Each warrant entitles the holder to purchase one ordinary share. The ordinary shares and warrants will begin to trade separately on the 10 th day after the date of this prospectus unless Cohen & Company Securities, LLC informs us of its decision to allow earlier separate trading (based upon its assessment of the relative strengths of the securities markets and small capitalization companies in general and the trading pattern of, and demand for, our securities in particular), provided that in no event may the ordinary shares and warrants be traded separately until (i) we have filed with the SEC a Report of Foreign Private Issuer on Form 6-K which includes an audited balance sheet reflecting our receipt of the gross proceeds of this offering and (ii) the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full or expires. We will file a Report of Foreign Private Issuer on Form 6-K which includes this audited balance sheet promptly upon the consummation of this offering. The audited balance sheet will reflect proceeds we receive from the exercise of the over-allotment option, if the over-allotment option is exercised prior to the filing of the Form 6-K. If the over-allotment option is exercised after our initial filing of a Form 6-K, we will file an amendment to the Form 6-K to provide updated financial information to reflect the exercise of the over-allotment option. We will also include in this Form 6-K, an amendment thereto, or in a subsequent Form 6-K information indicating if Cohen & Company Securities, LLC has allowed separate trading of the ordinary shares and warrants prior to the 10 th day after the date of this prospectus.

Ordinary Shares

Our shareholders of record are entitled to one vote for each share held on all matters to be voted on by shareholders. In connection with the vote required for any business combination, all of our initial shareholders, including all of our officers and directors, have agreed to vote their respective ordinary shares owned by them immediately prior to this offering in accordance with the majority of the ordinary shares voted by our public shareholders and have agreed to vote any shares included in units purchased in this offering or purchased following this offering in the open market in favor of such proposed business combination.

We will proceed with the business combination only if a majority of the ordinary shares voted by the public shareholders are voted in favor of the business combination and public shareholders owning less than 81% of the total number of shares sold in this offering exercise their conversion rights, regardless of whether they are voting for or against the proposed business combination.

Our board of directors is divided into three classes, each of which will generally serve for a term of three years with only one class of directors being elected in each year. There is no cumulative voting with respect to the election of directors, with the result that the holders of more than 50% of the shares eligible to vote for the election of directors can elect all of the directors.

Pursuant to our memorandum and articles of association, if we do not consummate a business combination by , 2010 [twelve months from the consummation of this offering] or  2011 [18 months from the consummation of this offering] if the period of time to complete our business combination has been extended, our corporate existence will cease except for the purposes of winding up our affairs and liquidating. In the event the business combination is not approved by a majority of our public shareholders or 81% or more public shareholders sought conversion of their shares and the trust account is liquidated, the public shareholders that voted against the proposed business combination shall be entitled to receive only $10.00 per ordinary share, and those public shareholders who voted for the proposed business combination shall be entitled to receive a pro rata share of the trust account (which amount, when aggregated with the right to receive an additional $0.30 per eligible share pursuant to the letter of credit, is initially anticipated to be approximately $10.30 per share). Our initial shareholders have agreed to waive their rights to share in any distribution with respect to their initial shares.

76


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Our shareholders have no conversion, preemptive or other subscription rights and there are no sinking fund or redemption provisions applicable to the ordinary shares, except that public shareholders have the right to have their ordinary shares converted to cash equal to their pro rata share of the trust account if they vote against the business combination and the business combination is approved and completed. Public shareholders who convert their stock into their share of the trust account still have the right to exercise the warrants that they received as part of the units.

Warrants

No warrants are currently outstanding. Each warrant entitles the registered holder to purchase one ordinary share at a price of $11.50 per share, subject to adjustment as discussed below, at any time commencing upon the completion of a business combination. However, the warrants, excluding the insider warrants, will be exercisable only if a registration statement relating to the ordinary shares issuable upon exercise of the warrants is effective and current. The warrants will expire five years from the date of this prospectus at 5:00 p.m., New York City time.

The insider warrants will be identical to the warrants underlying the units being offered by this prospectus except that the insider warrants will be exercisable for cash or on a cashless basis, at the holder’s option, and will not be redeemable by us, in each case so long as they are still held by these purchasers or their affiliates. The purchasers have agreed that the insider warrants will not be sold or transferred by them until after we have completed a business combination.

We may call the warrants for redemption (excluding the insider warrants but including any outstanding warrants issued upon exercise of the unit purchase option issued to Cohen & Company Securities, LLC), with the prior consent of Cohen & Company Securities, LLC (which consent shall not unreasonably be withheld),

in whole and not in part,
at a price of $.01 per warrant at any time after the warrants become exercisable,
upon not less than 30 days’ prior written notice of redemption to each warrant holder, and
if, and only if, the reported last sale price of the ordinary shares equals or exceeds $17.50 per share, for any 20 trading days within a 30 trading day period ending on the third business day prior to the notice of redemption to warrant holders.

The right to exercise will be forfeited unless the warrants are exercised prior to the date specified in the notice of redemption. On and after the redemption date, a record holder of a warrant will have no further rights except to receive the redemption price for such holder’s warrant upon surrender of such warrant.

The redemption criteria for our warrants have been established at a price which is intended to provide warrant holders a reasonable premium to the initial exercise price and provide a sufficient differential between the then-prevailing ordinary share price and the warrant exercise price so that if the share price declines as a result of our redemption call, the redemption will not cause the share price to drop below the exercise price of the warrants.

If we call the warrants for redemption as described above, our management will have the option to require all holders that wish to exercise warrants to do so on a “cashless basis.” In such event, each holder would pay the exercise price by surrendering the warrants for that number of ordinary shares equal to the quotient obtained by dividing (x) the product of the number of ordinary shares underlying the warrants, multiplied by the difference between the exercise price of the warrants and the “fair market value” (defined below) by (y) the fair market value. The “fair market value” shall mean the average reported last sale price of the ordinary shares for the 10 trading days ending on the third trading day prior to the date on which the notice of redemption is sent to the holders of warrants.

The warrants will be issued in registered form under a warrant agreement between Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company, as warrant agent, and us. The warrant agreement provides that the terms of the warrants may be amended without the consent of any holder to cure any ambiguity or correct any defective provision, but requires the approval by the holders of a majority of the then outstanding warrants in order to make any change that adversely affects the interests of the registered holders.

77


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

The exercise price and number of ordinary shares issuable on exercise of the warrants may be adjusted in certain circumstances including in the event of a stock dividend, or our recapitalization, reorganization, merger or consolidation. However, the warrants will not be adjusted for issuances of ordinary shares at a price below their respective exercise prices.

The warrants may be exercised upon surrender of the warrant certificate on or prior to the expiration date at the offices of the warrant agent, with the exercise form on the reverse side of the warrant certificate completed and executed as indicated, accompanied by full payment of the exercise price, by certified or official bank check payable to us, for the number of warrants being exercised. The warrant holders do not have the rights or privileges of holders of ordinary shares and any voting rights until they exercise their warrants and receive ordinary shares. After the issuance of ordinary shares upon exercise of the warrants, each holder will be entitled to one vote for each share held of record on all matters to be voted on by shareholders.

No warrants will be exercisable and we will not be obligated to issue ordinary shares unless at the time a holder seeks to exercise such warrant, a prospectus relating to the ordinary shares issuable upon exercise of the warrants is current and the ordinary shares have been registered or qualified or deemed to be exempt under the securities laws of the state of residence of the holder of the warrants. Under the terms of the warrant agreement, we have agreed to use our best efforts to meet these conditions and to maintain a current prospectus relating to the ordinary shares issuable upon exercise of the warrants until the expiration of the warrants. However, we cannot assure you that we will be able to do so and, if we do not maintain a current prospectus relating to the ordinary shares issuable upon exercise of the warrants, holders will be unable to exercise their warrants and we will not be required to settle any such warrant exercise. If the prospectus relating to the ordinary shares issuable upon the exercise of the warrants is not current or if the ordinary shares is not qualified or exempt from qualification in the jurisdictions in which the holders of the warrants reside, we will not be required to net cash settle or cash settle the warrant exercise, the warrants may have no value, the market for the warrants may be limited and the warrants may expire worthless.

No fractional shares will be issued upon exercise of the warrants. If, upon exercise of the warrants, a holder would be entitled to receive a fractional interest in a share, we will, upon exercise, round up or down to the nearest whole number the number of ordinary shares to be issued to the warrant holder.

Purchase Option

We have agreed to sell to Cohen & Company Securities, LLC, the representative of the underwriters an option to purchase up to a total of 360,000 units at $15.00 per unit. The units issuable upon exercise of this option are identical to those offered by this prospectus.

Dividends

We have not paid any cash dividends on our ordinary shares to date and do not intend to pay cash dividends prior to the completion of a business combination. The payment of cash dividends in the future will be dependent upon our revenues and earnings, if any, capital requirements and general financial condition subsequent to completion of a business combination. The payment of any dividends subsequent to a business combination will be within the discretion of our then board of directors. It is the present intention of our board of directors to retain all earnings, if any, for use in our business operations and, accordingly, our board does not anticipate declaring any dividends in the foreseeable future.

Certain Differences in Corporate Law

Cayman Islands companies are governed by the Companies Law. The Companies Law is modeled on English Law but does not follow recent English Law statutory enactments, and differs from laws applicable to United States corporations and their shareholders. Set forth below is a summary of some significant differences between the provisions of the Companies Law applicable to us and the laws applicable to companies incorporated in the United States and their shareholders.

Mergers and Similar Arrangements.   Cayman Islands Corporate law has recently been amended to simplify mergers and consolidations where two or more companies are being formed into a single entity. Cayman Islands companies may merge or consolidate with other foreign companies provided that the laws of the foreign jurisdiction permit such merger or consolidation, however the surviving company must be a Cayman Islands company.

78


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Under the new rules a merger or consolidation plan is proposed by the directors of the merging companies and must be authorised by each company by way of: (i) a shareholder resolution approved by a majority in number, and representing three-quarters in value of the shareholders voting together as one class; and (ii) if the shares to be issued in the surviving company are to have the same rights and economic value as those in the merging company, a special resolution of the shareholders voting together as one class. Creditors must be asked approve the merger although application can be made to the Grand Court of the Cayman Islands to proceed notwithstanding a dissenting creditor. If the merger plan is approved it is then filed with the Cayman Islands General Registry along with a declaration by a director of each company. The Registrar of Companies will then issue a certificate formalizing the merger or consolidation. The surviving entity remains active while the other company or companies are automatically dissolved. Unless the shares of such shareholder are publicly listed or quoted, dissenting shareholders in a merger or consolidation of this type are entitled to payment of the fair value of their shares if such shareholder provides a written objection before the vote.

Cayman companies may also be restructured or amalgamated under supervision of the Grand Court of the Cayman Islands by way of a “scheme of arrangement”. We do not anticipate the use of a scheme of arrangement because a business combination can be achieved through other means, such as a share capital exchange, merger (as described above), asset acquisition or control, through contractual arrangements, of an operating business. In the event that a business combination is sought pursuant to a scheme of arrangement it would require the approval of a majority, in number, of each class of shareholders and creditors with whom the arrangement is to be made and who must in addition represent three-fourths in value of each such class of shareholders or creditors, as the case may be, that are present and voting either in person or by proxy at a meeting, or meeting summoned for that purpose. The convening of the meetings and subsequently the terms of the arrangement must be sanctioned by the Grand Court of the Cayman Islands. While a dissenting shareholder would have the right to express to the Court the view that the transaction ought not be approved, the Court can be expected to approve the arrangement if it satisfies itself that:

we are not proposing to act illegally or beyond the scope of our corporate authority and the statutory provisions as to majority vote have been complied with;
the shareholders have been fairly represented at the meeting in question;
the arrangement is such as a businessman would reasonably approve; and
the arrangement is not one that would more properly be sanctioned under some other provision of the Companies Law or that would amount to a “fraud on the minority.”

When a takeover offer is made and accepted by holders of 90% of the shares within four months, the offeror may, within a two-month period, require the holders of the remaining shares to transfer such shares on the terms of the offer. An objection can be made to the Grand Court of the Cayman Islands but this is unlikely to succeed unless there is evidence of fraud, bad faith, collusion or inequitable treatment of the shareholders.

In a scheme of arrangement a dissenting shareholder would have no rights comparable to appraisal rights, which would otherwise ordinarily be available to dissenting shareholders of United States corporations, providing rights to receive payment in cash for the judicially determined value of the shares.

Pursuant to our memorandum and articles of association, we will seek shareholder approval before we effect any initial business combination, even if the nature of the business combination would not ordinarily require shareholder approval under applicable Cayman Islands law. Furthermore public shareholders voting against a proposed business combination will be entitled to convert their stock for $10.00 per share, and any public shareholder will have the right to vote for the proposed business combination and demand that such shareholder’s shares be converted into a pro rata share of the trust account (which amount, when aggregated with the right to receive an additional $0.30 per eligible share pursuant to the letter of credit, is initially anticipated to be approximately $10.30 per share). Our initial business combination will not be completed if 81% or more of the public shareholders seek conversion of their ordinary shares, regardless of whether they are voting for or against the proposed business combination.

79


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Shareholders’ Suits.   Our Cayman Islands counsel is not aware of any reported class action or derivative action having been brought in a Cayman Islands court. In principle, we will normally be the proper plaintiff and a derivative action may not be brought by a minority shareholder. However, based on English authorities, which would in all likelihood be of persuasive authority and be applied by a court in the Cayman Islands, exceptions to the foregoing principle apply in circumstances in which:

a company is acting or proposing to act illegally or beyond the scope of its authority;
the act complained of, although not beyond the scope of the authority, could be effected if duly authorized by more than the number of votes which have actually been obtained;
the individual rights of the plaintiff shareholder have been infringed or are about to be infringed; or
those who control the company are perpetrating a “fraud on the minority.”

Enforcement of Civil Liabilities.   The Cayman Islands has a less developed body of securities laws as compared to the United States and provides significantly less protection to investors. Additionally, Cayman Islands companies may not have standing to sue before the federal courts of the United States. Although there is no statutory enforcement in the Cayman Islands of judgments obtained in the United States, the courts of the Cayman Islands will recognize a foreign judgment as the basis for a claim at common law in the Cayman Islands provided such judgment:

is given by a competent foreign court;
imposes on the judgment debtor a liability to pay a liquidated sum for which the judgment has been given;
is final;
is not in respect of taxes, a fine or a penalty; and
was not obtained in a manner and is not of a kind the enforcement of which is contrary to the public policy of the Cayman Islands.

Memorandum and Articles of Association

Our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association filed under the laws of the Cayman Islands contain provisions designed to provide certain rights and protections to our shareholders prior to the consummation of a business combination, including:

a requirement that all proposed business combinations be presented to shareholders for approval regardless of whether or not the Cayman Islands requires such a vote;
the right of public shareholders to exercise conversion rights and surrender their shares in lieu of participating in a proposed business combination;
a prohibition against completing a business combination if 81% or more of our public shareholders exercise their conversion rights, regardless of whether they are voting for or against a proposed business combination;
a requirement that our management take all actions necessary to dissolve our company and liquidate our trust account in the event we do not consummate a business combination by 12 months after the consummation of this offering, or 18 months if the period to complete our business combination has been extended;
limitation on shareholders’ rights to receive a portion of the trust account; and
the separation of our board of directors into two classes and the establishment of related procedures regarding the standing and election of such directors.

Our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association prohibit the amendment or modification of any of the foregoing provisions prior to the consummation of a business combination. While these rights and protections have been established for the purchasers of units in this offering, it is nevertheless possible that the prohibition against amending or modifying these rights and protections at any time prior to the consummation of the business combination could be challenged as unenforceable under Cayman Islands law, although, pursuant to the underwriting agreement we are prohibited from amending or modifying these rights and protections at any time prior to the consummation of the business combination. We have not sought

80


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

an unqualified opinion regarding the enforceability of the prohibition on amendment or modification of such provisions because we view these provisions as fundamental and contractual terms of this offering. We believe these provisions to be obligations of our company to its shareholders and that investors will make an investment in our company relying, at least in part, on the enforceability of the rights and obligations set forth in these provisions including, without limitation, the prohibition on any amendment or modification of such provisions.

Anti-Money Laundering — Cayman Islands

In order to comply with legislation or regulations aimed at the prevention of money laundering, we are required to adopt and maintain anti-money laundering procedures, and may require subscribers to provide evidence to verify their identity. Where permitted, and subject to certain conditions, we may also delegate the maintenance of our anti-money laundering procedures (including the acquisition of due diligence information) to a suitable person.

We reserve the right to request such information as is necessary to verify the identity of a subscriber. In the event of delay or failure on the part of the subscriber in producing any information required for verification purposes, we may refuse to accept the application, in which case any funds received will be returned without interest to the account from which they were originally debited.

We also reserve the right to refuse to make any redemption payment to a shareholder if our directors or officers suspect or are advised that the payment of redemption proceeds to such shareholder might result in a breach of applicable anti-money laundering or other laws or regulations by any person in any relevant jurisdiction, or if such refusal is considered necessary or appropriate to ensure our compliance with any such laws or regulations in any applicable jurisdiction.

If any person resident in the Cayman Islands knows or suspects that another person is engaged in money laundering or is involved with terrorism or terrorist property and the information for that knowledge or suspicion came to their attention in the course of their business the person will be required to report such belief or suspicion to either the Financial Reporting Authority of the Cayman Islands, pursuant to the Proceeds of Criminal Conduct Law (Revised) if the disclosure relates to money laundering or to a police officer of the rank of constable or higher if the disclosure relates to involvement with terrorism or terrorist property, pursuant to the Terrorism Law. Such a report shall not be treated as a breach of confidence or of any restriction upon the disclosure of information imposed by any enactment or otherwise.

Our Transfer Agent and Warrant Agent

The transfer agent for our securities and warrant agent for our warrants is Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company, 17 Battery Place, New York, New York 10004.

Shares Eligible for Future Sale

Immediately after this offering, we will have 4,800,000 ordinary shares outstanding, or 5,520,000 shares if the over-allotment option is exercised in full. Of these shares, the 3,600,000 shares sold in this offering, or 4,140,000 shares if the over-allotment option is exercised in full, will be freely tradable without restriction or further registration under the Securities Act, except for any shares purchased by one of our affiliates within the meaning of Rule 144 under the Securities Act. All of the remaining shares are restricted securities under Rule 144, in that they were issued in private transactions not involving a public offering. All of those shares have been placed in escrow and will not be transferable until they are released except in limited circumstances described elsewhere in this prospectus.

Rule 144

A person who has beneficially owned restricted ordinary shares or warrants for at least six months would be entitled to sell their securities provided that (i) such person is not deemed to have been one of our affiliates at the time of, or at any time during the three months preceding, a sale and (ii) we are subject to the Exchange Act periodic reporting requirements for at least three months before the sale. Persons who have beneficially owned restricted ordinary shares for at least six months but who are our affiliates at the time of, or any time during the three months preceding, a sale, would be subject to additional restrictions, by which such person would be entitled to sell within any three-month period a number of shares that does not exceed the greater of either of the following:

81


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

1% of the number of ordinary shares then outstanding, which will equal 48,000 shares immediately after this offering (or 55,200 if the over-allotment option is exercised in full); and
if the ordinary shares are listed on a national securities exchange, the average weekly trading volume of the ordinary shares during the four calendar weeks preceding the filing of a notice on Form 144 with respect to the sale.

Sales under Rule 144 are also limited by manner of sale provisions and notice requirements and to the availability of current public information about us.

Restrictions on the Use of Rule 144 by Shell Companies or Former Shell Companies

Historically, the SEC staff had taken the position that Rule 144 is not available for the resale of securities initially issued by companies that are, or previously were, blank check companies, like us. The SEC has codified and expanded this position in the amendments discussed above by prohibiting the use of Rule 144 for resale of securities issued by any shell companies (other than business combination related shell companies) or any issuer that has been at any time previously a shell company. The SEC has provided an important exception to this prohibition, however, if the following conditions are met:

the issuer of the securities that was formerly a shell company has ceased to be a shell company;
the issuer of the securities is subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act;
the issuer of the securities has filed all Exchange Act reports and material required to be filed, as applicable, during the preceding 12 months (or such shorter period that the issuer was required to file such reports and materials), other than Form 8-K (or Form 6-K) reports; and
at least one year has elapsed from the time that the issuer filed current Form 10 (or Form 20-F) type information with the SEC reflecting its status as an entity that is not a shell company.

As a result, it is likely that pursuant to Rule 144, our initial shareholders will be able to sell their initial shares freely without registration one year after we have completed our initial business combination assuming they are not an affiliate of ours at that time.

Registration Rights

The holders of our initial shares issued and outstanding on the date of this prospectus, as well as the holders of the insider warrants (and underlying securities), will be entitled to registration rights pursuant to an agreement to be signed prior to or on the effective date of this offering. The holders of the majority of these securities are entitled to make up to two demands that we register such securities. The holders of the majority of the initial shares can elect to exercise these registration rights at any time commencing three months prior to the date on which these ordinary shares are to be released from escrow. The holders of a majority of the insider warrants (or underlying securities) can elect to exercise these registration rights at any time after we consummate a business combination. In addition, the holders have certain “piggy-back” registration rights with respect to registration statements filed subsequent to our consummation of a business combination. We will bear the expenses incurred in connection with the filing of any such registration statements.

82


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

TAXATION

The following summary of the material Cayman Islands and United States federal income tax consequences of the acquisition, ownership, and disposition of our ordinary shares and warrants issued pursuant to this offering is based upon laws and relevant interpretations thereof in effect as of the date of this prospectus, all of which are subject to change. This summary does not deal with all possible tax consequences relating to an investment in our ordinary shares and warrants, such as the tax consequences under state, local and other tax laws.

Cayman Islands Taxation

The Government of the Cayman Islands will not, under existing legislation, impose any income, corporate or capital gains tax, estate duty, inheritance tax, gift tax or withholding tax upon the company or its shareholders. The Cayman Islands are not party to any double taxation treaties.

No Cayman Islands stamp duty will be payable by you in respect of the issue or transfer of ordinary shares or warrants. However, an instrument transferring title to an ordinary share or warrant, if brought to or executed in the Cayman Islands, would be subject to Cayman Islands stamp duty.

We have applied for and can expect to receive an undertaking from the Governor-in-Cabinet of the Cayman Islands that, in accordance with section 6 of the Tax Concessions Law (Revised) of the Cayman Islands, for a period of 20 years from the date of the undertaking, no law which is enacted in the Cayman Islands imposing any tax to be levied on profits, income, gains or appreciations shall apply to us or our operations and, in addition, that no tax to be levied on profits, income, gains or appreciations or which is in the nature of estate duty or inheritance tax shall be payable (i) on the shares, debentures or other obligations of the company or (ii) by way of the withholding in whole or in part of a payment of dividend or other distribution of income or capital by the company to its members or a payment of principal or interest or other sums due under a debenture or other obligation of the company.

United States Federal Income Taxation

The following is a summary of the material U.S. federal income tax consequences of the acquisition, ownership, and disposition of our ordinary shares and warrants, which we refer to collectively as our securities, issued pursuant to this offering. The discussion below of the U.S. federal income tax consequences to “U.S. Holders” will apply to a beneficial owner of our securities that is treated for U.S. federal income tax purposes as:

an individual citizen or resident of the United States;
a corporation (or other entity treated as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes) that is created or organized (or treated as created or organized) in or under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia;
an estate whose income is includible in gross income for U.S. federal income tax regardless of its source; or
a trust if (i) a U.S. court can exercise primary supervision over the trust’s administration and one or more U.S. persons are authorized to control all substantial decisions of the trust, or (ii) it has a valid election in effect under applicable U.S. Treasury regulations to be treated as a U.S. person.

If you are not described as a U.S. Holder and are not an entity treated as a partnership or other pass-through entity for U.S. federal income tax purposes, you will be considered a “Non-U.S. Holder.” The U.S. federal income tax consequences applicable to Non-U.S. Holders is described below under the heading “Non-U.S. Holders.”

This summary is based on the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), its legislative history, Treasury regulations promulgated thereunder, published rulings and court decisions, all as currently in effect. These authorities are subject to change, possibly on a retroactive basis.

83


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

This summary does not purport to be a comprehensive description of all of the tax considerations that may be relevant to a person’s decision to purchase our securities. This discussion does not address all aspects of U.S. federal income taxation that may be relevant to any particular holder based on such holder’s individual circumstances, and this discussion addresses only persons that acquire our ordinary shares and warrants as part of units upon their original issuance pursuant to this offering and assumes that each of our ordinary shares and warrants trade separately. In particular, this discussion considers only holders that will own our ordinary shares and warrants as capital assets within the meaning of Section 1221 of the Code and does not address the potential application of the alternative minimum tax or the U.S. federal income tax consequences to holders that are subject to special rules, including:

financial institutions or “financial services entities”;
broker-dealers;
taxpayers who have elected mark-to-market accounting;
tax-exempt entities;
government or agencies or instrumentalities thereof;
insurance companies;
regulated investment companies;
real estate investment trusts;
certain expatriates or former long-term residents of the United States;
persons that actually or constructively own 10% or more of our voting shares;
persons that hold our securities as part of a straddle, constructive sale, hedging, conversion or other integrated transaction; or
persons whose functional currency is not the U.S. dollar.

This discussion does not address any aspect of U.S. federal gift or estate tax, or state, local or non-U.S. tax laws. Additionally, the discussion does not consider the tax treatment of partnerships or other pass-through entities or persons who hold our ordinary shares or warrants through such entities. If a partnership (or other entity classified as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes) is the beneficial owner of our ordinary shares and warrants, the U.S. federal income tax treatment of a partner in the partnership will generally depend on the status of the partner and the activities of the partnership.

We have not sought a ruling from the Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) or an opinion of counsel as to any U.S. federal income tax consequence described herein. The IRS may disagree with the description herein, and its determination may be upheld by a court.

BECAUSE OF THE COMPLEXITY OF THE TAX LAWS AND BECAUSE THE TAX CONSEQUENCES TO ANY PARTICULAR INVESTOR MAY BE AFFECTED BY MATTERS NOT DISCUSSED HEREIN, EACH PROSPECTIVE INVESTOR IS URGED TO CONSULT WITH ITS TAX ADVISOR WITH RESPECT TO THE SPECIFIC TAX CONSEQUENCES OF THE ACQUISITION, OWNERSHIP AND DISPOSITION OF OUR ORDINARY SHARES AND WARRANTS, INCLUDING THE APPLICABILITY AND EFFECT OF STATE, LOCAL AND NON-U.S. TAX LAWS, AS WELL AS U.S. FEDERAL TAX LAWS.

Allocation of Purchase Price Between Ordinary Shares and Warrants

While not free from doubt, each unit should be treated for U.S. federal income tax purposes as an investment unit consisting of one ordinary share and one warrant to acquire one ordinary share. For U.S. Federal income tax purposes, each holder of a unit generally must allocate the purchase price of a unit between the ordinary share and each warrant that comprise the unit based on the relative fair market values of each at the time of issuance. The price allocated to each ordinary share and each warrant generally will be the holder’s tax basis in such share or warrant, as the case may be. While uncertain, the IRS, by analogy to the rules relating to the allocation of the purchase price to components of a unit consisting of debt and equity, may take the position that our allocation of the purchase price will be binding on a holder of a unit, unless the holder explicitly discloses in a statement attached to the holder’s timely filed U.S. federal income tax return for the taxable year that includes the acquisition date of the unit that the holder’s allocation of the purchase price

84


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

between the ordinary share and each warrant that comprise the unit is different than our allocation. Our allocation is not, however, binding on the IRS.

Each U.S. Holder is advised to consult its own tax advisor with respect to the risks associated with an allocation of the purchase price between the ordinary shares and each warrant that comprise a unit that is inconsistent with our allocation of the purchase price.

U.S. Holders

Tax Reporting

Certain U.S. Holders will be required to file an IRS Form 926 (Return of a U.S. Transferor of Property to a Foreign Corporation) to report a transfer of cash or other property to us. Substantial penalties may be imposed on a U.S. Holder that fails to comply with this reporting requirement. Each U.S. Holder is urged to consult with its own tax advisor regarding this reporting obligation.

Taxation of Distributions Paid on Ordinary Shares

Subject to the passive foreign investment company (“PFIC”) rules discussed below, a U.S. Holder generally will be required to include in gross income as ordinary income the amount of any distribution paid on our ordinary shares. Such a distribution will be treated as a dividend for U.S. federal income tax purposes to the extent the distribution is paid out of our current or accumulated earnings and profits (as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles). Such dividend will not be eligible for the dividends-received deduction generally allowed to U.S. corporations in respect of dividends received from other U.S. corporations. Distributions in excess of such earnings and profits will be applied against and reduce the U.S. Holder’s basis in its ordinary shares (but not below zero) and, to the extent in excess of such basis, will be treated as gain from the sale or exchange of such ordinary shares.

With respect to non-corporate U.S. Holders for taxable years beginning before January 1, 2011, dividends (to the extent paid out of our earnings and profits) may be taxed at the lower applicable long-term capital gains rate (see “ — Taxation on the Disposition of Ordinary Shares and Warrants” below) provided that (1) our ordinary shares are readily tradable on an established securities market in the United States, (2) we are not a PFIC, as discussed below, for either the taxable year in which the dividend was paid or the preceding taxable year, and (3) certain holding period requirements are met. It is not entirely clear, however, whether a U.S. Holder’s holding period for our ordinary shares would be suspended for purposes of clause (3) above for the period that such holder had a right to have such ordinary shares redeemed by us. In addition, under recently published IRS authority, ordinary shares are considered for purposes of clause (1) above to be readily tradable on an established securities market in the United States only if they are listed on certain exchanges, which presently do not include the OTC Bulletin Board (the only exchange on which our ordinary shares are currently anticipated to be listed and traded). Accordingly, any dividends paid on our ordinary shares are not currently expected to qualify for the lower rate. U.S. Holders should consult their own tax advisors regarding the availability of the lower rate for any dividends paid with respect to our ordinary shares.

Taxation on the Disposition of Ordinary Shares and Warrants

Upon a sale or other taxable disposition of our ordinary shares or warrants (which, in general, would include a redemption of ordinary shares or warrants), and subject to the PFIC rules discussed below, a U.S. Holder generally will recognize capital gain or loss in an amount equal to the difference between the amount realized and the U.S. Holder’s adjusted tax basis in the ordinary shares or warrants. See “ — Exercise or Lapse of a Warrant” below for a discussion regarding a U.S. Holder’s basis in the ordinary shares acquired pursuant to the exercise of a warrant.

Capital gains recognized by U.S. Holders generally are subject to U.S. federal income tax at the same rate as ordinary income, except that long-term capital gains recognized by non-corporate U.S. Holders are generally subject to U.S. federal income tax at a maximum rate of 15% for taxable years beginning before January 1, 2011 (and 20% thereafter). Capital gain or loss will constitute long-term capital gain or loss if the U.S. Holder’s holding period for the ordinary shares or warrants exceeds one year. The deductibility of capital losses is subject to various limitations.

85


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Exercise or Lapse of a Warrant

Subject to the PFIC rules discussed below, a U.S. Holder generally will not recognize gain or loss upon the exercise of a warrant for cash. Ordinary shares acquired pursuant to the exercise of a warrant for cash generally will have a tax basis equal to the U.S. Holder’s tax basis in the warrant, increased by the amount paid to exercise the warrant. The holding period of such ordinary shares generally would begin on the day after the date of exercise of the warrant. If the terms of a warrant provide for any adjustment to the number of shares of ordinary shares for which the warrant may be exercised or to the exercise price of the warrants, such adjustment may, under certain circumstances, result in constructive distributions that could be taxable to the U.S. Holder of the warrants. Conversely, the absence of an appropriate adjustment similarly may result in a constructive distribution that could be taxable to the U.S. Holders of the ordinary shares. See “ — Taxation of Distributions Paid on Ordinary Shares,” above. If a warrant is allowed to lapse unexercised, a U.S. Holder generally will recognize a capital loss equal to such holder’s tax basis in the warrant. U.S. Holders who exercise a warrant other than by paying the exercise price in cash should consult their own tax advisors regarding the tax treatment of such an exercise, which may vary from that described above.

Passive Foreign Investment Company Rules

A foreign corporation will be a passive foreign investment company, or PFIC, if at least 75% of its gross income in a taxable year, including its pro rata share of the gross income of any company in which it is considered to own at least 25% of the shares by value, is passive income. Alternatively, a foreign corporation will be a PFIC if at least 50% of its assets in a taxable year, ordinarily determined based on fair market value and averaged quarterly over the year, including its pro rata share of the assets of any company in which it is considered to own at least 25% of the shares by value, are held for the production of, or produce, passive income. Passive income generally includes dividends, interest, rents, royalties, and gains from the disposition of passive assets.

Because we are a blank check company, with no current active business, we believe that it is likely that we will meet the PFIC asset or income test for the current taxable year. However, pursuant to a start-up exception, a corporation will not be a PFIC for the first taxable year the corporation has gross income, if (1) no predecessor of the corporation was a PFIC; (2) the corporation satisfies the IRS that it will not be a PFIC for either of the first two taxable years following the start-up year; and (3) the corporation is not in fact a PFIC for either of those years. The applicability of the start-up exception to us is uncertain. After acquisition of a company or assets in a business combination, we may still meet one of the PFIC tests depending on the timing of the acquisition and the amount of our passive income and assets as well as the passive income and assets of the acquired business. If the company that we acquire in a business combination is a PFIC, then we will likely not qualify for the start-up exception and will be a PFIC for the current taxable year. Our actual PFIC status for any taxable year will not be determinable until after the end of the taxable year, and accordingly there can be no assurance that we will not be considered a PFIC for the current taxable year or any future taxable year.

If we are a PFIC for any taxable year during which a U.S. Holder held our ordinary shares or warrants, and the U.S. Holder did not make a timely qualified electing fund (“QEF”) election for the first taxable year of its holding period for our ordinary shares, as described below, such holder will be subject to special rules with respect to:

any gain recognized (or deemed recognized) by the U.S. Holder on the sale or other taxable disposition of its ordinary shares or warrants; and
any “excess distribution” made to the U.S. Holder (generally, any distributions to such holder during a taxable year that are greater than 125% of the average annual distributions received by such holder in respect of the ordinary shares during the three preceding taxable years or, if shorter, such holder’s holding period for the ordinary shares).

86


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Under these rules,

the U.S. Holder’s gain or excess distribution will be allocated ratably over the U.S. Holder’s holding period for the ordinary shares or warrants;
the amount allocated to the taxable year in which the U.S. Holder recognized the gain or received the excess distribution, or to any taxable year prior to the first taxable year in which we are a PFIC, will be taxed as ordinary income;
the amount allocated to other taxable years will be taxed at the highest tax rate in effect for that year; and
the interest charge generally applicable to underpayments of tax will be imposed in respect of the tax attributable to each such other taxable year.

In addition, if we are a PFIC, a U.S. Holder who acquires our ordinary shares or warrants from a deceased U.S. Holder who dies before January 1, 2010 generally will be denied the step-up of U.S. federal income tax basis in such shares or warrants to their fair market value at the date of the deceased holder’s death. Instead, such U.S. Holder would have a tax basis in such shares or warrants equal to the deceased holder’s tax basis, if lower.

In general, a U.S. Holder may avoid the PFIC tax consequences described above in respect of our ordinary shares acquired as part of the unit in this offering by making a timely QEF election to include in income its pro rata share of our net capital gains (as long-term capital gain) and other earnings and profits (as ordinary income), on a current basis, in each case whether or not distributed. A U.S. Holder may make a separate election to defer the payment of taxes on undistributed income inclusions under the QEF rules, but if deferred, any such taxes will be subject to an interest charge.

A U.S. Holder may not make a QEF election with respect to its warrants. As a result, if a U.S. Holder sells or otherwise disposes of a warrant (other than upon exercise of a warrant), any gain recognized generally will be subject to the special tax and interest charge rules treating the gain as an excess distribution, as described above, if we were a PFIC at any time during the period the U.S. Holder held the warrants. If a U.S. Holder that exercises such warrants properly makes a QEF election with respect to the newly acquired shares (or has previously made a QEF election with respect to our ordinary shares), the QEF election will apply to the newly acquired shares, but the adverse tax consequences relating to PFIC shares, adjusted to take into account the current income inclusions resulting from the QEF election, will continue to apply to such newly acquired shares (which generally will be deemed to have a holding period for the purposes of the PFIC rules that includes the period the U.S. Holder held the warrants), unless the holder makes a purging election. The purging election creates a deemed sale of such shares at their fair market value. The gain recognized by reason of the purging election will be subject to the special tax and interest charge rules, as described above. As a result of the purging election, the U.S. Holder will have a new basis and holding period in the shares acquired upon the exercise of the warrants for purposes of the PFIC rules.

The QEF election is made on a shareholder-by-shareholder basis and, once made, can be revoked only with the consent of the IRS. A U.S. Holder generally makes a QEF election by attaching a completed IRS Form 8621 (Return by a Shareholder of a Passive Foreign investment Company or Qualified Electing Fund), including the information provided in a PFIC annual information statement, to a timely filed U.S. federal income tax return for the tax year to which the election relates. Retroactive QEF elections may only be made by filing a protective statement with such return or with the consent of the IRS.

In order to comply with the requirements of a QEF election, a U.S. Holder must receive certain information from us. Upon request from a U.S. Holder, we will endeavor to provide to the U.S. Holder no later than 90 days after the request such information as the IRS may require, including a PFIC annual information statement, in order to enable the U.S. Holder to make and maintain a QEF election. However, there is no assurance that we will have timely knowledge of our status as a PFIC in the future or of the required information to be provided.

87


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

If a U.S. Holder has elected the application of the QEF rules to its ordinary shares, and the special tax and interest charge rules do not apply to such shares (because of a timely QEF election for the first tax year of its holding period for such shares or a purge of the PFIC taint pursuant to a purging election), any gain recognized on the appreciation of such shares generally will be taxable as capital gain and no interest charge will be imposed. As discussed above, U.S. Holders of a QEF are currently taxed on their pro rata shares of its earnings and profits, whether or not distributed. In such case, a subsequent distribution of such earnings and profits that were previously included in income generally will not be taxable as a dividend. The tax basis of a U.S. Holder’s shares in a QEF will be increased by amounts that are included in income, and decreased by amounts distributed but not taxed as dividends, under the above rules. Similar basis adjustments apply to property if by reason of holding such property the U.S. Holder is treated under the applicable attribution rules as owning shares in a QEF.

Although a determination as to our PFIC status will be made annually, an initial determination that our company is a PFIC will generally apply for subsequent years, whether or not we meet the test for PFIC status in those years. A U.S. Holder who makes the QEF election discussed above for our first tax year in which the U.S. Holder holds (or is deemed to hold) our ordinary shares and for which we are determined to be a PFIC, however, will not be subject to the PFIC tax and interest charge rules (or the denial of basis step-up at death) discussed above in respect to such shares. In addition, such U.S. Holder will not be subject to the QEF inclusion regime with respect to such shares for the tax years in which we are not a PFIC. On the other hand, if the QEF election is not effective for each of the tax years in which we are a PFIC and the U.S. Holder holds (or is deemed to hold) our ordinary shares, the PFIC rules discussed above will continue to apply to such shares unless the holder makes a purging election and pays the tax and interest charge with respect to the gain inherent in such shares attributable to the pre-QEF election period.

Alternatively, if a U.S. Holder owns ordinary shares in a PFIC that is treated as marketable stock, the U.S. Holder may make a mark-to-market election. If the U.S. Holder makes a valid mark-to-market election for the first tax year in which the U.S. holder holds our ordinary shares and for which we are determined to be a PFIC, such holder generally will not be subject to the PFIC rules described above in respect to its ordinary shares. Instead, in general, the U.S. Holder will include as ordinary income each year the excess, if any, of the fair market value of its ordinary shares at the end of its taxable year over the adjusted basis in its ordinary shares. The U.S. Holder also will be allowed to take an ordinary loss in respect of the excess, if any, of the adjusted basis of its ordinary shares over the fair market value of such shares at the end of its taxable year (but only to the extent of the net amount of previously included income as a result of the mark-to-market election). The U.S. Holder’s basis in its ordinary shares will be adjusted to reflect any such income or loss amounts, and any further gain recognized on a sale or other taxable disposition of the ordinary shares will be treated as ordinary income. Currently, a mark-to-market election may not be made with respect to warrants.

The mark-to-market election is available only for stock that is regularly traded on a national securities exchange that is registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission or on Nasdaq, or on a foreign exchange or market that the IRS determines has rules sufficient to ensure that the market price represents a legitimate and sound fair market value. Since we expect that our ordinary shares will be quoted and traded on the OTC Bulletin Board, they may not currently qualify as marketable stock for purposes of the election. As a result, U.S. Holders should consult their own tax advisors regarding the availability and tax consequences of a mark-to-market election in respect to our ordinary shares under their particular circumstances.

If we are a PFIC and, at any time, have a non-U.S. subsidiary that is classified as a PFIC, U.S. Holders generally would be deemed to own a portion of the shares of such lower-tier PFIC, and generally could incur liability for the deferred tax and interest charge described above if we receive a distribution from, or dispose of all or part of our interest in, the lower-tier PFIC. Upon request, we will endeavor to cause any lower-tier PFIC to provide to a U.S. Holder no later than 90 days after the request the information that may be required to make or maintain a QEF election with respect to the lower-tier PFIC. U.S. Holders are urged to consult their own tax advisors regarding the tax issues raised by lower-tier PFICs.

If a U.S. Holder owns (or is deemed to own) shares during any year in a PFIC, such holder may have to file an IRS Form 8621 (whether or not a QEF or mark-to-market election is made).

88


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

The rules dealing with PFICs and with the QEF and mark-to-market elections are very complex and are affected by various factors in addition to those described above. Accordingly, U.S. Holders should consult their own tax advisors concerning the application of the PFIC rules to our ordinary shares and warrants under their particular circumstances.

Non-U.S. Holders

Dividends paid to a Non-U.S. Holder in respect to its ordinary shares generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax, unless the dividends are effectively connected with the Non-U.S. Holder’s conduct of a trade or business within the United States (and, if required by applicable income tax treaty, are attributable to a permanent establishment or fixed base that such holder maintains in the United States).

In addition, a Non-U.S. Holder generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax on any gain attributable to a sale or other disposition of our ordinary shares or warrants unless such gain is effectively connected with its conduct of a trade or business in the United States (and, if required by applicable income tax treaty, is attributable to a permanent establishment or fixed base that such holder maintains in the United States) or the Non-U.S. Holder is an individual who is present in the United States for 183 days or more in the taxable year of sale or other disposition and certain other conditions are met (in which case such gain from United States sources may be subject to tax at a 40% rate or a lower applicable tax treaty rate).

Dividends and gains that are effectively connected with the Non-U.S. Holder’s conduct of a trade or business in the United States (and, if applicable, attributable to a permanent establishment or fixed base in the United States) generally will be subject to tax in the same manner as for a U.S. Holder and, in the case of a Non-U.S. Holder that is a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes, may also be subject to an additional branch profits tax at a 40% rate or a lower applicable tax treaty rate.

Backup Withholding and Information Reporting

In general, information reporting for U.S. federal income tax purposes will apply to distributions made on our ordinary shares within the United States to a non-corporate U.S. Holder and to the proceeds from sales and other dispositions of our ordinary shares or warrants to or through a U.S. office of a broker by a non-corporate U.S. Holder. Payments made (and sales and other dispositions effected at an office) outside the United States will be subject to information reporting in limited circumstances.

In addition, backup withholding of United States federal income tax, currently at a rate of 28%, generally will apply to such distributions made on our ordinary shares to a non-corporate U.S. Holder and the proceeds from such sales and other dispositions of shares or warrants by a non-corporate U.S. Holder who:

fails to provide an accurate taxpayer identification number;
is notified by the IRS that backup withholding is required; or
in certain circumstances, fails to comply with applicable certification requirements.

A Non-U.S. Holder generally may eliminate the requirement for information reporting and backup withholding by providing certification of its foreign status, under penalties of perjury, on a duly executed applicable IRS Form W-8 or by otherwise establishing an exemption.

Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Rather, the amount of any backup withholding will be allowed as a credit against a U.S. Holder’s or a Non-U.S. Holder’s U.S. federal income tax liability and may entitle such holder to a refund, provided that certain required information is timely furnished to the IRS.

89


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

UNDERWRITING

In accordance with the terms and conditions contained in the underwriting agreement, we have agreed to sell to each of the underwriters named below, and each of the underwriters, for which Cohen & Company Securities, LLC is acting as representative, has individually agreed to purchase on a firm commitment basis the number of units set forth opposite their respective name below:

 
Underwriters   Number of
Units
Cohen & Company Securities, LLC           
             
Total           

A copy of the underwriting agreement has been filed as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part.

State Blue Sky Information

We will offer and sell the units to retail customers only in Arizona, Colorado, Delaware, the District of Columbia, Florida, Georgia, Hawaii, Illinois, Indiana, Louisiana, Maine, Maryland, Minnesota, Missouri, New Hampshire, New York, South Carolina, South Dakota, Rhode Island, Utah, Vermont, Virginia, Wisconsin and Wyoming. In New York and Hawaii, we have relied on exemptions from the state registration requirements. In the other states, we have applied to have the units registered for sale and will not sell the units to retail customers in these states unless and until such registration is effective (including in Colorado, pursuant to 11-51-302(6) of the Colorado Revised Statutes).

If you are not an institutional investor, you may purchase our securities in this offering only in the jurisdictions described directly above. Institutional investors in every state except in Idaho may purchase the units in this offering pursuant to exemptions under the Blue Sky laws of various states. The definition of an “institutional investor” varies from state to state but generally includes financial institutions, broker-dealers, banks, insurance companies and other qualified entities.

We will file periodic and annual reports under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. Therefore, under the National Securities Markets Improvement Act of 1996, the resale of the units, from and after the effective date, and the ordinary shares and warrants comprising the units, once they become separately transferable, are exempt from state registration requirements. However, states are permitted to require notice filings and collect fees with regard to these transactions, and a state may suspend the offer and sale of securities within such state if any such required filing is not made or fee is not paid. As of the date of this prospectus, the following states either do not presently require any notice filings or fee payments or have not yet issued rules or regulations indicating whether notice filings or fee payments will be required:

Alabama, Alaska, Arizona, Arkansas, California, Colorado, Connecticut, Delaware, Florida, Georgia, Hawaii, Idaho, Indiana, Iowa, Kansas, Kentucky, Louisiana, Maine, Massachusetts, Minnesota, Mississippi, Missouri, Nebraska, Nevada, New Jersey, New Mexico, New York, North Carolina, Ohio, Oklahoma, Pennsylvania, Rhode Island, South Carolina, South Dakota, Utah, the Virgin Islands, Virginia, Washington, West Virginia, Wisconsin and Wyoming.

Additionally, the following states currently permit the resale of the units, and the ordinary shares and warrants comprising the units, once they become separately transferable, if the proper notice filings have been submitted and the required fees have been paid:

The District of Columbia, Illinois, Maryland, Michigan, Montana, New Hampshire, North Dakota, Oregon, Puerto Rico, Tennessee, Texas and Vermont.

90


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

As of the date of this prospectus, we have not determined in which, if any, of these states we will submit the required filings or pay the required fee. Additionally, if any of these states that has not yet adopted a statute relating to the National Securities Markets Improvement Act adopts such a statute in the future requiring a filing or fee or if any state amends its existing statutes with respect to its requirements, we would need to comply with those new requirements in order for the securities to continue to be eligible for resale in those jurisdictions.

Under the National Securities Markets Improvement Act, the states retain the jurisdiction to investigate and bring enforcement actions with respect to fraud or deceit, or unlawful conduct by a broker or dealer, in connection with the sale of securities. Although we are not aware of a state having used these powers to prohibit or restrict resales of securities issued by blank check companies generally, certain state securities commissioners view blank check companies unfavorably and might use these powers, or threaten to use these powers, to hinder the resale of securities of blank check companies in their states.

Aside from the exemption from registration provided by the National Securities Markets Improvement Act, we believe that the units, from and after the effective date, and the ordinary shares and warrants comprising the units, once they become separately transferable, may be eligible for sale on a secondary market basis in various states based on the availability of another applicable exemption from state registration requirements, in certain instances subject to waiting periods, notice filings or fee payments.

Quotation of Securities

We anticipate that the units (and ordinary shares and warrants once they become separable) will be quoted on the OTC Bulletin Board under the symbols __, __ and _____ following this offering. Following the date the ordinary shares and warrants become eligible to trade separately, they will be quoted separately and included in the units on the OTC Bulletin Board. Prior to the date of this prospectus, market makers interested in making a market in our securities will submit their Forms 211 to the OTC Bulletin Board. Cohen & Company Securities, LLC will not be making a market in our securities. Once the SEC declares the registration statement, of which this prospectus forms a part, effective, the Forms 211 should be approved and the units will commence quotation on the OTC Bulletin Board. However, approval for quotation on the OTC Bulletin Board is not guaranteed and we cannot assure you that our securities will continue to be quoted on the OTC Bulletin Board following this offering.

Pricing of Securities

We have been advised by the representative that the underwriters propose to offer the units to the public at the offering price set forth on the cover page of this prospectus. They may allow some dealers concessions not in excess of $ per unit and the dealers may reallow a concession not in excess of $ per unit to other dealers.

Prior to this offering there has been no public market for any of our securities. The public offering price of the units and the terms of the warrants were negotiated between us and the representative. Factors considered in determining the prices and terms of the units, including the ordinary shares and warrants underlying the units, include:

the history and prospects of companies whose principal business is the acquisition of other companies;
prior offerings of those companies;
our prospects for acquiring an operating business at attractive values;
our capital structure;
an assessment of our management and their experience in identifying operating companies;
general conditions of the securities markets at the time of the offering; and
other factors as were deemed relevant.

However, although these factors were considered, the determination of our offering price is more arbitrary than the pricing of securities for an operating company in a particular industry since the underwriters are unable to compare our financial results and prospects with those of public companies operating in the same industry.

91


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Over-Allotment Option

We have granted to the representative of the underwriters an option, exercisable during the 45-day period commencing on the date of this prospectus, to purchase from us at the offering price, less underwriting discounts, up to an aggregate of 540,000 additional units for the sole purpose of covering over-allotments, if any. The over-allotment option will only be used to cover the net syndicate short position resulting from the initial distribution. The representative of the underwriters may exercise the over-allotment option if the underwriters sell more units than the total number set forth in the table above.

Commissions and Discounts

The following table shows the public offering price, underwriting discount to be paid by us to the underwriters and the proceeds, before expenses, to us. This information assumes either no exercise or full exercise by the representative of the underwriters of its over-allotment option.

     
  Per Unit   Without
Over-allotment
  With
Over-allotment
Public offering price   $ 10.00     $ 36,000,000     $ 41,400,000  
Discount (1)   $ 0.70     $ 2,520,000     $ 2,898,000  
Proceeds before expenses (2)   $ 9.30     $ 33,480,000     $ 38,502,000  

(1) $1,440,000 (or $1,818,000 if the over-allotment option is exercised in full which includes the entire 7% discount payable with respect to the over-allotment option units) of the underwriting discounts will not be payable unless and until we complete a business combination. The underwriters have waived their right to receive such payment upon our liquidation if we are unable to complete a business combination.
(2) The offering expenses are estimated at $520,000.

No discounts or commissions will be paid on the sale of the insider warrants.

Purchase Option

We have agreed to sell to the representative, for $100, an option to purchase up to a total of 360,000 units. The units issuable upon exercise of this option are identical to those offered by this prospectus. This option is exercisable at $15.00 per unit, and may be exercised on a cashless basis, commencing on the later of the consummation of a business combination and one year from the date of this prospectus and expiring five years from the date of this prospectus. The option and the 360,000 units, the 360,000 ordinary shares and the 360,000 warrants underlying such units, and the 360,000 ordinary shares underlying such warrants, have been deemed compensation by FINRA and are therefore subject to a 180-day lock-up pursuant to Rule 2710(g)(1) of FINRA’s NASD Conduct Rules. Additionally, the option may not be sold, transferred, assigned, pledged or hypothecated for a one-year period (including the foregoing 180-day period) following the date of this prospectus except to any underwriter and selected dealer participating in the offering and their bona fide officers or partners. Although the purchase option and its underlying securities have been registered under the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, the option grants to holders demand and “piggy back” rights for periods of five and seven years, respectively, from the date of this prospectus with respect to the registration under the Securities Act of the securities directly and indirectly issuable upon exercise of the option. We will bear all fees and expenses attendant to registering the securities, other than underwriting commissions which will be paid for by the holders themselves. The exercise price and number of units issuable upon exercise of the option may be adjusted in certain circumstances including in the event of a stock dividend, or our recapitalization, reorganization, merger or consolidation. However, the option will not be adjusted for issuances of common stock at a price below its exercise price.

92


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Regulatory Restrictions on Purchase of Securities

Rules of the SEC may limit the ability of the underwriters to bid for or purchase our units before the distribution of the units is completed. The distribution of the units in this offering will be completed once all the units have been sold, all stabilizing transactions have been completed and all penalty bids have either been reclaimed or withdrawn. However, the underwriters may engage in the following activities in accordance with the rules:

Stabilizing Transactions .  The underwriters may make bids or purchases for the purpose of preventing or retarding a decline in the price of our units, as long as stabilizing bids do not exceed the offering price of $10.00.
Over-Allotments and Syndicate Coverage Transactions .  The underwriters may create a short position in our units by selling more of our units than are set forth on the cover page of this prospectus. If the underwriters create a short position during the offering, the representative may engage in syndicate covering transactions by purchasing our units in the open market. The representative may also elect to reduce any short position by exercising all or part of the over-allotment option.
Penalty Bids .  The representative may reclaim a selling concession from a syndicate member when the units originally sold by the syndicate member is purchased in a stabilizing or syndicate covering transaction to cover syndicate short positions.

Stabilization and syndicate covering transactions may cause the price of our securities to be higher than they would be in the absence of these transactions. The imposition of a penalty bid might also have an effect on the prices of our securities if it discourages resales of our securities.

Neither we nor the underwriters make any representation or prediction as to the effect that the transactions described above may have on the price of our securities. These transactions may occur on the OTC Bulletin Board, in the over-the-counter market or on any trading market. If any of these transactions are commenced, they may be discontinued without notice at any time.

Other Terms

Upon closing of the offering, Cohen & Company Securities, LLC shall cause a letter of credit from an internationally recognized bank to be issued to us in an amount equal to $0.30 per share sold in this offering. The proceeds of the letter of credit shall not be held in trust or comprise any portion of any pro-rata distribution of our trust account. We shall draw on the letter of credit in order to distribute $0.30 per qualified share to certain of our public shareholders, which amount shall be in addition to any pro-rata distribution from our trust account. The $0.30 per share amount provided by the letter of credit shall be distributed upon (i) the consummation of our business combination to each of our public shareholders for each ordinary share voted in favor of the business combination and properly converted, (ii) our liquidation, in the event that a business combination was presented to our public shareholders for approval but not consummated, to each of our public shareholders for each ordinary share voted in favor of such proposed business combination, or (iii) our liquidation, in the event that no business combination is presented to our public shareholders for a vote, to each of our public shareholders. We may draw on letter of credit solely to the extent necessary to pay each eligible holder an additional $0.30 per eligible share upon the earlier to occur of our business combination or liquidation. After we draw on the letter of credit, it shall be cancelled and we shall issue in favor of Cohen & Company a demand secured first priority promissory note in favor of Cohen & Company Securities, LLC in an amount equal to the amount we draw on the letter of credit bearing annual interest at the rate of 8%, payable quarterly, with a default interest rate of 13%.

We have granted Cohen Securities a right of first refusal to act as lead underwriter or as a co-manager with at least 50% of the economics (or, in the case of a three-handed deal, 33% of the economics) for any and all public and private equity and debt offerings by us or our successors, during the period commencing on consummation of this offering and terminating 12 months after the completion of our initial business combination.

93


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Except as set forth above, we are not under any contractual obligation to engage any of the underwriters to provide any services for us after this offering, and have no present intent to do so. However, any of the underwriters may, among other things, introduce us to potential target businesses or assist us in raising additional capital, as needs may arise in the future. If any of the underwriters provide services to us after this offering, we may pay such underwriter fair and reasonable fees that would be determined at that time in an arm's length negotiation; provided that no agreement will be entered into with any of the underwriters and no fees for such services will be paid to any of the underwriters prior to the date which is 90 days after the date of this prospectus, unless FINRA determines that such payment would not be deemed underwriters’ compensation in connection with this offering.

Indemnification

We have agreed to indemnify the underwriters against some liabilities, including civil liabilities under the Securities Act, or to contribute to payments the underwriters may be required to make in this respect.

94


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

LEGAL MATTERS

Graubard Miller, New York, New York is acting as counsel in connection with the registration of our securities under the Securities Act of 1933. Legal matters as to Cayman Islands’ law, as well as the validity of the securities offered in this prospectus, will be passed upon for us by Solomon Harris. Ellenoff Grossman & Schole LLP, New York, New York, is acting as counsel for the underwriters in this offering.

EXPERTS

The financial statements included in this prospectus and in the registration statement have been audited by Crowe Horwath LLP, independent registered public accounting firm, to the extent and for the period set forth in their report appearing elsewhere in this prospectus and in the registration statement. The report of Crowe Horwath LLP is included in reliance upon their authority as experts in auditing and accounting.

WHERE YOU CAN FIND ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form F-1, which includes exhibits, schedules and amendments, under the Securities Act, with respect to this offering of our securities. Although this prospectus, which forms a part of the registration statement, contains all material information included in the registration statement, parts of the registration statement have been omitted as permitted by rules and regulations of the SEC. We refer you to the registration statement and its exhibits for further information about us, our securities and this offering. The registration statement and its exhibits, as well as our other reports filed with the SEC, can be inspected and copied at the SEC’s public reference room at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549. The public may obtain information about the operation of the public reference room by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. In addition, the SEC maintains a web site at http://www.sec.gov which contains the Form S-1 and other reports, proxy and information statements and information regarding issuers that file electronically with the SEC.

95


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

GSME ACQUISITION PARTNERS I
(A Development Stage Company)

INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 
  Page
Audited Financial Statements
        
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm     F-2  
Financial Statements
        
Balance Sheet     F-3  
Statement of Operations     F-4  
Statement of Changes in Shareholders’ Equity     F-5  
Statement of Cash Flows     F-6  
Notes to Financial Statements     F-7 – F-11  
Unaudited Interim Condensed Financial Statements
        
Condensed Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2008 and June 30, 2009     F-12  
Condensed Statements of Operations for the six months ended June 30, 2009, the period from March 27, 2008 (Inception) to June 30, 2008 and the period from March 27, 2008 (Inception) to June 30, 2009     F-13  
Condensed Statement of Changes in Shareholder’s Equity for the period from March 27, 2008 (Inception) to June 30, 2009     F-14  
Condensed Statements of Cash Flows for the six months ended June 30, 2009, the period from March 27, 2008 (Inception) to June 30, 2008 and the period from March 27, 2008 (Inception) to June 30, 2009     F-15  
Notes to Condensed Financial Statements     F-16  

F-1


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

To the Board of Directors and Shareholders
GSME Acquisition Partners I

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

We have audited the accompanying balance sheet of GSME Acquisition Partners I (a development stage company) as of December 31, 2008, and the related statements of operations, changes in shareholders’ equity and cash flows for the period from March 27, 2008 (inception) to December 31, 2008. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audit.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. Our audit included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of GSME Acquisition Partners I (a development stage company) as of December 31, 2008 and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the period from March 27, 2008 (inception) to December 31, 2008, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

/s/ Crowe Horwath LLP

October 16, 2009
New York, New York

F-2


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

GSME ACQUISITION PARTNERS I
(A Development Stage Company)
  
BALANCE SHEET
December 31, 2008

 
ASSETS
        
Current assets:
        
Cash   $ 15,099  
Deferred offering costs associated with offering     145,934  
Total assets   $ 161,033  
LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY
        
Current liabilities:
        
Account payable   $ 20,000  
Due to related party     125,000  
Total liabilities   $ 145,000  
Shareholders’ equity:
        
Ordinary shares, $.001 par value
Authorized 50,000,000 shares;
1,380,000 shares issued and outstanding
    1,380  
Additional paid-in capital     23,620  
Deficit accumulated during the development stage     (8,967 )  
Total shareholders’ equity     16,033  
Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity   $ 161,033  

 
 
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements

F-3


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

GSME ACQUISITION PARTNERS I
(A Development Stage Company)
  
STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS
For the Period March 27, 2008 (Inception) to December 31, 2008

 
Formation and operating costs   $ 8,967  
Net loss     (8,967 )  
Weighted average shares outstanding     1,380,000  
Basic and diluted net loss per share   $ (0.01 )  

 
 
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements

F-4


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

GSME ACQUISITION PARTNERS I
(A Development Stage Company)
  
STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY
For the Period March 27, 2008 (Inception) to December 31, 2008

         
    
  
Ordinary Shares
  Additional Paid-in Capital   Deficit
Accumulated During the Development Stage
  Shareholders’ Equity
     Shares   Amount
Ordinary shares issued at inception at $0.02 per share     1,380,000     $ 1,380     $ 23,620     $     $ 25,000  
Net loss                       (8,967 )       (8,967 )  
Balance at December 31, 2008     1,380,000     $ 1,380     $ 23,620     $ (8,967 )     $ 16,033  

 
 
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements

F-5


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

GSME ACQUISITION PARTNERS I
(A Development Stage Company)
  
STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS
For the Period March 27, 2008 (Inception) to December 31, 2008

 
Cash flows from operating activities
        
Net loss   $ (8,967 )  
Net cash provided by operating activities     (8,967 )  
Cash flows from financing activities
        
Proceeds from sale of ordinary shares to founding Shareholders     25,000  
Proceeds from due to shareholder     125,000  
Deferred offering costs paid     (125,934 )  
Net cash provided by financing activities     24,066  
Net increase in cash     15,099  
Cash at beginning of period      
Cash at end of period   $ 15,099  
Supplemental disclosures of non-cash financing activities
        
Accrued deferred offering costs including those due to shareholder   $ 20,000  

 
 
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements

F-6


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

GSME ACQUISITION PARTNERS I
(A Development Stage Company)
  
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 1 — Organization and Plan of Business Operations

GSME Acquisition Partners I (the “Company”) was incorporated in the Cayman Islands on March 27, 2008 as a blank check company whose objective is to acquire an operating business, or control of such operating business through contractual arrangements, that has its principal operations located in the People’s Republic of China.

At December 31, 2008, the Company had not yet commenced any operations. All activity from March 27, 2008 (inception) to December 31, 2008 relates to the Company’s formation and the proposed public offering described below. The Company has selected December 31 st as its fiscal year end.

The Company's ability to commence operations is contingent upon obtaining adequate financial resources through a proposed public offering of up to 3,600,000 units (“Units”) which is discussed in Note 3 (“Proposed Offering”). The Company's management has broad discretion with respect to the specific application of the net proceeds of this Proposed Offering, although substantially all of the net proceeds of this Proposed Offering are intended to be generally applied toward consummating a business combination with an operating business that has its principal operations located in the People’s Republic of China (“Business Combination”). Furthermore, there is no assurance that the Company will be able to successfully effect a Business Combination. Upon the closing of the Proposed Offering, management has agreed that at least $10.00 per unit sold in the Proposed Offering will be held in a trust account (“Trust Account”) and invested in United States “government securities” within the meaning of Section 2(a)(16) of the Investment Company Act of 1940 having a maturity of 180 days or less or in money market funds meeting certain conditions under Rule 2a-7 promulgated under the Investment Company Act of 1940 until the earlier of (i) the consummation of its first Business Combination and (ii) liquidation of the Company. The placing of funds in the Trust Account may not protect those funds from third party claims against the Company. Although the Company will seek to have all vendors, prospective target businesses and other entities it engages execute agreements with the Company waiving any right, title, interest or claim of any kind in or to any monies held in the Trust Account, there is no guarantee that they will execute such agreements. Two of the Company’s officers have agreed that they will be proportionally liable under certain circumstances to ensure that the proceeds in the Trust Account are not reduced below $10.00 per share by the claims of target businesses or by vendors or other entities that are owed money by the Company for services rendered contracted for or products sold to the Company. However, there can be no assurance that they will be able to satisfy those obligations. The remaining net proceeds (not held in the Trust Account) may be used to pay for business, legal and accounting due diligence on prospective acquisitions and continuing general and administrative expenses. Additionally, any interest earned on the Trust Account may be released to the Company to fund working capital and to pay the Company’s tax obligations.

The Company, after signing a definitive agreement for the acquisition of a target business, is required to submit such transaction for shareholder approval. In the event that shareholders owning more than 80.99% of the total number of shares sold in the Proposed Offering exercise their conversion rights, regardless of whether they vote for or against the Business Combination, the Business Combination will not be consummated. All of the Company’s shareholders prior to the Proposed Offering, including all of the officers and directors of the Company (“Initial Shareholders”), have agreed to vote their founding ordinary shares in accordance with the vote of the majority in interest of all other shareholders of the Company (“Public Shareholders”) with respect to any Business Combination and have agreed to vote any ordinary shares acquired in the Proposed Offering or in the aftermarket in favor of any Business Combination. After consummation of a Business Combination, these voting safeguards will no longer be applicable.

With respect to a Business Combination which is approved and consummated, any Public Shareholder may demand that the Company convert his or her shares. If a Public Shareholder votes against a proposed Business Combination, the per share conversion price will equal $10.00 per share. Any Public Shareholder will have the right to vote for the proposed Business Combination and demand that such shareholder’s shares

F-7


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

GSME ACQUISITION PARTNERS I
(A Development Stage Company)
  
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 1 — Organization and Plan of Business Operations  – (continued)

be converted into a pro rata share of the Trust Account (which amount, when aggregated with the right to receive an additional $0.30 per eligible share pursuant to the letter of credit, is initially anticipated to be approximately $10.30 per share).

The Company’s Memorandum and Articles of Association provides that the Company will continue in existence only until 12 months from the consummation of the Proposed Offering or until 18 months from the consummation of the Proposed Offering if the Company has signed a letter of intent, memorandum of understanding or definitive agreement within such 12-month period. If the Company has not completed a Business Combination by such date, its corporate existence will cease and it will dissolve and liquidate for the purposes of winding up its affairs.

Note 2 — Significant Accounting Policies

Basis of Presentation

The financial statements have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Geographical Risk

The Company’s operations, if a Business Combination is consummated outside the United States, will be subject to local government regulations and to the uncertainties of the economic and political conditions of those areas.

Income Taxes

The Company was incorporated as a Cayman Island exempted company and management does not foresee any taxable income imposition.

Earnings per Share

Basic earnings per share is computed by dividing net income by the weighted-average number of ordinary shares outstanding during the period. The 1,380,000 ordinary shares issued to the Company’s Initial Shareholders were issued for $0.02 per share, which is considerably less than the Proposed Offering per share price. Under the provisions of FASB No. 128 and SAB Topic 4:D such shares have been assumed to be retroactively outstanding for the period since inception.

There are no potentially dilutive securities at December 31, 2008.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

SFAS No. 141(R), Business Combinations (“SFAS 141(R)”), was issued in December 2007. SFAS 141(R) requires that upon initially obtaining control, an acquirer will recognize 100% of the fair values of acquired assets, including goodwill, and assumed liabilities, with only limited exceptions, even if the acquirer has not acquired 100% of its target. Additionally, contingent consideration arrangements will be fair valued at the acquisition date and included on that basis in the purchase price consideration and transaction costs will be expensed as incurred. SFAS 141(R) also modifies the recognition for pre-acquisition contingencies, such as environmental or legal issues, restructuring plans and acquired research and development value in purchase

F-8


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

GSME ACQUISITION PARTNERS I
(A Development Stage Company)
  
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 2 — Significant Accounting Policies  – (continued)

accounting. SFAS 141(R) amends SFAS No. 109, Accounting for Income Taxes, to require the acquirer to recognize changes in the amount of its deferred tax benefits that are recognizable because of a business combination either in income from continuing operations in the period of the combination or directly in contributed capital, depending on the circumstances. SFAS 141(R) is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2008. Adoption is prospective and early adoption is not permitted. The Company adopted SFAS 141(R) on January 1, 2009. SFAS 141(R)’s impact on accounting for business combinations is dependent upon acquisitions at that time.

Management does not believe that any other recently issued, but not yet effective, accounting standards if currently adopted would have a material effect on the accompanying financial statements.

Note 3 — Proposed Public Offering

The Proposed Offering calls for the Company to offer for public sale up to 3,600,000 Units at a proposed offering price of $10.00 per Unit (plus up to an additional 540,000 units solely to cover over allotments, if any). Each Unit consists of one ordinary share, $.001 par value, of the Company and one Redeemable Purchase Warrant (“Warrants”). Each Warrant will entitle the holder to purchase from the Company one ordinary share at an exercise price of $11.50 commencing upon the completion of a Business Combination and expiring five years from the effective date of the Proposed Offering. The Company may redeem the Warrants, at a price of $.01 per Warrant upon 30 days notice while the Warrants are exercisable, only in the event that the last sale price of the ordinary shares is at least $17.50 per share for any 20 trading days within a 30 trading day period ending on the third day prior to the date on which notice of redemption is given. If the Company redeems the Warrants as described above, management will have the option to require any holder that wishes to exercise his Warrant to do so on a “cashless basis.’' In such event, the holder would pay the exercise price by surrendering his Warrants for that number of ordinary shares equal to the quotient obtained by dividing (X) the product of the number of ordinary shares underlying the Warrants, multiplied by the difference between the exercise price of the Warrants and the “fair market value” (defined below) by (Y) the fair market value. The “fair market value” shall mean the average reported last sale price of the ordinary shares for the 10 trading days ending on the third trading day prior to the date on which the notice of redemption is sent to holders of Warrants. In accordance with the warrant agreement relating to the Warrants to be sold and issued in the Proposed Offering, the Company is only required to use its best efforts to maintain the effectiveness of the registration statement covering the Warrants. The Company will not be obligated to deliver securities, and there are no contractual penalties for failure to deliver securities, if a registration statement is not effective at the time of exercise. Additionally, in the event that a registration is not effective at the time of exercise, the holder of such Warrant shall not be entitled to exercise such Warrant and in no event (whether in the case of a registration statement not being effective or otherwise) will the Company be required to net cash settle the warrant exercise. Consequently, the Warrants may expire unexercised and unredeemed.

The Company will pay the underwriters in the Proposed Offering an underwriting discount of 7.0% of the gross proceeds of the Proposed Offering. However, the underwriters have agreed that 4.0% of the underwriting discounts will not be payable unless and until the Company completes a Business Combination and have waived their right to receive such payment upon the Company's liquidation if it is unable to complete a Business Combination. The underwriters have also agreed that the entire 7.0% discount relating to the units sold pursuant to the over-allotment option will be deferred. The Company will also issue a unit purchase option, for $100, to Cohen & Company Securities, LLC (“Cohen Securities”), the representative of the underwriters in the Proposed Offering, to purchase 360,000 Units (10% of the total number of units sold in the public offering) at an exercise price of $15.00 per Unit (150% of the public offering price). The Units issuable upon exercise of this option are identical to the Units being offered in the Proposed Offering. This option is exercisable commencing on the later of the consummation of a Business Combination and one year from the date of the Proposed Offering and expiring five years from the date of the Proposed Offering. The Company

F-9


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

GSME ACQUISITION PARTNERS I
(A Development Stage Company)
  
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 3 — Proposed Public Offering  – (continued)

intends to account for the fair value of the unit purchase option, net of the receipt of the $100 cash payment, as an expense of the Proposed Offering resulting in a charge directly to shareholders' equity. The Company estimates the fair value of this unit purchase option is approximately $2.14 per unit using a Black-Scholes option-pricing model.

The fair value of the unit purchase option granted to the underwriter is estimated as of the date of grant using the following assumptions: (1) expected volatility of 35%, (2) risk-free interest rate of 2.59% and (3) expected life of 5 years. The unit purchase option may be exercised for cash or on a “cashless” basis, at the holder’s option (except in the case of a forced cashless exercise upon the Company’s redemption of the Warrants, as described above), such that the holder may use the appreciated value of the unit purchase option (the difference between the exercise prices of the unit purchase option and the underlying Warrants and the market price of the Units and underlying ordinary shares) to exercise the unit purchase option without the payment of cash.

The Company will have no obligation to net cash settle the exercise of the unit purchase option or the Warrants underlying the unit purchase option. The holder of the unit purchase option will not be entitled to exercise the unit purchase option or the Warrants underlying the unit purchase option unless a registration statement covering the securities underlying the unit purchase option is effective or an exemption from registration is available. If the holder is unable to exercise the unit purchase option or underlying Warrants, the unit purchase option or Warrants, as applicable, will expire worthless.

Note 4 — Deferred Offering Costs

Deferred offering costs consist principally of legal and underwriting fees incurred through the balance sheet date that are directly related to the Proposed Offering and that will be charged to shareholders' equity upon the receipt of the capital raised. Should the Proposed Offering prove to be unsuccessful, these deferred costs, as well as additional expenses to be incurred, will be charged to operations.

Note 5 — Related Party Transactions

The Company has entered into a unsecured promissory note with an officer of the Company in an aggregate principal amount of $125,000. The note does not bear interest. The note is payable on the completion of the Proposed Offering. Due to the short-term nature of the note, the fair value of the note approximates its carrying amount.

Note 6 — Shareholder's Equity

Common Stock

The Company is authorized to issue up to 50,000,000 ordinary shares, par value $0.001 per share. The holders of the ordinary shares are entitled to one vote for each ordinary share. In addition, the holders of the ordinary shares are entitled to receive dividends when, as and if declared by the board of directors. In September 2009, the Company’s board of directors authorized a share dividend of approximately 0.067 shares for each outstanding ordinary share for a total of 86,250 additional shares. All references to share and per share amounts have been restated to retroactively reflect this transaction.

As of December 31, 2008, 1,380,000 ordinary shares were issued and outstanding, of which 180,000 ordinary shares are subject to forfeiture to the extent that the underwriters' over-allotment option is not exercised in full.

Preferred Stock

The Company is authorized to issue up to 1,000,000 shares of preferred stock, par value $0.001 per share. As of December 31, 2008 no shares were issued or outstanding.

F-10


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

GSME ACQUISITION PARTNERS I
(A Development Stage Company)
  
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 7 — Commitments

The Initial Shareholders are expected to execute letter agreements with the Company waiving their rights to receive distributions with respect to their founding ordinary shares upon the Company's liquidation. The Company's Insiders and/or their designees have committed to purchase 3,600,000 Warrants (“Insider Warrants”) at $0.50 per Warrant (for an aggregate purchase price of $1,800,000) privately from the Company. This purchase will take place simultaneously with the consummation of the Proposed Offering. All of the proceeds received from this purchase will be placed in the Trust Account. The Insider Warrants to be purchased will be identical to the Warrants being offered in the Proposed Offering except that the Insider Warrants may be exercisable for cash or on a cashless basis, at the holder’s option, and will not be redeemable by the Company, in each case so long as such securities are held by the Insiders or their affiliates. Additionally, all Insiders have waived their rights to receive distributions upon the Company's liquidation prior to a Business Combination with respect to the Insider Shares. Furthermore, all Insiders have agreed that the Insider Warrants and underlying securities will not be sold or transferred until 60 days after the Company has completed a Business Combination.

The Initial Shareholders and the holders of the Insider Warrants will be entitled to registration rights with respect to their founding shares pursuant to an agreement to be signed prior to or on the effective date of the Proposed Offering. The holders of the majority of the founding shares are entitled to make up to two demands that the Company register such shares. The holders of the majority of the founding shares and the holders of the majority of the Insider Warrants can elect to exercise these registration rights at any time commencing three months prior to the date on which these ordinary shares are to be released from escrow. The holders of the Insider Warrants (or underlying securities) are entitled to demand that the Company register these securities at any time after the Company consummates a Business Combination. In addition, the Initial Shareholders have certain “piggy-back” registration rights on registration statements filed after the Company's consummation of a Business Combination.

 

F-11


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

GSME ACQUISITION PARTNERS I
(A Development Stage Company)
  
CONDENSED BALANCE SHEET

   
  June 30,
2009
  December 31,
2008
     (unaudited)
ASSETS
                 
Current Assets:
                 
Cash   $ 2,957     $ 15,099  
Deferred Offering Costs associated with offering     278,076       145,934  
Total assets   $ 281,033     $ 161,033  
LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY
                 
Current Liabilities:
                 
Accounts Payable   $ 140,000     $ 20,000  
Due to related party     125,000       125,000  
Total Liabilities     265,000       145,000  
Shareholders’ equity:
                 
Ordinary shares, $.001 par value
                 
Authorized 50,000,000 shares:
                                   
1,380,000 shares issued and outstanding     1,380       1,380  
Additional Paid-in capital     23,620       23,620  
Deficit accumulated during the development stage     (8,967 )       (8,967 )  
Total shareholders' equity     16,033       16,033  
Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity   $ 281,033     $ 161,033  

F-12


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

GSME ACQUISITION PARTNERS I
(A Development Stage Company)
  
UNAUDITED CONDENSED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS

     
  For the Six Months Ended June 30, 2009   For the Period from March 27, 2008 (Inception) to June 30, 2008   For the Period from March 27, 2008 (inception) to June 30, 2009
Formation and operating costs   $     $ 8,967     $ 8,967  
Net loss           (8,967 )       (8,967 )  
Weighted average shares outstanding     1,380,000       1,380,000       1,380,000  
Basic and diluted net loss per share   $     $ 0.01     $ 0.01  

F-13


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

GSME ACQUISITION PARTNERS I
(A Development Stage Company)
  
UNAUDITED CONDENSED STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY
For the Period March 27, 2008 (Inception) to June 30, 2009

         
    
  
Ordinary Shares
  Additional Paid-in Capital   Deficit
Accumulated During the Development Stage
  Shareholders’ Equity
     Shares   Amount
Ordinary shares issued at inception at $0.02 per share     1,380,000     $ 1,380     $ 23,620     $     $ 25,000  
Net loss                       (8,967 )       (8,967 )  
Balance at June 30, 2009     1,380,000     $ 1,380     $ 23,620     $ (8,967 )     $ 16,033  

F-14


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

GSME ACQUISITION PARTNERS I
(A Development Stage Company)
  
UNAUDITED CONDENSED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS

     
  For the Six Months Ended June 30, 2009   For the Period from March 27, 2008
(Inception) to June 30, 2008
  For the Period from March 27, 2008
(Inception) to June 30, 2009
Cash flows from operating activities
                          
Net loss   $     $ (8,967 )     $ (8,967 )  
Net cash provided by operating activities           (8,967 )       (8,967 )  
Cash flows from financing activities
                          
Proceeds from sale of ordinary shares to founding Shareholders           25,000       25,000  
Proceeds from due to shareholder           125,000       125,000  
Deferred offering costs paid     (12,142 )       (125,516 )       (138,076 )  
Net cash provided by financing activities     (12,142 )       24,484       11,924  
Net increase in cash
                          
Cash at beginning of period     15,099              
Cash at end of period   $ 2,957     $ 15,517     $ 2,957  
Supplemental disclosures of non-cash financing activities
                          
Accrued deferred offering costs including those due to shareholder   $ 120,000     $ 145,516     $ 140,000  

F-15


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

GSME ACQUISITION PARTNERS I
(A Development Stage Company)
  
NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONDENSED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 1 — Organization and Plan of Business Operations

GSME Acquisition Partners I (the “Company”) was incorporated in the Cayman Islands on March 27, 2008 as a blank check company whose objective is to acquire an operating business, or control of such operating business through contractual arrangements, that has its principal operations located in the People’s Republic of China.

The accompanying condensed financial statements of the Company have been prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles for interim financial information. Accordingly, they do not include all of the information and footnotes required by accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America for complete financial statements. In the opinion of the Company’s management, the accompanying condensed financial statements contain all adjustments (consisting of normal recurring accruals and adjustments) necessary to present fairly the financial position, results of operations and cash flows of the Company at the dates and for the periods indicated. The interim results for the period ended June 30, 2009 are not necessarily indicative of results for the full 2009 fiscal year or any other future interim periods, as more fully described in the annual report included elsewhere in this registration statement.

Note 2 — Shareholder’s Equity

Common Stock

The Company is authorized to issue up to 50,000,000 ordinary shares, par value $0.001 per share. The holders of the ordinary shares are entitled to one vote for each ordinary share. In addition, the holders of the ordinary shares are entitled to receive dividends when, as and if declared by the board of directors. In September 2009, the Company’s board of directors authorized a share dividend of approximately 0.067 shares for each outstanding ordinary share for a total of 86,250 additional shares. All references to share and per share amounts have been restated to retroactively reect this transaction.

As of June 30, 2009, 1,380,000 ordinary shares were issued and outstanding, of which 180,000 ordinary shares are subject to forfeiture to the extent that the underwriters’ over-allotment option is not exercised in full.

Note 3 — Subsequent Events

The Company has evaluated subsequent events through October 16, 2009, the date on which the financial statements were issued.

F-16


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

 

 

Until , 2009, all dealers that effect transactions in these securities, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to the dealers’ obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriters and with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.

No dealer, salesperson or any other person is authorized to give any information or make any representations in connection with this offering other than those contained in this prospectus and, if given or made, the information or representations must not be relied upon as having been authorized by us. This prospectus does not constitute an offer to sell or a solicitation of an offer to buy any security other than the securities offered by this prospectus, or an offer to sell or a solicitation of an offer to buy any securities by anyone in any jurisdiction in which the offer or solicitation is not authorized or is unlawful.

  
  
  
  

$36,000,000

  
  

GSME ACQUISITION PARTNERS I

  
  

3,600,000 Units

  
  
  
  
  


PROSPECTUS

 

  
  
  
  
  
  

Cohen & Company Securities, LLC

  
  
  
  

  , 2009

 

 


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

PART II
  
INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

Item 6. Indemnification of Directors and Officers.

Cayman Islands law does not limit the extent to which a company’s amended and restated memorandum and articles of association may provide for indemnification of officers and directors, except to the extent any such provision may be held by the Islands courts to be contrary to public policy, such as to provide indemnification against civil fraud or the consequences of committing a crime. Our memorandum and articles of association will provide for indemnification of our officers and directors for any liability incurred in their capacities as such, except through their own fraud or willful default.

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers or persons controlling us pursuant to the foregoing provisions, we have been informed that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is theretofore unenforceable.

Item 7. Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities.

(a) During the past three years, we sold the following ordinary shares without registration under the Securities Act, each of whom are accredited investors under Rule 501 of the Securities Act:

 
Shareholders   Number of
Shares
Jing Dong Gao     1,125,563  
Eli D. Scher     129,375  
Lawrence S. Wizel     38,812  

Such shares were issued on March 27, 2008 in connection with our organization pursuant to the exemption from registration contained in Section 4(2) of the Securities Act as a transaction by an issuer not involving a public offering. The shares issued to the individuals above were sold for an aggregate offering price of $25,000 at an average purchase price of $0.02 per share. Mr. Gao transferred all his shares to MCK Capital Co., Limited, an entity he controls. In September 2009, our board of directors authorized a share dividend of approximately 0.067 shares for each outstanding ordinary share.

No underwriting discounts or commissions were paid with respect to such sales.

Item 8. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules.

(a) The following exhibits are filed as part of this Registration Statement:

 
Exhibit
No.
  Description
 1.1    Form of Underwriting Agreement.
 3.1    Memorandum and Articles of Association.
 4.1    Specimen Unit Certificate.
 4.2    Specimen Ordinary Share Certificate.
 4.3    Specimen Warrant Certificate.
 4.4    Form of Warrant Agreement between Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company and the Registrant.
 4.5    Form of Representative’s Unit Purchase Option.
 5.1    Opinion of Solomon Harris.
 5.2    Opinion of Graubard Miller.
10.1    Letter Agreement among the Registrant, Cohen & Company Securities, LLC and Jing Dong Gao.
10.2    Letter Agreement among the Registrant, Cohen & Company Securities, LLC and Eli D. Scher.
10.3    Letter Agreement among the Registrant, Cohen & Company Securities, LLC and Lawrence S. Wizel.
10.4    Letter Agreement among the Registrant, Cohen & Company Securities, LLC and Zhong Wen Lin.

II-1


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 
Exhibit
No.
  Description
10.5    Form of Investment Management Trust Agreement between Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company and the Registrant.
10.6    Form of Stock Escrow Agreement between the Registrant, Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company and the Initial Shareholders.
10.7    Promissory Note issued to Eli D. Scher.
10.8    Form of Registration Rights Agreement among the Registrant and the Initial Shareholders.
10.9    Form of Subscription Agreement among the Registrant, Graubard Miller and each of MCK Capital Co., Limited, Eli D. Scher and Lawrence S. Wizel.
10.10   Form of Letter of Credit.
23.1    Consent of Crowe Horwath LLP.
23.2    Consent of Solomon Harris (included in Exhibit 5.1).
23.3    Consent of Graubard Miller (included in Exhibit 5.2).
24      Power of Attorney (included on signature page of this Registration Statement).

Item 9. Undertakings.

(a) The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes:

(1) To file, during any period in which offers or sales are being made, a post-effective amendment to this registration statement:

i. To include any prospectus required by Section 10(a)(3) of the Securities Act of 1933;

ii. To reflect in the prospectus any facts or events arising after the effective date of the registration statement (or the most recent post-effective amendment thereof) which, individually or in the aggregate, represent a fundamental change in the information set forth in the registration statement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any increase or decrease in volume of securities offered (if the total dollar value of securities offered would not exceed that which was registered) and any deviation from the low or high end of the estimated maximum offering range may be reflected in the form of prospectus filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b) if, in the aggregate, the changes in volume and price represent no more than 20 percent change in the maximum aggregate offering price set forth in the “Calculation of Registration Fee” table in the effective registration statement.

iii. To include any material information with respect to the plan of distribution not previously disclosed in the registration statement or any material change to such information in the registration statement.

(2) That, for the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each such post-effective amendment shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

(3) To remove from registration by means of a post-effective amendment any of the securities being registered which remain unsold at the termination of the offering.

(4) That for the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933 in a primary offering of securities of the undersigned registrant pursuant to this registration statement, regardless of the underwriting method used to sell the securities to the purchaser, if the securities are offered or sold to such purchaser by means of any of the following communications, the undersigned registrant will be a seller to the purchaser and will be considered to offer or sell such securities to such purchaser:

(i) Any preliminary prospectus or prospectus of the undersigned registrant relating to the offering required to be filed pursuant to Rule 424;

(ii) Any free writing prospectus relating to the offering prepared by or on behalf of the undersigned registrant or used or referred to by the undersigned registrant;

II-2


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

(iii) The portion of any other free writing prospectus relating to the offering containing material information about the undersigned registrant or its securities provided by or on behalf of the undersigned registrant; and

(iv) Any other communication that is an offer in the offering made by the undersigned registrant to the purchaser

(b) The undersigned hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriter at the closing specified in the underwriting agreements, certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriter to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

(c) Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

(d) If the registrant is a foreign private issuer, to file a post-effective amendment to the registration statement to include any financial statements required by Item 8.A. of Form 20-F at the start of any delayed offering or throughout a continuous offering. Financial statements and information otherwise required by Section 10(a)(3) of the Act need not be furnished, provided that the registrant includes in the prospectus, by means of a post-effective amendment, financial statements required pursuant to this paragraph (a)(4) and other information necessary to ensure that all other information in the prospectus is at least as current as the date of those financial statements. Notwithstanding the foregoing, with respect to registration statements on Form F-3, a post-effective amendment need not be filed to include financial statements and information required by Section 10(a)(3) of the Act or Rule 3-19 of this chapter if such financial statements and information are contained in periodic reports filed with or furnished to the Commission by the registrant pursuant to section 13 or section 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 that are incorporated by reference in the Form F-3.

(e) The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that:

(1) For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.

(2) For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

II-3


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Shanghai, People’s Republic of China, on the 16 th day of October, 2009.

GSME ACQUISITION PARTNERS I

By: /s/ Eli D. Scher

Eli D. Scher
Chief Executive Officer
(Principal Executive Officer)

POWER OF ATTORNEY

KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints Gao Jing Dong and Eli D. Scher his true and lawful attorney-in-fact, with full power of substitution and resubstitution for him and in his name, place and stead, in any and all capacities to sign any and all amendments including post-effective amendments to this registration statement, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorney-in-fact or his substitute, each acting alone, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue thereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this Registration Statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

   
Name   Position   Date
/s/ Jing Dong Gao

Jing Dong Gao
  Chairman of the Board   October 16, 2009
/s/ Eli D. Scher

Eli D. Scher
  Chief Executive Officer
(Principal Executive Officer) and Director
  October 16, 2009
/s/ Zhong Wen Lin

Zhong Wen Lin
  Vice President, Finance
(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)
  October 16, 2009

Authorized Representative in the United States:

Graubard Miller

By: /s/ Jeffrey M. Gallant       
Name: Jeffrey M. Gallant
Title: Partner
Date: October 16, 2009

II-4



3,600,000 Units

GSME ACQUISITION PARTNERS I

UNDERWRITING AGREEMENT

New York, New York
____________, 2009

Cohen & Company Securities LLC
135 East 57 th Street
New York, NY

As Representative of the Underwriters
named on Schedule A hereto

Ladies and Gentlemen:

GSME Acquisition Partners I, a Cayman Islands company with limited liability (the “ Company ”), hereby confirms its agreement with Cohen & Company Securities, LLC (the “ Representative ”) and with the other underwriters named on Schedule A hereto, for which the Representative is acting as representative (the Representative, with such other underwriters being collectively referred to herein as the “ Underwriters ” or, individually, an “ Underwriter ”) as follows:

1.       Purchase and Sale of Securities .

  1.1.       Firm Securities .

1.1.1.       Purchase of Firm Units .  On the basis of the representations and warranties herein contained, but subject to the terms and conditions herein set forth, the Company agrees to issue and sell to the several Underwriters, severally and not jointly, an aggregate of 3,600,000 units (the “ Firm Units ”) of the Company’s securities at a purchase price (net of discounts and commissions) of $9.70 per Firm Unit subject to the payment to the Representative of the Deferred Discount (as defined in Section 1.5 hereof) of $0.40 per Firm Unit.  The Underwriters, severally and not jointly, agree to purchase from the Company the number of Firm Units set forth opposite their respective names on Schedule A of $9.70 per Firm Unit subject to the payment to the Representative of the Deferred discount of $0.40 per Firm Unit pursuant to Section 1.5 hereof. 

1.1.2.      The Firm Units are to be offered initially to the public (the “ Offering ”) at the offering price of $10.00 per Firm Unit.  Each Firm Unit consists of one share of the Company’s ordinary shares, par value $0.0001 per share (the “ Ordinary Shares ”), and one warrant to purchase one Ordinary Share (the “ Warrant(s) ”).  The Ordinary Shares and the Warrants included in the Firm Units will not be separately transferable until the tenth (10 th ) Business Day (as defined below) after the date of the Prospectus (as defined herein), unless the Representative determines that an earlier date is acceptable, subject to the Company’s having filed the Report of Foreign Private Issuer on Form 6-K and having issued a press release announcing when such separate trading will begin.  In no event will the Ordinary Shares and Warrants be traded separately until the Company has filed a Report of Foreign Private Issuer on Form 6-K with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “ Commission ”) containing an audited balance sheet reflecting its receipt of the gross proceeds of the Offering.  The Company will file the Report of Foreign Private Issuer on Form 6-K promptly upon the consummation of the Offering, which is anticipated to take place within four (4) Business Days from the date of the Prospectus.  As used herein, the term “ Business Day ” shall mean any day other than a Saturday, Sunday or any day on which national banks in New York, New York are not open for business.

 
 

 
Cohen & Company Securities, LLC
___________, 2009
Page 2 of 45


1.1.3.      Each Warrant shall entitle its holder to purchase one Ordinary Share for $11.50 per share during the period commencing on the later of: (i) the consummation by the Company of a Business Combination (as defined below) or (ii) one year from the effective date (the “ Effective Date ”) of the Registration Statement (as defined below) and terminating on the five-year anniversary of the Effective Date.  As used herein, the term “ Business Combination ” shall mean the Company’s acquisition of one or more assets or operating businesses having primary operations in the People’s Republic of China through a capital merger, share exchange, asset or share acquisition, exchangeable share transaction, contractual control arrangement or other similar business combination.  The Company has the right to redeem the Warrants, in whole but not in part, upon not less than thirty (30) days’ prior written notice at a price of $0.01 per Warrant at any time after the Warrants become exercisable; provided, however, that the last sale price of the Ordinary Shares has been at least $17.50 for any twenty (20) trading days within a thirty (30) trading day period ending on the third (3 rd ) Business Day prior to the day on which notice is delivered.

1.1.4.       Payment and Delivery .  Delivery and payment for the Firm Units shall be made at 10:00 A.M., New York time, on the third (3 rd ) Business Day following the Effective Date (or the fourth (4 th ) Business Day following the Effective Date, if the Registration Statement is declared effective after 4:30 p.m.) or at such earlier time as shall be agreed upon by the Representative and the Company at the offices of the Representative or at such other place as shall be agreed upon by the Representative and the Company.  The closing of the Offering is referred to herein as the “ Closing ” and the hour and date of delivery and payment for the Firm Units is referred to herein as the “ Closing Date .”  Payment for the Firm Units shall be made on the Closing Date through the facilities of [             ] by wire transfer in Federal (same day) funds.  An aggregate of $36,000,000 of the proceeds received by the Company for the Firm Units and the Private Placement (as defined in Section 1.4) shall be deposited into the trust account (the “ Trust Account ”) established by the Company for the benefit of the Public Shareholders (as defined below) and the Underwriters, as described in the Registration Statement and pursuant to the terms of an Investment Management Trust Agreement (the “ Trust Agreement ”), which amount includes up to $1,440,000 ($0.40 per Firm Unit), payable to the Underwriters as deferred compensation upon consummation of a Business Combination (subject to Section 1.5 hereof).  The remaining proceeds (less commissions and actual expense payments or other fees payable pursuant to this Agreement), if any, shall be paid to the order of the Company upon delivery to the Representative of certificates (in form and substance satisfactory to the Underwriters) representing the Firm Units (or through the facilities of the Depository Trust Company (the “ DTC ”)) for the account of the Underwriters.  The Firm Units shall be registered in such name or names and in such authorized denominations as the Representative may request in writing at least two (2) Business Days prior to the Closing Date.  The Company will permit the Representative to examine and package the Firm Units for delivery, at least one (1) full Business Day prior to the Closing Date.  The Company shall not be obligated to sell or deliver the Firm Units except upon tender of payment by the Representative for all the Firm Units.  As used herein, the term “ Public Shareholders ” means the holders of Ordinary Shares sold as part of the Units in the Offering or acquired in the aftermarket, including any Company shareholder prior to the Offering to the extent they acquire such Ordinary Shares in the aftermarket (and solely with respect to such Ordinary Shares).

 
 

 
Cohen & Company Securities, LLC
___________, 2009
Page 3 of 45



1.2.       Representative’s Purchase Option .  The Company hereby agrees to issue and sell to the Representatives (and/or their designees) on the Closing Date an option (“ Representative’s Purchase Option ”) to purchase up to an aggregate of 360,000 units (the “ Representative’s Units ”) for an aggregate purchase price of $100.00.  The Representative’s Purchase Option shall be exercisable, in whole or in part, commencing on the later of the consummation of a Business Combination or six months from the Effective Date and expiring on the five-year anniversary of the Effective Date at an initial exercise price per Representative’s Unit of $8.80, which is equal to one hundred ten percent (110%) of the initial public offering price of a Unit.  The Company shall deliver to the Representatives, upon payment therefor, certificates for the Representative’s Purchase Option in the name or names and in such denominations as the Representative may request.  The Representative’s Purchase Option, the Representative’s Units, the Ordinary Shares (the “ Representative’s Shares ”) and the Warrants (the “ Representative’s Warrants ”) included in the Representative’s Units and the Ordinary Shares issuable upon exercise of the Representative’s Warrants are hereinafter referred to collectively as the “ Representative’s Securities .”  The Public Securities, the Representative’s Securities, the Placement Securities and the Insider Shares (as defined in Section 1.3.1) are hereinafter referred to collectively as the “ Securities .”

1.3.       Private Placements .

1.3.1.      On March [xx], 2008, the Company issued to certain persons and entities referenced in Part II, Item 7 of the Registration Statement (collectively, the “ Insider   Shareholders ”), for aggregate consideration of $25,000, 1,035,000 (the “ Insider Shares ”) in a private placement (the “ Insider Private Placement ”) intended to be exempt from registration under Section 4(2) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Act ”).  No underwriting discounts, commissions or placement fees have been or will be payable in connection with the Insider Private Placement.  None of the Insider Shares may be sold, assigned or transferred by the Insider Shareholders until the earlier of: (i) with respect to 20% of such Insider Shares, upon consummation of the Business Combination, (ii) with respect to 20% of such Insider Shares, when the closing price of the Company’s Ordinary Shares exceeds $12 for any 20 trading days within a 30-trading day period following the consummation of the Business Combination; (iii) with respect to 20% of the Insider Shares, when the closing price of the Company’s Ordinary Shares exceeds $14.00 for any 20 trading days within a 30-trading day period following the consummation of the Business Combination; (iii) with respect to 20% of the Insider Shares, when the closing price of the Company’s Ordinary Shares exceeds $16.00 for any 20 trading days within a 30-trading day period following the consummation of the Business Combination; and (iii) with respect to 20% of the Insider Shares, when the closing price of the Company’s Ordinary Shares exceeds $20.00 for any 20 trading days within a 30-trading day period following the consummation of the Business Combination.  The Insider Shareholders shall have no right to any liquidation distributions with respect to any portion of the Insider Shares in the event the Company fails to consummate a Business Combination.  The Insider Shareholders shall not have conversion rights with respect to the Insider Shares

 
 

 
Cohen & Company Securities, LLC
___________, 2009
Page 4 of 45



1.3.2.      Prior to the Effective Date, certain directors and officers of the Company and their affiliates (collectively, the “ Placement Investors ”) purchased from the Company pursuant to the Subscription Agreement (as defined in Section 2.25.2 hereof), 3,600,000 warrants (the “ Placement Warrants ”) at a purchase price of $0.50 per Placement Warrant in a private placement (the “ Private Placement ”) intended to be exempt from registration under the Act.  The Placement Warrants and Ordinary Shares issuable upon exercise of the Placement Warrants are hereinafter referred to collectively as the “ Placement   Securities .”  No underwriting discounts, commissions or placement fees have been or will be payable in connection with the Private Placement.  None of the Placement Securities may be sold, assigned or transferred by the Placement Investors until sixty (60) days after consummation of a Business Combination.  The Placement Investors shall have no right to any liquidation distributions with respect to any portion of the Placement Securities in the event the Company fails to consummate a Business Combination.  The Placement Investors shall not have conversion rights with respect to the Placement Securities.

1.4.       Deferred Portion of Underwriters’ Discount . The Representative, on behalf of itself and the other Underwriters, agrees that 4% of the gross proceeds from the sale of the Firm Units ($1,440,000) (the “ Deferred Discount ”) will be deposited in and held in the Trust Account and payable, without reduction, to the Representative upon consummation of the Company’s Business Combination.  In the event that the Company is unable to consummate a Business Combination and Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company (in this context, the “ Trustee ”), the trustee of the Trust Account, commences liquidation of the Trust Account as provided in the Trust Agreement, the Representative, on behalf of itself and the other Underwriters, agrees that: (i) the several Underwriters shall forfeit any rights or claims to the Deferred Discount; and (ii) the Deferred Discount, together with all other amounts on deposit in the Trust Account, shall be distributed on a pro-rata basis among the holders of the IPO Shares.

 
1.5.       Working Capital; Interest on Trust .

1.5.1.       Working Capital .  Upon consummation of the Offering, $150,000, [of the net proceeds of the Private Placement] will be released to the Company to fund the working capital requirements of the Company.

 
 

 
Cohen & Company Securities, LLC
___________, 2009
Page 5 of 45


1.5.2.       Interest Income . Prior to the Company’s consummation of a business combination or the Company’s liquidation, interest earned on the Trust Account may be released (i) to the Company to pay any taxes incurred by the Company, and (ii) to the Company, from time to time, to fund its working capital and general corporate requirements, as more fully described in the Prospectus.


2.       Representations and Warranties of the Company .  The Company represents and warrants to the Underwriters as follows:

2.1.       Filing of Registration Statement .

2.1.1.       Pursuant to the Act .  The Company has filed with the Commission a registration statement and an amendment or amendments thereto, on Form F-1 (File No. 333-__________), including any related preliminary prospectus (the “ Preliminary Prospectus ”, including any prospectus that is included in the Registration Statement immediately prior to the effectiveness of the Registration Statement), for the registration of the Public Securities and the Representative’s Securities under the Act, which registration statement and amendment or amendments have been prepared by the Company in conformity with the requirements of the Act, and the rules and regulations (the “ Regulations ”) of the Commission under the Act.  The conditions for use of Form F-1 to register the Offering under the Act, as set forth in the General Instructions to such Form, have been satisfied.  Except as the context may otherwise require, such registration statement, as amended, on file with the Commission at the time the registration statement becomes effective (including the prospectus, financial statements, schedules, exhibits and all other documents filed as a part thereof or incorporated therein and all information deemed to be a part thereof as of such time pursuant to Rule 430A of the Regulations), is hereinafter called the “ Registration Statement ,” and the form of the final prospectus dated the Effective Date included in the Registration Statement (or, if applicable, the form of final prospectus containing information permitted to be omitted at the time of effectiveness by Rule 430A of the Regulations filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424 of the Regulations), is hereinafter called the “ Prospectus .”  For purposes of this Agreement, “ Time of Sale ”, as used in the Act, means 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the date of this Agreement.  Prior to the Time of Sale, the Company prepared preliminary prospectuses, dated ____________, for distribution by the Underwriters (together the “ Sale Preliminary Prospectus ”).  If the Company has filed, or is required pursuant to the terms hereof to file, a registration statement pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Act registering additional Securities of any type (a “ Rule 462(b) Registration Statement ”), then, unless otherwise specified, any reference herein to the term “ Registration Statement ” shall be deemed to include such Rule 462(b) Registration Statement.  Other than a Rule 462(b) Registration Statement, which, if filed, becomes effective upon filing, no other document with respect to the Registration Statement has heretofore been filed with the Commission.  All of the Public Securities have been registered under the Act pursuant to the Registration Statement or, if any Rule 462(b) Registration Statement is filed, will be duly registered under the Securities Act with the filing of such Rule 462(b) Registration Statement.  The Registration Statement has been declared effective by the Commission on the date hereof.   If, subsequent to the date of this Agreement, the Company or the Representative has determined that at the Time of Sale the Sale Preliminary Prospectus included an untrue statement of a material fact or omitted a statement of material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading and have agreed to provide an opportunity to purchasers of the Firm Units to terminate their old purchase contracts and enter into new purchase contracts, then the Sale Preliminary Prospectus will be deemed to include any additional information available to purchasers at the time of entry into the first such new purchase contract.

 
 

 
Cohen & Company Securities, LLC
___________, 2009
Page  6 of 45



2.1.2.       Pursuant to the Exchange Act .  The Company has filed with the Commission a Form 8-A (File Number 001-________) providing for the registration under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “ Exchange Act ”), of the Units, the Ordinary Shares and the Warrants.  The registration of the Units, Ordinary Shares and Warrants under the Exchange Act has been declared effective by the Commission on the date hereof.
 
2.2.       No Stop Orders, etc.   Neither the Commission nor, to the Company’s knowledge, any foreign or state regulatory authority has issued any order or threatened to issue any order preventing or suspending the use of any Sale Preliminary Prospectus or Prospectus or has instituted or, to the best of the Company’s knowledge, threatened to institute any proceedings with respect to such an order.

2.3.       Disclosures in Registration Statement .

2.3.1.       10b-5 Representation .  At the time of effectiveness of the Registration Statement (or at the time any post-effective amendment to the Registration Statement) and at all times subsequent thereto up to the Closing Date, the Registration Statement, the Sale Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus contained or will contain all material statements that are required to be stated therein in accordance with the Act and the Regulations, and did or will, in all material respects, conform to the requirements of the Act and the Regulations.  Neither the Registration Statement, the Sale Preliminary Prospectus nor any Preliminary Prospectus or the Prospectus contained therein, nor any amendment or supplement thereto, on their respective dates, nor the Sale Preliminary Prospectus as of the Time of Sale did or will contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein (in light of the circumstances under which they were made), not misleading.  When any Preliminary Prospectus or Sale Preliminary Prospectus was first filed with the Commission (whether filed as part of the Registration Statement for the registration of the Securities or any amendment thereto or pursuant to Rule 424(a) of the Regulations) and when any amendment thereof or supplement thereto was first filed with the Commission, such Preliminary Prospectus or Sale Preliminary Prospectus and any amendments thereof and supplements thereto complied or will have been corrected in the Sale Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus to comply in all material respects with the applicable provisions of the Act and the Regulations and did not and will not contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary in order to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.  The representation and warranty made in this Section 2.3.1 does not apply to statements made or statements omitted in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company with respect to the Underwriters by the Representative expressly for use in the Registration Statement, the Sale Preliminary Prospectus or Prospectus or any amendment thereof or supplement thereto, which information, it is agreed, shall consist solely of the names of the several Underwriters and the subsections captioned “Pricing of Securities” and Foreign Regulatory Restrictions on Purchase of the Units”   contained in the section of the Prospectus entitled “Underwriting.”

 
 

 
Cohen & Company Securities, LLC
___________, 2009
Page 7 of 45


2.3.2.       Disclosure of Agreements .  The agreements and documents described in the Registration Statement, the Sale Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus conform to the descriptions thereof contained therein and there are no agreements or other documents required to be described in the Registration Statement, the Sale Preliminary Prospectus or the Prospectus or to be filed with the Commission as exhibits to the Registration Statement, that have not been so described or filed.  Each agreement or other instrument (however characterized or described) to which the Company is a party or by which its property or business is or may be bound or affected and (i) that is referred to in the Registration Statement or attached as an exhibit thereto, or (ii) is material to the Company’s business, has been duly and validly executed by the Company, is in full force and effect in all material respects and is enforceable against the Company and, to the Company’s knowledge, the other parties thereto, in accordance with its terms, except (x) as such enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally, (y) as enforceability of any indemnification or contribution provision may be limited under the foreign, federal and state securities laws, and (z) that the remedy of specific performance and injunctive and other forms of equitable relief may be subject to the equitable defenses and to the discretion of the court before which any proceeding therefor may be brought, and none of such agreements or instruments has been assigned by the Company, and neither the Company nor, to the Company’s knowledge, any other party is in breach or default thereunder and, to the Company’s knowledge, no event has occurred that, with the lapse of time or the giving of notice, or both, would constitute a breach or default thereunder.  To the Company’s knowledge, performance by the Company of the material provisions of such agreements or instruments will not result in a violation of any existing applicable law, rule, regulation, judgment, order or decree of any governmental agency or court, domestic or foreign, having jurisdiction over the Company or any of its assets or businesses, including, without limitation, those relating to environmental laws and regulations.
 
2.3.3.       Prior Securities Transactions .  No securities of the Company have been sold by the Company or by or on behalf of, or for the benefit of, any person or persons controlling, controlled by, or under common control with the Company since the date of the Company’s formation, except as disclosed in the Registration Statement.

2.3.4.       Regulations .  The disclosures in the Registration Statement, the Sale Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus concerning the effects of foreign, federal, state and local regulation on the Company’s business as currently contemplated are correct in all material respects and do not omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances in which they were made, not misleading.

 
 

 
Cohen & Company Securities, LLC
___________, 2009
Page 8 of 45


2.4.       Changes After Dates in Registration Statement .

2.4.1.       No Material Adverse Change .  Since the respective dates as of which information is given in the Registration Statement, the Sale Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus, except as otherwise specifically stated therein: (i) there has been no material adverse change in the condition, financial or otherwise, or business prospects of the Company; (ii) there have been no material transactions entered into by the Company, other than as contemplated pursuant to this Agreement; (iii) no member of the Company’s board of directors or management has resigned from any position with the Company and (iv) no event or occurrence has taken place which materially impairs, or would likely materially impair, with the passage of time, the ability of the members of the Company’s board of directors or management to act in their capacities with the Company as described in the Registration Statement, the Sale Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus.

2.4.2.       Recent Securities Transactions, etc.   Subsequent to the respective dates as of which information is given in the Registration Statement, the Sale Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus and except as may otherwise be indicated or contemplated herein or therein, the Company has not: (i) issued any securities or incurred any liability or obligation, direct or contingent, for borrowed money; or (ii) declared or paid any dividend or made any other distribution on or in respect to its capital stock.
 
2.5.       Independent Accountants .  Crowe Horwath, LLP (“ Crowe ”), whose report is filed with the Commission as part of the Registration Statement and included in the Registration Statement, the Sale Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus, are independent registered public accountants as required by the Act, the Regulations and the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (including the rules and regulations promulgated by such entity, the “ PCAOB ”).  To the Company’s knowledge, Crowe is duly registered and in good standing with the PCAOB.  Crowe has not, during the periods covered by the financial statements included in the Registration Statement, the Sale Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus, provided to the Company any non-audit services, as such term is used in Section 10A(g) of the Exchange Act.

2.6.       Financial Statements; Statistical Data

2.6.1.       Financial Statements .  The financial statements, including the notes thereto and supporting schedules included in the Registration Statement, the Sale Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus, fairly present the financial position and the results of operations of the Company at the dates and for the periods to which they apply; and such financial statements have been prepared in conformity with the Regulations, consistently applied throughout the periods involved; and the supporting schedules included in the Registration Statement present fairly the information required to be stated therein in conformity with the Regulations.  No other financial statements or supporting schedules are required to be included or incorporated by reference in the Registration Statement, the Sale Preliminary Prospectus or the Prospectus.  The Registration Statement, the Sale Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus disclose all material off-balance sheet transactions, arrangements, obligations (including contingent obligations), and other relationships of the Company with unconsolidated entities or other persons that may have a material current or future effect on the Company’s financial condition, changes in financial condition, results of operations, liquidity, capital expenditures, capital resources, or significant components of revenues or expenses.  There are no pro forma or as adjusted financial statements which are required to be included in the Registration Statement, the Sale Preliminary Prospectus or the Prospectus in accordance with Regulation S-X of the Regulations which have not been included as so required.

 
 

 
Cohen & Company Securities, LLC
___________, 2009
Page  9 of 45


2.6.2.       Statistical Data .  The statistical, industry-related and market-related data included in the Registration Statement, the Sale Preliminary Prospectus and/or the Prospectus are based on or derived from sources which the Company reasonably and in good faith believes are reliable and accurate, and such data agree with the sources from which they are derived.
 
2.7.       Authorized Capital; Options, etc.   The Company had at the date or dates indicated in each of the Registration Statement, the Sale Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus, as the case may be, duly authorized, issued and outstanding capitalization as set forth in the Registration Statement, the Sale Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus.  Based on the assumptions stated in the Registration Statement, the Sale Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus, the Company will have on the Closing Date the adjusted stock capitalization set forth therein.  Except as set forth in, or contemplated by, the Registration Statement, the Sale Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus, on the Effective Date and on the Closing Date, there will be no options, warrants, or other rights to purchase or otherwise acquire any authorized, but unissued Ordinary Shares or any security convertible into Ordinary Shares, or any contracts or commitments to issue or sell Ordinary Shares or any such options, warrants, rights or convertible securities.

2.8.       Valid Issuance of Securities, etc.

2.8.1.       Outstanding Securities .  All issued and outstanding Ordinary Shares of the Company have been duly authorized and validly issued and are fully paid and non-assessable; the holders thereof have no rights of rescission with respect thereto, and are not subject to personal liability by reason of being such holders; and none of such securities were issued in violation of the preemptive rights of any holders of any security of the Company or similar contractual rights granted by the Company.  The outstanding Ordinary Shares conform to the descriptions thereof contained in the Registration Statement, the Sale Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus. All offers, sales and any transfers of the outstanding Ordinary Shares of the Company were at all relevant times either registered under the Act and the applicable state securities or Blue Sky laws or exempt from such registration requirements.
 

 
 

 
Cohen & Company Securities, LLC
___________, 2009
Page 10 of 45


2.8.2.       Securities Sold .  The Securities have been duly authorized and reserved for issuance and when issued and paid for, will be validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable; the holders thereof are not and will not be subject to personal liability by reason of being such holders; the Securities are not and will not be subject to the preemptive rights of any holders of any security of the Company or similar contractual rights granted by the Company; and all corporate action required to be taken for the authorization, issuance and sale of the Securities has been duly and validly taken.  The Securities conform in all material respects to the descriptions thereof contained in the Registration Statement, the Sale Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus, as the case may be.  When issued, the Representative’s Purchase Option, the Representative’s Warrants and the Warrants will constitute valid and binding obligations of the Company to issue and sell, upon exercise thereof and payment of the respective exercise prices therefor, the number and type of securities of the Company called for thereby in accordance with the terms thereof and such Representative’s Purchase Option, Representative’s Warrants and Warrants are enforceable against the Company in accordance with their respective terms, except: (i) as such enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally; (ii) as enforceability of any indemnification or contribution provision may be limited under foreign, federal and state securities laws; and (iii) that the remedy of specific performance and injunctive and other forms of equitable relief may be subject to the equitable defenses and to the discretion of the court before which any proceeding therefor may be brought.  The Ordinary Shares issuable upon exercise of the Representative’s Purchase Option, the Representative’s Warrants and the Warrants have been reserved for issuance upon the exercise of the Warrant upon payment of the consideration therefore, and when issued in accordance with the terms thereof, will be duly and validly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable; the holders thereof are not and will not be subject to personal liability by reason of being such holders.

2.8.3.       Insider and Placement Warrants .  The Insider Warrants and Placement Warrants constitute valid and binding obligations of the Company to issue and sell, upon exercise thereof and payment of the respective exercise prices therefor, the number and type of securities of the Company called for thereby in accordance with the terms thereof, and such Insider Warrants and Placement Warrants are enforceable against the Company in accordance with their respective terms, except: (i) as such enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally; (ii) as enforceability of any indemnification or contribution provision may be limited under foreign, federal and state securities laws; and (iii) that the remedy of specific performance and injunctive and other forms of equitable relief may be subject to the equitable defenses and to the discretion of the court before which any proceeding therefor may be brought.  The Ordinary Shares issuable upon exercise of the Insider Warrants and the Placement Warrants have been reserved and, when issued in accordance with the terms of the Insider Warrants and the Placement Warrants, will be duly and validly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable, and the holders thereof are not and will not be subject to personal liability by reason of being such holders .

2.8.4.       No Integration .  Neither the Company nor any of its affiliates has, prior to the date hereof, made any offer or sale of any securities which are required to be “integrated” pursuant to the Act or the Regulations with the offer and sale of the Securities pursuant to the Registration Statement.

 
 

 
Cohen & Company Securities, LLC
___________, 2009
Page 11 of 45



2.9.       Registration Rights of Third Parties .  Except as set forth in the Registration Statement, the Sale Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus, no holders of any securities of the Company or any rights exercisable for or convertible or exchangeable into securities of the Company have the right to require the Company to register any such securities of the Company under the Act or to include any such securities in a registration statement to be filed by the Company.

2.10.       Validity and Binding Effect of Agreements .  This Agreement, the Warrant Agreement (as defined in Section 2.24 hereof), the Trust Agreement, the Subscription Agreement (as defined in Section 2.25.2 hereof), the Representative’s Purchase Option (as defined in Section 1.2), the Escrow Agreement (as defined in Section 2.25.3 hereof) and the Registration Rights Agreement by and among the Company and the Insider Shareholders (the “ Registration Rights Agreement ”) have been duly and validly authorized, executed and delivered by the Company and constitute valid and binding agreements of the Company, enforceable against the Company in accordance with their respective terms, except: (i) as such enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally; (ii) as enforceability of any indemnification or contribution provision may be limited under foreign, federal and state laws; and (iii) that the remedy of specific performance and injunctive and other forms of equitable relief may be subject to the equitable defenses and to the discretion of the court before which any proceeding therefor may be brought.
 
2.11.       No Conflicts, etc.   The execution, delivery, and performance by the Company of this Agreement, the Warrant Agreement, the Trust Agreement, the Subscription Agreement, the Representative’s Purchase Option, the Escrow Agreement and the Registration Rights Agreement, the consummation by the Company of the transactions herein and therein contemplated and the compliance by the Company with the terms hereof and thereof do not and will not, with or without the giving of notice or the lapse of time or both: (i) result in a breach or violation of, or conflict with any of the terms and provisions of, or constitute a default under, or result in the creation, modification, termination or imposition of any lien, charge or encumbrance upon any property or assets of the Company pursuant to the terms of any agreement, obligation, condition, covenant or instrument to which the Company is a party or bound or to which its property is subject except pursuant to the Trust Agreement; (ii) result in any violation of the provisions of the Amended and Restated Memorandum and Articles of Association of the Company; or (iii) violate any existing applicable statute, law, rule, regulation, judgment, order or decree of any governmental agency or court, domestic or foreign, having jurisdiction over the Company or any of its properties or business.
 
2.12.       No Defaults; Violations .  No material default or violation exists in the due performance and observance of any term, covenant or condition of any material license, contract, indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, note, loan or credit agreement, or any other agreement or instrument evidencing an obligation for borrowed money, or any other material agreement or instrument to which the Company is a party or by which the Company may be bound or to which any of the properties or assets of the Company is subject. The Company is not in violation of any term or provision of its Amended and Restated Memorandum and Articles of Association or in violation of any material franchise, license, permit, applicable law, rule, regulation, judgment or decree of any governmental agency or court, domestic or foreign, having jurisdiction over the Company or any of its properties or businesses.

 
 

 
Cohen & Company Securities, LLC
___________, 2009
Page 12 of 45


2.13.       Corporate Power; Licenses; Consents .

2.13.1.       Conduct of Business .  The Company has all requisite corporate power and authority, and has all necessary authorizations, approvals, orders, licenses, certificates and permits of and from all governmental regulatory officials and bodies that it needs as of the date hereof to conduct its business for the purposes described in the Registration Statement, the Sale Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus.  The disclosures in the Registration Statement, the Sale Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus concerning the effects of foreign, federal, state and local regulation on this Offering and the Company’s business purpose as currently contemplated are correct in all material respects and do not omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary in order to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.  Since its formation, the Company has conducted no business and has incurred no liabilities other than in connection with and in furtherance of the Offering.

2.13.2.       Transactions Contemplated Herein .  The Company has all corporate power and authority to enter into this Agreement and to carry out the provisions and conditions hereof, and all consents, authorizations, approvals and orders required in connection therewith have been obtained.  No consent, authorization or order of, and no filing with, any court, government agency or other body, foreign or domestic, is required for the valid issuance, sale and delivery, of the Securities and the consummation of the transactions and agreements contemplated by this Agreement, the Warrant Agreement, the Trust Agreement, the Services Agreement, the Representative’s Purchase Option, the Registration Rights Agreement and the Escrow Agreement and as contemplated by the Registration Statement, the Sale Preliminary Prospectus and Prospectus, except with respect to applicable foreign, federal and state securities laws and the rules and regulations promulgated by the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc. (“ FINRA ”).

2.14.       D&O Questionnaires .  All information contained in the questionnaires, as updated and confirmed (the “ Questionnaires ”) completed by each of the Company’s officers and directors (the “ Directors/Officers ”) immediately prior to the Offering and provided to the Representative as well as the biographies attached as exhibits to each person’s Insider Letter (as defined in Section 2.25.1) is true and correct in all material respects and the Company has not become aware of any information which would cause the information disclosed in the questionnaires completed by the Directors/Officers to become inaccurate and incorrect.
 
2.15.       Litigation; Governmental Proceedings .  There is no action, suit, proceeding, inquiry, arbitration, investigation, litigation or governmental proceeding pending or, to the best of the Company’s knowledge, threatened against, or involving the Company or, to the best of the Company’s knowledge, any of the Directors/Officers or any of the Insider Shareholders which has not been disclosed in the Registration Statement, the Questionnaires, the Sale Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus.

 
 

 
Cohen & Company Securities, LLC
___________, 2009
Page 13 of 45


 
2.16.       Good Standing .  The Company has been duly organized and is validly existing as a corporation and is in good standing under the laws of its jurisdiction of incorporation and is duly qualified to do business and is in good standing as a foreign corporation in each jurisdiction in which its ownership or lease of property or the conduct of business requires such qualification, except where the failure to qualify would not have a material adverse effect on the condition (financial or otherwise), validity of the Trust Account, directors, officers, prospects (as such prospects are described in the Registration Statement, the Sale Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus), business or properties of the Company (a “ Material Adverse Effect ”).

2.17.       No Contemplation of a Business Combination .  Prior to the date hereof, no Company Affiliate (as hereinafter defined) has, and as of the Closing, the Company and such Company Affiliates will not have: (a) had any specific Business Combination under consideration or contemplation; (b) directly or indirectly, contacted any potential operating assets, business or businesses which the Company may seek to acquire (each, a “ Target Business ”) or any owner, officer, director, manager, agent or representative thereof or had any substantive discussions, formal or otherwise, with respect to effecting any potential Business Combination with the Company or taken any measure, directly or indirectly to locate a Target Business; or (c) engaged or retained any agent or other representative to identify or locate any Target Business for the Company.

2.18.       Transactions Affecting Disclosure to FINRA .
 
2.18.1.      Except as described in the Registration Statement, the Sale Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus, there are no claims, payments, arrangements, agreements or understandings relating to the payment of a finder’s, consulting or origination fee by the Company or any Company Affiliate with respect to the sale of the Securities hereunder or any other arrangements, agreements or understandings of the Company or, to the Company’s knowledge, any Initial Shareholder that may affect the Underwriters’ compensation, as determined by FINRA.

2.18.2.      The Company has not made any direct or indirect payments (in cash, securities or otherwise) to: (i) any person, as a finder’s fee, consulting fee or otherwise, in consideration of such person raising capital for the Company or introducing to the Company persons who raised or provided capital to the Company; (ii) to any FINRA member; or (iii) to any person or entity that has any direct or indirect affiliation or association with any FINRA member, within the twelve months prior to the Effective Date, other than payments to the Representative in connection with the Offering.

 
 

 
Cohen & Company Securities, LLC
___________, 2009
Page 14 of 45


2.18.3.      To the Company’s knowledge, other than [                   ], no Officer or Director or any direct or indirect beneficial owner of any class of the Company’s securities, including the Insider Shareholders and holders of securities purchased in the Private Placement (whether debt or equity, registered or unregistered, regardless of the time acquired or the source from which derived) (any such individual or entity, a “ Company Affiliate ”) is a member, a person associated, or affiliated with a member of FINRA.

2.18.4.      To the Company’s knowledge, other than [                   ], no Company Affiliate is an owner of stock or other securities of any member of FINRA (other than securities purchased on the open market).

2.18.5.      To the Company’s knowledge, no Company Affiliate has made a subordinated loan to any member of FINRA.

2.18.6.      No proceeds from the sale of the Public Securities (excluding underwriting compensation), the Representative’s Securities, the Placement Securities or the Insider Shares will be paid to any FINRA member, or any persons associated or affiliated with a member of FINRA, except as specifically authorized herein.

2.18.7.      Except with respect to the Representative, the Company has not issued any warrants or other securities, or granted any options, directly or indirectly to anyone who is a potential underwriter in the Offering or a related person (as defined by FINRA rules) of such an underwriter within the 180-day period prior to the initial filing date of the Registration Statement.

2.18.8.      To the Company’s knowledge no person to whom securities of the Company have been privately issued within the 180-day period prior to the initial filing date of the Registration Statement has any relationship or affiliation or association with any member of FINRA.

2.18.9.      No FINRA member intending to participate in the Offering has a conflict of interest with the Company.  For this purpose, a “conflict of interest” exists when a member of FINRA and/or its associated persons, parent or affiliates in the aggregate beneficially own 10% or more of the Company’s outstanding subordinated debt or common equity, or 10% or more of the Company’s preferred equity.  “Members participating in the Offering” include managing agents, syndicate group members and all dealers which are members of FINRA.

2.18.10.      Except with respect to the Representative in connection with the Offering, the Company has not entered into any agreement or arrangement (including, without limitation, any consulting agreement or any other type of agreement) during the 180-day period prior to the initial filing date of the Registration Statement, which arrangement or agreement provides for the receipt of any item of value and/or the transfer or issuance of any warrants, options, or other securities from the Company to a FINRA member, any person associated with a member (as defined by FINRA rules), any potential underwriters in the Offering and/or any related persons.

 
 

 
Cohen & Company Securities, LLC
___________, 2009
Page 15 of 45


2.19.       Taxes .

2.19.1.       There are no transfer taxes or other similar fees or charges under Cayman Islands law, U.S. federal law or the laws of any U.S. state or any political subdivision thereof, required to be paid in connection with the execution and delivery of this Agreement or the issuance or sale by the Company of the Securities.

2.19.2.       The Company has filed all non-U.S., U.S. federal, state and local tax returns that are required to be a filed or has requested extensions thereof, except in any case in which the failure to so file would not have a Material Adverse Effect, and has paid all taxes required to be paid by it and any other assessment, fine or penalty levied against it, to the extent that any of the foregoing in due and payable, except for any such assessment, fine or penalty that is currently being contested in good faith or as would not have a Material Adverse Effect.

2.20.       Foreign Corrupt Practices Act .  Neither the Company nor any of the Company Affiliates or any other person acting on behalf of the Company is aware of or has taken any action, directly or indirectly, that: (i) would result in a violation by such persons of the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended, and the rules and regulations thereunder (the “ FCPA ”) or otherwise subject the Company to any damage or penalty in any civil, criminal or governmental litigation or proceeding; (ii) if not done in the past, might have had a Material Adverse Effect or (iii) if not continued in the future, might adversely affect the assets, business, operations or prospects of the Company, including, without limitation, given or agreed to give any money, gift or similar benefit (other than legal price concessions to customers in the ordinary course of business) to any customer, supplier, employee or agent of a customer or supplier, or official or employee of any governmental agency or instrumentality of any government (domestic or foreign) or any political party or candidate for office (domestic or foreign) or any political party or candidate for office (domestic or foreign) or other person who was, is, or may be in a position to help or hinder the business of the Company (or assist it in connection with any actual or proposed transaction).  The Company’s internal accounting controls and procedures are sufficient to cause the Company to comply with the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended.

2.21.       Currency and Foreign Transactions Reporting Act .  The operations of the Company are and have been conducted at all times in compliance with applicable financial recordkeeping and reporting requirements of the Currency and Foreign Transaction Reporting Act of 1970, as amended, the money laundering statutes of all jurisdictions, the rules and regulations thereunder and any related or similar rules, regulations or guidelines, issued, administered or enforced by any governmental agency (collectively, the “ Money Laundering Laws ”) and no action, suit or proceeding by or before any court or governmental agency, authority or body or any arbitrator involving the Company with respect to the Money Laundering Laws is pending or, to the best knowledge of the Company, threatened.

 
 

 
Cohen & Company Securities, LLC
___________, 2009
Page 16 of 45


2.22.       Patriot Act .  To the Company’s knowledge, neither the Company nor any Company Affiliate has violated: (i) the Bank Secrecy Act, as amended, or (iii) the Uniting and Strengthening of America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism (USA PATRIOT ACT) Act of 2001, and/or the rules and regulations promulgated under any such law, or any successor law.

2.23.       Officers’ Certificate .  Any certificate signed by any duly authorized officer of the Company and delivered to the Representative or to its counsel shall be deemed a representation and warranty by the Company to the Underwriters as to the matters covered thereby.

2.24.       Warrant Agreement .  The Company has entered into a warrant agreement with respect to the Warrants with Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company substantially in the form filed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement (the “ Warrant Agreement ”).

2.25.       Agreements With Company Affiliates .
 
2.25.1.       Insider Letters .  The Company has caused to be duly executed legally binding and enforceable agreements (except (i) as such enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally, (ii) as enforceability of any indemnification, contribution or non-compete provision may be limited under foreign, federal and state securities laws, and (iii) that the remedy of specific performance and injunctive and other forms of equitable relief may be subject to the equitable defenses and to the discretion of the court before which any proceeding therefor may be brought) annexed as exhibits to the Registration Statement (the “ Insider Letter ”), pursuant to which each of the Company Affiliates agrees to certain matters, including but not limited to, the voting of  Ordinary Shares held by them and certain matters described as being agreed to by them under the “Proposed Business” Section of the Registration Statement, the Sale Preliminary Prospectus and Prospectus.
 
2.25.2.       Subscription Agreement .  The Placement Investors have executed and delivered a subscription agreement, annexed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement (the “Subscription Agreement”), pursuant to which the Placement Investors have, among other things, purchased 3,600,000 Placement Warrants in the Private Placement.  Pursuant to the Subscription Agreement, the Placement Investors have waived any and all rights and claims they may have to any proceeds, and any interest thereon, held in the Trust Account in respect of the Placement Securities in the event that a Business Combination is not consummated and the Trust Account is liquidated in accordance with the terms of the Trust Agreement.

 
 

 
Cohen & Company Securities, LLC
___________, 2009
Page 17 of 45


2.25.3.       Escrow Agreement .  The Company has caused the Insider Shareholders and Placement Investors, to the extent they own Insider Shares or Placement Warrants prior to the Offering (or acquire the same simultaneously with the Offering), to enter into an escrow agreement (the “ Escrow Agreement ”) with Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company (the “ Escrow Agent ”) substantially in the form filed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement whereby the Ordinary Shares and Warrants owned by such parties prior to the Offering will be held in escrow by the Escrow Agent for a period (the “ Escrow Period ”) commencing on the Effective Date and (A) for the Insider Shares, will not be released from escrow until (i) with respect to 20% of such Insider Shares, upon consummation of the Business Combination, (ii) with respect to 20% of such Insider Shares, when the closing price of the Company’s Ordinary Shares exceeds $12 for any 20 trading days within a 30-trading day period following the consummation of the Business Combination; (iii) with respect to 20% of the Insider Shares, when the closing price of the Company’s Ordinary Shares exceeds $14.00 for any 20 trading days within a 30-trading day period following the consummation of the Business Combination; (iii) with respect to 20% of the Insider Shares, when the closing price of the Company’s Ordinary Shares exceeds $16.00 for any 20 trading days within a 30-trading day period following the consummation of the Business Combination; and (iii) with respect to 20% of the Insider Shares, when the closing price of the Company’s Ordinary Shares exceeds $20.00 for any 20 trading days within a 30-trading day period following the consummation of the Business Combination; and (B) for the Placement Warrants, will not be released from escrow until sixty (60) days following the Company’s Business Combination.  During the Escrow Period, such parties shall be prohibited from selling or otherwise transferring such securities, except: (a) (i) transfers to an entity’s members upon its liquidation, (ii) to relatives and trusts for estate planning purposes, (iii) by virtue of the laws of descent and distribution upon death, (iv) pursuant to a qualified domestic relations order, (v) by certain pledges to secure obligations incurred in connection with purchases of our securities or (vi) by private sales made at or prior to the consummation of a business combination at prices no greater than the price at which the shares were originally purchased, in each case where the transferee agrees to the terms of the escrow agreement, or (b) after the consummation of a Business Combination in a transaction whereby all the outstanding Ordinary Shares of the Company are exchanged or converted into cash or another entity’s securities; provided, however, such Insider Shareholders shall retain the right to vote such Ordinary Shares, as applicable.  To the Company’s knowledge, the Escrow Agreement is enforceable against each of the Insider Shareholders and will not, with or without the giving of notice or the lapse of time or both, result in a breach of, or conflict with, any of the terms and provisions of, or constitute a default under, an agreement or instrument to which any of the Insider Shareholders is a party.  The Escrow Agreement shall not be amended, modified or otherwise changed without the prior written consent of the Representative, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld.

2.25.4.       No Director/Officer (as defined below) is subject to any non-competition agreement or non-solicitation agreement with any employer or prior employer which could materially affect his ability to be and act in the capacity of a Director/Officer of the Company.

2.26.       Investment Management Trust Agreement .  The Company has entered into the Trust Agreement with respect to certain proceeds of the Offering and the Private Placement substantially in the form filed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement.

 
 

 
Cohen & Company Securities, LLC
___________, 2009
Page 18 of 45


2.27.       Covenants Not to Compete .  No Company Affiliate is subject to any noncompetition agreement or non-solicitation agreement with any employer or prior employer which could materially affect his ability to be a director, officer or employee of the Company.

2.28.       Investments .  No more than 45% of the “value” (as defined in Section 2(a)(41) of the Investment Company Act of 1940 (“ Investment Company Act ”)) of the Company’s total assets (exclusive of cash items and “Government Securities,” as defined in Section 2(a)(16) of the Investment Company Act) consist of, and no more than 45% of the Company’s net income after taxes is derived from, securities other than Government Securities.

2.29.       Investment Company Act .  The Company is not required, and upon the issuance and sale of the Securities as herein contemplated and the application of the net proceeds therefrom as described in the Prospectus will not be required, to register as an “investment company” under the Investment Company Act.

2.30.       Subsidiaries .  The Company does not own an interest in any corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust or other business entity.

2.31.       Related Party Transactions .  No relationship, direct or indirect, exists between or among any of the Company or any Company Affiliate, on the one hand, and any director, officer, shareholder, customer or supplier of the Company or any Company Affiliate, on the other hand, which is required by the Act, the Exchange Act or the Regulations to be described in the Registration Statement, the Sale Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus which is not so described as required.  There are no outstanding loans, advances (except normal advances for business expenses in the ordinary course of business) or guarantees of indebtedness by the Company to or for the benefit of any of the officers or directors of the Company or any of their respective family members, except as disclosed in the Registration Statement, the Sale Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus.  The Company has not extended or maintained credit, arranged for the extension of credit, or renewed an extension of credit, in the form of a personal loan to or for any director or officer of the Company.

2.32.       No Influence .  The Company has not offered, or caused the Underwriters to offer, the Firm Units to any person or entity with the intention of unlawfully influencing: (a) a customer or supplier of the Company or any affiliate of the Company to alter the customer’s or supplier’s level or type of business with the Company or such affiliate or (b) a journalist or publication to write or publish favorable information about the Company or any such affiliate.

2.33.       Sarbanes-Oxley .  The Company is in material compliance with the provisions of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder and related or similar rules and regulations promulgated by any governmental or self regulatory entity or agency, that are applicable to it as of the date hereof.

2.34.       Quotation of the Public Securities on the OTC Bulletin Board .  As of the Effective Date, the Public Securities have been authorized for quotation on the OTC Bulletin Board and, to the Company’s knowledge, no proceedings have been instituted or threatened which would effect, and no event or circumstance has occurred as of the Effective Date which is reasonably likely to effect, the quotation of the Public Securities on the OTC Bulletin Board.

 
 

 
Cohen & Company Securities, LLC
___________, 2009
Page 19 of 45


2.35.       Definition of “Knowledge” .  As used in herein, the term “ knowledge of the Company ” (or similar language) shall mean the knowledge of the officers and directors of the Company who are named in the Sale Preliminary Prospectus and Prospectus, with the assumption that such officers and directors shall have made reasonable and diligent inquiry of the matters presented.

3.       Covenants of the Company .  The Company covenants and agrees as follows:
 
3.1.       Amendments to Registration Statement .  The Company will deliver to the Representative, prior to filing, any amendment or supplement to the Registration Statement or Prospectus proposed to be filed after the Effective Date and shall not file any such amendment or supplement to which the Representative shall reasonably object in writing.
 
3.2.       Federal Securities Laws .
 
3.2.1.       Compliance .  During the time when a prospectus is required to be delivered under the Act, the Company will use all reasonable efforts to comply with all requirements imposed upon it by the Act, the Regulations and the Exchange Act and by the regulations under the Exchange Act, as from time to time in force, so far as necessary to permit the continuance of sales of or dealings in the Public Securities in accordance with the provisions hereof and the Prospectus.  If at any time when a Prospectus relating to the Public Securities is required to be delivered under the Act, any event shall have occurred as a result of which, in the opinion of counsel for the Company or counsel for the Underwriters, the Sale Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus, as then amended or supplemented includes an untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, or if it is necessary during such period to amend the Registration Statement or amend or supplement the Sale Preliminary Prospectus and Prospectus to comply with the Act, the Company will notify the Representative promptly and prepare and file with the Commission, subject to Section 3.1 hereof, an appropriate amendment to the Registration Statement or amendment or supplement to the Sale Preliminary Prospectus and Prospectus (at the expense of the Company) so as to correct such statement or omission or effect such compliance.
 
3.2.2.       Filing of Final Prospectus .  The Company will file the Prospectus (in form and substance satisfactory to the Representative) with the Commission pursuant to the requirements of Rule 424 of the Regulations.
 
3.2.3.       Exchange Act Registration .  For a period of five years from the Effective Date, or until such earlier time upon which the Company is required to be liquidated and dissolved, the Company will use its best efforts to maintain the registration of the Units, Ordinary Shares and Warrants (in the case of the Units and the Warrants, until the Warrants expire and are no longer exercisable or have been exercised in full) under the provisions of the Exchange Act.  The Company will not deregister the Units, Ordinary Shares or Warrants under the Exchange Act without the prior written consent of the Representative.

 
 

 
Cohen & Company Securities, LLC
___________, 2009
Page 20 of 45


3.2.4.       Exchange Act Filings .  From the Effective Date until the earlier of the Company’s initial Business Combination, or its liquidation and dissolution, the Company shall timely file with the Commission via the Electronic Data Gathering, Analysis and Retrieval System ( “EDGAR” ) such statements and reports as are required to be filed by a company registered under Section 12(g) of the Exchange Act, as if the Company were a company incorporated in the United States (it being agreed, however, that with respect to quarterly and annual financial information, the Company may furnish such information on Form 6-K or Form 20-F, as the case may be, and with respect to proxy solicitation materials a preliminary proxy statement shall not be required to be filed with the Commission or delivered to the Company’s shareholders).

3.2.5.       Sarbanes-Oxley Compliance .  As soon as it is legally required to do so, the Company shall take all actions necessary to obtain and thereafter maintain material compliance with each applicable provision of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder and related or similar rules and regulations promulgated by any other governmental or self regulatory entity or agency with jurisdiction over the Company.
 
3.3.       Blue Sky Filing .  Unless the Securities are listed or quoted, as the case may be, on the New York Stock Exchange, the Nasdaq Stock Market or the NYSE American Stock Exchange (“ AMEX ”), the Company will endeavor in good faith, in cooperation with the Representative, at or prior to the time the Registration Statement becomes effective, to qualify the Public Securities for offering and sale under the securities laws of such jurisdictions as the Representative may reasonably designate, provided that no such qualification shall be required in any jurisdiction where, as a result thereof, the Company would be subject to service of general process or to taxation as a foreign corporation doing business in such jurisdiction.  In each jurisdiction where such qualification shall be effected, the Company will, unless the Representative agrees that such action is not at the time necessary or advisable, use all reasonable efforts to file and make such statements or reports at such times as are or may be required by the laws of such jurisdiction.
 
3.4.       Delivery of Materials to Underwriters .  The Company will deliver to each of the several Underwriters, without charge and from time to time during the period when a prospectus is required to be delivered under the Act or the Exchange Act, such number of copies of each Sale Preliminary Prospectus, the Prospectus and all amendments and supplements to such documents as such Underwriters may reasonably request and, as soon as the Registration Statement or any amendment or supplement thereto becomes effective, deliver to the Representative two manually executed Registration Statements, including exhibits, and all post-effective amendments thereto and copies of all exhibits filed therewith or incorporated therein by reference and all manually executed consents of certified experts.
 

 
 

 
Cohen & Company Securities, LLC
___________, 2009
Page 21 of 45


3.5.       Effectiveness and Events Requiring Notice to the Representative .  The Company will use its best efforts to cause the Registration Statement to remain effective and will notify the Representative immediately and confirm the notice in writing: (i) of the effectiveness of the Registration Statement and any amendment thereto; (ii) of the issuance by the Commission of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement, or any post-effective amendment thereto or preventing or suspending the use of any Preliminary Prospectus or the Prospectus or of the initiation, or the threatening, of any proceeding for that purpose; (iii) of the issuance by any foreign or state securities commission of any proceedings for the suspension of the qualification of the Public Securities for offering or sale in any jurisdiction or of the initiation, or the threatening, of any proceeding for that purpose; (iv) of the mailing and delivery to the Commission for filing of any amendment or supplement to the Registration Statement or Prospectus; (v) of the receipt of any comments or request for any additional information from the Commission; and (vi) of the happening of any event during the period described in Section 3.4 hereof that, in the judgment of the Company or its counsel, makes any statement of a material fact made in the Registration Statement, the Sale Preliminary Prospectus or the Prospectus untrue or that requires the making of any changes in the Registration Statement, the Sale Preliminary Prospectus and Prospectus in order to make the statements therein, (with respect to the Prospectus and the Sale Preliminary Prospectus and in light of the circumstances under which they were made), not misleading.  If the Commission or any foreign or state securities commission shall enter a stop order or suspend such qualification at any time, the Company will make every reasonable effort to obtain promptly the lifting of such order.
 
3.6.       Review of Financial Statements .  Until the earlier of five years from the Effective Date, or until such earlier time upon which the Company is required to be liquidated and dissolved, the Company, at its expense, shall cause its regularly engaged independent certified public accountants to review (but not audit) the Company’s financial statements for each of the first three fiscal quarters prior to the announcement of quarterly financial information and the filing of the Company’s Report on Form 6-K with respect to its quarterly results.

3.7.       Affiliated Transactions .

3.7.1.       Business Combinations .  The Company will not consummate a Business Combination with any entity which is affiliated with any Company Affiliate unless the Company obtains an opinion from an independent investment banking firm that the Business Combination is fair to the Company’s shareholders from a financial perspective.
 
3.7.2.       Administrative Services .  Omitted

 
 

 
Cohen & Company Securities, LLC
___________, 2009
Page 22 of 45



3.7.3.       Compensation .  Except as otherwise set forth in this Section 3.7, the Company shall not pay any Initial Shareholder or Company Affiliate or any of their affiliates any fees or compensation from the Company, for services rendered to the Company prior to, or in connection with, this Offering or the consummation of a Business Combination; provided that the Company’s directors and officers shall be entitled to reimbursement from the Company for their out-of-pocket expenses incurred on the Company’s behalf, and other expenses incurred by them in connection with seeking and consummating a Business Combination.

3.8.       Secondary Market Trading and Standard & Poor’s .  In the event the Public Securities are not listed on the New York Stock Exchange, the Nasdaq Stock Market or AMEX: (a) the Company will apply to be included in Standard and Poor’s Daily News and Corporation Records Corporate Descriptions for a period commencing on the Effective Date and expiring on the fifth anniversary of the consummation of a Business Combination, (b) the Company shall take such steps as may be necessary to obtain a secondary market trading exemption for the Company’s securities in such jurisdictions as may be requested by the Representative; provided, however, no qualification shall be required in any jurisdiction where, as a result thereof, the Company would be subject to service of general process or to taxation as a foreign corporation doing business in such jurisdiction.  The Company shall also take such other action as may be reasonably requested by the Representative to obtain a secondary market trading exemption in such other states as may be requested by the Representative.

3.9.       Financial Public Relations Firm .  Promptly after the execution of a definitive agreement for a Business Combination, the Company shall retain a financial public relations firm reasonably acceptable to the Representative for a term to be agreed upon by the Company and the Representative.

3.10.       Reports to the Representative .

3.10.1.       Periodic Reports, etc.   For a period of five years from the Effective Date or until such earlier time upon which the Company is required to be liquidated and dissolved, the Company will furnish to the Representative and its counsel copies of such financial statements and other periodic and special reports as the Company from time to time furnishes generally to holders of any class of its securities, and promptly furnish to the Representative: (i) a copy of each periodic report the Company shall be required to file with the Commission; (ii) a copy of every press release and every news item and article with respect to the Company or its affairs which was released by the Company; (iii)  a copy of each Report of Foreign Private Issuer on Form 6-K or Schedules 13D, 13G, 14D-1 or 13E-4 received or prepared by the Company; (iv) five copies of each registration statement filed by the Company with the Commission under the Securities Act; and (v) such additional documents and information with respect to the Company and the affairs of any future subsidiaries of the Company as the Representative may from time to time reasonably request; provided that the Representative shall sign, if requested by the Company, a Regulation FD compliant confidentiality agreement which is reasonably acceptable to the Representative and its counsel in connection with the Representative’s receipt of such information.  Documents filed with the Commission pursuant to EDGAR shall be deemed to have been delivered to the Representative pursuant to this section.

 
 

 
Cohen & Company Securities, LLC
___________, 2009
Page 23 of 45



3.10.2.       Secondary Market Trading Survey .  So long as the Public Securities are not listed or quoted, as the case may be, on the New York Stock Exchange, the Nasdaq Stock Market or AMEX, or until such earlier time upon which the Company is required to be liquidated, the Company shall engage Graubard Miller LLP (“ GM ”), for a one-time fee of $5,000 payable on the Closing Date, to deliver and update to the Underwriters on a timely basis, but in any event on the Effective Date and at the beginning of each fiscal quarter a written report detailing those states in which the Public Securities may be traded in non-issuer transactions under the Blue Sky laws of the fifty States (the “ Secondary Market Trading Survey ”).

3.11.       Disqualification of Form F-1 and F-3 and/or S-1 and S-3 .  For a period equal to   seven years from the date hereof, the Company will not take any action or actions which may prevent or disqualify the Company’s use of Form F-1 or F-3 and/or Form S-1 and S-3 (or other appropriate form) for the registration of the Warrants under the Act.

3.12.       Payment of Expenses .

3.12.1.       General Expenses Related to the Offering .  The Company hereby agrees to pay on the Closing Date all fees and expenses incident to the performance of the obligations of the Company under this Agreement, including, but not limited to: (i) the preparation, printing, filing and mailing (including the payment of postage with respect to such mailing) of the Registration Statement, the Sale Preliminary Prospectus, and the final Prospectus and mailing of this Agreement and related documents, including the cost of all copies thereof and any amendments thereof or supplements thereto supplied to the Underwriters in quantities as may be required by the Underwriters; (ii) the printing, engraving, issuance and delivery of the Units, the Ordinary Shares and the Warrants included in the Units, including any transfer or other taxes payable thereon; (iii) filing fees, costs and expenses (excluding the Representative’s counsel fees) incurred in registering the Offering with FINRA (including all COBRADesk fees); (iv) fees and disbursements of the transfer and warrant agent; (v) the preparation and delivery of transaction lucite cubes or similar commemorative items in a style and quantity as reasonably requested by the Representative; (vi) all costs and expenses of the Company associated with “road show” marketing and “due diligence” trips for the Company’s management to meet with prospective investors, including without limitation, all travel, food and lodging expenses associated with such trips incurred by the Company or such management; and (vi) all other reasonable costs and expenses incident to the performance of its obligations hereunder which are not otherwise specifically provided for in this Section 3.12.1.  The Representative may deduct from the net proceeds of the Offering payable to the Company on the Closing Date the expenses set forth above (which shall be mutually agreed upon between the Company and the Representative prior to Closing) to be paid by the Company to the Representative and others.  If the Offering is not consummated for any reason whatsoever, then the Company shall reimburse the Representative in full for their respective out of pocket accountable expenses actually incurred through such date, less the Advance, including, without limitation, fees of counsel to the Representative (which legal fees shall not exceed $[150,000]).  [If the Offering is not completed for any reason, [             ] shall return such portion of the Advance that exceeds the Representative’s actual accountable out of pocket expenses incurred.]

 
 

 
Cohen & Company Securities, LLC
___________, 2009
Page 24 of 45


3.12.2.       Deferred Discount on Business Combination .  Upon consummation of a Business Combination, the Company further agrees that in addition to the expenses payable pursuant to Sections 3.12.1, it will pay to the Underwriters the Deferred Discount, subject to Section 1.5 hereof.

3.13.       Application of Net Proceeds .  The Company will apply the net proceeds from the Private Placement and this Offering received by it in a manner substantially consistent with the application described under the caption “Use of Proceeds” in the Prospectus.
 
3.14.       Delivery of Earnings Statements to Security Holders .  The Company will make generally available to its security holders as soon as practicable, but not later than the first day of the fifteenth full calendar month following the Effective Date, an earnings statement (which need not be certified by independent public or independent certified public accountants unless required by the Act or the Regulations, but which shall satisfy the provisions of Rule 158(a) under Section 11(a) of the Act) covering a period of at least twelve consecutive months beginning after the Effective Date.
 
3.15.       Notice to FINRA .

3.15.1.       Business Combination .  In the event any person or entity (regardless of any FINRA affiliation or association) is engaged to assist the Company in its search for a Business Combination candidate or to provide any similar Business Combination-related services, the Company will provide the following information (the “ Business Combination Information ”) to FINRA and the Representative within no less than thirty (30) days prior to the consummation of the Business Combination:  (i) complete details of all services and copies of agreements governing such services; and (ii) justification as to why the person or entity providing the Business Combination-related services should not be considered an “underwriter and related person” with respect to the Company’s initial public offering, as such term is defined in Rule 5110 of FINRA’s Conduct Rules.  The Company also agrees that proper disclosure of such arrangement or potential arrangement will be made in the proxy statement which the Company will file for purposes of soliciting shareholder approval for the Business Combination.  Upon the Company’s delivery of the Business Combination Information to the Representative, the Company hereby expressly authorizes the Representative to provide such information directly to FINRA as a result of representations the Representative have made to FINRA in connection with the Offering.

3.15.2.       Broker/Dealer .        In the event the Company intends to register as a broker/dealer, merge with or acquire a registered broker/dealer, or otherwise become a member of FINRA, it shall promptly notify FINRA.

 
 

 
Cohen & Company Securities, LLC
___________, 2009
Page 25 of 45
 
3.16.       Stabilization . Neither the Company, nor, to its knowledge, any of its employees, directors or shareholders (without the consent of the Representative) has taken or will take, directly or indirectly, any action designed to or that has constituted or that might reasonably be expected to cause or result in, under the Exchange Act, or otherwise, stabilization or manipulation of the price of any security of the Company to facilitate the sale or resale of the Units.
 
3.17.       Internal Controls .  From and after the Closing Date, the Company will maintain a system of internal accounting controls sufficient to provide reasonable assurances that: (i) transactions are executed in accordance with management’s general or specific authorization; (ii) transactions are recorded as necessary in order to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles and to maintain accountability for assets; (iii) access to assets is permitted only in accordance with management’s general or specific authorization; and (iv) the recorded accountability for assets is compared with existing assets at reasonable intervals and appropriate action is taken with respect to any differences.
 
3.18.       Accountants .  For a period of five years from the Effective Date or until such earlier time upon which the Company is required to be liquidated, the Company shall retain Crowe or other independent public accountants reasonably acceptable to the Representative.
 
3.19.       Form 6-K’s .  The Company shall, on the date hereof, retain its independent public accountants to audit the financial statements of the Company as of the Closing Date (the “ Audited Financial Statements ”) reflecting the receipt by the Company of the proceeds of the Offering and Private Placement.  Within three (3) business days of the Closing Date, the Company shall file a Report of Foreign Private Issuer on Form 6-K (or Form 6-K, if applicable) with the Commission, which Report shall contain the Company’s Audited Financial Statements.


3.20.       FINRA .  The Company shall advise FINRA if it is aware that any 5% or greater shareholder of the Company becomes an affiliate or associated person of a FINRA member participating in the distribution of the Securities.

3.21.       Corporate Proceedings . All corporate proceedings and other legal matters necessary to carry out the provisions of this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby shall have been done to the reasonable satisfaction to counsel for the Underwriters.

3.22.       Investment Company . The Company shall cause the proceeds of the Offering to be held in the Trust Account to be invested only in “government securities” with specific maturity dates or in money market funds meeting certain conditions under Rule 2a-7 promulgated under the Investment Company Act as set forth in the Trust Agreement and disclosed in the Prospectus. The Company will otherwise conduct its business in a manner so that it will not become subject to the Investment Company Act. Furthermore, once the Company consummates a Business Combination, it will be engaged in a business other than that of investing, reinvesting, owning, holding or trading securities.

 
 

 
Cohen & Company Securities, LLC
___________, 2009
Page 26 of 45


3.23.       Press Releases .  The Company agrees that it will not issue press releases or engage in any other publicity, without the Representative’s prior written consent (not to be unreasonably withheld), for a period of ninety (90) days after the Closing Date.

3.24.       Insurance .      The Company will maintain insurance of the types and in the amounts which are customary for companies engaged in similar businesses, including, but not limited to: (i) directors’ and officers’ insurance (including insurance covering the Company, its directors and officers for liabilities or losses arising in connection with this Offering, including, without limitation, liabilities or losses arising under the Act, the Exchange Act, the Rules and Regulations and applicable foreign securities laws), (ii) insurance covering real and personal property owned or leased by the Company against theft, damage, destruction, acts of vandalism and all other risks customarily insured against, and (iii) business interruption insurance.  The Company has not been refused any insurance coverage sought or applied for, and the Company has no reason to believe that it will not be able to renew its existing insurance coverage as and when such coverage expires or to obtain similar coverage from similar insurers as may be necessary to continue its business at a cost that would not have a Material Adverse Effect.  The Company shall be the sole beneficiary of each such policy.

3.25.       Electronic Prospectus .      The Company shall cause to be prepared and delivered to the Representative, at its expense, within one (1) Business Day from the effective date of this Agreement, an Electronic Prospectus to be used by the Underwriters in connection with the Offering.  As used herein, the term “ Electronic Prospectus ” means a form of prospectus, and any amendment or supplement thereto, that meets each of the following conditions: (i) it shall be encoded in an electronic format, satisfactory to the Representative, that may be transmitted electronically by the other Underwriters to offerees and purchasers of the Units for at least the period during which a Prospectus relating to the Units is required to be delivered under the Securities Act; (ii) it shall disclose the same information as the paper prospectus and prospectus filed pursuant to EDGAR, except to the extent that graphic and image material cannot be disseminated electronically, in which case such graphic and image material shall be replaced in the electronic prospectus with a fair and accurate narrative description or tabular representation of such material, as appropriate; and (iii) it shall be in or convertible into a paper format or an electronic format, satisfactory to the Representative, that will allow recipients thereof to store and have continuously ready access to the prospectus at any future time, without charge to such recipients (other than any fee charged for subscription to the Internet as a whole and for on-line time).  The Company hereby confirms that it has included or will include in the Prospectus filed pursuant to EDGAR or otherwise with the Commission and in the Registration Statement at the time it was declared effective an undertaking that, upon receipt of a request by an investor or his or her Representative within the period when a prospectus relating to the Units is required to be delivered under the Securities Act, the Company shall transmit or cause to be transmitted promptly, without charge, a paper copy of the Prospectus.

 
 

 
Cohen & Company Securities, LLC
___________, 2009
Page 27 of 45


3.26.       Reservation of Shares .  The Company will reserve and keep available that maximum number of its authorized but unissued securities which are issuable upon exercise of the Warrants and the Representative’s Securities outstanding from time to time.

3.27.       Private Placement Proceeds .  Immediately prior to the Effective Date, the Private Placement shall be consummated and prior to the Closing Date, the Placement Investors shall deposit the full purchase price amount of $1,800,000 into the Trust Account and shall provide the Representative with evidence of the same.

3.28.       No Amendment to Charter .      The Company covenants and agrees that it will not seek to amend or modify Articles [____] through [____] of its Amended and Restated Memorandum and Articles of Association during the Target Business Acquisition Period (as such term is defined in the Amended and Restated Memorandum and Articles of Association).
 
3.28.1.      The Company acknowledges that the purchasers of the Firm Units in the Offering shall be deemed to be third party beneficiaries of this Section 3.28.

3.28.2.      The Representative and the Company specifically agree that, except pursuant to its own terms, this Section 3.28 shall not be modified or amended in any way.

3.29.       Future Financings .  The Company agrees that neither it, nor any successor or subsidiary of the Company, will consummate any public or private equity or debt financing prior to or in connection with the consummation of a Business Combination, unless all investors in such financing expressly waive, in writing, any rights in or claims against the Trust Account.

3.30.       Content of Business Combination Notice .  In connection with seeking the approval by vote of Public Shareholders for a proposed Business Combination as contemplated by the Prospectus, the Company will furnish to all Public Shareholders all notices of such vote required by Cayman Islands law and all other applicable laws, rules and regulations.  Such notice shall contain, among other matters: (i) a description of the operations and management of the Target Business, (ii) the regulatory environment in which such Target Business operates, (iii) a recitation of risk factors associated with the Target Business and the proposed Business Combination and (iv) audited or unaudited, as appropriate, historical financial statements of the Target Business.  Such notice and all such information shall be presented in a manner substantially similar in form and content to notices and proxy statements that would be provided to Public Shareholders if the proposed Business Combination vote were governed by the proxy rules of the United States federal securities laws.

3.31.       [Reserved]

3.32.       Listing on the OTC Bulletin Board .  The Company will use its best efforts to maintain the quotation of the Public Securities on the OTC Bulletin Board or a national securities exchange for a period of at least five (5) years from the date of this Agreement.

 
 

 
Cohen & Company Securities, LLC
___________, 2009
Page 28 of 45


4.       Conditions of Underwriters’ Obligations .  The obligations of the several Underwriters to purchase and pay for the Units, as provided herein, shall be subject to the continuing accuracy of the representations and warranties of the Company as of the date hereof and as of the Closing Date to the accuracy of the statements of officers of the Company made pursuant to the provisions hereof and to the performance by the Company of its obligations hereunder and to the following conditions:

4.1.       Regulatory Matters .

4.1.1.       Effectiveness of Registration Statement .  The Registration Statement shall have become effective not later than 5:00 p.m., New York time, on the date of this Agreement or such later date and time as shall be consented to in writing by the Representative, and, at the Closing Date, no stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement shall have been issued and no proceedings for the purpose shall have been instituted or shall be pending or contemplated by the Commission and any request on the part of the Commission for additional information shall have been complied with to the reasonable satisfaction of Ellenoff Grossman & Schole LLP (“ EG&S ”), as counsel to the Underwriters.
 
4.1.2.       FINRA Clearance .  By the Effective Date, the Representative shall have received clearance from FINRA as to the amount of compensation allowable or payable to the Underwriters as described in the Registration Statement.

4.1.3.       No Commission Stop Order .  At the Closing Date, the Commission has not issued any order or threatened to issue any order preventing or suspending the use of any Preliminary Prospectus, the Prospectus or any part thereof, and has not instituted or threatened to institute any proceedings with respect to such an order.

4.1.4.       No Blue Sky Stop Orders .  No order suspending the sale of the Units in any jurisdiction designated by the Representative pursuant to Section 3.3 hereof shall have been issued on the Closing Date, and no proceedings for that purpose shall have been instituted or shall be contemplated.

4.1.5.       OTC Bulletin Board Listing .  The Public Securities shall have been approved for quotation on the OTC Bulletin Board.

4.2.       Company Counsel Matters .
 
4.2.1.       Closing Date Opinion of Counsel .  On the Closing Date, the Representative shall have received the favorable opinions of Graubard Miller and Solomon Harris, each dated as of the Closing Date, addressed to the Representative and in forms attached as Exhibits A and B hereto, respectively.

4.2.2       Reliance .  In rendering such opinion, such counsel may rely: (i) as to matters involving the application of laws other than the laws of the United States and jurisdictions in which they are admitted, to the extent such counsel deems proper and to the extent specified in such opinion, if at all, upon an opinion or opinions (in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Representative) of other counsel reasonably acceptable to the Representative, familiar with the applicable laws; and (ii) as to matters of fact, to the extent they deem proper, on certificates or other written statements of officers of the Company and officers of departments of various jurisdiction having custody of documents respecting the corporate existence or good standing of the Company, provided that copies of any such statements or certificates shall be delivered to the Underwriters’ counsel if requested.  The opinion of counsel for the Company and any opinion relied upon by such counsel for the Company shall include a statement to the effect that it may be relied upon by counsel for the Underwriters in its opinion delivered to the Underwriters.

 
 

 
Cohen & Company Securities, LLC
___________, 2009
Page 29 of 45


4.3.       Cold Comfort Letter .  At the time this Agreement is executed, and at the Closing Date, the Representative shall have received a letter, addressed to the Representative and in form and substance satisfactory in all respects (including the non-material nature of the changes or decreases, if any, referred to in clause (iii) below) to the Representative and to EG&S from Crowe dated, respectively, as of the date of this Agreement and as of the Closing Date:
 
(i)      Confirming that they are independent accountants with respect to the Company within the meaning of the Act and the applicable Regulations and that they have not, during the periods covered by the financial statements included in the Registration Statement, the Sale Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus, provided to the Company any non-audit services, as such term is used in Section 10A(g) of the Exchange Act;
 
(ii)      Stating that in their opinion the financial statements of the Company included in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus comply as to form in all material respects with the applicable accounting requirements of the Act and the published Regulations thereunder;
 
(iii)      Stating that, on the basis of a limited review which included a reading of the latest available unaudited interim financial statements of the Company (with an indication of the date of the latest available unaudited interim financial statements), a reading of the latest available minutes of the shareholders and board of directors and the various committees of the board of directors, consultations with officers and other employees of the Company responsible for financial and accounting matters and other specified procedures and inquiries, nothing has come to their attention which would lead them to believe that: (a) the unaudited financial statements of the Company included in the Registration Statement, the Sale Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus do not comply as to form in all material respects with the applicable accounting requirements of the Act and the Regulations or are not fairly presented in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles applied on a basis substantially consistent with that of the audited financial statements of the Company included in the Registration Statement, the Sale Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus; or (b) at a date not later than five days prior to the Effective Date or Closing Date, as the case may be, there was any change in the capital stock or long-term debt of the Company, or any decrease in the shareholders’ equity of the Company as compared with amounts shown in the ___________ balance sheet included in the Registration Statement, the Sale Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus, other than as set forth in or contemplated by the Registration Statement, the Sale Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus, or, if there was any decrease, setting forth the amount of such decrease, and (c) during the period from ___________ to a specified date not later than two (2) days prior to the Effective Date or Closing Date, as the case may be, there was any decrease in revenues, net earnings or net earnings per Ordinary Share, in each case as compared with the corresponding period in the preceding year and as compared with the corresponding period in the preceding quarter, other than as set forth in or contemplated by the Registration Statement and the Prospectus, or, if there was any such decrease, setting forth the amount of such decrease;
 

 
 

 
Cohen & Company Securities, LLC
___________, 2009
Page 30 of 45


(iv)       Setting forth, at a date not later than five days prior to the Effective Date, the amount of liabilities of the Company;

(v)       Stating that they have compared specific dollar amounts, numbers of shares, percentages of revenues and earnings, statements and other financial information pertaining to the Company set forth in the Registration Statement, the Sale Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus in each case to the extent that such amounts, numbers, percentages, statements and information may be derived from the general accounting records, including work sheets, of the Company and excluding any questions requiring an interpretation by legal counsel, with the results obtained from the application of specified readings, inquiries and other appropriate procedures (which procedures do not constitute an examination in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards) set forth in the letter and found them to be in agreement;
 
(vi)      Stating that they have not during the immediately preceding five year period brought to the attention of the Company’s management any reportable condition related to internal structure, design or operation as defined in the Statement on Auditing Standards No. 60 “Communication of Internal Control Structure Related Matters Noted in an Audit,” in the Company’s internal controls; and
 
(vii)      Statements as to such other matters incident to the transaction contemplated hereby as the Representative may reasonably request.
 
4.4.       Officers’ Certificates .

4.4.1.       Officers’ Certificate .  As of the Closing Date, the Representative shall have received a certificate of the Company signed by the Chairman of the Board or the President and the Secretary or Assistant Secretary of the Company, respectively, to the effect that the Company has performed all covenants and complied with all conditions required by this Agreement to be performed or complied with by the Company prior to and as of the Closing Date and that the conditions set forth in Section 4.5 hereof have been satisfied as of such date and that, as of Closing Date, the representations and warranties of the Company set forth in Section 2 hereof are true and correct.  In addition, the Representative will have received such other and further certificates of officers of the Company as the Representative may reasonably request.

 
 

 
Cohen & Company Securities, LLC
___________, 2009
Page 31 of 45



4.4.2.       Secretary’s Certificate .  As of the Closing Date, the Representative shall have received a certificate of the Company signed by the Secretary or Assistant Secretary of the Company, respectively, certifying: (i) that the Amended and Restated Memorandum and Articles of Association of the Company are true and complete, have not been modified and are in full force and effect; (ii) that the resolutions relating to the public offering contemplated by this Agreement are in full force and effect and have not been modified; (iii) all correspondence between the Company or its counsel and the Commission; and (iv) as to the incumbency of the officers of the Company.  The documents referred to in such certificate shall be attached to such certificate.

4.5.       No Material Changes .  Prior to the Closing Date: (i) there shall have been no material adverse change or development involving a prospective material adverse change in the condition or prospects or the business activities, financial or otherwise, of the Company from the latest dates as of which such condition is set forth in the Registration Statement, the Sale Preliminary Prospectus and Prospectus; (ii) no action suit or proceeding, at law or in equity, shall have been pending or threatened against the Company or any Company Affiliate before or by any court or foreign, federal or state commission, board or other administrative agency wherein an unfavorable decision, ruling or finding may materially adversely affect the business, operations, prospects or financial condition or income of the Company, except as set forth in the Registration Statement, the Sale Preliminary Prospectus and Prospectus; (iii) no stop order shall have been issued under the Act and no proceedings therefor shall have been initiated or threatened by the Commission; and (iv) the Registration Statement, the Sale Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus and any amendments or supplements thereto shall contain all material statements which are required to be stated therein in accordance with the Act and the Regulations and shall conform in all material respects to the requirements of the Act and the Regulations, and none of the Registration Statement, the Sale Preliminary Prospectus or the Prospectus, or any amendment or supplement thereto shall contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein (in the case of the Sale Preliminary Prospectus and Prospectus, in light of the circumstances under which they were made), not misleading.

4.6.       Delivery of Agreements .

4.6.1.       Effective Date Deliveries .  On the Effective Date, the Company shall have delivered to the Representative executed copies of the Escrow Agreement, the Trust Agreement, the Warrant Agreement, and all of the Insider Letters.

4.6.2.       Closing Date Deliveries .  On the Closing Date, the Company shall have delivered to the Representative, the Representative’s Purchase Option.

 
 

 
Cohen & Company Securities, LLC
___________, 2009
Page 32 of 45


5.       Indemnification .

5.1.       Indemnification of Underwriters .
 
5.1.1.       General .  Subject to the conditions set forth below, the Company agrees to indemnify and hold harmless each of the Underwriters and each dealer selected by the Representative that participates in the offer and sale of the Units (each a “ Selected Dealer ”) and each of their respective directors, officers and employees and each person, if any, who controls any such Underwriter or Selected Dealer (“C ontrolling Person ”) within the meaning of Section 15 of the Act or Section 20(a) of the Exchange Act, and its counsel, against any and all loss, liability, claim, damage and expense whatsoever (including but not limited to any and all legal or other expenses reasonably incurred in investigating, preparing or defending against any litigation, commenced or threatened, or any claim whatsoever, whether arising out of any action between any of the Underwriters and the Company or between any of the Underwriters and any third party or otherwise) to which they or any of them may become subject under the Act, the Exchange Act or any other foreign, federal, state or local statute, law, rule, regulation or ordinance or at common law or otherwise or under the laws, rules and regulation of foreign countries, arising out of or based upon any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in (i) any Preliminary Prospectus, the Registration Statement, or the Prospectus (as from time to time each may be amended and supplemented); (ii) in any post-effective amendment or amendments or any new registration statement and prospectus relating to any the securities of the Company described herein; or (iii) any application or other document or written communication (in this Section 5 collectively called “ application ”) executed by the Company or based upon written information furnished by the Company in any jurisdiction in order to qualify the Units under the securities laws thereof or filed with the Commission, any foreign or state securities commission or agency, the Nasdaq Stock Market, the AMEX, the OTC Bulletin Board or any securities exchange; or the omission or alleged omission therefrom of a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, unless such statement or omission was made in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company with respect to an Underwriter by or on behalf of such Underwriter expressly for use in any Preliminary Prospectus, the Registration Statement the Prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereof, or in any application, as the case may be, which furnished written information, it is expressly agreed, consists solely of the information described in the last sentence of Section 2.3.1.  With respect to any untrue statement or omission or alleged untrue statement or omission made in the Preliminary Prospectus, the indemnity agreement contained in this paragraph shall not inure to the benefit of any Underwriter to the extent that any loss, liability, claim, damage or expense of such Underwriter results from the fact that a copy of the Prospectus was not given or sent to the person asserting any such loss, liability, claim or damage at or prior to the written confirmation of sale of the Securities to such person as required by the Act and the Regulations, and if the untrue statement or omission has been corrected in the Prospectus, unless such failure to deliver the Prospectus was a result of non-compliance by the Company with its obligations under Section 3.4 hereof.  The Company agrees promptly to notify the Representative of the commencement of any litigation or proceedings against the Company or any of its officers, directors or controlling persons in connection with the issue and sale of the Securities or in connection with the Preliminary Prospectus, the Registration Statement or the Prospectus.

 
 

 
Cohen & Company Securities, LLC
___________, 2009
Page 33 of 45


5.1.2.       Procedure .  If any action is brought against an Underwriter or controlling person in respect of which indemnity may be sought against the Company pursuant to Section 5.1.1, such Underwriter shall promptly notify the Company in writing of the institution of such action and the Company shall assume the defense of such action, including the employment and fees of counsel (subject to the reasonable approval of such Underwriter) and payment of actual expenses.  Such Underwriter or controlling person shall have the right to employ its or their own counsel in any such case, but the fees and expenses of such counsel shall be at the expense of such Underwriter or such controlling person unless: (i) the employment of such counsel at the expense of the Company shall have been authorized in writing by the Company in connection with the defense of such action; (ii) the Company shall not have employed counsel to have charge of the defense of such action; or (iii) such indemnified party or parties shall have reasonably concluded that there may be defenses available to it or them which are different from or additional to those available to the Company (in which case the Company shall not have the right to direct the defense of such action on behalf of the indemnified party or parties), in any of which events the reasonable fees and expenses of not more than one additional firm of attorneys selected by the Underwriter and/or controlling person shall be borne by the Company.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, if the Underwriter or controlling person shall assume the defense of such action as provided above, the Company shall have the right to approve the terms of any settlement of such action which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld.

5.2.       Indemnification of the Company .  Each Underwriter, severally and not jointly, agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Company, its directors, officers, and employees and agents who control the Company within the meaning of Section 15 of the Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act, and its counsel, against any and all loss, liability, claim, damage and expense described in the foregoing indemnity from the Company to the several Underwriters, as incurred, but only with respect to untrue statements or omissions, or alleged untrue statements or omissions made in the Registration Statement, any Preliminary Prospectus, the Prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto, or in any application, in reliance upon, and in strict conformity with, written information furnished to the Company with respect to such Underwriter by or on behalf of the Underwriter expressly for use in such Registration Statement, Preliminary Prospectus, the Prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto or in any such application, which furnished written information, it is expressly agreed, consists solely of the information described in the last sentence of Section 2.3.1.  In case any action shall be brought against the Company or any other person so indemnified based on any Preliminary Prospectus, the Registration Statement, the Prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto or any application, and in respect of which indemnity may be sought against any Underwriter, such Underwriter shall have the rights and duties given to the Company, and the Company and each other person so indemnified shall have the rights and duties given to the several Underwriters by the provisions of Section 5.1.2.

 
 

 
Cohen & Company Securities, LLC
___________, 2009
Page 34 of 45


5.3.       Contribution .

5.3.1.       Contribution Rights .  In order to provide for just and equitable contribution under the Act in any case in which (i) any person entitled to indemnification under this Section 5 makes claim for indemnification pursuant hereto but it is judicially determined (by the entry of a final judgment or decree by a court of competent jurisdiction and the expiration of time to appeal or the denial of the last right of appeal) that such indemnification may not be enforced in such case notwithstanding the fact that this Section 5 provides for indemnification in such case, or (ii) contribution under the Act, the Exchange Act or otherwise may be required on the part of any such person in circumstances for which indemnification is provided under this Section 5, then, and in each such case, the Company and the Underwriters shall contribute to the aggregate losses, liabilities, claims, damages and expenses of the nature contemplated by said indemnity agreement incurred by the Company and the Underwriters, as incurred, in such proportions that the Underwriters are responsible for that portion represented by the percentage that the underwriting discount appearing on the cover page of the Prospectus bears to the initial offering price appearing thereon and the Company is responsible for the balance; provided, that, no person guilty of a fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation.  Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 5.3.1, no Underwriter shall be required to contribute any amount in excess of the amount by which the total price at which the Public Securities underwritten by it and distributed to the public were offered to the public exceeds the amount of any damages that such Underwriter has otherwise been required to pay in respect of such losses, liabilities, claims, damages and expenses.  For purposes of this Section, each director, officer and employee of an Underwriter or the Company, as applicable, and each person, if any, who controls an Underwriter or the Company, as applicable, within the meaning of Section 15 of the Act shall have the same rights to contribution as the Underwriters or the Company, as applicable.
 
5.3.2.       Contribution Procedure .  Within fifteen days after receipt by any party to this Agreement (or its representatives) of notice of the commencement of any action, suit or proceeding, such party will, if a claim for contribution in respect thereof is to be made against another party (“ contributing party ”), notify the contributing party of the commencement thereof, but the omission to so notify the contributing party will not relieve it from any liability which it may have to any other party other than for contribution hereunder.  In case any such action, suit or proceeding is brought against any party, and such party notifies a contributing party or its representatives of the commencement thereof within the aforesaid fifteen days, the contributing party will be entitled to participate therein with the notifying party and any other contributing party similarly notified.  Any such contributing party shall not be liable to any party seeking contribution on account of any settlement of any claim, action or proceeding effected by such party seeking contribution on account of any settlement of any claim, action or proceeding effected by such party seeking contribution without the written consent of such contributing party.  The contribution provisions contained in this Section are intended to supersede, to the extent permitted by law, any right to contribution under the Act, the Exchange Act or otherwise available.  The Underwriters’ obligations to contribute pursuant to this Section 5.3 are several and not joint.
 

 
 

 
Cohen & Company Securities, LLC
___________, 2009
Page 35 of 45


6.       Default by an Underwriter .

6.1.       Default Not Exceeding 10% of Firm Units .  If any Underwriter or Underwriters shall default in its or their obligations to purchase the Firm Units and if the number of the Firm Units with respect to which such default relates does not exceed in the aggregate 10% of the number of Firm Units that all Underwriters have agreed to purchase hereunder, then such Firm Units to which the default relates shall be purchased by the non-defaulting Underwriters in proportion to their respective commitments hereunder.

6.2.       Default Exceeding 10% of Firm Units .  In the event that the default addressed in Section 6.1 above relates to more than 10% of the Firm Units, the Representative may, in their discretion, arrange for the Representative or for another party or parties to purchase such Firm Units to which such default relates on the terms contained herein.  If within one (1) Business Day after such default relating to more than 10% of the Firm Units the Representative do not arrange for the purchase of such Firm Units, then the Company shall be entitled to a further period of one (1) Business Day within which to procure another party or parties satisfactory to the Representative to purchase said Firm Units on such terms.  In the event that neither the Representative nor the Company arrange for the purchase of the Firm Units to which a default relates as provided in this Section 6, this Agreement may be terminated by the Representative or the Company without liability on the part of the Company (except as provided in Sections 3.12 and 5 hereof) or the several Underwriters (except as provided in Section 5 hereof); provided that nothing herein shall relieve a defaulting Underwriter of its liability, if any, to the other several Underwriters and to the Company for damages occasioned by its default hereunder.

6.3.       Postponement of Closing Date .  In the event that the Firm Units to which the default relates are to be purchased by the non-defaulting Underwriters, or are to be purchased by another party or parties as aforesaid, the Representative or the Company shall have the right to postpone the Closing Date for a reasonable period, but not in any event exceeding five (5) Business Days, in order to effect whatever changes may thereby be made necessary in the Registration Statement and/or the Prospectus, as the case may be, or in any other documents and arrangements, and the Company agrees to file promptly any amendment to, or to supplement, the Registration Statement and/or the Prospectus, as the case may be, that in the opinion of counsel for the Underwriters may thereby be made necessary.  The term “Underwriter” as used in this Agreement shall include any party substituted under this Section 6 with like effect as if it had originally been a party to this Agreement with respect to such Securities.

7.       Additional Covenants .

7.1.       Additional Shares or Options .  The Company hereby agrees that until the Company consummates a Business Combination, it shall not issue any Ordinary Shares or any options or other securities convertible into Ordinary Shares or any shares of Preferred Stock which participate in any manner in the Trust Account or which vote as a class with the Ordinary Shares on a Business Combination.

 
 

 
Cohen & Company Securities, LLC
___________, 2009
Page 36 of 45


7.2.       Trust Account Waiver Acknowledgments .  The Company hereby agrees that it will not commence its due diligence investigation of any  Target Business or obtain the services of any vendor unless and until such Target Business or vendor acknowledges in writing, whether through a letter of intent, memorandum of understanding or other similar document (and subsequently acknowledges the same in any definitive document replacing any of the foregoing), that (a) it has read the Prospectus and understands that the Company has established the Trust Account, initially in an amount of $36,000,000 for the benefit of the Public Shareholders and that, except for the interest earned on the amounts held in the Trust Account, the Company may disburse monies from the Trust Account only: (i) to the Public Shareholders in the event of the conversion of their shares or the dissolution and liquidation of the Trust Account as part of the Company’s plan of dissolution and liquidation or (ii) to the Company after it consummates a Business Combination and (b) for and in consideration of the Company (1) agreeing to evaluate such Target Business for purposes of consummating a Business Combination with it or (2) agreeing to engage the services of the vendor, as the case may be, such Target Business or vendor agrees that it does not have any right, title, interest or claim of any kind in or to any monies of the Trust Account (“ Claim ”) and waives any Claim it may have in the future as a result of, or arising out of, any negotiations, contracts or agreements with the Company and will not seek recourse against the Trust Account for any reason whatsoever.  The foregoing letters shall substantially be in the form attached hereto as   Exhibit C and   D , respectively.

7.3.       Insider Letters .  The Company shall not take any action or omit to take any action which would cause a breach of any of the Insider Letters executed between each Company Affiliate and the Representative and will not allow any amendments to, or waivers of, such Insider Letters without the prior written consent of the Representative.

7.4.       Amended and Restated Memorandum and Articles of Association .  The Company shall not take any action or omit to take any action that would cause the Company to be in breach or violation of its Amended and Restated Memorandum and Articles of Association.  Prior to the consummation of a Business Combination, the Company will not amend its Amended and Restated Memorandum and Articles of Association without the prior written consent of the Representative.

7.5.       Proxy and Other Information .  The Company shall provide the Representative with copies of all proxy and other information and all related material sent to Public Shareholders in connection with a Business Combination.

7.6.       Acquisition/Liquidation Procedure .

 
 

 
Cohen & Company Securities, LLC
___________, 2009
Page 37 of 45


7.6.1.      The Company agrees: (i) that, prior to the consummation of any Business Combination, it will submit such transaction to the Company’s shareholders for their approval (“ Business Combination Vote ”) even if the nature of the acquisition is such as would not ordinarily require shareholder approval under applicable law; and (ii) that, in the event that the Company does not effect a Business Combination by the termination date of the Company’s corporate existence (the “Termination Date ”), the Company shall take all action necessary to dissolve the Company and liquidate the Trust Account to holders of IPO Shares as soon as reasonably practicable, subject to the requirements of the laws of the Cayman Islands.  Upon liquidation of the Trust Account, the Company will distribute to all holders of IPO Shares (defined below) an aggregate sum equal to $10.20 per unit (plus any remaining portion of the interest income earned on the Trust Account but net of: (i) taxes; (ii) amounts to be paid to any converting shareholders; and (iii) amounts released to the Company, from time to time, to fund its working capital and general corporate requirements, subject to any valid claims by creditors that are not covered by amounts held in the Trust Account or the indemnities provided by the Company’s directors and officers. Only holders of IPO Shares (as defined below) shall be entitled to receive liquidating distributions and the Company shall pay no liquidating distributions with respect to any other shares of capital stock of the Company, including the Insider Shares.  With respect to any vote for any plan of dissolution and liquidation recommended by the Company’s Board of Directors, if any, the Company shall use its reasonable best efforts to cause all of the Company Affiliates to vote the Ordinary Shares owned by them in favor of such plan of dissolution and liquidation.

7.6.2.      With respect to the Business Combination Vote, the Company shall use its reasonable best efforts to cause all of the Insider Shareholders to vote the Ordinary Shares owned by them immediately prior to this Offering in accordance with the majority of the IPO Shares.  In addition, the Company shall use its reasonable best efforts to cause the Insider Shareholders to vote Ordinary Shares they acquire in the IPO or in the aftermarket in favor of the Business Combination.  At the time the Company seeks approval of any potential Business Combination, the Company will offer each of the holders of the Company’s Ordinary Shares issued in this Offering (the “ IPO Shares ”) the right to convert their IPO Shares at a per share price equal to Conversion Price (as hereinafter defined).  .  If holders of up to one share less than 81% in interest of the Company’s IPO Shares elect to exercise their conversion rights in connection with the vote of shareholders on the approval of a Business Combination, the Company may, but will not be required to proceed with such Business Combination.  If the Company elects to so proceed, it will convert shares, based upon the Conversion Price, from those holders of IPO Shares who affirmatively requested such conversion. If holders of 81% or more in interest of the IPO Shares elect to convert their IPO Shares in connection with a public shareholder vote on the Business Combination, the Company will not proceed with such Business Combination and will not convert such shares.  In the event that holders of up to one share less than 81% in interest of the Company’s IPO Shares elect to exercise their conversion rights and the Company consummates its Business Combination, the per share Conversion Price for each share properly converted shall be as follows:  (i) for those public shareholders who voted in favor of the Business Combination, $10.00 drawn from the Trust Account and no more than $0.30 drawn pursuant to a certain letter of credit; and (ii) for those public shareholders who voted against the Business Combination, $10.00 drawn from the Trust Account only.    .

 
 

 
Cohen & Company Securities, LLC
___________, 2009
Page 38 of 45


7.7.       Rule 419 .  The Company agrees that it will use its best efforts to prevent the Company from becoming subject to Rule 419 under the Act prior to the consummation of any Business Combination, including, but not limited to, using its best efforts to prevent any of the Company’s outstanding securities from being deemed to be a “penny stock” as defined in Rule 3a-51-1 under the Exchange Act during such period.

7.8.       Presentation of Potential Target Businesses .  The Company shall cause each of the Company Affiliates to agree that, in order to minimize potential conflicts of interest which may arise from multiple affiliations, the Company Affiliates will present to the Company for its consideration, prior to presentation to any other person or company, any suitable opportunity to acquire an operating business, until the earlier of the consummation by the Company of a Business Combination, the liquidation of the Company or until such time as the Company Affiliates cease to be affiliates of the Company, subject to any pre-existing fiduciary obligations the Company Affiliates might have.

7.9.       Target Net Assets .  The Company agrees that the initial Target Business that it acquires must have a fair market enterprise value equal to at least 80% of the Company’s net assets held in the Trust Account at the time the Company enters into a definitive agreement and prior to the exercise of shareholder conversion rights described herein (net of: (i) taxes paid or reserved for and (ii) interest earned on the Trust Account and excluding the Deferred Discount) at the time of the execution of definitive documentation relating to the Business Combination (the “ 80% Net Asset Threshold ”).  The fair market enterprise value of such Target Business must be determined by the Board of Directors of the Company based upon standards generally accepted by the financial community, such as actual and potential sales, earnings and cash flow and book value.  If the Board of Directors of the Company is not able to independently determine that the Target Business has a fair market enterprise value of at least the 80% Net Asset Threshold, the Company will obtain an opinion from an unaffiliated, independent investment banking firm which is a member of FINRA with respect to the satisfaction of such criteria.  The Company is not required to obtain an opinion from an investment banking firm as to the fair market enterprise value if the Company’s Board of Directors independently determines that the fair market enterprise value of the Target Business meets the 80% Net Asset Threshold.

8.       Representations and Agreements to Survive Delivery .  Except as the context otherwise requires, all representations, warranties and agreements contained in this Agreement shall be deemed to be representations, warranties and agreements at the Closing Date, and such representations, warranties and agreements of the Underwriters and Company, including the indemnity agreements contained in Section 5 hereof, shall remain operative and in full force and effect regardless of any investigation made by or on behalf of any Underwriter, the Company or any controlling person, and shall survive termination of this Agreement or the issuance and delivery of the Securities to the several Underwriters until the earlier of the expiration of any applicable statute of limitations and the seventh (7th) anniversary of the later of the Closing Date, at which time the representations, warranties and agreements shall terminate and be of no further force and effect.

 
 

 
Cohen & Company Securities, LLC
___________, 2009
Page 39 of 45


9.       Effective Date of This Agreement and Termination Thereof .

9.1.       Effective Date .  This Agreement shall become effective on the Effective Date at the time the Registration Statement is declared effective by the Commission.

9.2.       Termination .  The Representative shall have the right to terminate this Agreement at any time prior to any Closing Date: (i) if any domestic or international event or act or occurrence has materially disrupted or, in the Representative’ sole opinion, will in the immediate future materially disrupt, general securities markets in the United States; or (ii) if trading on the New York Stock Exchange, the AMEX, the Nasdaq Stock Market or on the OTC Bulletin Board (or successor trading market) shall have been suspended, or minimum or maximum prices for trading shall have been fixed, or maximum ranges for prices for securities shall have been fixed, or maximum ranges for prices for securities shall have been required on the OTC Bulletin Board or by order of the Commission or any other government authority having jurisdiction, or (iii) if the United States shall have become involved in a war or an increase in existing major hostilities, or (iv) if a banking moratorium has been declared by a New York State or federal authority, or (v) if a moratorium on foreign exchange trading has been declared which materially adversely impacts the United States securities market, or (vi) if the Company shall have sustained a material loss by fire, flood, accident, hurricane, earthquake, theft, sabotage or other calamity or malicious act which, whether or not such loss shall have been insured, will, in the Representative’s sole opinion, make it inadvisable to proceed with the delivery of the Units, or (vii) if any of the Company’s representations, warranties or covenants hereunder are breached, or (viii) if the Representative shall have become aware after the date hereof of such a material adverse change in the conditions or prospects of the Company, or such adverse material change in general market conditions, including, without limitation, as a result of terrorist activities after the date hereof, as in the Representative’s sole judgment would make it impracticable to proceed with the offering, sale and/or delivery of the Units or to enforce contracts made by the Underwriters for the sale of the Units.

9.3.       Expenses .  In the event that this Agreement shall not be carried out for any reason whatsoever, within the time specified herein or any extensions thereof pursuant to the terms herein, the obligations of the Company to pay the out of pocket expenses related to the transactions contemplated herein shall be governed by Section 3.12.1 hereof.

9.4.       Indemnification .  Notwithstanding any contrary provision contained in this Agreement, any election hereunder or any termination of this Agreement, and whether or not this Agreement is otherwise carried out, the provisions of Section 5 shall not be in any way effected by, such election or termination or failure to carry out the terms of this Agreement or any part hereof.

10.       Miscellaneous .

10.1.       Notices .  All communications hereunder, except as herein otherwise specifically provided, shall be in writing and shall be mailed, delivered by hand or reputable overnight courier or delivered by facsimile transmission (with printed confirmation of receipt) and confirmed and shall be deemed given when so mailed, delivered or faxed (or if mailed, two days after such mailing):

 
 

 
Cohen & Company Securities, LLC
___________, 2009
Page 40 of 45


If to the Representative:

Cohen & Company Securities, LLC
135 East 57 th Street
New York, NY 10022
Fax No.: (212) ___-_____
Attn:

            

With a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

Ellenoff Grossman & Schole, LLP
150 East 42nd Street, 11th Floor
New York, New York 10017
Fax No.: (212) 370-7889
Attn: Douglas S. Ellenoff, Esq.

              If to the Company, to:

GSME Acquisition Parnters I
762 West Beijing Road
Shanghai, Peoples Republic of China
200041
Fax No.: ___________
Attn:  Eli D. Scher

            With a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

Graubard Miller
405 Lexington Avenue
New York, New York 10174
Fax No.: (212) ___-_____
Attn: ___________

10.2.       Headings .  The headings contained herein are for the sole purpose of convenience of reference, and shall not in any way limit or affect the meaning or interpretation of any of the terms or provisions of this Agreement.
 

 
 

 
Cohen & Company Securities, LLC
___________, 2009
Page 41 of 45


10.3.       Amendment .  This Agreement may only be amended by a written instrument executed by each of the parties hereto.
 
10.4.       Entire Agreement .  This Agreement (together with the other agreements and documents being delivered pursuant to or in connection with this Agreement) constitute the entire agreement of the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and thereof, and supersede all prior agreements and understandings of the parties, oral and written, with respect to the subject matter hereof.

10.5.       Binding Effect .  This Agreement shall inure solely to the benefit of and shall be binding upon the Representative, the Underwriters, the Company and the controlling persons, directors and officers referred to in Section 5 hereof, and their respective successors, legal representatives and assigns, and no other person shall have or be construed to have any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or in respect of or by virtue of this Agreement or any provisions herein contained.

10.6.       Governing Law, Venue, etc.

10.6.1.      This Agreement shall be governed by and construed and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of New York, without giving effect to the conflict of laws principles thereof.  Each of the Representative and the Company (and any individual signatory hereto): (i) agrees that any legal suit, action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this agreement and/or the transactions contemplated hereby shall be instituted exclusively in New York Supreme Court, County of New York, or in the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York, (ii) waives any objection which such party may have or hereafter to the venue of any such suit, action or proceeding and (iii) irrevocably and exclusively consents to the jurisdiction of the New York Supreme Court, County of New York, and the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York in any such suit, action or proceeding.

10.6.2.      Each of the Representative and the Company (and any individual signatory hereto) further agrees to accept and acknowledge service of any and all process which may be served in any such suit, action or proceeding in the New York Supreme Court, County of New York, or in the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York and agrees that service of process upon the Company or any such individual mailed by certified mail to the Company’s address shall be deemed in every respect effective service of process upon the Company or any such individual in any such suit, action or proceeding, and service of process upon the Representative mailed by certified mail to the Representative’s address shall be deemed in every respect effective service process upon the Representative, in any such suit, action or proceeding.

10.6.3.      The Company hereby irrevocably appoints Graubard Miller, 405 Lexington Avenue, New York, New York 10174, Fax No.: (212) 907-6687, Attn: Jeffrey Gallant, Esq. as its authorized agent in the Borough of Manhattan in The City of New York upon which process may be served in any suit or proceeding contemplated by this Section 10.6, and agrees that service of process upon such agent, and written notice of said service to the Company by the person serving the same to the address provided above shall be deemed in every respect effective service of process upon the Company in any such suit or proceeding.  The Company further agrees to take any and all action as may be necessary to maintain such designation and appointment of such agent in full force and effect for a period of seven years from the date of the Effective Date.

 
 

 
Cohen & Company Securities, LLC
___________, 2009
Page 42 of 45



10.6.4.      THE COMPANY (ON BEHALF OF ITSELF AND, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, ON BEHALF OF ITS EQUITY HOLDERS AND CREDITORS) HEREBY WAIVES ANY RIGHT TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN RESPECT OF ANY CLAIM BASED UPON, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THIS AGREEMENT AND THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED BY THIS AGREEMENT, THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT AND THE PROSPECTUS.

10.6.5.      The Company agrees that the prevailing party(ies) in any such action shall be entitled to recover from the other party(ies) all of its reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses relating to such action or proceeding and/or incurred in connection with the preparation therefor.

10.7.       Execution in Counterparts .  This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, and by the different parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original, but all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement, and shall become effective when one or more counterparts has been signed by each of the parties hereto and delivered to each of the other parties hereto.  Delivery of a signed counterpart of this Agreement by fax or email/.pdf transmission shall constitute valid and sufficient delivery thereof.

10.8.       Waiver, etc.   The failure of any of the parties hereto to at any time enforce any of the provisions of this Agreement shall not be deemed or construed to be a waiver of any such provision, nor to in any way effect the validity of this Agreement or any provision hereof or the right of any of the parties hereto to thereafter enforce each and every provision of this Agreement.  No waiver of any breach, non-compliance or non-fulfillment of any of the provisions of this Agreement shall be effective unless set forth in a written instrument executed by the party or parties against whom or which enforcement of such waiver is sought; and no waiver of any such breach, non-compliance or non-fulfillment shall be construed or deemed to be a waiver of any other or subsequent breach, non-compliance or non-fulfillment.

 
 

 
Cohen & Company Securities, LLC
___________, 2009
Page 43 of 45


10.9.       No Fiduciary Relationship . The Company hereby acknowledges that the Underwriters are acting solely as underwriters in connection with the offering of the Company's securities. The Company further acknowledges that the Underwriters are acting pursuant to a contractual relationship created solely by this Agreement entered into on an arm's length basis and in no event do the parties intend that the Underwriters act or be responsible as a fiduciary to the Company, its management, shareholders, creditors or any other person in connection with any activity that the Underwriters may undertake or have undertaken in furtherance of the offering of the Company's securities, either before or after the date hereof. The Underwriters hereby expressly disclaim any fiduciary or similar obligations to the Company, either in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or any matters leading up to such transactions, and the Company hereby confirms its understanding and agreement to that effect. The Company and the Underwriters agree that they are each responsible for making their own independent judgments with respect to any such transactions, and that any opinions or views expressed by the Underwriters to the Company regarding such transactions, including but not limited to any opinions or views with respect to the price or market for the Company's securities, do not constitute advice or recommendations to the Company. The Company hereby waives and releases, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any claims that the Company may have against the Underwriters with respect to any breach or alleged breach of any fiduciary or similar duty to the Company in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or any matters leading up to such transactions.


[Signature Page Follows]

 
 

 
Cohen & Company Securities, LLC
___________, 2009
Page 44 of 45

If the foregoing correctly sets forth the understanding between the Underwriters and the Company, please so indicate in the space provided below for that purpose, whereupon this letter shall constitute a binding agreement between us.

Very Truly Yours,

GSME ACQUISITION PARTNERS I



By: ________________________________________
       Name:
       Title:

Agreed to and accepted
as of the date first written above:

COHEN & COMPANY SECURITIES, LLC , as Representative of the several Underwriters



By: ________________________________________
       Name:
       Title:



[Signature Page to Underwriting Agreement, dated ___________]

 
 

 

SCHEDULE A

GSME ACQUISITION PARTNERS I

3,600,000 Units

Underwriter
 
Number of Firm Units
to be Purchased
     
     
     
     
TOTAL
 
3,600,000



 
 

 

EXHIBIT A

FORM OF OPINION OF GRAUBARD MILLER



 
 

 

EXHIBIT B

FORM OF OPINION OF SOLOMON HARRIS


 
 

 

EXHIBIT C

Form of Target Business Letter


GSME Acquisition Parnters I
762 West Beijing Road
Shanghai, Peoples Republic of China
200041
Fax No.: ___________
Attn:  Eli D. Scher


Gentlemen:

Reference is made to the Final Prospectus of GSME Acquisition Partners I (the “ Company ”), dated ______ __, 2009 (the “ Prospectus ”).  Capitalized terms used and not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings assigned to them in Prospectus.

We have read the Prospectus and understand that the Company has established the Trust Account, initially in an amount of at least $36,000,000 for the benefit of the Public Shareholders and the underwriters of the Company’s initial public offering (the “ Underwriters ”) and that, except for the interest earned on the amounts held in the Trust Account, the Company may disburse monies from the Trust Account only: (i) to the Public Shareholders in the event of the conversion of their shares or the dissolution and liquidation of the Company; or (ii) to the Company and the Underwriters after it consummates a Business Combination.

For and in consideration of the Company agreeing to evaluate the undersigned for purposes of consummating a Business Combination with it, the undersigned hereby agrees that it does not have any right, title, interest or claim of any kind in or to any monies in the Trust Account (each, a “ Claim ”) and hereby waives any Claim it may have in the future as a result of, or arising out of, any negotiations, contracts or agreements with the Company and will not seek recourse against the Trust Account for any reason whatsoever.


   
 
Print Name of Target Business
   
   
   
 
Authorized Signature of Target Business


 
 

 

EXHIBIT D

Form of Vendor Letter


GSME Acquisition Parnters I
762 West Beijing Road
Shanghai, Peoples Republic of China
200041
Fax No.: ___________
Attn:  Eli D. Scher

Gentlemen:

Reference is made to the Final Prospectus of GSME Acquisition Partners I (the “ Company ”), dated _________ __, 2009 (the “ Prospectus ”).  Capitalized terms used and not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings assigned to them in Prospectus.

We have read the Prospectus and understand that the Company has established the Trust Account, initially in an amount of at least $36,000,000 for the benefit of the Public Shareholders and the underwriters of the Company’s initial public offering (the “ Underwriters ”) and that, except for the interest earned on the amounts held in the Trust Account (which interest may, prior to the consummation of a business combination or the Company’s liquidation, be released (i) to the Company to pay taxes it has incurred, (ii) to converting shareholders, as described in the Prospectus and (iii) to the Company, from time to time, to fund its working capital and general corporate requirements), the Company may disburse monies from the Trust Account only: (i) to the Public Shareholders in the event of the conversion of their shares or the dissolution and liquidation of the Company; or (ii) to the Company and the Underwriters after it consummates a Business Combination.

For and in consideration of the Company agreeing to use the services of the undersigned, the undersigned hereby agrees that it does not have any right, title, interest or claim of any kind in or to any monies in the Trust Account (each, a “ Claim ”) and hereby waives any Claim it may have in the future as a result of, or arising out of, any services provided to the Company and will not seek recourse against the Trust Account for any reason whatsoever.


   
 
Print Name of Vendor
   
   
   
 
Authorized Signature of Vendor



 
 

 

 
The Companies Law
(2009 Revision)

Company Limited by Shares

Amended and Restated
Articles of Association

Of

GSME Acquisition Partners I
Adopted by Special Resolution of the Company dated [ ] September, 2009




TABLE A

1.
The Regulations contained or incorporated in Table A of the First Schedule of the Companies Law (2009 Revision) shall not apply to this Company.

INTERPRETATION

2.
(1)
 
In these Articles the following terms shall have the meanings set opposite unless the context otherwise requires:-
 
 
Audit Committee
 
the audit committee of the Company formed by the Board pursuant to Article 124 hereof, or any successor audit committee.
       
 
Auditor
 
the independent auditor of the Company which shall be an internationally recognized firm of independent accountants.
       
 
Articles
 
these Articles in their present form or as supplemented or amended or substituted from time to time.
       
 
Board or Directors
 
the board of directors of the Company or the directors present at a meeting of directors of the Company at which a quorum is present.
 
Page 1 of 62

 
 
capital
 
the share capital from time to time of the Company.
       
 
clear days
 
in relation to the period of a notice, that period excluding the day when the notice is given or deemed to be given and the day for which it is given or on which it is to take effect.
       
 
clearing house
 
a clearing house recognised by the laws of the jurisdiction in which the shares of the Company (or depositary receipts therefor) are listed or quoted on a stock exchange or interdealer quotation system in such jurisdiction.
       
 
Company
 
GSME Acquisition Partners I.
       
 
competent regulatory authority
 
a competent regulatory authority in the territory where the shares of the Company (or depositary receipts therefor) are listed or quoted on a stock exchange or interdealer quotation system in such territory.
       
 
debenture and debenture holder
 
include debenture stock and debenture stockholder respectively.
       
 
Designated Stock Exchange
  
means the stock exchange, if any, on which the Directors decide to list the Company’s shares.
       
 
dollar and “$”
  
dollars, the legal currency of the United States of America.
       
 
Exchange Act
  
the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.
       
 
head office
  
such office of the Company as the Directors may from time to time determine to be the principal office of the Company.
       
 
Law
  
The Companies Law (2009 Revision) of the Cayman Islands.
 
Page 2 of 62

 
 
Member
  
a duly registered holder from time to time of the shares in the capital of the Company.
       
 
month
  
a calendar month.
       
 
NASD
  
National Association of Securities Dealers.
       
 
NASD Rules
  
the rules set forth in the NASD Manual.
       
 
Notice
  
written notice unless otherwise specifically stated and as further defined in these Articles.
       
 
Office
 
  
the registered office of the Company for the time being.
       
 
ordinary resolution
 
a resolution shall be an ordinary resolution when it has been passed by a simple majority of votes cast by such Members as, being entitled so to do, vote in person or, in the case of any Member being a corporation, by its duly authorised representative or, where proxies are allowed, by proxy at a general meeting of which not less than ten clear days’ Notice has been duly given;
 
paid up
  
paid up or credited as paid up.
       
 
Register
  
the principal register and where applicable, any branch register of Members of the Company to be maintained at such place within or outside the Cayman Islands as the Board shall determine from time to time.
 
Page 3 of 62

 
 
Registration Office
  
in respect of any class of share capital such place as the Board may from time to time determine to keep a branch register of Members in respect of that class of share capital and where (except in cases where the Board otherwise directs) the transfers or other documents of title for such class of share capital are to be lodged for registration and are to be registered.
       
 
SEC
  
the United States Securities and Exchange Commission.
       
 
Seal
  
common seal or any one or more duplicate seals of the Company (including a securities seal) for use in the Cayman Islands or in any place outside the Cayman Islands.
       
 
Secretary
  
any person, firm or corporation appointed by the Board to perform any of the duties of secretary of the Company and includes any assistant, deputy, temporary or acting secretary.
 
Page 4 of 62

 
 
special resolution
  
a resolution shall be a special resolution when it has been passed by a majority of not less than two-thirds of votes cast by such Members as, being entitled so to do, vote in person or, in the case of such Members as are corporations, by their respective duly authorised representative or, where proxies are allowed, by proxy at a general meeting of which not less than ten clear days’ Notice, specifying (without prejudice to the power contained in these Articles to amend the same) the intention to propose the resolution as a special resolution, has been duly given. Provided that, except in the case of an annual general meeting, if it is so agreed by a majority in number of the Members having the right to attend and vote at any such meeting, being a majority together holding not less than ninety-five per cent. in nominal value of the shares giving that right and in the case of an annual general meeting, if it is so agreed by all Members entitled to attend and vote thereat, a resolution may be proposed and passed as a special resolution at a meeting of which less than ten clear days’ Notice has been given;
 
a special resolution shall be effective for any purpose for which an ordinary resolution is expressed to be required under any provision of these Articles or the Statutes.
       
 
Statutes
  
the Law and every other law of the Legislature of the Cayman Islands for the time being in force applying to or affecting the Company, its Memorandum of Association and/or these Articles.
 
 
USD, US$ or $
 
United States Dollars.
 
 
year
  
a calendar year.
 
 
 
(2)
In these Articles, unless there be something within the subject or context inconsistent with such construction:

 
(a)
words importing the singular include the plural and vice versa;

 
(b)
words importing a gender include both gender and the neuter;

 
(c)
words importing persons include companies, associations and bodies of persons whether corporate or not;
 
Page 5 of 62

 
 
(d)
the words:

 
(i)
“may” shall be construed as permissive;

 
(ii)
“shall” or “will” shall be construed as imperative;
 
 
(e)
expressions referring to writing shall, unless the contrary intention appears, be construed as including printing, lithography, photography and other modes of representing words or figures in a visible form, and including where the representation takes the form of electronic display, provided that both the mode of service of the relevant document or notice and the Member’s election comply with all applicable Statutes, rules and regulations;

 
(f)
 references to any law, ordinance, statute or statutory provision shall be interpreted as relating to any statutory modification or re-enactment thereof for the time being in force;

 
(g)
 save as aforesaid words and expressions defined in the Statutes shall bear the same meanings in these Articles if not inconsistent with the subject in the context;

 
(h)
references to a document being executed include references to it being executed under hand or under seal or by electronic signature or by any other method and references to a notice or document include a notice or document recorded or stored in any digital, electronic, electrical, magnetic or other retrievable form or medium and information in visible form whether having physical substance or not.
  
SHARE CAPITAL
 
3.
(1) 
The share capital of the Company at the date on which these Articles come into effect shall be divided into shares of a par value of US $ 0.001 each.
     
 
 (2)
Subject to the Law, the Company’s Memorandum and Articles of Association and, where applicable, the rules of the Designated Stock Exchange and/or any competent regulatory authority, any power of the Company to purchase or otherwise acquire its own shares shall be exercisable by the Board in such manner, upon such terms and subject to such conditions as it thinks fit.
 
 
(3)
No share shall be issued to bearer.
 
Page 6 of 62

 
ALTERATION OF CAPITAL
 
4.
The Company may from time to time by ordinary resolution in accordance with the Law alter the conditions of its Memorandum of Association to:

 
(a)
increase its capital by such sum, to be divided into shares of such amounts, as the resolution shall prescribe;

 
(b)
consolidate or divide its shares;

 
(c)
divide all or any of its capital into shares of larger amount than its existing shares;

 
(d)
without prejudice to the powers of the Board under Article 12, divide its shares into several classes and without prejudice to any special rights previously conferred on the holders of existing shares attach thereto respectively any preferential, deferred, qualified or special rights, privileges, conditions or such restrictions which in the absence of any such determination by the Company in general meeting, as the Directors may determine provided always that, for the avoidance of doubt, where a class of shares has been authorized by the Company no resolution of the Company in general meeting is required for the issuance of shares of that class and the Directors may issue shares of that class and determine such rights, privileges, conditions or restrictions attaching thereto as aforesaid, and further provided that where the Company issues shares which do not carry voting rights, the words “non-voting” shall appear in the designation of such shares and where the equity capital includes shares with different voting rights, the designation of each class of shares, other than those with the most favourable voting rights, must include the words “restricted voting” or “limited voting”;

 
(e)
sub-divide its shares, or any of them, into shares of smaller amount than is fixed by the Memorandum of Association (subject, nevertheless, to the Law), and may by such resolution determine that, as between the holders of the shares resulting from such sub-division, one or more of the shares may have any such preferred, deferred or other rights or be subject to any such restrictions as compared with the other or others as the Company has power to attach to unissued or new shares;

 
(f)
cancel any shares which, at the date of the passing of the resolution, have not been taken, or agreed to be taken, by any person, and diminish the amount of its capital by the amount of the shares so cancelled or, in the case of shares, without par value, diminish the number of shares into which its capital is divided.
 
5.
The Board may settle as it considers expedient any difficulty which arises in relation to any consolidation and division under the last preceding Article and in particular but without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing may issue certificates in respect of fractions of shares or arrange for the sale of the shares representing fractions and the distribution of the net proceeds of sale (after deduction of the expenses of such sale) in due proportion amongst the Members who would have been entitled to the fractions, and for this purpose the Board may authorise any person to transfer the shares representing fractions to their purchaser or resolve that such net proceeds be paid to the Company for the Company’s benefit. Such purchaser will not be bound to see to the application of the purchase money nor will his title to the shares be affected by any irregularity or invalidity in the proceedings relating to the sale.
 
Page 7 of 62

 
6.
The Company may from time to time by special resolution, subject to any confirmation or consent required by the Law, reduce its share capital or any capital redemption reserve or other undistributable reserve in any manner permitted by law.

7.
Except so far as otherwise provided by the conditions of issue, or by these Articles, any capital raised by the creation of new shares shall be treated as if it formed part of the original capital of the Company, and such shares shall be subject to the provisions contained in these Articles with reference to the payment of calls and installments, transfer and transmission, forfeiture, lien, cancellation, surrender, voting and otherwise.

SHARE RIGHTS
 
8.
Subject to the provisions of the Law, the rules of the Designated Stock Exchange and the Memorandum and Articles of Association and to any special rights conferred on the holders of any shares or class of shares, and without prejudice to Article 12 hereof, any share in the Company (whether forming part of the present capital or not) may be issued with or have attached thereto such rights or restrictions whether in regard to dividend, voting, return of capital or otherwise as the Board may determine, including without limitation on terms that they may be, or at the option of the Company or the holder are, liable to be redeemed on such terms and in such manner, including out of capital, as the Board may deem fit.

9.
Subject to the Law, any preferred shares may be issued or converted into shares that, at a determinable date or at the option of the Company or the holder if so authorised by its Memorandum of Association, are liable to be redeemed on such terms and in such manner as the Company before the issue or conversion may by ordinary resolution of the Members determine. Where the Company purchases for redemption a redeemable share, purchases not made through the market or by tender shall be limited to a maximum price as may from time to time be determined by the Board, either generally or with regard to specific purchases. If purchases are by tender, tenders shall comply with applicable laws.
 
Page 8 of 62

 
VARIATION OF RIGHTS
 
10.
Subject to the Law and without prejudice to Article 8, all or any of the special rights for the time being attached to the shares or any class of shares may, unless otherwise provided by the terms of issue of the shares of that class, from time to time (whether or not the Company is being wound up) be varied, modified or abrogated with the sanction of a special resolution passed at a separate general meeting of the holders of the shares of that class. To every such separate general meeting all the provisions of these Articles relating to general meetings of the Company shall, mutatis mutandis, apply, but so that:

 
(a)
the necessary quorum (whether at a separate general meeting or at its adjourned meeting) shall be a person or persons (or in the case of a Member being a corporation, its duly authorized representative) together holding or representing by proxy not less than one-third in nominal value of the issued shares of that class;

 
(b)
every holder of shares of the class shall be entitled on a poll to one vote for every such share held by him; and

 
(c)
any holder of shares of the class present in person or by proxy or authorised representative may demand a poll.
 
11.
The special rights conferred upon the holders of any shares or class of shares shall not, unless otherwise expressly provided in the rights attaching to or the terms of issue of such shares, be deemed to be varied, modified or abrogated by the creation or issue of further shares ranking pari passu therewith.
 
SHARES
 
12.
(1) 
Subject to the Law, these Articles and, where applicable, the rules of the Designated Stock Exchange and without prejudice to any special rights or restrictions for the time being attached to any shares or any class of shares, the unissued shares of the Company (whether forming part of the original or any increased capital) shall be at the disposal of the Board, which may offer, allot, grant options over or otherwise dispose of them to such persons, at such times and for such consideration and upon such terms and conditions as the Board may in its absolute discretion determine but so that no shares shall be issued at a discount. In particular and without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing, the Board is hereby empowered to authorize by resolution or resolutions from time to time the issuance of one or more classes or series of preferred shares and to fix the designations, powers, preferences and relative, participating, optional and other rights, if any, and the qualifications, limitations and restrictions thereof, if any, including, without limitation, the number of shares constituting each such class or series, dividend rights, conversion rights, redemption privileges, voting powers, full or limited or no voting powers, and liquidation preferences, and to increase or decrease the size of any such class or series (but not below the number of shares of any class or series of preferred shares then outstanding) to the extent permitted by Law. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the resolution or resolutions providing for the establishment of any class or series of preferred shares may, to the extent permitted by law, provide that such class or series shall be superior to, rank equally with or be junior to the preferred shares of any other class or series.
 
Page 9 of 62

 
 
(2)
Neither the Company nor the Board shall be obliged, when making or granting any allotment of, offer of, option over or disposal of shares, to make, or make available, any such allotment, offer, option or shares to Members or others with registered addresses in any particular territory or territories being a territory or territories where, in the absence of a registration statement or other special formalities, this would or might, in the opinion of the Board, be unlawful or impracticable. Members affected as a result of the foregoing sentence shall not be, or be deemed to be, a separate class of members for any purpose whatsoever. Except as otherwise expressly provided in the resolution or resolutions providing for the establishment of any class or series of preferred shares, no vote of the holders of preferred shares of or ordinary shares shall be a prerequisite to the issuance of any shares of any class or series of the preferred shares authorized by and complying with the conditions of the Memorandum and Articles of Association.
 
 
(3)
The Board may issue options, warrants or convertible securities or securities of similar nature conferring the right upon the holders thereof to subscribe for, purchase or receive any class of shares or securities in the capital of the Company on such terms as it may from time to time determine.
 
 
13.
The Company may in connection with the issue of any shares exercise all powers of paying commission and brokerage conferred or permitted by the Law. Subject to the Law, the commission may be satisfied by the payment of cash or by the allotment of fully or partly paid shares or partly in one and partly in the other.

14.
Except as required by law, no person shall be recognised by the Company as holding any share upon any trust and the Company shall not be bound by or required in any way to recognise (even when having notice thereof) any equitable, contingent, future or partial interest in any share or any fractional part of a share or (except only as otherwise provided by these Articles or by law) any other rights in respect of any share except an absolute right to the entirety thereof in the registered holder.

15.
Subject to the Law and these Articles, the Board may at any time after the allotment of shares but before any person has been entered in the Register as the holder, recognise a renunciation thereof by the allottee in favour of some other person and may accord to any allottee of a share a right to effect such renunciation upon and subject to such terms and conditions as the Board considers fit to impose.
 
Page 10 of 62

 
SHARE CERTIFICATES
 
16.
Every share certificate shall be issued under the Seal or a facsimile thereof and shall specify the number and class and distinguishing numbers (if any) of the shares to which it relates, and the amount paid up thereon and may otherwise be in such form as the Directors may from time to time determine. No certificate shall be issued representing shares of more than one class. The Board may by resolution determine, either generally or in any particular case or cases, that any signatures on any such certificates (or certificates in respect of other securities) need not be autographic but may be affixed to such certificates by some mechanical means or may be printed thereon.
 
17.
(1) 
In the case of a share held jointly by several persons, the Company shall not be bound to issue more than one certificate therefor and delivery of a certificate to one of several joint holders shall be sufficient delivery to all such holders.
     
 
(2)
Where a share stands in the names of two or more persons, the person first named in the Register shall as regards service of notices and, subject to the provisions of these Articles, all or any other matters connected with the Company, except the transfer of the shares, be deemed the sole holder thereof.
 
18.
Every person whose name is entered, upon an allotment of shares, as a Member in the Register shall be entitled, without payment, to receive one certificate for all such shares of any one class or several certificates each for one or more of such shares of such class upon payment for every certificate after the first of such reasonable out-of-pocket expenses as the Board from time to time determines.
 
19.
Share certificates shall be issued within the relevant time limit as prescribed by the Law or as the Designated Stock Exchange may from time to time determine, whichever is the shorter, after allotment or, except in the case of a transfer which the Company is for the time being entitled to refuse to register and does not register, after lodgment of a transfer with the Company.
 
20.
(1) 
Upon every transfer of shares the certificate held by the transferor shall be given up to be cancelled, and shall forthwith be cancelled accordingly, and a new certificate shall be issued to the transferee in respect of the shares transferred to him at such fee as is provided in paragraph (2) of this Article. If any of the shares included in the certificate so given up shall be retained by the transferor a new certificate for the balance shall be issued to him at the aforesaid fee payable by the transferor to the Company in respect thereof.
 
Page 11 of 62

 
 
(2)
The fee referred to in paragraph (1) above shall be an amount not exceeding the relevant maximum amount as the Designated Stock Exchange may from time to time determine provided that the Board may at any time determine a lower amount for such fee.
 
21.
If a share certificate shall be damaged or defaced or alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed a new certificate representing the same shares may be issued to the relevant Member upon request and on payment of such fee as the Company may determine and, subject to compliance with such terms (if any) as to evidence and indemnity and to payment of the costs and reasonable out-of-pocket expenses of the Company in investigating such evidence and preparing such indemnity as the Board may think fit and, in case of damage or defacement, on delivery of the old certificate to the Company provided always that where share warrants have been issued, no new share warrant shall be issued to replace one that has been lost unless the Board has determined that the original has been destroyed.
 
LIEN
 
22.
The Company shall have a first and paramount lien on every share (not being a fully paid share) for all moneys (whether presently payable or not) called or payable at a fixed time in respect of that share. The Company shall also have a first and paramount lien on every share (not being a fully paid share) registered in the name of a Member (whether or not jointly with other Members) for all amounts of money presently payable by such Member or his estate to the Company whether the same shall have been incurred before or after notice to the Company of any equitable or other interest of any person other than such member, and whether the period for the payment or discharge of the same shall have actually arrived or not, and notwithstanding that the same are joint debts or liabilities of such Member or his estate and any other person, whether a Member of the Company or not. The Company’s lien on a share shall extend to all dividends or other moneys payable thereon or in respect thereof. The Board may at any time, generally or in any particular case, waive any lien that has arisen or declare any share exempt in whole or in part, from the provisions of this Article.

23.
Subject to these Articles, the Company may sell in such manner as the Board determines any share on which the Company has a lien, but no sale shall be made unless some sum in respect of which the lien exists is presently payable, or the liability or engagement in respect of which such lien exists is liable to be presently fulfilled or discharged nor until the expiration of fourteen clear days after a notice in writing, stating and demanding payment of the sum presently payable, or specifying the liability or engagement and demanding fulfillment or discharge thereof and giving notice of the intention to sell in default, has been served on the registered holder for the time being of the share or the person entitled thereto by reason of his death or bankruptcy.
 
Page 12 of 62

 
24.
The net proceeds of the sale shall be received by the Company and applied in or towards payment or discharge of the debt or liability in respect of which the lien exists, so far as the same is presently payable, and any residue shall (subject to a like lien for debts or liabilities not presently payable as existed upon the share prior to the sale) be paid to the person entitled to the share at the time of the sale. To give effect to any such sale the Board may authorise some person to transfer the shares sold to the purchaser thereof. The purchaser shall be registered as the holder of the shares so transferred and he shall not be bound to see to the application of the purchase money, nor shall his title to the shares be affected by any irregularity or invalidity in the proceedings relating to the sale.

CALLS ON SHARES
 
25.
Subject to these Articles and to the terms of allotment, the Board may from time to time make calls upon the Members in respect of any moneys unpaid on their shares (whether on account of the nominal value of the shares or by way of premium), and each Member shall (subject to being given at least fourteen clear days’ notice specifying the time and place of payment) pay to the Company as required by such notice the amount called on his shares. A call may be extended, postponed or revoked in whole or in part as the Board determines but no member shall be entitled to any such extension, postponement or revocation except as a matter of grace and favour.

26.
A call shall be deemed to have been made at the time when the resolution of the Board authorising the call was passed and may be made payable either in one lump sum or by installments.

27.
A person upon whom a call is made shall remain liable for calls made upon him notwithstanding the subsequent transfer of the shares in respect of which the call was made. The joint holders of a share shall be jointly and severally liable to pay all calls and installments due in respect thereof or other moneys due in respect thereof.

28.
If a sum called in respect of a share is not paid before or on the day appointed for payment thereof, the person from whom the sum is due shall pay interest on the amount unpaid from the day appointed for payment thereof to the time of actual payment at such rate (not exceeding twenty per cent per annum) as the Board may determine, but the Board may in its absolute discretion waive payment of such interest wholly or in part.

29.
No Member shall be entitled to receive any dividend or bonus or to be present and vote (save as proxy for another Member) at any general meeting either personally or by proxy, or be reckoned in a quorum, or exercise any other privilege as a Member until all calls or installments due by him to the Company, whether alone or jointly with any other person, together with interest and expenses (if any) shall have been paid.
 
Page 13 of 62

 
30.
On the trial or hearing of any action or other proceedings for the recovery of any money due for any call, it shall be sufficient to prove that the name of the Member sued is entered in the Register as the holder, or one of the holders, of the shares in respect of which such debt accrued, that the resolution making the call is duly recorded in the minute book, and that notice of such call was duly given to the Member sued, in pursuance of these Articles; and it shall not be necessary to prove the appointment of the Directors who made such call, nor any other matters whatsoever, but the proof of the matters aforesaid shall be conclusive evidence of the debt.

31.
Any amount payable in respect of a share upon allotment or at any fixed date, whether in respect of nominal value or premium or as an installment of a call, shall be deemed to be a call duly made and payable on the date fixed for payment and if it is not paid the provisions of these Articles shall apply as if that amount had become due and payable by virtue of a call duly made and notified.

32.
On the issue of shares the Board may differentiate between the allottees or holders as to the amount of calls to be paid and the times of payment.

33.
The Board may, if it thinks fit, receive from any Member willing to advance the same, and either in money or money’s worth, all or any part of the moneys uncalled and unpaid or installments payable upon any shares held by him and upon all or any of the moneys so advanced (until the same would, but for such advance, become presently payable) pay interest at such rate (if any) as the Board may decide. The Board may at any time repay the amount so advanced upon giving to such Member not less than one month’s Notice of its intention in that behalf, unless before the expiration of such notice the amount so advanced shall have been called up on the shares in respect of which it was advanced. Such payment in advance shall not entitle the holder of such share or shares to participate in respect thereof in a dividend subsequently declared.

FORFEITURE OF SHARES
 
 
34.
(1) 
If a call remains unpaid after it has become due and payable the Board may give to the person from whom it is due not less than fourteen clear days’ Notice:

 
(a)
requiring payment of the amount unpaid together with any interest which may have accrued and which may still accrue up to the date of actual payment; and

 
(b)
stating that if the Notice is not complied with the shares on which the call was made will be liable to be forfeited.
 
Page 14 of 62

 
 
(2)
If the requirements of any such Notice are not complied with, any share in respect of which such Notice has been given may at any time thereafter, before payment of all calls and interest due in respect thereof has been made, be forfeited by a resolution of the Board to that effect, and such forfeiture shall include all dividends and bonuses declared in respect of the forfeited share but not actually paid before the forfeiture.
 
35.
When any share has been forfeited, notice of the forfeiture shall be served upon the person who was before forfeiture the holder of the share. No forfeiture shall be invalidated by any omission or neglect to give such Notice.
 
36.
The Board may accept the surrender of any share liable to be forfeited hereunder and, in such case, references in these Articles to forfeiture will include surrender.
 
37.
Any share so forfeited shall be deemed the property of the Company and may be sold, re-allotted or otherwise disposed of to such person, upon such terms and in such manner as the Board determines, and at any time before a sale, re-allotment or disposition the forfeiture may be annulled by the Board on such terms as the Board determines.

38.
A person whose shares have been forfeited shall cease to be a Member in respect of the forfeited shares but nevertheless shall remain liable to pay the Company all moneys which at the date of forfeiture were presently payable by him to the Company in respect of the shares, with (if the Directors shall in their discretion so require) interest thereon from the date of forfeiture until payment at such rate (not exceeding twenty per cent. per annum) as the Board determines. The Board may enforce payment thereof if it thinks fit, and without any deduction or allowance for the value of the forfeited shares, at the date of forfeiture, but his liability shall cease if and when the Company shall have received payment in full of all such moneys in respect of the shares. For the purposes of this Article any sum which, by the terms of issue of a share, is payable thereon at a fixed time which is subsequent to the date of forfeiture, whether on account of the nominal value of the share or by way of premium, shall notwithstanding that time has not yet arrived be deemed to be payable at the date of forfeiture, and the same shall become due and payable immediately upon the forfeiture, but interest thereon shall only be payable in respect of any period between the said fixed time and the date of actual payment.

39.
A declaration by a Director or the Secretary that a share has been forfeited on a specified date shall be conclusive evidence of the facts therein stated as against all persons claiming to be entitled to the share, and such declaration shall (subject to the execution of an instrument of transfer by the Company if necessary) constitute a good title to the share, and the person to whom the share is disposed of shall be registered as the holder of the share and shall not be bound to see to the application of the consideration (if any), nor shall his title to the share be affected by any irregularity in or invalidity of the proceedings in reference to the forfeiture, sale or disposal of the share. When any share shall have been forfeited, notice of the declaration shall be given to the Member in whose name it stood immediately prior to the forfeiture, and an entry of the forfeiture, with the date thereof, shall forthwith be made in the register, but no forfeiture shall be in any manner invalidated by any omission or neglect to give such notice or make any such entry.
 
Page 15 of 62

 
40.
Notwithstanding any such forfeiture as aforesaid the Board may at any time, before any shares so forfeited shall have been sold, re-allotted or otherwise disposed of, permit the shares forfeited to be bought back upon the terms of payment of all calls and interest due upon and expenses incurred in respect of the share, and upon such further terms (if any) as it thinks fit.

41.
The forfeiture of a share shall not prejudice the right of the Company to any call already made or installment payable thereon.

42.
The provisions of these Articles as to forfeiture shall apply in the case of non-payment of any sum which, by the terms of issue of a share, becomes payable at a fixed time, whether on account of the nominal value of the share or by way of premium, as if the same had been payable by virtue of a call duly made and notified.

REGISTER OF MEMBERS

 
43.
(1) 
The Company shall keep in one or more books a Register of its Members and shall enter therein the following particulars, that is to say:

 
(a)
the name and address of each Member, the number and class of shares held by him and the amount paid or agreed to be considered as paid on such shares;

 
(b)
the date on which each person was entered in the Register; and

 
(c)
the date on which any person ceased to be a Member.
 
 
 (2)
The Company may keep an overseas or local or other branch register of Members resident in any place, and the Board may make and vary such regulations as it determines in respect of the keeping of any such register and maintaining a Registration Office in connection therewith.
 
44.
The Register and branch register of Members, as the case may be, shall be open to inspection for such times and on such days as the Board shall determine by Members without charge or by any other person, upon a maximum payment of $2.50 or such other sum specified by the Board, at the Office or such other place at which the Register is kept in accordance with the Law or, if appropriate, upon a maximum payment of $1.00 or such other sum specified by the Board at the Registration Office. The Register including any overseas or local or other branch register of Members may, after notice has been given by advertisement in an appointed newspaper or any other newspapers in accordance with the requirements of the Designated Stock Exchange or by any electronic means in such manner as may be accepted by the Designated Stock Exchange to that effect, be closed at such times or for such periods not exceeding in the whole thirty days in each year as the Board may determine and either generally or in respect of any class of shares.
 
Page 16 of 62

 
RECORD DATES
 
45.
  (1)
For the purpose of determining the Members entitled to notice of or to vote at any general meeting, or any adjournment thereof, or entitled to express consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, or entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights, or entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of shares or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the Board may fix, in advance, a date as the record date for any such determination of Members, which date shall not be more than sixty days nor less than ten days before the date of such meeting, nor more than sixty days prior to any other such action.
     
 
(2)
If the Board does not fix a record date for any general meeting, the record date for determining the Members entitled to a notice of or to vote at such meeting shall be at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which notice is given, or, if in accordance with these Articles notice is waived, at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which the meeting is held. If corporate action without a general meeting is to be taken, the record date for determining the Members entitled to express consent to such corporate action in writing, when no prior action by the Board is necessary, shall be the first date on which a signed written consent setting forth the action taken or proposed to be taken is delivered to the Company by delivery to its head office. The record date for determining the Members for any other purpose shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board adopts the resolution relating thereto.
 
 
(3)
A determination of the Members of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of the Members shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, however, that the Board may fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting.
 
TRANSFER OF SHARES
 
46.
Subject to these Articles, any Member may transfer all or any of his shares by an instrument of transfer in the usual or common form or in a form prescribed by the Designated Stock Exchange, if any, or in any other form approved by the Board and may be under hand or, if the transferor or transferee is a clearing house or its nominee(s), by hand or by machine imprinted signature or by such other manner of execution as the Board may approve from time to time.
 
Page 17 of 62

 
47.
The instrument of transfer shall be executed by or on behalf of the transferor and the transferee provided that the Board may dispense with the execution of the instrument of transfer by the transferee in any case which it thinks fit in its discretion to do so. Without prejudice to the last preceding Article, the Board may also resolve, either generally or in any particular case, upon request by either the transferor or transferee, to accept mechanically executed transfers. The transferor shall be deemed to remain the holder of the share until the name of the transferee is entered in the Register in respect thereof. Nothing in these Articles shall preclude the Board from recognising a renunciation of the allotment or provisional allotment of any share by the allottee in favour of some other person.
 
48.
(1) 
The Board may, in its absolute discretion, and without giving any reason therefor, refuse to register a transfer of any share (not being a fully paid up share) to a person of whom it does not approve, or any share issued under any share incentive scheme for employees upon which a restriction on transfer imposed thereby still subsists, and it may also, without prejudice to the foregoing generality, refuse to register a transfer of any share to more than four joint holders or a transfer of any share (not being a fully paid up share) on which the Company has a lien.
     
 
(2)
The Board in so far as permitted by any applicable law may, in its absolute discretion, at any time and from time to time transfer any share upon the Register to any branch register or any share on any branch register to the Register or any other branch register. In the event of any such transfer, the shareholder requesting such transfer shall bear the cost of effecting the transfer unless the Board otherwise determines.
 
 
(3)
Unless the Board otherwise agrees (which agreement may be on such terms and subject to such conditions as the Board in its absolute discretion may from time to time determine, and which agreement the Board shall, without giving any reason therefor, be entitled in its absolute discretion to give or withhold), no shares upon the Register shall be transferred to any branch register nor shall shares on any branch register be transferred to the Register or any other branch register and all transfers and other documents of title shall be lodged for registration, and registered, in the case of any shares on a branch register, at the relevant Registration Office, and, in the case of any shares on the Register, at the Office or such other place at which the Register is kept in accordance with the Law.
 
49.
Without limiting the generality of the last preceding Article, the Board may decline to recognise any instrument of transfer unless:-
 
Page 18 of 62

 
 
(a)
a fee of such maximum sum as the Designated Stock Exchange may determine to be payable or such lesser sum as the Board may from time to time require is paid to the Company in respect thereof;

 
(b)
the instrument of transfer is in respect of only one class of share;

 
(c)
the instrument of transfer is lodged at the Office or such other place at which the Register is kept in accordance with the Law or the Registration Office (as the case may be) accompanied by the relevant share certificate(s) and such other evidence as the Board may reasonably require to show the right of the transferor to make the transfer (and, if the instrument of transfer is executed by some other person on his behalf, the authority of that person so to do); and

 
(d)
if applicable, the instrument of transfer is duly and properly stamped.
 
50.
If the Board refuses to register a transfer of any share, it shall, within two months after the date on which the transfer was lodged with the Company, send to each of the transferor and transferee notice of the refusal.

51.
The registration of transfers of shares or of any class of shares may, after notice has been given by advertisement in an appointed newspaper or any other newspapers or by any other means in accordance with the requirements of the Designated Stock Exchange to that effect be suspended at such times and for such periods (not exceeding in the whole thirty days in any year) as the Board may determine.

TRANSMISSION OF SHARES
 
52.
If a Member dies, the survivor or survivors where the deceased was a joint holder, and his legal personal representatives where he was a sole or only surviving holder, will be the only persons recognised by the Company as having any title to his interest in the shares; but nothing in this Article will release the estate of a deceased Member (whether sole or joint) from any liability in respect of any share which had been solely or jointly held by him.

53.
Any person becoming entitled to a share in consequence of the death or bankruptcy or winding-up of a Member may, upon such evidence as to his title being produced as may be required by the Board, elect either to become the holder of the share or to have some person nominated by him registered as the transferee thereof. If he elects to become the holder he shall notify the Company in writing either at the Registration Office or Office, as the case may be, to that effect. If he elects to have another person registered he shall execute a transfer of the share in favour of that person. The provisions of these Articles relating to the transfer and registration of transfers of shares shall apply to such notice or transfer as aforesaid as if the death or bankruptcy of the Member had not occurred and the notice or transfer were a transfer signed by such Member.
 
Page 19 of 62

 
54.
A person becoming entitled to a share by reason of the death or bankruptcy or winding-up of a Member shall be entitled to the same dividends and other advantages to which he would be entitled if he were the registered holder of the share. However, the Board may, if it thinks fit, withhold the payment of any dividend payable or other advantages in respect of such share until such person shall become the registered holder of the share or shall have effectually transferred such share, but, subject to the requirements of Article 75 being met, such a person may vote at meetings.

UNTRACEABLE MEMBERS

55.
  (1) 
Without prejudice to the rights of the Company under paragraph (2) of this Article, the Company may cease sending cheques for dividend entitlements or dividend warrants by post if such cheques or warrants have been left uncashed on two consecutive occasions. However, the Company may exercise the power to cease sending cheques for dividend entitlements or dividend warrants after the first occasion on which such a cheque or warrant is returned undelivered.
     
 
(2)
The Company shall have the power to sell, in such manner as the Board thinks fit, any shares of a Member who is untraceable, but no such sale shall be made unless:

 
(a)
all cheques or warrants in respect of dividends of the shares in question, being not less than three in total number, for any sum payable in cash to the holder of such shares in respect of them sent during the relevant period in the manner authorised by the Articles of the Company have remained uncashed;

 
(b)
so far as it is aware at the end of the relevant period, the Company has not at any time during the relevant period received any indication of the existence of the Member who is the holder of such shares or of a person entitled to such shares by death, bankruptcy or operation of law; and

 
(c)
the Company, if so required by the rules governing the listing of shares on the Designated Stock Exchange, has given notice to, and caused advertisement in newspapers to be made in accordance with the requirements of, the Designated Stock Exchange of its intention to sell such shares in the manner required by the Designated Stock Exchange, and a period of three months or such shorter period as may be allowed by the Designated Stock Exchange has elapsed since the date of such advertisement.
 
Page 20 of 62

 
For the purpose of the foregoing, the “relevant period” means the period commencing twelve years before the date of publication of the advertisement referred to in paragraph (c) of this Article and ending at the expiry of the period referred to in that paragraph.
 
 
(3)
To give effect to any such sale the Board may authorise some person to transfer the said shares and an instrument of transfer signed or otherwise executed by or on behalf of such person shall be as effective as if it had been executed by the registered holder or the person entitled by transmission to such shares, and the purchaser shall not be bound to see to the application of the purchase money nor shall his title to the shares be affected by any irregularity or invalidity in the proceedings relating to the sale. The net proceeds of the sale will belong to the Company and upon receipt by the Company of such net proceeds it shall become indebted to the former Member for an amount equal to such net proceeds. No trust shall be created in respect of such debt and no interest shall be payable in respect of it and the Company shall not be required to account for any money earned from the net proceeds which may be employed in the business of the Company or as it thinks fit. Any sale under this Article shall be valid and effective notwithstanding that the Member holding the shares sold is dead, bankrupt or otherwise under any legal disability or incapacity.
 
 
GENERAL MEETINGS
 
56.
An annual general meeting of the Company shall be held in each year other than the year of the Company’s incorporation at such time and place as may be determined by the Board.

57.
Each general meeting, other than an annual general meeting, shall be called an extraordinary general meeting. General meetings may be held at such times and in any location in the world as may be determined by the Board.

58.
Only any three members of the Board together, or the Chairman of the Board may call extraordinary general meetings, which extraordinary general meetings shall be held at such times and locations (as permitted hereby) as such person or persons shall determine.

NOTICE OF GENERAL MEETINGS
 
59.
(1) 
An annual general meeting and any extraordinary general meeting may be called by not less than ten clear days’ Notice but a general meeting may be called by shorter notice, subject to the Law, if it is so agreed:
 
Page 21 of 62

 
 
(a)
in the case of a meeting called as an annual general meeting, by all the Members entitled to attend and vote thereat; and

 
(b)
in the case of any other meeting, by a majority in number of the Members having the right to attend and vote at the meeting, being a majority together holding not less than ninety-five per cent. in nominal value of the issued shares giving that right.
 
 
(2)
The notice shall specify the time and place of the meeting and, in case of special business, the general nature of the business. The notice convening an annual general meeting shall specify the meeting as such. Notice of every general meeting shall be given to all Members other than to such Members as, under the provisions of these Articles or the terms of issue of the shares they hold, are not entitled to receive such notices from the Company, to all persons entitled to a share in consequence of the death or bankruptcy or winding-up of a Member and to each of the Directors and the Auditors.
 
60.
The accidental omission to give Notice of a meeting or (in cases where instruments of proxy are sent out with the Notice) to send such instrument of proxy to, or the non-receipt of such Notice or such instrument of proxy by, any person entitled to receive such Notice shall not invalidate any resolution passed or the proceedings at that meeting.
 
PROCEEDINGS AT GENERAL MEETINGS
 
61.
(1) 
All business shall be deemed special that is transacted at an extraordinary general meeting, and also all business that is transacted at an annual general meeting, with the exception of:

 
(a)
the declaration and sanctioning of dividends;

 
(b)
consideration and adoption of the accounts and balance sheet and the reports of the Directors and Auditors and other documents required to be annexed to the balance sheet;

 
(c)
the election of Directors;

 
(d)
appointment of Auditors (where special notice of the intention for such appointment is not required by the Law) and other officers;

 
(e)
the fixing of the remuneration of the Auditors,

 
(f)
the voting of remuneration or extra remuneration to the Directors; the granting of any mandate or authority to the Directors to offer, allot, grant options over or otherwise dispose of the unissued shares in the capital of the Company representing not more than 20 per cent. in nominal value of its existing issued share capital; and
 
Page 22 of 62

 
 
(g)
the granting of any mandate or authority to the Directors to repurchase securities of the Company.
 
 
(2)
No business other than the appointment of a chairman of a meeting shall be transacted at any general meeting unless a quorum is present at the commencement of the business. At any general meeting of the Company, two Members entitled to vote and present in person or by proxy or (in the case of a Member being a corporation) by its duly authorised representative representing not less than one-third in nominal value of the total issued voting shares in the Company throughout the meeting shall form a quorum for all purposes.
 
62.
If within thirty minutes (or such longer time not exceeding one hour as the chairman of the meeting may determine to wait) after the time appointed for the meeting a quorum is not present, the meeting shall stand adjourned to the same day in the next week at the same time and place or to such time and place as the Board may determine. If at such adjourned meeting a quorum is not present within half an hour from the time appointed for holding the meeting, the meeting shall be dissolved.

63.
The chairman of the Company shall preside as chairman at every general meeting. If at any meeting the chairman is not present within fifteen minutes after the time appointed for holding the meeting, or is not willing to act as chairman, the Directors present shall choose one of their number to act, or if one Director only is present he shall preside as chairman if willing to act. If no Director is present, or if each of the Directors present declines to take the chair, or if the chairman chosen shall retire from the chair, the Members present in person or by proxy and entitled to vote shall elect one of their number to be chairman.

64.
The chairman may adjourn the meeting from time to time and from place to place, but no business shall be transacted at any adjourned meeting other than the business which might lawfully have been transacted at the meeting had the adjournment not taken place. When a meeting is adjourned for fourteen days or more, at least seven clear days’ notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given specifying the time and place of the adjourned meeting but it shall not be necessary to specify in such notice the nature of the business to be transacted at the adjourned meeting and the general nature of the business to be transacted. Save as aforesaid, it shall be unnecessary to give notice of an adjournment.

65.
If an amendment is proposed to any resolution under consideration but is in good faith ruled out of order by the chairman of the meeting, the proceedings on the substantive resolution shall not be invalidated by any error in such ruling. In the case of a resolution duly proposed as a special resolution, no amendment thereto (other than a mere clerical amendment to correct a patent error) may in any event be considered or voted upon.

Page 23 of 62

 
VOTING
 
66.
Subject to any special rights or restrictions as to voting for the time being attached to any shares by or in accordance with these Articles, at any general meeting on a show of hands every Member present in person (or being a corporation, is present by a duly authorised representative), or by proxy shall have one vote and on a poll every Member present in person or by proxy or, in the case of a Member being a corporation, by its duly authorised representative shall have one vote for every fully paid share of which he is the holder but so that no amount paid up or credited as paid up on a share in advance of calls or installments is treated for the foregoing purposes as paid up on the share. Notwithstanding anything contained in these Articles, where more than one proxy is appointed by a Member which is a clearing house (or its nominee(s)), each such proxy shall have one vote on a show of hands. A resolution put to the vote of a meeting shall be decided on a show of hands unless voting by way of a poll is required by he rules of the Designated Stock Exchange or (before or on the declaration of the result of the show of hands or on the withdrawal of any other demand for a poll) a poll is demanded:

 
(a)
by the chairman of such meeting; or

 
(b)
by at least three Members present in person or in the case of a Member being a corporation by its duly authorised representative or by proxy for the time being entitled to vote at the meeting; or

 
(c)
by a Member or Members present in person or in the case of a Member being a corporation by its duly authorised representative or by proxy and representing not less than one-tenth of the total voting rights of all Members having the right to vote at the meeting; or

 
(d)
by a Member or Members present in person or in the case of a Member being a corporation by its duly authorised representative or by proxy and holding shares in the Company conferring a right to vote at the meeting being shares on which an aggregate sum has been paid up equal to not less than one-tenth of the total sum paid up on all shares conferring that right; or

 
(e)
if required by the rules of the Designated Stock Exchange, by any Director or Directors who, individually or collectively, hold proxies in respect of shares representing five per cent. or more of the total voting rights at such meeting
  
Page 24 of 62

 
A demand by a person as proxy for a Member or in the case of a Member being a corporation by its duly authorised representative shall be deemed to be the same as a demand by a Member.
 
67.
Unless a poll is duly demanded and the demand is not withdrawn, a declaration by the chairman that a resolution has been carried, or carried unanimously, or by a particular majority, or not carried by a particular majority, or lost, and an entry to that effect made in the minute book of the Company, shall be conclusive evidence of the facts without proof of the number or proportion of the votes recorded for or against the resolution.

68.
If a poll is duly demanded the result of the poll shall be deemed to be the resolution of the meeting at which the poll was demanded. The Company shall only be required to disclose the voting figures on a poll if such disclosure is required by the rules of the Designated Stock Exchange.

69.
A poll demanded on the election of a chairman, or on a question of adjournment, shall be taken forthwith. A poll demanded on any other question shall be taken in such manner (including the use of ballot or voting papers or tickets) and either forthwith or at such time (being not later than thirty days after the date of the demand) and place as the chairman directs. It shall not be necessary (unless the chairman otherwise directs) for notice to be given of a poll not taken immediately.

70.
The demand for a poll shall not prevent the continuance of a meeting or the transaction of any business other than the question on which the poll has been demanded, and, with the consent of the chairman, it may be withdrawn at any time before the close of the meeting or the taking of the poll, whichever is the earlier.

71.
On a poll votes may be given either personally or by proxy.
 
72.
A person entitled to more than one vote on a poll need not use all his votes or cast all the votes he uses in the same way.
 
73.
All questions submitted to a meeting shall be decided by a simple majority of votes except where a greater majority is required by these Articles or by the Law. In the case of an equality of votes, whether on a show of hands or on a poll, the chairman of such meeting shall not be entitled to a second or casting vote and the resolution shall fail.
 
74.
Where there are joint holders of any share any one of such joint holder may vote, either in person or by proxy, in respect of such share as if he were solely entitled thereto, but if more than one of such joint holders be present at any meeting the vote of the senior who tenders a vote, whether in person or by proxy, shall be accepted to the exclusion of the votes of the other joint holders, and for this purpose seniority shall be determined by the order in which the names stand in the Register in respect of the joint holding. Several executors or administrators of a deceased Member in whose name any share stands shall for the purposes of this Article be deemed joint holders thereof.
 
Page 25 of 62


75.
(1) 
A Member who is a patient for any purpose relating to mental health or in respect of whom an order has been made by any court having jurisdiction for the protection or management of the affairs of persons incapable of managing their own affairs may vote, whether on a show of hands or on a poll, by his receiver, committee, curator bonis or other person in the nature of a receiver, committee or curator bonis appointed by such court, and such receiver, committee, curator bonis or other person may vote on a poll by proxy, and may otherwise act and be treated as if he were the registered holder of such shares for the purposes of general meetings, provided that such evidence as the Board may require of the authority of the person claiming to vote shall have been deposited at the Office, head office or Registration Office, as appropriate, not less than forty-eight hours before the time appointed for holding the meeting, or adjourned meeting or poll, as the case may be.
 
 
(2)
Any person entitled under Article 53 to be registered as the holder of any shares may vote at any general meeting in respect thereof in the same manner as if he were the registered holder of such shares, provided that forty-eight hours at least before the time of the holding of the meeting or adjourned meeting, as the case may be, at which he proposes to vote, he shall satisfy the Board of his entitlement to such shares, or the Board shall have previously admitted his right to vote at such meeting in respect thereof.
 
76.
No Member shall, unless the Board otherwise determines, be entitled to attend and vote and to be reckoned in a quorum at any general meeting unless he is duly registered and all calls or other sums presently payable by him in respect of shares in the Company have been paid.
 
77.
If:

 
(a)
any objection shall be raised to the qualification of any voter; or

 
(b)
any votes have been counted which ought not to have been counted or which might have been rejected; or

 
(c)
any votes are not counted which ought to have been counted;
 
the objection or error shall not vitiate the decision of the meeting or adjourned meeting on any resolution unless the same is raised or pointed out at the meeting or, as the case may be, the adjourned meeting at which the vote objected to is given or tendered or at which the error occurs. Any objection or error shall be referred to the chairman of the meeting and shall only vitiate the decision of the meeting on any resolution if the chairman decides that the same may have affected the decision of the meeting. The decision of the chairman on such matters shall be final and conclusive.
 
Page 26 of 62

 
PROXIES
 
78.
Any Member entitled to attend and vote at a meeting of the Company shall be entitled to appoint another person as his proxy to attend and vote instead of him. A Member who is the holder of two or more shares may appoint more than one proxy to represent him and vote on his behalf at a general meeting of the Company or at a class meeting. A proxy need not be a Member. In addition, a proxy or proxies representing either a Member who is an individual or a Member which is a corporation shall be entitled to exercise the same powers on behalf of the Member which he or they represent as such Member could exercise.

79.
The instrument appointing a proxy shall be in writing under the hand of the appointor or of his attorney duly authorised in writing or, if the appointor is a corporation, either under its seal or under the hand of an officer, attorney or other person authorised to sign the same. In the case of an instrument of proxy purporting to be signed on behalf of a corporation by an officer thereof it shall be assumed, unless the contrary appears, that such officer was duly authorised to sign such instrument of proxy on behalf of the corporation without further evidence of the facts.

80.
The instrument appointing a proxy and (if required by the Board) the power of attorney or other authority (if any) under which it is signed, or a certified copy of such power or authority, shall be delivered to such place or one of such places (if any) as may be specified for that purpose in or by way of note to or in any document accompanying the notice convening the meeting (or, if no place is so specified at the Registration Office or the Office, as may be appropriate) not less than forty-eight hours before the time appointed for holding the meeting or adjourned meeting at which the person named in the instrument proposes to vote or, in the case of a poll taken subsequently to the date of a meeting or adjourned meeting, not less than twenty-four hours before the time appointed for the taking of the poll and in default the instrument of proxy shall not be treated as valid. No instrument appointing a proxy shall be valid after the expiration of twelve months from the date named in it as the date of its execution, except at an adjourned meeting or on a poll demanded at a meeting or an adjourned meeting in cases where the meeting was originally held within twelve months from such date. Delivery of an instrument appointing a proxy shall not preclude a Member from attending and voting in person at the meeting convened and in such event, the instrument appointing a proxy shall be deemed to be revoked.

81.
Instruments of proxy shall be in any common form or in such other form as the Board may approve (provided that this shall not preclude the use of the two-way form) and the Board may, if it thinks fit, send out with the notice of any meeting forms of instrument of proxy for use at the meeting. The instrument of proxy shall be deemed to confer authority to demand or join in demanding a poll and to vote on any amendment of a resolution put to the meeting for which it is given as the proxy thinks fit. The instrument of proxy shall, unless the contrary is stated therein, be valid as well for any adjournment of the meeting as for the meeting to which it relates.
 
Page 27 of 62

 
82.
A vote given in accordance with the terms of an instrument of proxy shall be valid notwithstanding the previous death or insanity of the principal, or revocation of the instrument of proxy or of the authority under which it was executed, provided that no intimation in writing of such death, insanity or revocation shall have been received by the Company at the Office or the Registration Office (or such other place as may be specified for the delivery of instruments of proxy in the notice convening the meeting or other document sent therewith) two hours at least before the commencement of the meeting or adjourned meeting, or the taking of the poll, at which the instrument of proxy is used.

83.
Anything which under these Articles a Member may do by proxy he may likewise do by his duly appointed attorney and the provisions of these Articles relating to proxies and instruments appointing proxies shall apply mutatis mutandis in relation to any such attorney and the instrument under which such attorney is appointed.

CORPORATIONS ACTING BY REPRESENTATIVES
 
84.
(1) 
Any corporation which is a Member may by resolution of its directors or other governing body authorise such person as it thinks fit to act as its representative at any meeting of the Company or at any meeting of any class of Members. The person so authorised shall be entitled to exercise the same powers on behalf of such corporation as the corporation could exercise if it were an individual Member and such corporation shall for the purposes of these Articles be deemed to be present in person at any such meeting if a person so authorised is present thereat.
     
 
(2)
If a clearing house (or its nominee(s)), being a corporation, is a Member, it may authorise such persons as it thinks fit to act as its representatives at any meeting of the Company or at any meeting of any class of Members provided that the authorisation shall specify the number and class of shares in respect of which each such representative is so authorised. Each person so authorised under the provisions of this Article shall be deemed to have been duly authorised without further evidence of the facts and be entitled to exercise the same rights and powers on behalf of the clearing house (or its nominee(s)) as if such person was the registered holder of the shares of the Company held by the clearing house (or its nominee(s)) including the right to vote individually on a show of hands.
 
Page 28 of 62

 
 
(3)
Any reference in these Articles to a duly authorised representative of a Member being a corporation shall mean a representative authorised under the provisions of this Article.
 
NO ACTION BY WRITTEN RESOLUTIONS OF MEMBERS
 
85.
Following the IPO (as defined in Article 172) any action required or permitted to be taken at any annual or extraordinary general meetings of the Company may be taken only upon the vote of the Members at an annual or extraordinary general meeting duly noticed and convened in accordance with these Articles and the Law and may not be taken by written resolution of Members without a meeting.
 
BOARD OF DIRECTORS
 
86.
(1) 
Unless otherwise determined by the Company in general meeting, the number of Directors shall not be less than two. There shall be no maximum number of Directors unless otherwise determined from time to time by the Members in general meeting. The Directors shall be elected or appointed in the first place by the subscribers to the Memorandum of Association or by a majority of them and thereafter in accordance with Article 87and shall hold office until their successors are elected or appointed.
     
 
(2)
Subject to the Articles and the Law, the Company may by ordinary resolution elect any person to be a Director either to fill a casual vacancy or as an addition to the existing Board.
 
 
 
(3)
The Directors shall have the power from time to time and at any time to appoint any person as a Director to fill a casual vacancy on the Board or as an addition to the existing Board. Any Director so appointed by the Board shall hold office only until the next following annual general meeting of the Company and shall then be eligible for re-election.
 
 
 
(4)
No Director shall be required to hold any shares of the Company by way of qualification and a Director who is not a Member shall be entitled to receive notice of and to attend and speak at any general meeting of the Company and of all classes of shares of the Company.
 
 
 
(5)
Subject to any provision to the contrary in these Articles, a Director may be removed by way of an ordinary resolution of the Members at any time before the expiration of his period of office notwithstanding anything in these Articles or in any agreement between the Company and such Director (but without prejudice to any claim for damages under any such agreement).
 
Page 29 of 62

 
 
(6)
A vacancy on the Board created by the removal of a Director under the provisions of subparagraph (5) above may be filled by the election or appointment by ordinary resolution of the Members at the meeting at which such Director is removed or by the affirmative vote of a simple majority of the remaining Directors present and voting at a Board meeting.
 
 
 
(7)
The Company may from time to time in general meeting by ordinary resolution increase or reduce the number of Directors but so that the number of Directors should never be less than two unless determined in accordance with Article 86(1).
 
RETIREMENT OF DIRECTORS
 
87.
(1) 
Notwithstanding any other provisions in the Articles, at each annual general meeting one-third of the Directors for the time being (or, if their number is not a multiple of three, the number nearest to but not less than one-third) shall retire from office by rotation provided that every Director shall be subject to retirement at least once every two years.
     
 
(2)
A retiring Director shall be eligible for re-election and shall continue to act as a Director throughout the meeting at which he retires. The Directors to retire by rotation shall include (so far as necessary to ascertain the number of directors to retire by rotation) any Director who wishes to retire and not to offer himself for re-election. Any further Directors so to retire shall be those of the other Directors subject to retirement by rotation who have been longest in office since their last re-election or appointment and so that as between persons who became or were last re-elected Directors on the same day those to retire shall (unless they otherwise agree among themselves) be determined by lot. Any Director appointed pursuant to Article 86(2) or (3) shall not be taken into account in determining which particular Directors or the number of Directors who are to retire by rotation.
 
88.
No person other than a Director retiring at the meeting shall, unless recommended by the Directors for election, be eligible for election as a Director at any general meeting unless a Notice signed by a Member (other than the person to be proposed) duly qualified to attend and vote at the meeting for which such notice is given of his intention to propose such person for election and also a Notice signed by the person to be proposed of his willingness to be elected shall have been lodged at the head office or at the Registration Office provided that the minimum length of the period, during which such Notice(s) are given, shall be at least seven days and that the period for lodgment of such Notice(s) shall commence no earlier than the day after the dispatch of the notice of the general meeting appointed for such election and end no later than seven days prior to the date of such general meeting.
 
Page 30 of 62

 
DISQUALIFICATION OF DIRECTORS
 
89.
The office of a Director shall be vacated if the Director:
 
 
(a)
resigns his office by notice in writing delivered to the Company at the Office or tendered at a meeting of the Board;
 
 
 
(b)
becomes of unsound mind or dies;
 
 
 
(c)
without special leave of absence from the Board, is absent from meetings of the Board for six consecutive months and the Board resolves that his office be vacated; or
 
 
 
(d)
becomes bankrupt or has a receiving order made against him or suspends payment or compounds with his creditors;
 
 
 
(e)
is prohibited by law from being a Director; or
 
 
 
(f)
ceases to be a Director by virtue of any provision of the Statutes or is removed from office pursuant to these Articles.
 
EXECUTIVE DIRECTORS
 
90.
The Board may from time to time appoint any one or more of its body to be a managing director, joint managing director or deputy managing director or to hold any other employment or executive office with the Company for such period (subject to their continuance as Directors) and upon such terms as the Board may determine and the Board may revoke or terminate any of such appointments. Any such revocation or termination as aforesaid shall be without prejudice to any claim for damages that such Director may have against the Company or the Company may have against such Director. A Director appointed to an office under this Article shall be subject to the same provisions as to removal as the other Directors of the Company, and he shall (subject to the provisions of any contract between him and the Company) ipso facto and immediately cease to hold such office if he shall cease to hold the office of Director for any cause.

91.
Notwithstanding Articles 96, 97, 98 and 99, an executive director appointed to an office under Article 90 hereof shall receive such remuneration (whether by way of salary, commission, participation in profits or otherwise or by all or any of those modes) and such other benefits (including pension and/or gratuity and/or other benefits on retirement) and allowances as the Board may from time to time determine, and either in addition to or in lieu of his remuneration as a Director.

Page 31 of 62

 
ALTERNATE DIRECTORS
 
92.
Any Director may at any time by Notice delivered to the Office or head office or at a meeting of the Directors appoint any person (including another Director) to be his alternate Director. Any person so appointed shall have all the rights and powers of the Director or Directors for whom such person is appointed in the alternative provided that such person shall not be counted more than once in determining whether or not a quorum is present. An alternate Director may be removed at any time by the body which appointed him and, subject thereto, the office of alternate Director shall continue until the happening of any event which, if we were a Director, would cause him to vacate such office or if his appointer ceases for any reason to be a Director. Any appointment or removal of an alternate Director shall be effected by Notice signed by the appointor and delivered to the Office or head office or tendered at a meeting of the Board. An alternate Director may also be a Director in his own right and may act as alternate to more than one Director. An alternate Director shall, if his appointor so requests, be entitled to receive notices of meetings of the Board or of committees of the Board to the same extent as, but in lieu of, the Director appointing him and shall be entitled to such extent to attend and vote as a Director at any such meeting at which the Director appointing him is not personally present and generally at such meeting to exercise and discharge all the functions, powers and duties of his appointor as a Director and for the purposes of the proceedings at such meeting the provisions of these Articles shall apply as if he were a Director save that as an alternate for more than one Director his voting rights shall be cumulative.

93.
An alternate Director shall only be a Director for the purposes of the Law and shall only be subject to the provisions of the Law insofar as they relate to the duties and obligations of a Director when performing the functions of the Director for whom he is appointed in the alternative and shall alone be responsible to the Company for his acts and defaults and shall not be deemed to be the agent of or for the Director appointing him. An alternate Director shall be entitled to contract and be interested in and benefit from contracts or arrangements or transactions and to be repaid expenses and to be indemnified by the Company to the same extent mutatis mutandis as if he were a Director but he shall not be entitled to receive from the Company any fee in his capacity as an alternate Director except only such part, if any, of the remuneration otherwise payable to his appointor as such appointor may by Notice to the Company from time to time direct.

94.
Every person acting as an alternate Director shall have one vote for each Director for whom he acts as alternate (in addition to his own vote if he is also a Director). If his appointor is for the time being absent from the People’s Republic of China or otherwise not available or unable to act, the signature of an alternate Director to any resolution in writing of the Board or a committee of the Board of which his appointor is a member shall, unless the notice of his appointment provides to the contrary, be as effective as the signature of his appointor.

95.
An alternate Director shall ipso facto cease to be an alternate Director if his appointor ceases for any reason to be a Director, however, such alternate Director or any other person may be re-appointed by the Directors to serve as an alternate Director PROVIDED always that, if at any meeting any Director retires but is re-elected at the same meeting, any appointment of such alternate Director pursuant to these Articles which was in force immediately before his retirement shall remain in force as though he had not retired.

Page 32 of 62

 
DIRECTORS’ FEES AND EXPENSES
 
96.
The Directors shall receive such remuneration as the Board may from time to time determine. Each Director shall be entitled to be repaid or prepaid all traveling, hotel and incidental expenses reasonably incurred or expected to be incurred by him in attending meetings of the Board or committees of the board or general meetings or separate meetings of any class of shares or of debenture of the Company or otherwise in connection with the discharge of his duties as a Director./The ordinary remuneration of the Directors shall from time to time be determined by the Company in general meeting and shall (unless otherwise directed by the resolution by which it is voted) be divided amongst the Board in such proportions and in such manner as the Board may agree or, failing agreement, equally, except that any Director who shall hold office for part only of the period in respect of which such remuneration is payable shall be entitled only to rank in such division for a proportion of remuneration related to the period during which he has held office. Such remuneration shall be deemed to accrue from day to day.

97.
Each Director shall be entitled to be repaid or prepaid all travelling, hotel and incidental expenses reasonably incurred or expected to be incurred by him in attending meetings of the Board or committees of the Board or general meetings or separate meetings of any class of shares or of debentures of the Company or otherwise in connection with the discharge of his duties as a Director.
 
98.
Any Director who, by request, goes or resides abroad for any purpose of the Company or who performs services which in the opinion of the Board go beyond the ordinary duties of a Director may be paid such extra remuneration (whether by way of salary, commission, participation in profits or otherwise) as the Board may determine and such extra remuneration shall be in addition to or in substitution for any ordinary remuneration provided for by or pursuant to any other Article.

99.
The Board shall obtain the approval of the Company in general meeting before making any payment to any Director or past Director of the Company by way of compensation for loss of office, or as consideration for or in connection with his retirement from office (not being payment to which the Director is contractually entitled).
 
Page 33 of 62

 
DIRECTORS’ INTERESTS
 
100.
A Director may:

 
(a)
hold any other office or place of profit with the Company (except that of Auditor) in conjunction with his office of Director for such period and upon such terms as the Board may determine. Any remuneration (whether by way of salary, commission, participation in profits or otherwise) paid to any Director in respect of any such other office or place of profit shall be in addition to any remuneration provided for by or pursuant to any other Article;

 
(b)
act by himself or his firm in a professional capacity for the Company (otherwise than as Auditor) and he or his firm may be remunerated for professional services as if he were not a Director;

 
(c)
continue to be or become a director, managing director, joint managing director, deputy managing director, executive director, manager or other officer or member of any other company promoted by the Company or in which the Company may be interested as a vendor, shareholder or otherwise and (unless otherwise agreed) no such Director shall be accountable for any remuneration, profits or other benefits received by him as a director, managing director, joint managing director, deputy managing director, executive director, manager or other officer or member of or from his interests in any such other company. Subject as otherwise provided by these Articles the Directors may exercise or cause to be exercised the voting powers conferred by the shares in any other company held or owned by the Company, or exercisable by them as Directors of such other company in such manner in all respects as they think fit (including the exercise thereof in favour of any resolution appointing themselves or any of them directors, managing directors, joint managing directors, deputy managing directors, executive directors, managers or other officers of such company) or voting or providing for the payment of remuneration to the director, managing director, joint managing director, deputy managing director, executive director, manager or other officers of such other company and any Director may vote in favour of the exercise of such voting rights in manner aforesaid notwithstanding that he may be, or about to be, appointed a director, managing director, joint managing director, deputy managing director, executive director, manager or other officer of such a company, and that as such he is or may become interested in the exercise of such voting rights in manner aforesaid.
 
Notwithstanding the foregoing, no “Independent Director” as defined in NASD Rules or in Rule 10A-3 under the Exchange Act, and with respect of whom the Board has determined constitutes an “Independent Director” for purposes of compliance with applicable law or the Company’s listing requirements, shall without the consent of the Audit Committee take any of the foregoing actions or any other action that would reasonably be likely to affect such Director’s status as an “Independent Director” of the Company.
 
Page 34 of 62

 
101.
Subject to the Law and to these Articles, no Director or proposed or intending Director shall be disqualified by his office from contracting with the Company, either with regard to his tenure of any office or place of profit or as vendor, purchaser or in any other manner whatever, nor shall any such contract or any other contract or arrangement in which any Director is in any way interested be liable to be avoided, nor shall any Director so contracting or being so interested be liable to account to the Company or the Members for any remuneration, profit or other benefits realised by any such contract or arrangement by reason of such Director holding that office or of the fiduciary relationship thereby established provided that such Director shall disclose the nature of his interest in any contract or arrangement in which he is interested in accordance with Article 102 herein. Any such transaction that would reasonably be likely to affect a Director’s status as an “Independent Director”, or that would constitute a “related party transaction” as defined by Item 7.N of Form 20F promulgated by the SEC, shall require the approval of the Audit Committee.
 
102.
A Director who to his knowledge is in any way, whether directly or indirectly, interested in a contract or arrangement or proposed contract or arrangement with the Company shall declare the nature of his interest at the meeting of the Board at which the question of entering into the contract or arrangement is first considered, if he knows his interest then exists, or in any other case at the first meeting of the Board after he knows that he is or has become so interested. For the purposes of this Article, a general Notice to the Board by a Director to the effect that:

 
(a)
he is a member or officer of a specified company or firm and is to be regarded as interested in any contract or arrangement which may after the date of the Notice be made with that company or firm; or

 
(b)
he is to be regarded as interested in any contract or arrangement which may after the date of the Notice be made with a specified person who is connected with him
 
shall be deemed to be a sufficient declaration of interest under this Article in relation to any such contract or arrangement, provided that no such Notice shall be effective unless either it is given at a meeting of the Board or the Director takes reasonable steps to secure that it is brought up and read at the next Board meeting after it is given.
 
103.
Following a declaration being made pursuant to the last preceding two Articles, subject to any separate requirement for Audit Committee approval under applicable law or the listing rules of the Company’s Designated Stock Exchange, and unless disqualified by the chairman of the relevant Board meeting, a Director may vote in respect of any contract or proposed contract or arrangement in which such Director is interested and may be counted in the quorum at such meeting.
 
Page 35 of 62

 
GENERAL POWERS OF THE DIRECTORS
 
104.
(1) 
The business of the Company shall be managed and conducted by the Board, which may pay all expenses incurred in forming and registering the Company and may exercise all powers of the Company (whether relating to the management of the business of the Company or otherwise) which are not by the Statutes or by these Articles required to be exercised by the Company in general meeting, subject nevertheless to the provisions of the Statutes and of these Articles and to such regulations being not inconsistent with such provisions, as may be prescribed by the Company in general meeting, but no regulations made by the Company in general meeting shall invalidate any prior act of the Board which would have been valid if such regulations had not been made. The general powers given by this Article shall not be limited or restricted by any special authority or power given to the Board by any other Article.
     
 
(2)
Any person contracting or dealing with the Company in the ordinary course of business shall be entitled to rely on any written or oral contract or agreement or deed, document or instrument entered into or executed as the case may be by any two of the Directors acting jointly on behalf of the Company and the same shall be deemed to be validly entered into or executed by the Company as the case may be and shall, subject to any rule of law, be binding on the Company.
 
 
 
(3)
Without prejudice to the general powers conferred by these Articles it is hereby expressly declared that the Board shall have the following powers:

 
(a)
To give to any person the right or option of requiring at a future date that an allotment shall be made to him of any share at par or at such premium as may be agreed;

 
(b)
to give to any Directors, officers or employees of the Company an interest in any particular business or transaction or participation in the profits thereof or in the general profits of the Company either in addition to or in substitution for a salary or other remuneration; and

 
(c)
to resolve that the Company be deregistered in the Cayman Islands and continued in a named jurisdiction outside the Cayman Islands subject to the provisions of the Law.

105.
The Board may establish any regional or local boards or agencies for managing any of the affairs of the Company in any place, and may appoint any persons to be members of such local boards, or any managers or agents, and may fix their remuneration (either by way of salary or by commission or by conferring the right to participation in the profits of the Company or by a combination of two or more of these modes) and pay the working expenses of any staff employed by them upon the business of the Company. The Board may delegate to any regional or local board, manager or agent any of the powers, authorities and discretions vested in or exercisable by the Board (other than its powers to make calls and forfeit shares), with power to sub-delegate, and may authorise the members of any of them to fill any vacancies therein and to act notwithstanding vacancies. Any such appointment or delegation may be made upon such terms and subject to such conditions as the Board may think fit, and the Board may remove any person appointed as aforesaid, and may revoke or vary such delegation, but no person dealing in good faith and without notice of any such revocation or variation shall be affected thereby.
 
Page 36 of 62

 
106.
The Board may by power of attorney appoint any company, firm or person or any fluctuating body of persons, whether nominated directly or indirectly by the Board, to be the attorney or attorneys of the Company for such purposes and with such powers, authorities and discretions (not exceeding those vested in or exercisable by the Board under these Articles) and for such period and subject to such conditions as it may think fit, and any such power of attorney may contain such provisions for the protection and convenience of persons dealing with any such attorney as the Board may think fit, and may also authorise any such attorney to sub-delegate all or any of the powers, authorities and discretions vested in him. Such attorney or attorneys may, if so authorised under the Seal of the Company, execute any deed or instrument under their personal seal with the same effect as the affixation of the Company’s Seal.

107.
The Board may entrust to and confer upon a managing director, joint managing director, deputy managing director, an executive director or any Director any of the powers exercisable by it upon such terms and conditions and with such restrictions as it thinks fit, and either collaterally with, or to the exclusion of, its own powers, and may from time to time revoke or vary all or any of such powers but no person dealing in good faith and without notice of such revocation or variation shall be affected thereby.

108.
All cheques, promissory notes, drafts, bills of exchange and other instruments, whether negotiable or transferable or not, and all receipts for moneys paid to the Company shall be signed, drawn, accepted, endorsed or otherwise executed, as the case may be, in such manner as the Board shall from time to time by resolution determine. The Company’s banking accounts shall be kept with such banker or bankers as the Board shall from time to time determine.
 
109.
(1) 
The Board may establish or concur or join with other companies (being subsidiary companies of the Company or companies with which it is associated in business) in establishing and making contributions out of the Company’s moneys to any schemes or funds for providing pensions, sickness or compassionate allowances, life assurance or other benefits for employees (which expression as used in this and the following paragraph shall include any Director or ex-Director who may hold or have held any executive office or any office of profit under the Company or any of its subsidiary companies) and ex-employees of the Company and their dependants or any class or classes of such person.
 
Page 37 of 62

 
 
(2)
The Board may pay, enter into agreements to pay or make grants of revocable or irrevocable pensions or other benefits to employees and ex-employees and their dependants, or to any of such persons, including pensions or benefits additional to those, if any, to which such employees or ex-employees or their dependants are or may become entitled under any such scheme or fund as mentioned in the last preceding paragraph. Any such pension or benefit may, as the Board considers desirable, be granted to an employee either before and in anticipation of or upon or at any time after his actual retirement, and may be subject or not subject to any terms or conditions as the Board may determine.

BORROWING POWERS
 
110.
The Board may exercise all the powers of the Company to raise or borrow money and to mortgage or charge all or any part of the undertaking, property and assets (present and future) and uncalled capital of the Company and, subject to the Law, to issue debentures, bonds and other securities, whether outright or as collateral security for any debt, liability or obligation of the Company or of any third party.

111.
Debentures, bonds and other securities may be made assignable free from any equities between the Company and the person to whom the same may be issued.

112.
Any debentures, bonds or other securities may be issued at a discount (other than shares), premium or otherwise and with any special privileges as to redemption, surrender, drawings, allotment of shares, attending and voting at general meetings of the Company, appointment of Directors and otherwise.

113.
(1) 
Where any uncalled capital of the Company is charged, all persons taking any subsequent charge thereon shall take the same subject to such prior charge, and shall not be entitled, by notice to the Members or otherwise, to obtain priority over such prior charge.
     
 
(2)
The Board shall cause a proper register to be kept, in accordance with the provisions of the Law, of all charges specifically affecting the property of the Company and of any series of debentures issued by the Company and shall duly comply with the requirements of the Law in regard to the registration of charges and debentures therein specified and otherwise.
 
Page 38 of 62

 
PROCEEDINGS OF THE DIRECTORS

114.
The Board may meet for the despatch of business, adjourn and otherwise regulate its meetings as it considers appropriate. Questions arising at any meeting shall be determined by a majority of votes. In the case of any equality of votes the chairman of the meeting shall not have an additional or casting vote and the resolution shall fail.

115.
A meeting of the Board may be convened by the Secretary on request of a Director or by any Director. The Secretary shall convene a meeting of the Board of which notice may be given in writing or by telephone or in such other manner as the Board may from time to time determine whenever he shall be required so to do by the president or chairman, as the case may be, or any Director.

116.
(1) 
The quorum necessary for the transaction of the business of the Board may be fixed by the Board and, unless so fixed at any other number, shall be two. An alternate Director shall be counted in a quorum in the case of the absence of a Director for whom he is the alternate provided that he shall not be counted more than once for the purpose of determining whether or not a quorum is present.
     
 
(2)
Directors may participate in any meeting of the Board by means of a conference telephone or other communications equipment through which all persons participating in the meeting can communicate with each other simultaneously and instantaneously and, for the purpose of counting a quorum, such participation shall constitute presence at a meeting as if those participating were present in person.
 
 
 
(3)
Any Director who ceases to be a Director at a Board meeting may continue to be present and to act as a Director and be counted in the quorum until the termination of such Board meeting if no other Director objects and if otherwise a quorum of Directors would not be present.
 
117.
The continuing Directors or a sole continuing Director may act notwithstanding any vacancy in the Board but, if and so long as the number of Directors is reduced below the minimum number fixed by or in accordance with these Articles, the continuing Directors or Director, notwithstanding that the number of Directors is below the number fixed by or in accordance with these Articles as the quorum or that there is only one continuing Director, may act for the purpose of filling vacancies in the Board or of summoning general meetings of the Company but not for any other purpose.

118.
The Chairman of the Board shall be the chairman of all meetings of the Board. If the Chairman of the Board is not present at any meeting within five minutes after the time appointed for holding the same, the Directors present may choose one of their number to be chairman of the meeting.
 
Page 39 of 62

 
119.
A meeting of the Board at which a quorum is present shall be competent to exercise all the powers, authorities and discretions for the time being vested in or exercisable by the Board.
 
120.
(1) 
The Board may delegate any of its powers, authorities and discretions to committees (including, without limitation, the Audit Committee), consisting of such Director or Directors and other persons as it thinks fit, and they may, from time to time, revoke such delegation or revoke the appointment of and discharge any such committees either wholly or in part, and either as to persons or purposes. Any committee so formed shall, in the exercise of the powers, authorities and discretions so delegated, conform to any regulations which may be imposed on it by the Board.
     
 
(2)
All acts done by any such committee in conformity with such regulations, and in fulfillment of the purposes for which it was appointed, but not otherwise, shall have like force and effect as if done by the Board, and the Board (or if the Board delegates such power, the committee) shall have power to remunerate the members of any such committee, and charge such remuneration to the current expenses of the Company.

121.
The meetings and proceedings of any committee consisting of two or more members shall be governed by the provisions contained in these Articles for regulating the meetings and proceedings of the Board so far as the same are applicable and are not superseded by any regulations imposed by the Board under the last preceding Article, indicating, without limitation, any committee charter adopted by the Board for purposes or in respect of any such committee.

122.
A resolution in writing signed by all the Directors except such as are temporarily unable to act through ill-health or disability shall (provided that such number is sufficient to constitute a quorum and further provided that a copy of such resolution has been given or the contents thereof communicated to all the Directors for the time being entitled to receive notices of Board meetings in the same manner as notices of meetings are required to be given by these Articles) be as valid and effectual as if a resolution had been passed at a meeting of the Board duly convened and held. Such resolution may be contained in one document or in several documents in like form each signed by one or more of the Directors and for this purpose a facsimile signature of a Director shall be treated as valid.

123.
All acts bona fide done by the Board or by any committee or by any person acting as a Director or members of a committee, shall, notwithstanding that it is afterwards discovered that there was some defect in the appointment of any member of the Board or such committee or person acting as aforesaid or that they or any of them were disqualified or had vacated office, be as valid as if every such person had been duly appointed and was qualified and had continued to be a Director or member of such committee.
 
Page 40 of 62

 
AUDIT COMMITTEE

124.
Without prejudice to the freedom of the Directors to establish any other committees, for so long as the shares of the Company (or depositary receipts therefor) are listed or quoted on the Designated Stock Exchange, the Board shall establish and maintain an Audit Committee as a committee of the Board, the composition and responsibilities of which shall comply with the NASD Rules and the rules and regulations of the SEC.
 
125.
(1) 
The Board shall adopt a formal written audit committee charter and review and assess the adequacy of the formal written charter on an annual basis.
     
 
(2)
The Audit Committee shall meet at least once every financial quarter, or more frequently as circumstances dictate.

126.
For so long as the shares of the Company (or depositary receipts therefor) are listed or quoted on the Designated Stock Exchange, the Company shall conduct an appropriate review of all related party transactions on an ongoing basis and shall utilize the Audit Committee for the review and approval of potential conflicts of interest. Specially, the Audit Committee shall approve any transaction or transactions between the Company and any f the following parties: (i) any shareholder owning an interest in the voting power of the Company or any subsidiary of the Company that gives such shareholder significant influence over the Company or any subsidiary of the Company, (ii) any director or executive officer of the Company or any subsidiary of the Company and any relative of such director or executive officer, (iii) any person in which a substantial interest in the voting power of the Company is owned, directly or indirectly, by any person described in (i) or (ii) or over which such a person is able to exercise significant influence, and (iv) any affiliate (other than a subsidiary) of the Company.

OFFICERS
 
127.
(1) 
The officers of the Company may consist of the Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer, Managing Directors and Secretary and such additional officers (who may or may not be Directors) as the Board may from time to time determine, all of whom shall be deemed to be officers for the purposes of the Law and these Articles.
     
 
(2)
The Directors shall, as soon as may be after each appointment or election of Directors, elect amongst the Directors a chairman and if more than one Director is proposed for this office, the election to such office shall take place in such manner as the Directors may determine.
 
 
 
(3)
The officers shall receive such remuneration as the Directors may from time to time determine.
 
Page 41 of 62

 
128.
(1) 
The Secretary and additional officers, if any, shall be appointed by the Board and shall hold office on such terms and for such period as the Board may determine. If thought fit, two or more persons may be appointed as joint Secretaries. The Board may also appoint from time to time on such terms as it thinks fit one or more assistant or deputy Secretaries.
     
 
(2)
The Secretary shall attend all meetings of the Members and shall keep correct minutes of such meetings and enter the same in the proper books provided for the purpose. He shall perform such other duties as are prescribed by the Law or these Articles or as may be prescribed by the Board.
 
129.
The officers of the Company shall have such powers and perform such duties in the management, business and affairs of the Company as may be delegated to them by the Directors from time to time.

130.
A provision of the Law or of these Articles requiring or authorising a thing to be done by or to a Director and the Secretary shall not be satisfied by its being done by or to the same person acting both as Director and as or in place of the Secretary.

REGISTER OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS
 
131.
The Company shall cause to be kept in one or more books at its Office a Register of Directors and Officers in which there shall be entered the full names and addresses of the Directors and Officers and such other particulars as required by the Law or as the Directors may determine. The Company shall send to the Registrar of Companies in the Cayman Islands a copy of such register, and shall from time to time notify to the said Registrar of any change that takes place in relation to such Directors and Officers as required by the Law.

MINUTES
 
132.
(1) 
The Board shall cause minutes to be duly entered in books provided for the purpose:
 
 
(a)
of all elections and appointments of officers;

 
(b)
of the names of the Directors present at each meeting of the Directors and of any committee of the Directors;

 
(c)
of all resolutions and proceedings of each general meeting of the Members, meetings of the Board and meetings of committees of the Board and where there are managers, of all proceedings of meetings of the managers.
 
Page 42 of 62

 
 
 (2)
Minutes shall be kept by the Secretary at the Office.
 
SEAL
 
133.
(1) 
The Company shall have one or more Seals, as the Board may determine. For the purpose of sealing documents creating or evidencing securities issued by the Company, the Company may have a securities seal which is a facsimile of the Seal of the Company with the addition of the word “Securities” on its face or in such other form as the Board may approve. The Board shall provide for the custody of each Seal and no Seal shall be used without the authority of the Board or of a committee of the Board authorised by the Board in that behalf. Subject as otherwise provided in these Articles, any instrument to which a Seal is affixed shall be signed autographically by one Director and the Secretary or by two Directors or by such other person (including a Director) or persons as the Board may appoint, either generally or in any particular case, save that as regards any certificates for shares or debentures or other securities of the Company the Board may by resolution determine that such signatures or either of them shall be dispensed with or affixed by some method or system of mechanical signature. Every instrument executed in manner provided by this Article shall be deemed to be sealed and executed with the authority of the Board previously given.
     
 
(2)
Where the Company has a Seal for use abroad, the Board may by writing under the Seal appoint any agent or committee abroad to be the duly authorised agent of the Company for the purpose of affixing and using such Seal and the Board may impose restrictions on the use thereof as may be thought fit. Wherever in these Articles reference is made to the Seal, the reference shall, when and so far as may be applicable, be deemed to include any such other Seal as aforesaid.

AUTHENTICATION OF DOCUMENTS

134.
Any Director or the Secretary or any person appointed by the Board for the purpose may authenticate any documents affecting the constitution of the Company and any resolution passed by the Company or the Board or any committee, and any books, records, documents and accounts relating to the business of the Company, and to certify copies thereof or extracts therefrom as true copies or extracts, and if any books, records, documents or accounts are elsewhere than at the Office or the head office the local manager or other officer of the Company having the custody thereof shall be deemed to be a person so appointed by the Board. A document purporting to be a copy of a resolution, or an extract from the minutes of a meeting, of the Company or of the Board or any committee which is so certified shall be conclusive evidence in favour of all persons dealing with the Company upon the faith thereof that such resolution has been duly passed or, as the case may be, that such minutes or extract is a true and accurate record of proceedings at a duly constituted meeting.
 
Page 43 of 62

 
DESTRUCTION OF DOCUMENTS
 
135.
(1) 
The Company shall be entitled to destroy the following documents at the following times:
 
 
 
(a)
any share certificate which has been cancelled at any time after the expiry of one year from the date of such cancellation;

 
(b)
any dividend mandate or any variation or cancellation thereof or any notification of change of name or address at any time after the expiry of two years from the date such mandate variation cancellation or notification was recorded by the Company;

 
(c)
any instrument of transfer of shares which has been registered at any time after the expiry of seven years from the date of registration;

 
(d)
any allotment letters after the expiry of seven years from the date of issue thereof; and

 
(e)
copies of powers of attorney, grants of probate and letters of administration at any time after the expiry of seven years after the account to which the relevant power of attorney, grant of probate or letters of administration related has been closed;

and it shall conclusively be presumed in favour of the Company that every entry in the Register purporting to be made on the basis of any such documents so destroyed was duly and properly made and every share certificate so destroyed was a valid certificate duly and properly cancelled and that every instrument of transfer so destroyed was a valid and effective instrument duly and properly registered and that every other document destroyed hereunder was a valid and effective document in accordance with the recorded particulars thereof in the books or records of the Company. Provided always that: (1) the foregoing provisions of this Article shall apply only to the destruction of a document in good faith and without express notice to the Company that the preservation of such document was relevant to a claim; (2) nothing contained in this Article shall be construed as imposing upon the Company any liability in respect of the destruction of any such document earlier than as aforesaid or in any case where the conditions of proviso (1) above are not fulfilled; and (3) references in this Article to the destruction of any document include references to its disposal in any manner.
 
Page 44 of 62


 
(2)
Notwithstanding any provision contained in these Articles, the Directors may, if permitted by applicable law, authorise the destruction of documents set out in sub-paragraphs (a) to (e) of paragraph (1) of this Article and any other documents in relation to share registration which have been microfilmed or electronically stored by the Company or by the share registrar on its behalf provided always that this Article shall apply only to the destruction of a document in good faith and without express notice to the Company and its share registrar that the preservation of such document was relevant to a claim.

DIVIDENDS AND OTHER PAYMENTS
 
136.
Subject to the Law, the Company in general meeting or the Board may from time to time declare dividends in any currency to be paid to the Members but no dividend shall be declared in excess of the amount recommended by the Board.

137.
Dividends may be declared and paid out of the profits of the Company, realised or unrealised, or from any reserve set aside from profits which the Directors determine is no longer needed. The Board may also declare and pay dividends out of share premium account or any other fund or account which can be authorised for this purpose in accordance with the Law.

138.
Except in so far as the rights attaching to, or the terms of issue of, any share otherwise provide:

 
(a)
all dividends shall be declared and paid according to the amounts paid up on the shares in respect of which the dividend is paid, but no amount paid up on a share in advance of calls shall be treated for the purposes of this Article as paid up on the share; and

 
(b)
all dividends shall be apportioned and paid pro rata according to the amounts paid up on the shares during any portion or portions of the period in respect of which the dividend is paid.
 
139.
 The Board may from time to time pay to the Members such interim dividends as appear to the Board to be justified by the profits of the Company and in particular (but without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing) if at any time the share capital of the Company is divided into different classes, the Board may pay such interim dividends in respect of those shares in the capital of the Company which confer on the holders thereof deferred or non-preferential rights as well as in respect of those shares which confer on the holders thereof preferential rights with regard to dividend and provided that the Board acts bona fide the Board shall not incur any responsibility to the holders of shares conferring any preference for any damage that they may suffer by reason of the payment of an interim dividend on any shares having deferred or non-preferential rights and may also pay any fixed dividend which is payable on any shares of the Company half-yearly or on any other dates, whenever such profits, in the opinion of the Board, justifies such payment.
 
Page 45 of 62

 
140.
The Board may deduct from any dividend or other moneys payable to a Member by the Company on or in respect of any shares all sums of money (if any) presently payable by him to the Company on account of calls or otherwise.

141.
No dividend or other moneys payable by the Company on or in respect of any share shall bear interest against the Company.

142.
Any dividend, interest or other sum payable in cash to the holder of shares may be paid by cheque or warrant sent through the post addressed to the holder at his registered address or, in the case of joint holders, addressed to the holder whose name stands first in the Register in respect of the shares at his address as appearing in the Register or addressed to such person and at such address as the holder or joint holders may in writing direct. Every such cheque or warrant shall, unless the holder or joint holders otherwise direct, be made payable to the order of the holder or, in the case of joint holders, to the order of the holder whose name stands first on the Register in respect of such shares, and shall be sent at his or their risk and payment of the cheque or warrant by the bank on which it is drawn shall constitute a good discharge to the Company notwithstanding that it may subsequently appear that the same has been stolen or that any endorsement thereon has been forged. Any one of two or more joint holders may give effectual receipts for any dividends or other moneys payable or property distributable in respect of the shares held by such joint holders.

143.
All dividends or bonuses unclaimed for one year after having been declared may be invested or otherwise made use of by the Board for the benefit of the Company until claimed. Any dividend or bonuses unclaimed after a period of six years from the date of declaration shall be forfeited and shall revert to the Company. The payment by the Board of any unclaimed dividend or other sums payable on or in respect of a share into a separate account shall not constitute the Company a trustee in respect thereof.

144.
Whenever the Board or the Company in general meeting has resolved that a dividend be paid or declared, the Board may further resolve that such dividend be satisfied wholly or in part by the distribution of specific assets of any kind and in particular of paid up shares, debentures or warrants to subscribe securities of the Company or any other company, or in any one or more of such ways, and where any difficulty arises in regard to the distribution the Board may settle the same as it thinks expedient, and in particular may issue certificates in respect of fractions of shares, disregard fractional entitlements or round the same up or down, and may fix the value for distribution of such specific assets, or any part thereof, and may determine that cash payments shall be made to any Members upon the footing of the value so fixed in order to adjust the rights of all parties, and may vest any such specific assets in trustees as may seem expedient to the Board and may appoint any person to sign any requisite instruments of transfer and other documents on behalf of the persons entitled to the dividend, and such appointment shall be effective and binding on the Members. The Board may resolve that no such assets shall be made available to Members with registered addresses in any particular territory or territories where, in the absence of a registration statement or other special formalities, such distribution of assets would or might, in the opinion of the Board, be unlawful or impracticable and in such event the only entitlement of the Members aforesaid shall be to receive cash payments as aforesaid. Members affected as a result of the foregoing sentence shall not be or be deemed to be a separate class of Members for any purpose whatsoever.
 
Page 46 of 62

 
145.
(1) 
Whenever the Board or the Company in general meeting has resolved that a dividend be paid or declared on any class of the share capital of the Company, the Board may further resolve either:

 
(a)
that such dividend be satisfied wholly or in part in the form of an allotment of shares credited as fully paid up, provided that the Members entitled thereto will be entitled to elect to receive such dividend (or part thereof if the Board so determines) in cash in lieu of such allotment. In such case, the following provisions shall apply:

 
(i)
the basis of any such allotment shall be determined by the Board;

 
(ii)
the Board, after determining the basis of allotment, shall give not less than ten days’ Notice to the holders of the relevant shares of the right of election accorded to them and shall send with such notice forms of election and specify the procedure to be followed and the place at which and the latest date and time by which duly completed forms of election must be lodged in order to be effective;

 
(iii)
the right of election may be exercised in respect of the whole or part of that portion of the dividend in respect of which the right of election has been accorded; and

 
(iv)
the dividend (or that part of the dividend to be satisfied by the allotment of shares as aforesaid) shall not be payable in cash on shares in respect whereof the cash election has not been duly exercised (“the non-elected shares”) and in satisfaction thereof shares of the relevant class shall be allotted credited as fully paid up to the holders of the non-elected shares on the basis of allotment determined as aforesaid and for such purpose the Board shall capitalise and apply out of any part of the undivided profits of the Company (including profits carried and standing to the credit of any reserves or other special account, share premium account, capital redemption reserve other than the Subscription Rights Reserve) as the Board may determine, such sum as may be required to pay up in full the appropriate number of shares of the relevant class for allotment and distribution to and amongst the holders of the non-elected shares on such basis; or
 
Page 47 of 62

 
 
(b)
that the Members entitled to such dividend shall be entitled to elect to receive an allotment of shares credited as fully paid up in lieu of the whole or such part of the dividend as the Board may think fit. In such case, the following provisions shall apply:
 
 
(i)
the basis of any such allotment shall be determined by the Board;

 
(ii)
the Board, after determining the basis of allotment, shall give not less than ten days’ Notice to the holders of the relevant shares of the right of election accorded to them and shall send with such notice forms of election and specify the procedure to be followed and the place at which and the latest date and time by which duly completed forms of election must be lodged in order to be effective;

 
(iii)
the right of election may be exercised in respect of the whole or part of that portion of the dividend in respect of which the right of election has been accorded; and

 
(iv)
the dividend (or that part of the dividend in respect of which a right of election has been accorded) shall not be payable in cash on shares in respect whereof the share election has been duly exercised (“the elected shares”) and in lieu thereof shares of the relevant class shall be allotted credited as fully paid up to the holders of the elected shares on the basis of allotment determined as aforesaid and for such purpose the Board shall capitalise and apply out of any part of the undivided profits of the Company (including profits carried and standing to the credit of any reserves or other special account, share premium account, capital redemption reserve other than the Subscription Rights Reserve) as the Board may determine, such sum as may be required to pay up in full the appropriate number of shares of the relevant class for allotment and distribution to and amongst the holders of the elected shares on such basis.
 
Page 48 of 62

 
                 (2)
(a)
The shares allotted pursuant to the provisions of paragraph (1) of this Article shall rank pari passu in all respects with shares of the same class (if any) then in issue save only as regards participation in the relevant dividend or in any other distributions, bonuses or rights paid, made, declared or announced prior to or contemporaneously with the payment or declaration of the relevant dividend unless, contemporaneously with the announcement by the Board of their proposal to apply the provisions of sub-paragraph (a) or (b) of paragraph (2) of this Article in relation to the relevant dividend or contemporaneously with their announcement of the distribution, bonus or rights in question, the Board shall specify that the shares to be allotted pursuant to the provisions of paragraph (1) of this Article shall rank for participation in such distribution, bonus or rights.
     
 
(b)
The Board may do all acts and things considered necessary or expedient to give effect to any capitalisation pursuant to the provisions of paragraph (1) of this Article, with full power to the Board to make such provisions as it thinks fit in the case of shares becoming distributable in fractions (including provisions whereby, in whole or in part, fractional entitlements are aggregated and sold and the net proceeds distributed to those entitled, or are disregarded or rounded up or down or whereby the benefit of fractional entitlements accrues to the Company rather than to the Members concerned). The Board may authorise any person to enter into on behalf of all Members interested, an agreement with the Company providing for such capitalisation and matters incidental thereto and any agreement made pursuant to such authority shall be effective and binding on all concerned.

 
 (3)
The Company may upon the recommendation of the Board by ordinary resolution resolve in respect of any one particular dividend of the Company that notwithstanding the provisions of paragraph (1) of this Article a dividend may be satisfied wholly in the form of an allotment of shares credited as fully paid up without offering any right to shareholders to elect to receive such dividend in cash in lieu of such allotment.

 
(4)
The Board may on any occasion determine that rights of election and the allotment of shares under paragraph (1) of this Article shall not be made available or made to any shareholders with registered addresses in any territory where, in the absence of a registration statement or other special formalities, the circulation of an offer of such rights of election or the allotment of shares would or might, in the opinion of the Board, be unlawful or impracticable, and in such event the provisions aforesaid shall be read and construed subject to such determination. Members affected as a result of the foregoing sentence shall not be or be deemed to be a separate class of Members for any purpose whatsoever.
-
Page 49 of 62

 
 
(5)
Any resolution declaring a dividend on shares of any class, whether a resolution of the Company in general meeting or a resolution of the Board, may specify that the same shall be payable or distributable to the persons registered as the holders of such shares at the close of business on a particular date, notwithstanding that it may be a date prior to that on which the resolution is passed, and thereupon the dividend shall be payable or distributable to them in accordance with their respective holdings so registered, but without prejudice to the rights inter se in respect of such dividend of transferors and transferees of any such shares. The provisions of this Article shall mutatis mutandis apply to bonuses, capitalisation issues, distributions of realised capital profits or offers or grants made by the Company to the Members.
 
 
146.
(1) 
The Board shall establish an account to be called the share premium account and shall carry to the credit of such account from time to time a sum equal to the amount or value of the premium paid on the issue of any share in the Company. Unless otherwise provided by the provisions of these Articles, the Board may apply the share premium account in any manner permitted by the Law. The Company shall at all times comply with the provisions of the Law in relation to the share premium account.
     
 
(2)
Before recommending any dividend, the Board may set aside out of the profits of the Company such sums as it determines as reserves which shall, at the discretion of the Board, be applicable for any purpose to which the profits of the Company may be properly applied and pending such application may, also at such discretion, either be employed in the business of the Company or be invested in such investments as the Board may from time to time think fit and so that it shall not be necessary to keep any investments constituting the reserve or reserves separate or distinct from any other investments of the Company. The Board may also without placing the same to reserve carry forward any profits which it may think prudent not to distribute.
 
CAPITALISATION
 
147.
The Company may, upon the recommendation of the Board, at any time and from time to time pass an ordinary resolution to the effect that it is desirable to capitalise all or any part of any amount for the time being standing to the credit of any reserve or fund (including a share premium account and capital redemption reserve and the profit and loss account) whether or not the same is available for distribution and accordingly that such amount be set free for distribution among the Members or any class of Members who would be entitled thereto if it were distributed by way of dividend and in the same proportions, on the footing that the same is not paid in cash but is applied either in or towards paying up the amounts for the time being unpaid on any shares in the Company held by such Members respectively or in paying up in full unissued shares, debentures or other obligations of the Company, to be allotted and distributed credited as fully paid up among such Members, or partly in one way and partly in the other, and the Board shall give effect to such resolution provided that, for the purposes of this Article, a share premium account and any capital redemption reserve or fund representing unrealised profits, may be applied only in paying up in full unissued shares of the Company to be allotted to such Members credited as fully paid.
 
Page 50 of 62

 
148.
The Board may settle, as it considers appropriate, any difficulty arising in regard to any distribution under the last preceding Article and in particular may issue certificates in respect of fractions of shares or authorise any person to sell and transfer any fractions or may resolve that the distribution should be as nearly as may be practicable in the correct proportion but not exactly so or may ignore fractions altogether, and may determine that cash payments shall be made to any Members in order to adjust the rights of all parties, as may seem expedient to the Board. The Board may appoint any person to sign on behalf of the persons entitled to participate in the distribution any contract necessary or desirable for giving effect thereto and such appointment shall be effective and binding upon the Members.
 
SUBSCRIPTION RIGHTS RESERVE

149.
The following provisions shall have effect to the extent that they are not prohibited by and are in compliance with the Law:

 
(1)
If, so long as any of the rights attached to any warrants issued by the Company to subscribe for shares of the Company shall remain exercisable, the Company does any act or engages in any transaction which, as a result of any adjustments to the subscription price in accordance with the provisions of the conditions of the warrants, would reduce the subscription price to below the par value of a share, then the following provisions shall apply:

 
(a)
as from the date of such act or transaction the Company shall establish and thereafter (subject as provided in this Article) maintain in accordance with the provisions of this Article a reserve (the “Subscription Rights Reserve”) the amount of which shall at no time be less than the sum which for the time being would be required to be capitalised and applied in paying up in full the nominal amount of the additional shares required to be issued and allotted credited as fully paid pursuant to sub-paragraph (c) below on the exercise in full of all the subscription rights outstanding and shall apply the Subscription Rights Reserve in paying up such additional shares in full as and when the same are allotted;
 
Page 51 of 62

 
 
(b)
the Subscription Rights Reserve shall not be used for any purpose other than that specified above unless all other reserves of the Company (other than share premium account) have been extinguished and will then only be used to make good losses of the Company if and so far as is required by law

 
(c)
upon the exercise of all or any of the subscription rights represented by any warrant, the relevant subscription rights shall be exercisable in respect of a nominal amount of shares equal to the amount in cash which the holder of such warrant is required to pay on exercise of the subscription rights represented thereby (or, as the case may be the relevant portion thereof in the event of a partial exercise of the subscription rights) and, in addition, there shall be allotted in respect of such subscription rights to the exercising warrantholder, credited as fully paid, such additional nominal amount of shares as is equal to the difference between:

 
(i)
the said amount in cash which the holder of such warrant is required to pay on exercise of the subscription rights represented thereby (or, as the case may be, the relevant portion thereof in the event of a partial exercise of the subscription rights); and

 
(ii)
the nominal amount of shares in respect of which such subscription rights would have been exercisable having regard to the provisions of the conditions of the warrants, had it been possible for such subscription rights to represent the right to subscribe for shares at less than par and immediately upon such exercise so much of the sum standing to the credit of the Subscription Rights Reserve as is required to pay up in full such additional nominal amount of shares shall be capitalised and applied in paying up in full such additional nominal amount of shares which shall forthwith be allotted credited as fully paid to the exercising warrantholders; and

 
(d)
if, upon the exercise of the subscription rights represented by any warrant, the amount standing to the credit of the Subscription Rights Reserve is not sufficient to pay up in full such additional nominal amount of shares equal to such difference as aforesaid to which the exercising warrantholder is entitled, the Board shall apply any profits or reserves then or thereafter becoming available (including, to the extent permitted by law, share premium account) for such purpose until such additional nominal amount of shares is paid up and allotted as aforesaid and until then no dividend or other distribution shall be paid or made on the fully paid shares of the Company then in issue. Pending such payment and allotment, the exercising warrantholder shall be issued by the Company with a certificate evidencing his right to the allotment of such additional nominal amount of shares. The rights represented by any such certificate shall be in registered form and shall be transferable in whole or in part in units of one share in the like manner as the shares for the time being are transferable, and the Company shall make such arrangements in relation to the maintenance of a register therefor and other matters in relation thereto as the Board may think fit and adequate particulars thereof shall be made known to each relevant exercising warrantholder upon the issue of such certificate.
 
Page 52 of 62

 
 
(2)
Shares allotted pursuant to the provisions of this Article shall rank pari passu in all respects with the other shares allotted on the relevant exercise of the subscription rights represented by the warrant concerned. Notwithstanding anything contained in paragraph (1) of this Article, no fraction of any share shall be allotted on exercise of the subscription rights.

 
(3)
The provision of this Article as to the establishment and maintenance of the Subscription Rights Reserve shall not be altered or added to in any way which would vary or abrogate, or which would have the effect of varying or abrogating the provisions for the benefit of any warrantholder or class of warrantholders under this Article without the sanction of a special resolution of such warrantholders or class of warrantholders.

 
(4)
A certificate or report by the auditors for the time being of the Company as to whether or not the Subscription Rights Reserve is required to be established and maintained and if so the amount thereof so required to be established and maintained, as to the purposes for which the Subscription Rights Reserve has been used, as to the extent to which it has been used to make good losses of the Company, as to the additional nominal amount of shares required to be allotted to exercising warrantholders credited as fully paid, and as to any other matter concerning the Subscription Rights Reserve shall (in the absence of manifest error) be conclusive and binding upon the Company and all warrantholders and shareholders.

ACCOUNTING RECORDS

150.
The Board shall cause true accounts to be kept of the sums of money received and expended by the Company, and the matters in respect of which such receipt and expenditure take place, and of the property, assets, credits and liabilities of the Company and of all other matters required by the Law or necessary to give a true and fair view of the Company’s affairs and to explain its transactions.
 
Page 53 of 62

 
151.
The accounting records shall be kept at the Office or, at such other place or places as the Board decides and shall always be open to inspection by the Directors. No Member (other than a Director) shall have any right of inspecting any accounting record or book or document of the Company except as conferred by law or authorised by the Board or the Company in general meeting.

152.
Subject to Article 153, a printed copy of the Directors’ report, accompanied by the balance sheet and profit and loss account, including every document required by law to be annexed thereto, made up to the end of the applicable financial year and containing a summary of the assets and liabilities of the Company under convenient heads and a statement of income and expenditure, together with a copy of the Auditors’ report, shall be sent to each person entitled thereto at least ten days before the date of the general meeting and laid before the Company at the annual general meeting held in accordance with Article 56 provided that this Article shall not require a copy of those documents to be sent to any person whose address the Company is not aware or to more than one of the joint holders of any shares or debentures.

153.
Subject to due compliance with all applicable Statutes, rules and regulations, including, without limitation, the rules of the Designated Stock Exchange, and to obtaining all necessary consents, if any, required thereunder, the requirements of Article 152 shall be deemed satisfied in relation to any person by sending to the person in any manner not prohibited by the Statutes, a summary financial statement derived from the Company’s annual accounts and the Directors’ report which shall be in the form and containing the information required by applicable laws and regulations, provided that any person who is otherwise entitled to the annual financial statements of the Company and the directors’ report thereon may, if he so requires by notice in writing served on the Company, demand that the Company sends to him, in addition to a summary financial statement, a complete printed copy of the Company’s annual financial statement and the directors’ report thereon.

154.
The requirement to send to a person referred to in Article 152 the documents referred to in that article or a summary financial report in accordance with Article 153 shall be deemed satisfied where, in accordance with all applicable Statutes, rules and regulations, including, without limitation, the rules of the Designated Stock Exchange, the Company publishes copies of the documents referred to in Article 152 and, if applicable, a summary financial report complying with Article 153, on the Company’s computer network or in any other permitted manner (including by sending any form of electronic communication), and that person has agreed or is deemed to have agreed to treat the publication or receipt of such documents in such manner as discharging the Company’s obligation to send to him a copy of such documents.
 
Page 54 of 62

 
AUDIT
 
155.
Subject to applicable law and rules of the Designated Stock Exchange:
 
 
(1)
At the annual general meeting or at a subsequent extraordinary general meeting in each year, the Members shall appoint an auditor to audit the accounts of the Company and such auditor shall hold office until the Members appoint another auditor. Such auditor may be a Member but no Director or officer or employee of the Company shall, during his continuance in office, be eligible to act as an auditor of the Company.

 
(2)
A person, other than a retiring Auditor, shall not be capable of being appointed Auditor at an annual general meeting unless notice in writing of an intention to nominate that person to the office of Auditor has been given not less than fourteen days before the annual general meeting and furthermore, the Company shall send a copy of any such notice to the retiring Auditor.

 
(3)
The Members may, at any general meeting convened and held in accordance with these Articles, by special resolution remove the Auditor at any time before the expiration of his term of office and shall by ordinary resolution at that meeting appoint another Auditor in his stead for the remainder of his term.

156.
Subject to the Law the accounts of the Company shall be audited at least once in every year.

157.
The remuneration of the Auditor shall be fixed by the Company in general meeting or in such manner as the Members may determine.
 
158.
If the office of auditor becomes vacant by the resignation or death of the Auditor, or by his becoming incapable of acting by reason of illness or other disability at a time when his services are required, the Directors shall fill the vacancy and determine the remuneration of such Auditor.

159.
The Auditor shall at all reasonable times have access to all books kept by the Company and to all accounts and vouchers relating thereto; and he may call on the Directors or officers of the Company for any information in their possession relating to the books or affairs of the Company.

160.
The statement of income and expenditure and the balance sheet provided for by these Articles shall be examined by the Auditor and compared by him with the books, accounts and vouchers relating thereto; and he shall make a written report thereon stating whether such statement and balance sheet are drawn up so as to present fairly the financial position of the Company and the results of its operations for the period under review and, in case information shall have been called for from Directors or officers of the Company, whether the same has been furnished and has been satisfactory. The financial statements of the Company shall be audited by the Auditor in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards. The Auditor shall make a written report thereon in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards and the report of the Auditor shall be submitted to the Members in general meeting. The generally accepted auditing standards referred to herein may be those of a country or jurisdiction other than the Cayman Islands. If so, the financial statements and the report of the Auditor should disclose this act and name such country or jurisdiction.
 
Page 55 of 62

 
NOTICES
 
161.
Any Notice or document, whether or not, to be given or issued under these Articles from the Company to a Member shall be in writing or by cable, telex or facsimile transmission message or other form of electronic transmission or communication and any such Notice and document may be served or delivered by the Company on or to any Member either personally or by sending it through the post in a prepaid envelope addressed to such Member at his registered address as appearing in the Register or at any other address supplied by him to the Company for the purpose or, as the case may be, by transmitting it to any such address or transmitting it to any telex or facsimile transmission number or electronic number or address or website supplied by him to the Company for the giving of Notice to him or which the person transmitting the notice reasonably and bona fide believes at the relevant time will result in the Notice being duly received by the Member or may also be served by advertisement in appropriate newspapers in accordance with the requirements of the Designated Stock Exchange or, to the extent permitted by the applicable laws, by placing it on the Company’s website and giving to the member a notice stating that the notice or other document is available there (a “notice of availability”). The notice of availability may be given to the Member by any of the means set out above. In the case of joint holders of a share all notices shall be given to that one of the joint holders whose name stands first in the Register and notice so given shall be deemed a sufficient service on or delivery to all the joint holders.

162.
Any Notice or other document:
 
(a)
if served or delivered by post, shall where appropriate be sent by airmail and shall be deemed to have been served or delivered on the day following that on which the envelope containing the same, properly prepaid and addressed, is put into the post; in proving such service or delivery it shall be sufficient to prove that the envelope or wrapper containing the notice or document was properly addressed and put into the post and a certificate in writing signed by the Secretary or other officer of the Company or other person appointed by the Board that the envelope or wrapper containing the notice or other document was so addressed and put into the post shall be conclusive evidence thereof;
 
Page 56 of 62

 
 
(b)
if sent by electronic communication, shall be deemed to be given on the day on which it is transmitted from the server of the Company or its agent. A notice placed on the Company’s website is deemed given by the Company to a Member on the day following that on which a notice of availability is deemed served on the Member;

 
(c)
if served or delivered in any other manner contemplated by these Articles, shall be deemed to have been served or delivered at the time of personal service or delivery or, as the case may be, at the time of the relevant despatch or transmission; and in proving such service or delivery a certificate in writing signed by the Secretary or other officer of the Company or other person appointed by the Board as to the act and time of such service, delivery, despatch or transmission shall be conclusive evidence thereof; and

 
(d)
may be given to a Member either in the English language or the Chinese language, subject to due compliance with all applicable Statutes, rules and regulations.
  
163.
(1) 
Any Notice or other document delivered or sent by post to or left at the registered address of any Member in pursuance of these Articles shall, notwithstanding that such Member is then dead or bankrupt or that any other event has occurred, and whether or not the Company has notice of the death or bankruptcy or other event, be deemed to have been duly served or delivered in respect of any share registered in the name of such Member as sole or joint holder unless his name shall, at the time of the service or delivery of the notice or document, have been removed from the Register as the holder of the share, and such service or delivery shall for all purposes be deemed a sufficient service or delivery of such Notice or document on all persons interested (whether jointly with or as claiming through or under him) in the share.
     
 
(2)
A Notice may be given by the Company to the person entitled to a share in consequence of the death, mental disorder or bankruptcy of a Member by sending it through the post in a prepaid letter, envelope or wrapper addressed to him by name, or by the title of representative of the deceased, or trustee of the bankrupt, or by any like description, at the address, if any, supplied for the purpose by the person claiming to be so entitled, or (until such an address has been so supplied) by giving the notice in any manner in which the same might have been given if the death, mental disorder or bankruptcy had not occurred.
 
 
 
(3)
Any person who by operation of law, transfer or other means whatsoever shall become entitled to any share shall be bound by every notice in respect of such share which prior to his name and address being entered on the Register shall have been duly given to the person from whom he derives his title to such share.
 
Page 57 of 62

 
SIGNATURES
 
164.
For the purposes of these Articles, a cable or telex or facsimile or electronic transmission message purporting to come from a holder of shares or, as the case may be, a Director, or, in the case of a corporation which is a holder of shares from a director or the secretary thereof or a duly appointed attorney or duly authorised representative thereof for it and on its behalf, shall in the absence of express evidence to the contrary available to the person relying thereon at the relevant time be deemed to be a document or instrument in writing signed by such holder or Director in the terms in which it is received.

WINDING UP
 
165.
(1) 
The Board shall have power in the name and on behalf of the Company to present a petition to the court for the Company to be wound up.
     
 
(2)
A resolution that the Company be wound up by the court or be wound up voluntarily shall be a special resolution.
     
166.
(1) 
Subject to any special rights, privileges or restrictions as to the distribution of available surplus assets on liquidation for the time being attached to any class or classes of shares (i) if the Company shall be wound up and the assets available for distribution amongst the Members of the Company shall be more than sufficient to repay the whole of the capital paid up at the commencement of the winding up, the excess shall be distributed pari passu amongst such members in proportion to the amount paid up on the shares held by them respectively and (ii) if the Company shall be wound up and the assets available for distribution amongst the Members as such shall be insufficient to repay the whole of the paid-up capital such assets shall be distributed so that, a nearly as may be, the losses shall be borne by the Members in proportion to the capital paid up, or which ought to have been paid up, at the commencement of the winding up on the shares held by them respectively.

 
(2)
If the Company shall be wound up (whether the liquidation is voluntary or by the court) the liquidator may, with the authority of a special resolution and any other sanction required by the Law, divide among the Members in specie or kind the whole or any part of the assets of the Company and whether or not the assets shall consist of properties of one kind or shall consist of properties to be divided as aforesaid of different kinds, and may for such purpose set such value as he deems fair upon any one or more class or classes of property and may determine how such division shall be carried out as between the Members or different classes of Members. The liquidator may, with the like authority, vest any part of the assets in trustees upon such trusts for the benefit of the Members as the liquidator with the like authority shall think fit, and the liquidation of the Company may be closed and the Company dissolved, but so that no contributory shall be compelled to accept any shares or other property in respect of which there is a liability.
 
Page 58 of 62

 
 
(3)
In the event of winding-up of the Company in the People’s Republic of China, every Member of the Company who is not for the time being in the People’s Republic of China shall be bound, within 14 days after the passing of an effective resolution to wind up the Company voluntarily, or the making of an order for the winding-up of the Company, to serve notice in writing on the Company appointing some person resident in the People’s Republic of China and stating that person’s full name, address and occupation upon whom all summonses, notices, process, orders and judgments in relation to or under the winding-up of the Company may be served, and in default of such nomination the liquidator of the Company shall be at liberty on behalf of such Member to appoint some such person, and service upon any such appointee, whether appointed by the Member or the liquidator, shall be deemed to be good personal service on such Member for all purposes, and, where the liquidator makes any such appointment, he shall with all convenient speed give notice thereof to such Member by advertisement as he shall deem appropriate or by a registered letter sent through the post and addressed to such Member at his address as appearing in the register, and such notice shall be deemed to be service on the day following that on which the advertisement first appears or the letter is posted.

INDEMNITY
 
167.
(1) 
The Directors, Secretary and other officers and every Auditor for the time being of the Company and the liquidator or trustees (if any) for the time being acting in relation to any of the affairs of the Company and everyone of them, and everyone of their heirs, executors and administrators, shall be indemnified and secured harmless out of the assets and profits of the Company from and against all actions, costs, charges, losses, damages and expenses which they or any of them, their or any of their heirs, executors or administrators, shall or may incur or sustain by or by reason of any act done, concurred in or omitted in or about the execution of their duty, or supposed duty, in their respective offices or trusts; and none of them shall be answerable for the acts, receipts, neglects or defaults of the other or others of them or for joining in any receipts for the sake of conformity, or for any bankers or other persons with whom any moneys or effects belonging to the Company shall or may be lodged or deposited for safe custody, or for insufficiency or deficiency of any security upon which any moneys of or belonging to the Company shall be placed out on or invested, or for any other loss, misfortune or damage which may happen in the execution of their respective offices or trusts, or in relation thereto; PROVIDED THAT this indemnity shall not extend to any matter in respect of any fraud or dishonesty which may attach to any of said persons.
 
Page 59 of 62

 
 
(2)
Each Member agrees to waive any claim or right of action he might have, whether individually or by or in the right of the Company, against any Director on account of any action taken by such Director, or the failure of such Director to take any action in the performance of his duties with or for the Company; PROVIDED THAT such waiver shall not extend to any matter in respect of any fraud or dishonesty which may attach to such Director.
 
AMENDMENT TO MEMORANDUM AND ARTICLES OF ASSOCIATION
AND NAME OF COMPANY
 
168.
No Article shall be rescinded, altered or amended and no new Article shall be made until the same has been approved by a special resolution of the Members. A special resolution shall be required to alter the provisions of the Memorandum of Association or to change the name of the Company.

INFORMATION

169.
No Member shall be entitled to require discovery of or any information respecting any detail of the Company’s trading or any matter which is or may be in the nature of a trade secret or secret process which may relate to the conduct of the business of the Company and which in the opinion of the Directors it will be inexpedient in the interests of the members of the Company to communicate to the public.

BUSINESS COMBINATION

170.
Notwithstanding any other provision of these Articles, this Article and the following Articles 171 to 175 shall apply during the period commencing upon consummation of the IPO and terminating upon the consummation of any Business Combination (as defined below) and may not be amended during such period.  A “Business Combination” shall mean the acquisition by the Company, whether by share capital exchange, asset or share acquisition, or other similar type of transaction or through contractual arrangements, of an operating business that has its principal operations located in the People’s Republic of China (the “target business”). In the event of a conflict between Articles  171 to 175 and any other Articles, the provisions of Articles  171 to 175 shall prevail.

171.
Prior to the consummation of any Business Combination, the Company shall submit such Business Combination to its Members for approval regardless of whether the Business Combination is of a type that normally would require such Member approval under applicable law. In the event that a majority of the IPO Shares (as defined in Article  172 below) present and entitled to vote at the meeting to approve the Business Combination are voted for the approval of the Business Combination, the Company shall be authorised to consummate the Business Combination, provided that the Company shall not consummate any Business Combination if 81 per cent. or more in interest of the holders of IPO Shares exercise their conversion rights described in Article 172.
 
Page 60 of 62

 
172.
In the event that a Business Combination is approved in accordance with Article 171, and is consummated by the Company:

 
(1)
any Member holding Ordinary Shares issued in the Company's initial public offering (the "IPO") of securities (the "IPO Shares"), other than Members holding Ordinary Shares issued prior to the Company's IPO, who voted against the Business Combination may, contemporaneously with such vote, demand that the Company convert his IPO Shares into cash. If so demanded, the Company shall, promptly after the consummation of the Business Combination, pay such converting Member US$10.00 for each converted Share;

 
(2)
any Member holding IPO Shares who voted in favour of the Business Combination may, contemporaneously with such vote, demand that the Company convert his IPO Shares into cash. If so demanded, the Company shall, promptly after the consummation of the Business Combination, pay such converting Member a per Share conversion price equal to the quotient determined by dividing (i) the amount in the Trust Fund (as defined below) inclusive of any interest thereon as of two business days prior to the consummation of the Business Combination, by (ii) the total number of IPO Shares. “Trust Fund” shall mean the trust account established by the Company at the consummation of the IPO and into which a certain amount of the net IPO proceeds are deposited

173.
Subject to Article 175, in the event that the Company does not consummate a Business Combination within the twelve months following the closing of the IPO, the Company's sole business purpose shall be to dissolve and distribute the Trust Fund to holders of IPO Shares and the affairs of the Company shall promptly be wound-up, and if the Directors deem it appropriate to do so, they may take all necessary action to have the Company struck-off by the Registrar of Companies of the Cayman Islands.  If the Directors resolve that they do not deem it appropriate to apply to have the Company struck-off by the Registrar of Companies, this shall trigger automatic winding-up of the Company (an “Automatic Dissolution Event”) and the Company shall be dissolved and liquidated accordingly. Whether the Company is dissolved pursuant to the striking-off procedure or following an Automatic Dissolution Event, only the holders of the IPO Shares shall be entitled to receive liquidating distributions, and the Company shall pay no liquidating distributions with respect to any other outstanding securities of the Company.
 
Page 61 of 62

 
174.
A holder of IPO Shares shall be entitled to receive distributions from the Trust Fund only in the event of a liquidation of the Company or in the event he demands conversion of his IPO Shares in accordance with Article 172. In no other circumstance shall a holder of IPO Shares have any right or interest of any kind in the Trust Fund.

175.
In the event that the Company enters into a definitive agreement for a Business Combination within twelve months of the closing of the IPO but has not consummated such Business Combination, the Company will have an additional six months within which to complete such Business Combination.  In the event that such Business Combination is not consummated by the end of such additional six month period the Company's sole business purpose shall be to dissolve and distribute the Trust Fund to holders of IPO Shares and the affairs of the Company shall promptly be wound-up and struck-off or dissolved as described in Article 173 above.

Page 62 of 62


NUMBER
__________-U
 
UNITS
     
SEE REVERSE FOR
CERTAIN DEFINITIONS
GSME ACQUISITION PARTNERS I
 

CUSIP G4161R 126

UNITS CONSISTING OF ONE ORDINARY SHARE AND ONE WARRANT TO PURCHASE ONE ORDINARY SHARE

THIS CERTIFIES THAT ________________________________________________________________________

is the owner of __________________________________________________________________________________ Units.

Each Unit (“Unit”) consists of one (1) ordinary share, par value $.001 per share (“Ordinary Share”), of GSME Acquisition Partners I, a Cayman Islands corporation (the “Company”), and one (1) warrant (the “Warrants”).  Each Warrant entitles the holder to purchase one (1) Ordinary Share for $11.50 per share (subject to adjustment).  Each Warrant will become exercisable on the Company’s completion of a merger, capital stock exchange, asset acquisition or other similar business combination and will expire unless exercised before 5:00 p.m., New York City Time, on __________, 2014, or earlier upon redemption (the “Expiration Date”).  The Ordinary Shares and Warrants comprising the Units represented by this certificate are not transferable separately prior to __________, 2009, subject to earlier separation in the discretion of Cohen & Company Securities, LLC; provided, however, that in no event shall separate trading occur prior to the exercise in full, or expiration, of the underwriters’ over-allotment option in the Company’s initial public offering.  The terms of the Warrants are governed by a Warrant Agreement, dated as of __________, 2009, between the Company and Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company, as Warrant Agent, and are subject to the terms and provisions contained therein, all of which terms and provisions the holder of this certificate consents to by acceptance hereof.  Copies of the Warrant Agreement are on file at the office of the Warrant Agent at 17 Battery Place, New York, New York 10004, and are available to any Warrant holder on written request and without cost.
This certificate is not valid unless countersigned by the Transfer Agent and Registrar of the Company.
Witness the facsimile seal of the Company and the facsimile signatures of its duly authorized officers.

By

____________________________________
Chairman of the Board
 
 
____________________________________
Secretary
 
 

 

GSME Acquisition Partners I
 
The Company will furnish without charge to each stockholder who so requests, a statement of the powers, designations, preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof of the Company and the qualifications, limitations, or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights.
 
The following abbreviations, when used in the inscription on the face of this certificate, shall be construed as though they were written out in full according to applicable laws or regulations:
 
TEN COM –  
as tenants in common
 
UNIF GIFT MIN ACT - _____ Custodian ______
TEN ENT –
as tenants by the entireties
 
   (Cust)                     (Minor)
JT TEN –
as joint tenants with right of survivorship
 
under Uniform Gifts to Minors
 
and not as tenants in common
 
Act ______________
     
(State)

Additional Abbreviations may also be used though not in the above list.
 
For value received, ___________________________ hereby sell, assign and transfer unto

PLEASE INSERT SOCIAL SECURITY OR OTHER
       IDENTIFYING NUMBER OF ASSIGNEE
 
    
   

(PLEASE PRINT OR TYPEWRITE NAME AND ADDRESS, INCLUDING ZIP CODE, OF ASSIGNEE)

 

_______________________________________________________________________________________________   Units

Dated  _________________

 
Notice:   
The signature to this assignment must correspond with the name as written upon the face of the certificate in every particular, without alteration or enlargement or any change whatever.

Signature(s) Guaranteed:

 
THE SIGNATURE(S) SHOULD BE GUARANTEED BY AN ELIGIBLE GUARANTOR INSTITUTION
(BANKS, STOCKBROKERS, SAVINGS AND LOAN ASSOCIATIONS AND CREDIT UNIONS WITH
MEMBERSHIP IN AN APPROVED SIGNATURE GUARANTEE MEDALLION PROGRAM,
PURSUANT TO S.E.C. RULE 17Ad-15).

 

 
 
NUMBER
SHARES
 
________-C
 
GSME ACQUISITION PARTNERS I
 
INCORPORATED UNDER THE LAWS OF THE CAYMAN ISLANDS
 
ORDINARY SHARES
 
SEE REVERSE FOR
CERTAIN DEFINITIONS
 
This Certifies that
CUSIP G4161R 100
   
is the owner of
 
 
FULLY PAID AND NON-ASSESSABLE ORDINARY SHARES OF THE PAR VALUE OF $.001 EACH OF
 
GSME ACQUISITION PARTNERS I
 
transferable on the books of the Company in person or by duly authorized attorney upon surrender of this certificate properly endorsed.
The Company will be forced to liquidate if it is unable to complete a business combination within certain time periods, all as more fully described in the Company’s final prospectus dated ________, 2009
This certificate is not valid unless countersigned by the Transfer Agent and registered by the Registrar.
Witness the facsimile seal of the Company and the facsimile signatures of its duly authorized officers.
 
Dated:
 
___________________________________
CHAIRMAN
___________________________________
SECRETARY

 
 

 

GSME Acquisition Partners I
 
The following abbreviations, when used in the inscription on the face of this certificate, shall be construed as though they were written out in full according to applicable laws or regulations:
 
TEN COM –  
as tenants in common
 
UNIF GIFT MIN ACT - _____ Custodian ______
TEN ENT –
as tenants by the entireties
 
   (Cust)                     (Minor)
JT TEN –
as joint tenants with right of survivorship
 
under Uniform Gifts to Minors
 
and not as tenants in common
 
Act ______________
     
(State)
 
Additional Abbreviations may also be used though not in the above list.
 
The Company will furnish without charge to each stockholder who so requests the powers, designations, preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof of the Company and the qualifications, limitations, or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights.  This certificate and the shares represented thereby are issued and shall be held subject to all the provisions of the Amended and Restated Memorandum and Articles of Incorporation and all amendments thereto and resolutions of the Board of Directors providing for the issue of shares of Preferred Stock (copies of which may be obtained from the secretary of the Company), to all of which the holder of this certificate by acceptance hereof assents.
 
For value received, ___________________________ hereby sell, assign and transfer unto

PLEASE INSERT SOCIAL SECURITY OR OTHER
       IDENTIFYING NUMBER OF ASSIGNEE
 
    
   
 

(PLEASE PRINT OR TYPEWRITE NAME AND ADDRESS, INCLUDING ZIP CODE, OF ASSIGNEE)

 

_______________________________________________________________________________________________   shares
 
Dated                                                   
 
   
 
Notice:
The signature to this assignment must correspond with the name as written upon the face of the certificate in every particular, without alteration or enlargement or any change whatever.
 
Signature(s) Guaranteed:
 
 
THE SIGNATURE(S) SHOULD BE GUARANTEED BY AN ELIGIBLE GUARANTOR INSTITUTION (BANKS, STOCKBROKERS, SAVINGS AND LOAN ASSOCIATIONS AND CREDIT UNIONS WITH MEMBERSHIP IN AN APPROVED SIGNATURE GUARANTEE MEDALLION PROGRAM, PURSUANT TO S.E.C. RULE 17Ad-15).
 
The holder of this certificate shall be entitled to receive funds from the trust fund only in the event of the Company’s liquidation upon failure to consummate a business combination or if the holder seeks to convert his respective shares for cash upon a business combination which is actually completed by the Company.  In no other circumstances shall the holder have any right or interest of any kind in or to the trust fund.

 
 

 

NUMBER
  ________-W
 
(SEE REVERSE SIDE FOR LEGEND)
THIS WARRANT WILL BE VOID IF NOT EXERCISED PRIOR TO
5:00 P.M. NEW YORK CITY TIME, __________, 2014
 
 
WARRANTS
GSME ACQUISITION PARTNERS I
                     CUSIP G4161R 118
WARRANT
THIS CERTIFIES THAT, for value received

is the registered holder of a Warrant or Warrants expiring ________, 2014 (the “Warrant”) to purchase one fully paid and non-assessable Ordinary Share, par value $.001 per share (“Shares”), of GSME Acquisition Partners I, a Cayman Islands corporation (the “Company”), for each Warrant evidenced by this Warrant Certificate.  The Warrant entitles the holder thereof to purchase from the Company, commencing on the Company’s completion of a merger, capital stock exchange, asset acquisition or other similar business combination, such number of Shares of the Company at the price of $11.50 per share, upon surrender of this Warrant Certificate and payment of the Warrant Price at the office or agency of the Warrant Agent, Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company, but only subject to the conditions set forth herein and in the Warrant Agreement between the Company and Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company.  The Company shall not be obligated to deliver any securities pursuant to the exercise of a Warrant and shall have no obligation to settle a Warrant exercise unless a registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, (the “Act”) with respect to the Ordinary Shares is effective, subject to the Company satisfying its obligations under Section 7.4 of the Warrant Agreement to use its best efforts. In the event that a registration statement with respect to the Ordinary Shares underlying a Warrant is not effective under the Act, the holder of such Warrant shall not be entitled to exercise such Warrant and such Warrant may have no value and expire worthless. In no event will the Company be required to net cash settle the warrant exercise. The Warrant Agreement provides that upon the occurrence of certain events the Warrant Price and the number of Warrant Shares purchasable hereunder, set forth on the face hereof, may, subject to certain conditions, be adjusted.   The term Warrant Price as used in this Warrant Certificate refers to the price per Share at which Shares may be purchased at the time the Warrant is exercised.
No fraction of a Share will be issued upon any exercise of a Warrant.  If the holder of a Warrant would be entitled to receive a fraction of a Share upon any exercise of a Warrant, the Company shall, upon such exercise, round up or down to the nearest whole number the number of Shares to be issued to such holder.
Upon any exercise of the Warrant for less than the total number of full Shares provided for herein, there shall be issued to the registered holder hereof or the registered holder’s assignee a new Warrant Certificate covering the number of Shares for which the Warrant has not been exercised.
Warrant Certificates, when surrendered at the office or agency of the Warrant Agent by the registered holder hereof in person or by attorney duly authorized in writing, may be exchanged in the manner and subject to the limitations provided in the Warrant Agreement, but without payment of any service charge, for another Warrant Certificate or Warrant Certificates of like tenor and evidencing in the aggregate a like number of Warrants.
Upon due presentment for registration of transfer of the Warrant Certificate at the office or agency of the Warrant Agent, a new Warrant Certificate or Warrant Certificates of like tenor and evidencing in the aggregate a like number of Warrants shall be issued to the transferee in exchange for this Warrant Certificate, subject to the limitations provided in the Warrant Agreement, without charge except for any applicable tax or other governmental charge.
The Company and the Warrant Agent may deem and treat the registered holder as the absolute owner of this Warrant Certificate (notwithstanding any notation of ownership or other writing hereon made by anyone), for the purpose of any exercise hereof, of any distribution to the registered holder, and for all other purposes, and neither the Company nor the Warrant Agent shall be affected by any notice to the contrary.
This Warrant does not entitle the registered holder to any of the rights of a stockholder of the Company.
The Company reserves the right to call the Warrant, at any time prior to its exercise, with the prior consent of Cohen & Company Securities, LLC (which consent shall not unreasonably be withheld), with a notice of call in writing to the holders of record of the Warrant, giving 30 days’ notice of such call at any time after the Warrant becomes exercisable if the last sale price of the Shares has been at least $17.50 per share on each of 20 trading days within any 30 trading day period ending on the third business day prior to the date on which notice of such call is given.  The call price of the Warrants is to be $.01 per Warrant.  Any Warrant either not exercised or tendered back to the Company by the end of the date specified in the notice of call shall be canceled on the books of the Company and have no further value except for the $.01 call price.

By
         
 
   Secretary
 
   Chairman of the Board

 
 

 

SUBSCRIPTION FORM
To Be Executed by the Registered Holder in Order to Exercise Warrants

The undersigned Registered Holder irrevocably elects to exercise ______________ Warrants represented by this Warrant Certificate, and to purchase the Ordinary Shares issuable upon the exercise of such Warrants, and requests that Certificates for such shares shall be issued in the name of  
 
(PLEASE TYPE OR PRINT NAME AND ADDRESS)
 
 
 
 
 
   (SOCIAL SECURITY OR TAX IDENTIFICATION NUMBER)
 
and be delivered to
  
 
(PLEASE PRINT OR TYPE NAME AND ADDRESS)
 

 
and, if such number of Warrants shall not be all the Warrants evidenced by this Warrant Certificate, that a new Warrant Certificate for the balance of such Warrants be registered in the name of, and delivered to, the Registered Holder at the address stated below:

Dated: _____________________
  
 
(SIGNATURE)
   
 
(ADDRESS)
   
   
 
(TAX IDENTIFICATION NUMBER)

ASSIGNMENT
To Be Executed by the Registered Holder in Order to Assign Warrants

For Value Received, _______________________ hereby sell, assign, and transfer unto
 
(PLEASE TYPE OR PRINT NAME AND ADDRESS)
 
 
 
 
 
   (SOCIAL SECURITY OR TAX IDENTIFICATION NUMBER)
 
and be delivered to
  
 
(PLEASE PRINT OR TYPE NAME AND ADDRESS)
 
______________________ of the Warrants represented by this Warrant Certificate, and hereby irrevocably constitute and appoint _________________________________ Attorney to transfer this Warrant Certificate on the books of the Company, with full power of substitution in the premises.

Dated: _________________________
 
 
(SIGNATURE)

The signature to the assignment of the Subscription Form must correspond to the name written upon the face of this Warrant Certificate in every particular, without alteration or enlargement or any change whatsoever, and must be guaranteed by a commercial bank or trust company or a member firm of the American Stock Exchange, New York Stock Exchange, Pacific Stock Exchange or Chicago Stock Exchange.

 
 

 
WARRANT AGREEMENT

Agreement made as of ________, 2009 between GSME Acquisition Partners I, a Cayman Islands limited life exempted company, with offices at 762 West Beijing Road, Shanghai, PRC 200041 (“Company”), and Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company, a New York corporation, with offices at 17 Battery Place, New York, New York 10004 (“Warrant Agent”).

WHEREAS, the Company has received a binding commitment from Eli D. Scher, Larry Wizel and MCK Capital Co., Limited (the “Insiders”), to purchase an aggregate of 3,600,000 warrants (“Insider Warrants”) pursuant to a Subscription Agreement dated as of _______ __, 2009 (the “Subscription Agreement”); and

WHEREAS, the Company is engaged in a public offering (“Public Offering”) of units, each unit comprised of one Ordinary Share (as defined below) and one Public Warrant (as defined below) (the “Units”) and, in connection therewith, has determined to issue and deliver up to (i) 4,140,000 Warrants (“Public Warrants”) to the public investors, and (ii) 360,000 Warrants to Cohen & Company Securities, LLC (“Cohen & Company”) or its designees (“Representative’s Warrants” and, together with the Public Warrants and Insider Warrants, the “Warrants”), each of such Warrants evidencing the right of the holder thereof to purchase one ordinary share of the Company, par value $.001 per share (“Ordinary Share”), for $11.50, subject to adjustment as described herein; and

WHEREAS, the Company has filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission a Registration Statement on Form F-1, No. 333-______ (“Registration Statement”), for the registration, under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (“Act”) of, among other securities, the Warrants and the Ordinary Shares issuable upon exercise of the Warrants; and

WHEREAS, the Company desires the Warrant Agent to act on behalf of the Company, and the Warrant Agent is willing to so act, in connection with the issuance, registration, transfer, exchange, redemption and exercise of the Warrants; and
 
 
 

 

WHEREAS, the Company desires to provide for the form and provisions of the Warrants, the terms upon which they shall be issued and exercised, and the respective rights, limitation of rights, and immunities of the Company, the Warrant Agent, and the holders of the Warrants; and

WHEREAS, all acts and things have been done and performed which are necessary to make the Warrants, when executed on behalf of the Company and countersigned by or on behalf of the Warrant Agent, as provided herein, the valid, binding and legal obligations of the Company, and to authorize the execution and delivery of this Agreement.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual agreements herein contained, the parties hereto agree as follows:

1.            Appointment of Warrant Agent .  The Company hereby appoints the Warrant Agent to act as agent for the Company for the Warrants, and the Warrant Agent hereby accepts such appointment and agrees to perform the same in accordance with the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement.

2.            Warrants .

2.1.          Form of Warrant .  Each Warrant shall be issued in registered form only, shall be in substantially the form of Exhibit A hereto, the provisions of which are incorporated herein and shall be signed by, or bear the facsimile signature of, the Chairman of the Board or President and Treasurer, Secretary or Assistant Secretary of the Company and shall bear a facsimile of the Company’s seal. In the event the person whose facsimile signature has been placed upon any Warrant shall have ceased to serve in the capacity in which such person signed the Warrant before such Warrant is issued, it may be issued with the same effect as if he or she had not ceased to be such at the date of issuance.

2.2.          Effect of Countersignature .  Unless and until countersigned by the Warrant Agent pursuant to this Agreement, a Warrant shall be invalid and of no effect and may not be exercised by the holder thereof.
 
 
2

 

2.3.          Registration .

2.3.1.         Warrant Register .  The Warrant Agent shall maintain books (“Warrant Register”), for the registration of original issuance and the registration of transfer of the Warrants.  Upon the initial issuance of the Warrants, the Warrant Agent shall issue and register the Warrants in the names of the respective holders thereof in such denominations and otherwise in accordance with instructions delivered to the Warrant Agent by the Company.

2.3.2.         Registered Holder .  Prior to due presentment for registration of transfer of any Warrant, the Company and the Warrant Agent may deem and treat the person in whose name such Warrant shall be registered upon the Warrant Register (“registered holder”) as the absolute owner of such Warrant and of each Warrant represented thereby (notwithstanding any notation of ownership or other writing on the Warrant Certificate made by anyone other than the Company or the Warrant Agent), for the purpose of any exercise thereof, and for all other purposes, and neither the Company nor the Warrant Agent shall be affected by any notice to the contrary.

2.4.          Detachability of Warrants .  The securities comprising the Units will not be separately transferable until 10 days after the date hereof unless Cohen & Company informs the Company of its decision to allow earlier separate trading, but in no event will Cohen & Company allow separate trading of the securities comprising the Units until the Company files a Report of Foreign Private Issuer on Form 6-K which includes an audited balance sheet reflecting the receipt by the Company of the gross proceeds of the Public Offering and issuing a press release announcing the same; provided, however, that in no event shall separate trading occur prior to the exercise in full, or expiration, of the underwriters’ over-allotment option in the Public Offering.
 
 
3

 

2.5          Warrant Attributes .
 
2.5.1          Insider Warrants .  The Insider Warrants will be issued in the same form as the Public Warrants but they (i) will not be transferable or salable until 60 days after the Company completes a business combination, (ii) will be exercisable on a cashless basis so long as they are held by the Insiders or their affiliates, (iii) will not be redeemable by the Company so long as they are held by the Insiders or their affiliates and (iv) may be exercised for unregistered shares if a registration statement relating to the Ordinary Shares issuable upon exercise of the Warrants is not effective and current.
2.5.2.         Representative’s Warrants .  The Representative’s Warrants shall have the same terms and be in the same form as the Public Warrants.

3.            Terms and Exercise of Warrants

3.1.          Warrant Price .  Each Warrant shall, when countersigned by the Warrant Agent, entitle the registered holder thereof, subject to the provisions of such Warrant and of this Warrant Agreement, to purchase from the Company the number of Ordinary Shares stated therein, at the price of $11.50 per whole share, subject to the adjustments provided in Section 4 hereof and in the last sentence of this Section 3.1.  The term “Warrant Price” as used in this Warrant Agreement refers to the price per share at which Ordinary Shares may be purchased at the time a Warrant is exercised.  The Company in its sole discretion may lower the Warrant Price at any time prior to the Expiration Date.

3.2.          Duration of Warrants .  A Warrant may be exercised only during the period (“Exercise Period”) commencing on the consummation by the Company of a merger, capital stock exchange, asset acquisition or other similar business combination (“Business Combination”) (as described more fully in the Registration Statement), and terminating at 5:00 p.m., New York City time on the earlier to occur of (i) __________, 2014 and (ii) the Redemption Date as provided in Section 6.2 of this Agreement (“Expiration Date”).  Except with respect to the right to receive the Redemption Price (as set forth in Section 6 hereunder), each Warrant not exercised on or before the Expiration Date shall become void, and all rights thereunder and all rights in respect thereof under this Agreement shall cease at the close of business on the Expiration Date.  The Company in its sole discretion may extend the duration of the Warrants by delaying the Expiration Date.
 
 
4

 

3.3.          Exercise of Warrants .

3.3.1.        Payment .  Subject to the provisions of the Warrant and this Warrant Agreement,  a Warrant, when countersigned by the Warrant Agent, may be exercised by the registered holder thereof by surrendering it, at the office of the Warrant Agent, or at the office of its successor as Warrant Agent, in the Borough of Manhattan, City and State of New York, with the subscription form, as set forth in the Warrant, duly executed, and by paying in full the Warrant Price for each full Ordinary Share as to which the Warrant is exercised and any and all applicable taxes due in connection with the exercise of the Warrant, as follows:

(a)           in cash, good certified check or good bank draft payable to the order of the Company (or as otherwise agreed to by the Company);

(b)           in the event of redemption pursuant to Section 6 hereof in which the Company’s management has elected to force all holders of Warrants to exercise such Warrants on a “cashless basis,” by surrendering the Warrants for that number of Ordinary Shares equal to the quotient obtained by dividing (x) the product of the number of Ordinary Shares underlying the Warrants, multiplied by the difference between the Warrant Price and the “Fair Market Value” (defined below) by (y) the Fair Market Value. Solely for purposes of this Section 3.3.1(b), the “Fair Market Value” shall mean the average reported last sale price of the Ordinary Shares for the 10 trading days ending on the third trading day prior to the date on which the notice of redemption is sent to holders of Warrant pursuant to Section 6 hereof; or

(c)           with respect to any Insider Warrants, so long as such Insider Warrants are held by the Insiders or their affiliates, by surrendering the Warrants for that number of Ordinary Shares equal to the quotient obtained by dividing (x) the product of the number of Ordinary Shares underlying the Warrants, multiplied by the difference between the Warrant Price and the “Fair Market Value” (defined below) by (y) the Fair Market Value. Solely for purposes of this Section 3.3.1(c), the “Fair Market Value” shall mean the average reported last sale price of the Ordinary Shares for the 5 trading days ending on the trading day prior to the date of exercise.
 
 
5

 

3.3.2.        Issuance of Certificates .  As soon as practicable after the exercise of any Warrant and the clearance of the funds in payment of the Warrant Price, the Company shall issue to the registered holder of such Warrant a certificate or certificates for the number of full Ordinary Shares to which he is entitled, registered in such name or names as may be directed by him, her or it, and if such Warrant shall not have been exercised in full, a new countersigned Warrant for the number of shares as to which such Warrant shall not have been exercised.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company shall not be obligated to deliver any securities pursuant to the exercise of a Warrant and shall have no obligation to settle such Warrant exercise unless a registration statement under the Act with respect to the Ordinary Shares is effective, subject to the Company’s satisfying its obligations under Section 7.4. In the event that a registration statement with respect to the Ordinary Shares underlying a Warrant is not effective under the Act, the holder of such Warrant shall not be entitled to exercise such Warrant and such Warrant may have no value and expire worthless. In no event will the Company be required to net cash settle the Warrant exercise.  Warrants may not be exercised by, or securities issued to, any registered holder in any state in which such exercise would be unlawful. In the event that a registration statement is not effective for the exercised Public Warrants and Representative’s Warrants, the purchaser of a Unit containing such Warrants will have paid the full purchase price for the Unit solely for the Ordinary Share included in such Unit.

3.3.3.        Valid Issuance .  All Ordinary Shares issued upon the proper exercise of a Warrant in conformity with this Agreement shall be validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable.
 
 
6

 

3.3.4.        Date of Issuance .  Each person in whose name any such certificate for Ordinary Shares is issued shall for all purposes be deemed to have become the holder of record of such shares on the date on which the Warrant was surrendered and payment of the Warrant Price was made, irrespective of the date of delivery of such certificate, except that, if the date of such surrender and payment is a date when the share transfer books of the Company are closed, such person shall be deemed to have become the holder of such shares at the close of business on the next succeeding date on which the share transfer books are open.

4.            Adjustments .

4.1.          Stock Dividends - Split Ups .  If after the date hereof, and subject to the provisions of Section 4.6 below, the number of outstanding Ordinary Shares is increased by a stock dividend payable in Ordinary Shares, or by a split up of Ordinary Shares, or other similar event, then, on the effective date of such stock dividend, split up or similar event, the number of Ordinary Shares issuable on exercise of each Warrant shall be increased in proportion to such increase in outstanding Ordinary Shares.

4.2.          Aggregation of Shares .  If after the date hereof, and subject to the provisions of Section 4.6, the number of outstanding Ordinary Shares is decreased by a consolidation, combination, reverse stock split or reclassification of Ordinary Shares or other similar event, then, on the effective date of such consolidation, combination, reverse stock split, reclassification or similar event, the number of Ordinary Shares issuable on exercise of each Warrant shall be decreased in proportion to such decrease in outstanding Ordinary Shares.

4.3          Adjustments in Exercise Price .  Whenever the number of Ordinary Shares purchasable upon the exercise of the Warrants is adjusted, as provided in Section 4.1 and 4.2 above, the Warrant Price shall be adjusted (to the nearest cent) by multiplying such Warrant Price immediately prior to such adjustment by a fraction (x) the numerator of which shall be the number of Ordinary Shares purchasable upon the exercise of the Warrants immediately prior to such adjustment, and (y) the denominator of which shall be the number of Ordinary Shares so purchasable immediately thereafter.
 
 
7

 

4.4.          Replacement of Securities upon Reorganization, etc .  In case of any reclassification or reorganization of the outstanding Ordinary Shares (other than a change covered by Section 4.1 or 4.2 hereof or that solely affects the par value of such Ordinary Shares), or in the case of any merger or consolidation of the Company with or into another corporation (other than a consolidation or merger in which the Company is the continuing corporation and that does not result in any reclassification or reorganization of the outstanding Ordinary Shares), or in the case of any sale or conveyance to another corporation or entity of the assets or other property of the Company as an entirety or substantially as an entirety in connection with which the Company is dissolved, the Warrant holders shall thereafter have the right to purchase and receive, upon the basis and upon the terms and conditions specified in the Warrants and in lieu of the Ordinary Shares of the Company immediately theretofore purchasable and receivable upon the exercise of the rights represented thereby, the kind and amount of shares of stock or other securities or property (including cash) receivable upon such reclassification, reorganization, merger or consolidation, or upon a dissolution following any such sale or transfer, that the Warrant holder would have received if such Warrant holder had exercised his, her or its Warrant(s) immediately prior to such event; and if any reclassification also results in a change in Ordinary Shares covered by Section 4.1 or 4.2, then such adjustment shall be made pursuant to Sections 4.1, 4.2, 4.3 and this Section 4.4.  The provisions of this Section 4.4 shall similarly apply to successive reclassifications, reorganizations, mergers or consolidations, sales or other transfers.

4.5.          Notices of Changes in Warrant .  Upon every adjustment of the Warrant Price or the number of shares issuable upon exercise of a Warrant, the Company shall give written notice thereof to the Warrant Agent, which notice shall state the Warrant Price resulting from such adjustment and the increase or decrease, if any, in the number of shares purchasable at such price upon the exercise of a Warrant, setting forth in reasonable detail the method of calculation and the facts upon which such calculation is based.  Upon the occurrence of any event specified in Sections 4.1, 4.2, 4.3 or 4.4, then, in any such event, the Company shall give written notice to each Warrant holder, at the last address set forth for such holder in the warrant register, of the record date or the effective date of the event.  Failure to give such notice, or any defect therein, shall not affect the legality or validity of such event.
 
 
8

 

4.6.          No Fractional Shares .  Notwithstanding any provision contained in this Warrant Agreement to the contrary, the Company shall not issue fractional shares upon exercise of Warrants.  If, by reason of any adjustment made pursuant to this Section 4, the holder of any Warrant would be entitled, upon the exercise of such Warrant, to receive a fractional interest in a share, the Company shall, upon such exercise, round up or down to the nearest whole number the number of the Ordinary Shares to be issued to the Warrant holder.

4.7.          Form of Warrant .  The form of Warrant need not be changed because of any adjustment pursuant to this Section 4, and Warrants issued after such adjustment may state the same Warrant Price and the same number of shares as is stated in the Warrants initially issued pursuant to this Agreement.  However, the Company may at any time in its sole discretion make any change in the form of Warrant that the Company may deem appropriate and that does not affect the substance thereof, and any Warrant thereafter issued or countersigned, whether in exchange or substitution for an outstanding Warrant or otherwise, may be in the form as so changed.

5.            Transfer and Exchange of Warrants .

5.1.          Registration of Transfer .  The Warrant Agent shall register the transfer, from time to time, of any outstanding Warrant upon the Warrant Register, upon surrender of such Warrant for transfer, properly endorsed with signatures properly guaranteed and accompanied by appropriate instructions for transfer.  Upon any such transfer, a new Warrant representing an equal aggregate number of Warrants shall be issued and the old Warrant shall be cancelled by the Warrant Agent.  The Warrants so cancelled shall be delivered by the Warrant Agent to the Company from time to time upon request.
 
 
9

 

5.2.          Procedure for Surrender of Warrants .  Warrants may be surrendered to the Warrant Agent, together with a written request for exchange or transfer, and thereupon the Warrant Agent shall issue in exchange therefor one or more new Warrants as requested by the registered holder of the Warrants so surrendered, representing an equal aggregate number of Warrants; provided, however, that in the event that a Warrant surrendered for transfer bears a restrictive legend, the Warrant Agent shall not cancel such Warrant and issue new Warrants in exchange therefor until the Warrant Agent has received an opinion of counsel for the Company stating that such transfer may be made and indicating whether the new Warrants must also bear a restrictive legend.

5.3.          Fractional Warrants .  The Warrant Agent shall not be required to effect any registration of transfer or exchange which will result in the issuance of a warrant certificate for a fraction of a warrant.

5.4.          Service Charges .  No service charge shall be made for any exchange or registration of transfer of Warrants.

5.5.          Warrant Execution and Countersignature .  The Warrant Agent is hereby authorized to countersign and to deliver, in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, the Warrants required to be issued pursuant to the provisions of this Section 5, and the Company, whenever required by the Warrant Agent, will supply the Warrant Agent with Warrants duly executed on behalf of the Company for such purpose.

6.            Redemption .

6.1.          Redemption .  Subject to Section 6.4 hereof, not less than all of the outstanding Warrants may be redeemed, at the option of the Company, with the prior consent of Cohen & Company (which consent shall not unreasonably be withheld), at any time while they are exercisable and prior to their expiration, at the office of the Warrant Agent, upon the notice referred to in Section 6.2, at the price of $.01 per Warrant (“Redemption Price”), provided that the last sales price of the Ordinary Shares has been at least $17.50 per share (subject to adjustment in accordance with Section 4 hereof), on each of twenty (20) trading days within any thirty (30) trading day period ending on the third business day prior to the date on which notice of redemption is given.  The provisions of this Section 6.1 may not be modified, amended or deleted without the prior written consent of Cohen & Company.
 
 
10

 

6.2.          Date Fixed for, and Notice of, Redemption .  In the event the Company shall elect to redeem all of the Warrants, the Company shall fix a date for the redemption (the “Redemption Date”).  Notice of redemption shall be mailed by first class mail, postage prepaid, by the Company not less than 30 days prior to the Redemption Date to the registered holders of the Warrants to be redeemed at their last addresses as they shall appear on the registration books.  Any notice mailed in the manner herein provided shall be conclusively presumed to have been duly given whether or not the registered holder received such notice.

6.3.          Exercise After Notice of Redemption .  The Warrants may be exercised, for cash (or on a “cashless basis” in accordance with Section 3 of this Agreement) at any time after notice of redemption shall have been given by the Company pursuant to Section 6.2 hereof and prior to the Redemption Date.  In the event the Company determines to require all holders of Warrants to exercise their Warrants on a “cashless basis” pursuant to Section 3, the notice of redemption will contain the information necessary to calculate the number of Ordinary Shares to be received upon exercise of the Warrants, including the “Fair Market Value” in such case. On and after the Redemption Date, the record holder of the Warrants shall have no further rights except to receive, upon surrender of the Warrants, the Redemption Price.

6.4          Outstanding Warrants Only . The Company understands that the redemption rights provided by this Section 6 apply only to outstanding Warrants. To the extent a person holds rights to purchase Warrants, such purchase rights shall not be extinguished by redemption of the Warrants by the Company. However, once such purchase rights are exercised, the Company may redeem the Warrants issued upon such exercise, provided that the criteria for redemption are met, including the opportunity of the Warrant holder to exercise its Warrants prior to redemption pursuant to Section 6.3. The provisions of this Section 6.4 may not be modified, amended or deleted without the prior written consent of Cohen & Company.
 
 
11

 

7.            Other Provisions Relating to Rights of Holders of Warrants .

7.1.          No Rights as Shareholder .  A Warrant does not entitle the registered holder thereof to any of the rights of a shareholder of the Company, including, without limitation, the right to receive dividends, or other distributions, exercise any preemptive rights to vote or to consent or to receive notice as shareholders in respect of the meetings of shareholders or the election of directors of the Company or any other matter.

7.2.          Lost, Stolen, Mutilated, or Destroyed Warrants .  If any Warrant is lost, stolen, mutilated, or destroyed, the Company and the Warrant Agent may on such terms as to indemnity or otherwise as they may in their discretion impose (which shall, in the case of a mutilated Warrant, include the surrender thereof), issue a new Warrant of like denomination, tenor, and date as the Warrant so lost, stolen, mutilated, or destroyed.  Any such new Warrant shall constitute a substitute contractual obligation of the Company, whether or not the allegedly lost, stolen, mutilated, or destroyed Warrant shall be at any time enforceable by anyone.

7.3.          Reservation of Ordinary Shares .  The Company shall at all times reserve and keep available a number of its authorized but unissued Ordinary Shares that will be sufficient to permit the exercise in full of all outstanding Warrants issued pursuant to this Agreement.

7.4.          Registration of Ordinary Shares .  The Company agrees that prior to the commencement of the Exercise Period, it shall use its best efforts to file with the Securities and Exchange Commission a post-effective amendment to the Registration Statement, or a new registration statement, for the registration, under the Act, of, and it shall use its best efforts to take such action as is necessary to qualify for sale, in those states in which the Warrants were initially offered by the Company, the Ordinary Shares issuable upon exercise of the Warrants.  In either case, the Company will use its best efforts to cause the same to become effective and to maintain the effectiveness of such registration statement until the expiration of the Warrants in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement.  The provisions of this Section 7.4 may not be modified, amended or deleted without the prior written consent of Cohen & Company.
 
 
12

 

8.            Concerning the Warrant Agent and Other Matters .

8.1.          Payment of Taxes .  The Company will from time to time promptly pay all taxes and charges that may be imposed upon the Company or the Warrant Agent in respect of the issuance or delivery of Ordinary Shares upon the exercise of Warrants, but the Company shall not be obligated to pay any transfer taxes in respect of the Warrants or such shares.

8.2.          Resignation, Consolidation, or Merger of Warrant Agent .

8.2.1.         Appointment of Successor Warrant Agent .  The Warrant Agent, or any successor to it hereafter appointed, may resign its duties and be discharged from all further duties and liabilities hereunder after giving sixty (60) days’ notice in writing to the Company.  If the office of the Warrant Agent becomes vacant by resignation or incapacity to act or otherwise, the Company shall appoint in writing a successor Warrant Agent in place of the Warrant Agent.  If the Company shall fail to make such appointment within a period of 30 days after it has been notified in writing of such resignation or incapacity by the Warrant Agent or by the holder of the Warrant (who shall, with such notice, submit his Warrant for inspection by the Company), then the holder of any Warrant may apply to the Supreme Court of the State of New York for the County of New York for the appointment of a successor Warrant Agent at the Company’s cost.  Any successor Warrant Agent, whether appointed by the Company or by such court, shall be a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of New York, in good standing and having its principal office in the Borough of Manhattan, City and State of New York, and authorized under such laws to exercise corporate trust powers and subject to supervision or examination by federal or state authority.  After appointment, any successor Warrant Agent shall be vested with all the authority, powers, rights, immunities, duties, and obligations of its predecessor Warrant Agent with like effect as if originally named as Warrant Agent hereunder, without any further act or deed; but if for any reason it becomes necessary or appropriate, the predecessor Warrant Agent shall execute and deliver, at the expense of the Company, an instrument transferring to such successor Warrant Agent all the authority, powers, and rights of such predecessor Warrant Agent hereunder; and upon request of any successor Warrant Agent the Company shall make, execute, acknowledge, and deliver any and all instruments in writing for more fully and effectually vesting in and confirming to such successor Warrant Agent all such authority, powers, rights, immunities, duties, and obligations.
 
 
13

 

8.2.2.        Notice of Successor Warrant Agent .  In the event a successor Warrant Agent shall be appointed, the Company shall give notice thereof to the predecessor Warrant Agent and the transfer agent for the Ordinary Shares not later than the effective date of any such appointment.

8.2.3.        Merger or Consolidation of Warrant Agent .  Any corporation into which the Warrant Agent may be merged or with which it may be consolidated or any corporation resulting from any merger or consolidation to which the Warrant Agent shall be a party shall be the successor Warrant Agent under this Agreement without any further act.

8.3.          Fees and Expenses of Warrant Agent .

8.3.1.         Remuneration .  The Company agrees to pay the Warrant Agent reasonable remuneration for its services as such Warrant Agent hereunder and will reimburse the Warrant Agent upon demand for all expenditures that the Warrant Agent may reasonably incur in the execution of its duties hereunder.

8.3.2.         Further Assurances .  The Company agrees to perform, execute, acknowledge, and deliver or cause to be performed, executed, acknowledged, and delivered all such further and other acts, instruments, and assurances as may reasonably be required by the Warrant Agent for the carrying out or performing of the provisions of this Agreement.
 
 
14

 

8.4.          Liability of Warrant Agent .

8.4.1.        Reliance on Company Statement .  Whenever in the performance of its duties under this Warrant Agreement, the Warrant Agent shall deem it necessary or desirable that any fact or matter be proved or established by the Company prior to taking or suffering any action hereunder, such fact or matter (unless other evidence in respect thereof be herein specifically prescribed) may be deemed to be conclusively proved and established by a statement signed by the President or Chairman of the Board of the Company and delivered to the Warrant Agent.  The Warrant Agent may rely upon such statement for any action taken or suffered in good faith by it pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement.

8.4.2.         Indemnity .  The Warrant Agent shall be liable hereunder only for its own negligence, willful misconduct or bad faith.  The Company agrees to indemnify the Warrant Agent and save it harmless against any and all liabilities, including judgments, costs and reasonable counsel fees, for anything done or omitted by the Warrant Agent in the execution of this Agreement except as a result of the Warrant Agent’s negligence, willful misconduct, or bad faith.

8.4.3.        Exclusions .  The Warrant Agent shall have no responsibility with respect to the validity of this Agreement or with respect to the validity or execution of any Warrant (except its countersignature thereof); nor shall it be responsible for any breach by the Company of any covenant or condition contained in this Agreement or in any Warrant; nor shall it be responsible to make any adjustments required under the provisions of Section 4 hereof or responsible for the manner, method, or amount of any such adjustment or the ascertaining of the existence of facts that would require any such adjustment; nor shall it by any act hereunder be deemed to make any representation or warranty as to the authorization or reservation of any Ordinary Shares to be issued pursuant to this Agreement or any Warrant or as to whether any Ordinary Shares will when issued be valid and fully paid and nonassessable.

8.5.          Acceptance of Agency .  The Warrant Agent hereby accepts the agency established by this Agreement and agrees to perform the same upon the terms and conditions herein set forth and among other things, shall account promptly to the Company with respect to Warrants exercised and concurrently account for, and pay to the Company, all moneys received by the Warrant Agent for the purchase of Ordinary Shares through the exercise of Warrants.
 
 
15

 

9.            Miscellaneous Provisions .

9.1.          Successors .  All the covenants and provisions of this Agreement by or for the benefit of the Company or the Warrant Agent shall bind and inure to the benefit of their respective successors and assigns.

9.2.          Notices .  Any notice, statement or demand authorized by this Warrant Agreement to be given or made by the Warrant Agent or by the holder of any Warrant to or on the Company shall be sufficiently given when so delivered if by hand or overnight delivery or if sent by certified mail or private courier service within five days after deposit of such notice, postage prepaid, addressed (until another address is filed in writing by the Company with the Warrant Agent), as follows:

GSME Acquisition Partners I
762 West Beijing Road
Shanghai, PRC 200041
Attn:  Chief Executive Officer

Any notice, statement or demand authorized by this Agreement to be given or made by the holder of any Warrant or by the Company to or on the Warrant Agent shall be sufficiently given when so delivered if by hand or overnight delivery or if sent by certified mail or private courier service within five days after deposit of such notice, postage prepaid, addressed (until another address is filed in writing by the Warrant Agent with the Company), as follows:

Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company
17 Battery Place
New York, New York 10004
Attn:  Compliance Department
 
 
16

 

with a copy in each case to:

Graubard Miller
The Chrysler Building
405 Lexington Avenue
New York, New York 10174
Attn:  David Alan Miller, Esq.

and

Ellenoff Grossman & Schole LLP
150 East 42 nd Street
New York, NY 10017
Attn:  Douglas S. Ellenoff, Esq.
 
and

Cohen & Company Securities, LLC
135 East 57 th Street
New York, New York 10022
Attn:  Chairman

9.3.          Applicable Law .  The validity, interpretation, and performance of this Agreement and of the Warrants shall be governed in all respects by the laws of the State of New York, without giving effect to conflicts of law principles that would result in the application of the substantive laws of another jurisdiction.  The Company hereby agrees that any action, proceeding or claim against it arising out of or relating in any way to this Agreement shall be brought and enforced in the courts of the State of New York or the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York, and irrevocably submits to such jurisdiction, which jurisdiction shall be exclusive.  The Company hereby waives any objection to such exclusive jurisdiction and that such courts represent an inconvenience forum.  Any such process or summons to be served upon the Company may be served by transmitting a copy thereof by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, addressed to it at the address set forth in Section 9.2 hereof.  Such mailing shall be deemed personal service and shall be legal and binding upon the Company in any action, proceeding or claim.
 
 
17

 

9.4.          Persons Having Rights under this Agreement .  Nothing in this Agreement expressed and nothing that may be implied from any of the provisions hereof is intended, or shall be construed, to confer upon, or give to, any person or corporation other than the parties hereto and the registered holders of the Warrants and, for the purposes of Sections 6.1, 6.4, 7.4 and 9.2 hereof, Cohen & Company, any right, remedy, or claim under or by reason of this Warrant Agreement or of any covenant, condition, stipulation, promise, or agreement hereof.  Cohen & Company shall be deemed to be a third-party beneficiary of this Agreement with respect to Sections 6.1, 6.4, 7.4 and 9.2 hereof.  All covenants, conditions, stipulations, promises, and agreements contained in this Warrant Agreement shall be for the sole and exclusive benefit of the parties hereto (and Cohen & Company with respect to the Sections 6.1, 6.4, 7.4 and 9.2 hereof) and their successors and assigns and of the registered holders of the Warrants.

9.5.          Examination of the Warrant Agreement .  A copy of this Agreement shall be available at all reasonable times at the office of the Warrant Agent in the Borough of Manhattan, City and State of New York, for inspection by the registered holder of any Warrant.  The Warrant Agent may require any such holder to submit his Warrant for inspection by it.

9.6.          Counterparts .  This Agreement may be executed in any number of original or facsimile counterparts and each of such counterparts shall for all purposes be deemed to be an original, and all such counterparts shall together constitute but one and the same instrument.

9.7.          Effect of Headings .  The Section headings herein are for convenience only and are not part of this Warrant Agreement and shall not affect the interpretation thereof.

9.8          Amendments .  This Agreement may be amended by the parties hereto without the consent of any registered holder for the purpose of curing any ambiguity, or of curing, correcting or supplementing any defective provision contained herein or adding or changing any other provisions with respect to matters or questions arising under this Agreement as the parties may deem necessary or desirable and that the parties deem shall not adversely affect the interest of the registered holders.  All other modifications or amendments, including any amendment to increase the Warrant Price or shorten the Exercise Period, shall require the written consent of the registered holders of a majority of the then outstanding Warrants.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company may lower the Warrant Price or extend the duration of the Exercise Period pursuant to Sections 3.1 and 3.2, respectively, without the consent of the registered holders.
 
 
18

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Agreement has been duly executed by the parties hereto as of the day and year first above written.
 
 
GSME ACQUISITION PARTNERS I
     
 
By:
 
   
Name:
   
Title:
     
 
CONTINENTAL STOCK TRANSFER
 
  & TRUST COMPANY
     
 
By:
 
   
Name:
   
Title:
 
 
19

 

THE REGISTERED HOLDER OF THIS PURCHASE OPTION, BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF, AGREES THAT IT WILL NOT SELL, TRANSFER OR ASSIGN THIS PURCHASE OPTION, EXCEPT AS HEREIN PROVIDED, AND THE REGISTERED HOLDER OF THIS PURCHASE OPTION AGREES THAT IT WILL NOT SELL, TRANSFER, ASSIGN, PLEDGE OR HYPOTHECATE THIS PURCHASE OPTION FOR A PERIOD OF SIX MONTHS FOLLOWING THE EFFECTIVE DATE (DEFINED BELOW) TO ANYONE OTHER THAN (I) THE REPRESENTATIVE (AS DEFINED HEREIN) OR ITS AFFILIATES OR AN UNDERWRITER OR A SELECTED DEALER IN CONNECTION WITH THE OFFERING (DEFINED HEREIN), OR (II) A BONA FIDE OFFICER, PARTNER OR EMPLOYEE OF A REPRESENTATIVE OR OF ANY SUCH REPRESENTATIVE, UNDERWRITER OR SELECTED DEALER.
 
THIS PURCHASE OPTION IS NOT EXERCISABLE PRIOR TO THE LATER OF: (I) __________ __, 2010 AND (II) THE CONSUMMATION BY GSME ACQUISITION PARTNERS I (THE “COMPANY”) OF A MERGER, CAPITAL STOCK EXCHANGE, ASSET ACQUISITION OR OTHER SIMILAR BUSINESS COMBINATION (A “BUSINESS COMBINATION”) (AS DESCRIBED MORE FULLY IN THE COMPANY’S REGISTRATION STATEMENT (AS DEFINED HEREIN)).  THIS PURCHASE OPTION SHALL BE VOID AFTER 5:00 P.M, NEW YORK CITY LOCAL TIME, ON ___________ __, 2014 .
 

UNIT PURCHASE OPTION

FOR THE PURCHASE OF

360,000 UNITS

OF

GSME ACQUISITION PARTNERS I

1.            Purchase Option .

THIS CERTIFIES THAT , in consideration of $100 duly paid by or on behalf of ________________________________, as registered owner of this Unit Purchase Option (the “ Holder ” and, together with all other holders of any portion of this Unit Purchase Option (as the context herein requires, the “ Holders ”), to GSME ACQUISITION PARTNERS I, a company formed under the laws of the Cayman Islands (the “ Company ”), Holder is entitled, at any time or from time to time after the closing of the Offering (as defined below) and during the period commencing (the “ Commencement Date ”) on the later of: (i) the consummation of a Business Combination and (ii) __________ __, 2010, and expiring (the “ Expiration Date ”) at or before 5:00 p.m., New York City local time, ________ __, 2014, but not thereafter, to subscribe for, purchase and receive, in whole or in part, up to [ Three Hundred Sixty Thousand ( 360,000 ) units] (the “ Units ”) of the Company, each Unit consisting of one ordinary share of the Company, par value $0.001 per share (the “ Ordinary Shares ”), and one warrant (the “ Warrant ”) to purchase one Ordinary Share expiring five years from the effective date (the “ Effective Date ”) of the registration statement (the “ Registration Statement ”) pursuant to which Units are offered for sale to the public (the “ Offering ”).  Each Warrant is on the same terms and conditions as the warrants underlying the Units being registered for sale to the public by way of the Registration Statement.  If the Expiration Date is a day on which banking institutions are authorized by law to close, then this Purchase Option shall expire on the next succeeding day that is not such a day in accordance with the terms herein. During the period ending on the Expiration Date, the Company agrees not to take any action that would terminate the Purchase Option. This Purchase Option is initially exercisable at $15.00 per Unit (the “ Exercise Price ”).  The number of Units purchasable hereunder and the Exercise Price are subject to adjustment as provided in this Purchase Option.


 
 

 

2.            Exercise .

2.1            Exercise .  This Purchase Option may be exercised by the Holder in whole or in part at any time or in part from time to time on or after the Commencement Date and before the Expiration Date by: (x) surrendering this Purchase Option to the Company, (y) delivering a subscription form in the attached hereto as Annex I (duly executed by the Holder) and (z) making payment of the Exercise Price in cash, certified or official bank check payable to the order of the Company or wire transfer of immediately available funds (to an account designated by the Company), in any case in an amount obtained by multiplying (a) the number of Units designated by the Holder in the subscription form by (b) the Exercise Price then in effect.  In the event of a partial exercise or assignment hereof, the Company shall issue and deliver to or upon the order of the Holder a new Purchase Option of like tenor, in the name of the Holder or as the Holder (upon payment by the Holder of applicable transfer taxes) may request, evidencing the right to purchase the aggregate number of Units for which such Purchase Option may still be exercised.  If the subscription rights represented hereby shall not be exercised at or before 5:00 p.m., New York City local time on the Expiration Date, this Purchase Option automatically shall become and be void, without further force or effect, and all rights represented hereby shall cease and expire.

2.2            Legend . Each certificate for the Units issued upon exercise of this Purchase Option and each certificate representing the underlying Ordinary Shares and Warrants and the Ordinary Shares issuable upon exercise of the underlying Warrants (the “ Warrant Shares ”) shall bear a legend as follows, unless such Units, Ordinary Shares, Warrants and/or Warrant Shares (collectively, the “ Securities ”) have been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Act ”):

“THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), OR ANY STATE SECURITIES LAWS AND NEITHER THE SECURITIES NOR ANY INTEREST THEREIN MAY BE OFFERED, SOLD, TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF EXCEPT PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OR SUCH LAWS OR AN EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT AND SUCH LAWS WHICH, IN THE OPINION OF COUNSEL FOR THIS CORPORATION, IS AVAILABLE.”

2.3            Cashless Exercise .  In lieu of the payment of the Exercise Price multiplied by the number of Units for which this Purchase Option is exercisable (and in lieu of being entitled to receive Ordinary Shares and Warrants) in the manner required by Section 2.1, the Holder shall have the right (but not the obligation) to convert any exercisable but unexercised portion of this Purchase Option into Units (the “ Conversion Right ”) as follows: upon exercise of the Conversion Right, the Company shall deliver to the Holder (without payment by the Holder of any of the Exercise Price in cash) that number of Ordinary Shares and Warrants comprising that number of Units equal to the quotient obtained by dividing (x) the Value (as defined below) of the portion of the Purchase Option being converted by (y) the Current Market Value (as defined below) of the portion of the Purchase Option being converted. The “ Value ” of the portion of the Purchase Option being converted shall equal the remainder derived from subtracting (a) (i) the Exercise Price multiplied by (ii) the number of Units underlying the portion of this Purchase Option being converted from (b) the Current Market Value (as defined below) of a Unit multiplied by the number of Units underlying the portion of the Purchase Option being converted. As used herein, the term “ Current Market Value ” per Unit at any date means: (A) in the event that neither the Units nor Warrants are still trading, the remainder derived from subtracting (x) the exercise price of the Warrants multiplied by the number of Ordinary Shares issuable upon exercise of the Warrants underlying one Unit from (y) (i) the Current Market Price of the Ordinary Shares multiplied by (ii) the number of Ordinary Shares underlying one Unit, which shall include the Ordinary Shares underlying the Warrants included in such Unit less the Exercise Price for the Unit plus the current Market Price of the Ordinary Shares underlying the Unit; (B) in the event the Units, Ordinary Shares and Warrants are still trading, (i) if the Units are listed on a national securities exchange or quoted on the Nasdaq Global Market, Nasdaq Capital Market or OTC Bulletin Board (or successor), the average of the last sale price of the Units in the principal trading market for the Units as reported by the exchange, Nasdaq or OTC Bulletin Board, as the case may be, for the ten trading days ending on the third business day prior to exercise; or (ii) if the Units are not listed on a national securities exchange or quoted on the Nasdaq Global Market, Nasdaq Capital Market or OTC Bulletin Board (or successor exchange), but is traded in the residual over-the-counter market, the average of the closing bid price for Units for the ten trading days ending on the third business day prior to exercise for which such quotations are

 
2

 

reported by the Pink Sheets, LLC or similar publisher of such quotations; and (C) in the event that the Units are not still trading but the Ordinary Shares and Warrants underlying the Units are still trading, the Current Market Price of the Ordinary Shares plus the product of (x) the Current Market Price of the Warrants and (y) the number of Ordinary Shares underlying the Warrants included in one Unit. The “ Current Market Price ” shall mean (i) if the Ordinary Shares (or Warrants, as the case may be) is listed on a national securities exchange or quoted on the Nasdaq Global Market, Nasdaq Capital Market or OTC Bulletin Board (or successor such as the Bulletin Board Exchange), the average of the sale price of the Ordinary Shares (or Warrants) in the principal trading market for the Ordinary Shares as reported by the exchange, Nasdaq or the OTC Bulletin Board, as the case may be, for the ten trading days ending on the third business day prior to exercise; (ii) if the Ordinary Shares (or Warrants, as the case may be) is not listed on a national securities exchange or quoted on the Nasdaq Global Market, Nasdaq Capital Market or the OTC Bulletin Board (or successor exchange), but is traded in the residual over-the-counter market, the closing bid price for the Ordinary Shares (or Warrants) on the last trading day preceding the date in question for which such quotations are reported by the Pink Sheets, LLC or similar publisher of such quotations; and (iii) if the fair market value of the Ordinary Shares cannot be determined pursuant to clause (i) or (ii) above, such price as the Board of Directors of the Company shall determine, in good faith.

2.4            Mechanics of Cashless Exercise . The cashless exercise right set forth herein may be exercised by the Holder on any business day on or after the Commencement Date and not later than the Expiration Date by delivering the Purchase Option with the duly executed exercise form attached hereto with the cashless exercise section completed to the Company, exercising the cashless exercise right and specifying the total number of Units the Holder will purchase pursuant to such right.

2.5            No Cash Settlement .                                           Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Purchase Option, under no circumstances will the Company be required to net cash settle the exercise of the Purchase Option or the Warrants underlying the Purchase Option.

2.6            Effective Registration Statement .  The Warrants underlying this Purchase Option are exercisable only during those periods of time in which the Company maintains the effectiveness of the Registration Statement.  If the Company fails to maintain the effectiveness of the Registration Statement, the Warrants underlying this Purchase Option may expire worthless.

3.            Transfer .

3.1            General Restrictions . Holder agrees that, pursuant to FINRA Rule 5110(g)(1), it will not sell this Purchase Option during the Company’s Offering, nor shall such Holder sell, transfer, assign, pledge, hypothecate or otherwise dispose of this Purchase Option (including the Securities hereunder) or cause this Purchase Option or the Securities hereunder to be the subject of any hedging, short sale, derivative, put or call transaction that would result in the effective economic disposition of this Purchase Option or the Securities hereunder, except as provided for in FINRA Rule 5110(g)(2).

3.2            Restrictions Imposed by the Act . The Securities evidenced by this Purchase Option shall not be transferred unless and until (i) the Company has received the opinion of counsel for the Holder that the Securities may be transferred pursuant to an exemption from registration under the Act and applicable state securities laws, the availability of which is established to the reasonable satisfaction of the Company (the Company hereby agreeing that the opinion of Ellenoff, Grossman & Schole LLP shall be deemed satisfactory evidence of the availability of an exemption), or (ii) a registration statement or a post-effective amendment to the Registration Statement relating to such Securities has been filed by the Company and declared effective by the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “ SEC ”) and compliance with applicable state securities law has been established.

4.            New Purchase Options to be Issued .

4.1            Partial Exercise or Transfer . Subject to the restrictions in Section 3 hereof, this Purchase Option may be exercised or assigned in whole or in part. In order to make any permitted assignment or transfer, the Holder must deliver to the Company the assignment form attached hereto as Annex II duly executed and completed, together with the Purchase Option and payment of all transfer taxes, if any, payable in connection therewith. The Company shall within five (5) business days transfer this Purchase Option on the books of the Company and shall execute and deliver a new Purchase Option or Purchase Options of like tenor to the appropriate assignee(s) expressly evidencing the right to purchase the aggregate number of Units purchasable hereunder or such portion of such number as shall be contemplated by any such assignment or transfer.

 
3

 



4.2            Lost Certificate . Upon receipt by the Company of evidence satisfactory to it of the loss, theft, destruction or mutilation of this Purchase Option and of reasonably satisfactory indemnification or the posting of a bond, the Company shall execute and deliver a new Purchase Option of like tenor and date. Any such new Purchase Option executed and delivered as a result of such loss, theft, mutilation or destruction shall constitute a substitute contractual obligation on the part of the Company.

5.              Registration Rights .

5.1            Demand Registration .

5.1.1            Grant of Right . The Company, upon written demand (an “ Demand Notice ”) of the Holder(s) of at least 51% (the “ Majority Holders ”) of the Purchase Options and/or the underlying Units and/or the underlying Securities, agrees to register all or any portion of the Purchase Option and the underlying Securities (collectively, the “ Registrable Securities ”) as requested by the Majority Holders. The Company will file a registration statement or a post-effective amendment to the Registration Statement covering the Registrable Securities within sixty (60) days after receipt of the Initial Demand Notice and use its commercially reasonable efforts to have such registration statement or post-effective amendment declared effective as soon as possible thereafter, subject to compliance with review by the SEC. The demand for registration may be made at any time beginning on the Commencement Date. The Company covenants and agrees to give written notice of its receipt of any Demand Notice by any Holder(s) to all other registered Holders of the Purchase Options and/or the Registrable Securities within ten (10) days from the date of the receipt of any such Demand Notice.

5.1.2            Terms .  The Company shall bear all fees and expenses attendant to registering the Registrable Securities, including the expenses of one legal counsel selected by the Majority Holders to represent them in connection with the registration of the Registrable Securities, but the Holders shall pay any and all underwriting commissions.  The Company agrees to use its reasonable best efforts to qualify or register the Registrable Securities in such States as are reasonably requested by the Majority Holder(s); provided, however , that in no event shall the Company be required to register the Registrable Securities in a State in which such registration would cause (i) the Company to be obligated to qualify to do business in such State, or would subject the Company to taxation as a foreign corporation doing business in such jurisdiction or (ii) the principal stockholders of the Company to be obligated to escrow their shares of capital stock of the Company. The Company shall cause any registration statement or post-effective amendment filed pursuant to the demand rights granted under Section 5.1.1 to remain effective for a period of the later of (1) the exercise period of the Warrants or two (2) years from the effective date of such registration statement or post-effective amendment.

5.2            “Piggy-Back” Registration .

5.2.1            Grant of Right . If at any time during a period of seven (7) years commencing on the Effective Date when there is not an effective registration statement covering all of the Registrable Securities, the Company shall determine to prepare and file with the SEC a registration statement relating to an offering under the Act of any of its securities, other than pursuant to SEC Form S-4 or S-8 or any equivalent form, the Company, upon the request of any Holder, as described below, shall cause the registration under the Act of the Registrable Securities as part of any such registration statement filed by the Company; provided, however , that if, in the written opinion of the Company’s managing underwriter or underwriters, if any, for such offering, the inclusion of the Registrable Securities, when added to the securities being registered by the Company or the selling stockholder(s), will exceed the maximum amount of the Company’s securities (the “ Maximum Number of Shares ”) which can be marketed (i) at a price reasonably related to their then current market value, and (ii) without materially and adversely affecting the entire offering, then the Company shall include in any such registration:

(i)           If the registration is undertaken for the Company’s account: (A) first, the Ordinary Shares or other securities that the Company desires to sell that can be sold without exceeding the Maximum Number of Shares; (B) second, to the extent that the Maximum Number of Shares has not been reached under the foregoing clause (A), the Ordinary Shares, if any, including the Registrable Securities, as to which registration has been requested pursuant to written contractual piggy-back registration rights of security holders that are in effect on the date hereof (pro rata in accordance with the number of Ordinary Shares which each such person has actually requested to be included in such registration, regardless of the number of Ordinary Shares with respect to which such persons have the right to request such inclusion) that can be sold without exceeding the Maximum Number of Shares; and

 
4

 


(ii)           If the registration is a “demand” registration undertaken at the demand of persons other than the holders of Registrable Securities pursuant to written contractual arrangements with such persons, (A) first, the Ordinary Shares for the account of the demanding persons that can be sold without exceeding the Maximum Number of Shares; (B) second, to the extent that the Maximum Number of Shares has not been reached under the foregoing clause (A), the Ordinary Shares or other securities that the Company desires to sell that can be sold without exceeding the Maximum Number of Shares; and (C) third, to the extent that the Maximum Number of Shares has not been reached under the foregoing clauses (A) and (B), the Registrable Securities as to which registration has been requested under this Section 5.2 (pro rata in accordance with the number of shares of Registrable Securities held by each such holder); and (D) fourth, to the extent that the Maximum Number of Shares has not been reached under the foregoing clauses (A), (B) and (C), the Ordinary Shares, if any, as to which registration has been requested pursuant to written contractual piggy-back registration rights which other shareholders desire to sell that can be sold without exceeding the Maximum Number of Shares.

5.2.2            Terms . The Company shall bear all reasonable fees and expenses attendant to registering the Registrable Securities, including the reasonable expenses of one legal counsel selected by the Majority Holders to represent them in connection with the registration of the Registrable Securities (such fees and expenses of legal counsel not to exceed $25,000) but the Holders shall pay any and all underwriting commissions related to the Registrable Securities.  In the event of such a proposed registration, the Company shall furnish the then Holders of outstanding Registrable Securities with not less than fifteen (15) days’ written notice prior to the proposed date of filing of such registration statement. Such notice to the Holders shall continue to be given for each applicable registration statement filed (during the period in which the Purchase Option is exercisable) by the Company until such time as all of the Registrable Securities have been registered and sold. The holders of the Registrable Securities shall exercise the “piggy-back” rights provided for herein by giving written notice, within ten days of the receipt of the Company’s notice of its intention to file a registration statement. The Company shall cause any registration statement filed pursuant to the above “piggyback” rights to remain effective for at least nine months from the date that the Holders of the Registrable Securities are first given the opportunity to sell all of such securities.  The Company agrees, at its sole expense, to use its reasonable best efforts to qualify or register the Registrable Securities in such States as are reasonably requested by the Majority Holder(s); provided, however, that in no event shall the Company be required to register the Registrable Securities in a State in which such registration would cause (i) the Company to be obligated to qualify to do business in such State, or would subject the Company to taxation as a foreign corporation doing business in such jurisdiction or (ii) the principal stockholders of the Company to be obligated to escrow their shares of capital stock of the Company.

5.3            General Terms .

5.3.1            Indemnification . The Company shall, notwithstanding any termination of this Purchase Option, indemnify and hold harmless each Holder, the officers, directors, agents, brokers, investment advisors and employees of each of them and each person, if any, who controls such Holders within the meaning of Section 15 of the Act or Section 20(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “ Exchange Ac t”), and the officers, directors, agents and employees of such controlling person, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, from and against all loss, claim, damage, expense or liability (including all reasonable attorneys’ fees and other expenses reasonably incurred in investigating, preparing or defending against litigation, commenced or threatened, or any claim whatsoever whether arising out of any action between the underwriter and the Company or between the underwriter and any third party or otherwise) to which any of them may become subject under the Act, the Exchange Act or otherwise, arising out of or relating to such registration statement filed pursuant to this Section 5 and any prospectus contained in the registration statement or in any amendment or supplement thereto, except only to the same extent and with the same effect as the provisions pursuant to which the Company has agreed to indemnify the underwriters contained in Section 5.1 of the Underwriting Agreement (the “ Underwriting Agreement ”) between the Company and Cohen & Company Securities, LLC, (the “ Representative ”) and the other underwriters named therein, dated the Effective Date.  Each Holder of the Registrable Securities to be sold pursuant to such registration statement, and their successors and assigns, shall severally, and not jointly, indemnify the Company, its officers and directors and each person, if any, who controls the Company within the meaning of Section 15 of the Act or Section 20(a) of the Exchange Act, against all loss, claim, damage, expense or liability (including all reasonable attorneys’ fees and other expenses reasonably incurred in investigating, preparing or defending against any claim whatsoever) to which they may become subject under the Act, the Exchange Act or otherwise, arising from information furnished by or on behalf of such Holders, or their successors or assigns, in writing, for specific inclusion in such registration statement to the same extent and with the same effect as the provisions contained in Section 5.2 of the Underwriting Agreement pursuant to which the underwriters have agreed to indemnify the Company.

 
5

 


5.3.2            Exercise of Purchase Options . Nothing contained in this Purchase Option shall be construed as requiring any Holder to exercise their Purchase Options or Warrants underlying such Purchase Options prior to or after the filing of any registration statement or the effectiveness thereof.

5.3.3            Documents Delivered to Holders . The Company shall furnish to Cohen & Company Securities, LLC, as representative of the Holders participating in any of the foregoing offerings, a signed counterpart, addressed to the participating Holders, of (i) an opinion of counsel to the Company, dated the effective date of such registration statement (and, if such registration includes an underwritten public offering, an opinion dated the date of the closing under any underwriting agreement related thereto), and (ii) a “cold comfort” letter dated the effective date of such registration statement (and, if such registration includes an underwritten public offering, a letter dated the date of the closing under the underwriting agreement) signed by the independent public accountants who have issued a report on the Company’s financial statements included in such registration statement, in each case covering substantially the same matters with respect to such registration statement (and the prospectus included therein) and, in the case of such accountants’ letter, with respect to events subsequent to the date of such financial statements, as are customarily covered in opinions of issuer’s counsel and in accountants’ letters delivered to underwriters in underwritten public offerings of securities. The Company shall also deliver promptly to Cohen & Company Securities, LLC, as representative of the Holders participating in the offering, the correspondence and memoranda described below and copies of all correspondence between the Commission and the Company, its counsel or auditors and all memoranda relating to discussions with the Commission or its staff with respect to the registration statement and permit Cohen & Company Securities, LLC, as representative of the Holders, to do such investigation, upon reasonable advance notice, with respect to information contained in or omitted from the registration statement as it deems reasonably necessary to comply with applicable securities laws or rules of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc. (“ FINRA ”).  Such investigation shall include access to books, records and properties and opportunities to discuss the business of the Company with its officers and independent auditors, all to such reasonable extent and at such reasonable times and as often as Cohen & Company Securities, LLC, as representative of the Holders, shall reasonably request.  The Company shall not be required to disclose any confidential information or other records to Cohen & Company Securities, LLC, as representative of the Holders, or to any other person, until and unless such persons shall have entered into reasonable confidentiality agreements (in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Company), with the Company with respect thereto.

5.3.4            Documents to be Delivered by Holders(s) .  Each Holder participating in any of the foregoing offerings shall furnish to the Company a completed and executed questionnaire provided by the Company requesting information customarily sought of selling securityholders.

5.3.5            Underwriting Agreement . The Company shall enter into an underwriting agreement with the managing underwriter(s), if any, selected by any Holders, whose Registrable Securities are being registered pursuant to this Section 5, which managing underwriter shall be reasonably acceptable to the Company. Such agreement shall be reasonably satisfactory in form and substance to the Company and its legal counsel, each Holder and such managing underwriters, and shall contain such representations, warranties and covenants by the Company and such other terms as are customarily contained in agreements of that type used by the managing underwriter. The Holders shall be parties to any underwriting agreement relating to an underwritten sale of their Registrable Securities and may, at their option, require that any or all the representations, warranties and covenants of the Company to or for the benefit of such underwriters shall also be made to and for the benefit of such Holders. Such Holders shall not be required to make any representations or warranties to or agreements with the Company or the underwriters except as they may relate to such Holders and their intended methods of distribution. Such Holders, however, shall agree to such covenants and indemnification and contribution obligations for selling stockholders as are customarily contained in agreements of that type used by the managing underwriter. Further, such Holders shall execute appropriate custody agreements and otherwise cooperate fully in the preparation of the registration statement and other documents relating to any offering in which they include securities pursuant to this Section 5. Each Holder shall also furnish to the Company such information regarding itself, the Registrable Securities held by it, and the intended method of disposition of such securities as shall be reasonably required to effect the registration of the Registrable Securities.

 
6

 


5.3.6            Rule 144 Sale .  Notwithstanding anything contained in this Section 5 to the contrary, the Company shall have no obligation pursuant to Sections 5.1 or 5.2 for the registration of Registrable Securities held by any Holders (i) where such Holders would then be entitled to sell under Rule 144 within any three month period (or such other period prescribed under Rule 144 as may be provided by amendment thereof) all of the Registrable Securities held by such Holders, and (ii) where the number of Registrable Securities held by such Holders is within the volume limitations under paragraph (e) of Rule 144 (calculated as if such Holders were an affiliate within the meaning of  Rule 144).

5.3.7            Supplemental Prospectus . Each Holder agrees, that upon receipt of any notice from the Company of the happening of any event as a result of which the prospectus included in the Registration Statement, as then in effect, includes an untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading in light of the circumstances then existing, such Holders will immediately discontinue disposition of Registrable Securities pursuant to the Registration Statement covering such Registrable Securities until such Holders’s receipt of the copies of a supplemental or amended prospectus, and, if so desired by the Company, such Holders shall deliver to the Company (at the expense of the Company) or destroy (and deliver to the Company a certificate of such destruction) all copies, other than permanent file copies then in such Holders’s possession, of the prospectus covering such Registrable Securities current at the time of receipt of such notice.

6.            Adjustments .

6.1            Adjustments to Exercise Price and Number of Securities . The Exercise Price and the number of Units underlying the Purchase Option shall be subject to adjustment from time to time as hereinafter set forth:

6.1.1            Stock Dividends - Split-Ups .  If after the date hereof, the number of outstanding Ordinary Shares is increased by a stock dividend payable in Ordinary Shares or by a split-up of Ordinary Shares or other similar event, then, on the effective date thereof, the number of Ordinary Shares underlying each of the Units purchasable hereunder shall be increased in proportion to such increase in outstanding shares. In such case, the number of Ordinary Shares, and the exercise price applicable thereto, underlying the Warrants underlying each of the Units purchasable hereunder shall be adjusted in accordance with the terms of the Warrants. For example, if the Company declares a two-for-one stock dividend and at the time of such dividend this Purchase Option is for the purchase of one Unit at $15.00 whole Unit (each Warrant underlying the Units is exercisable for $11.50 per share), upon effectiveness of the dividend, this Purchase Option will be adjusted to allow for the purchase of one Unit at $15.00 per Unit, each Unit entitling the holder to receive two Ordinary Shares and two Warrants (each Warrant exercisable for $6.25 per share).

6.1.2            Aggregation of Shares . If after the date hereof, the number of outstanding Ordinary Shares is decreased by a consolidation, combination or reclassification of Ordinary Shares or other similar event, then, on the effective date thereof, the number of Ordinary Shares underlying each of the Units purchasable hereunder shall be decreased in proportion to such decrease in outstanding shares. In such case, the number of Ordinary Shares, and the exercise price applicable thereto, underlying the Warrants underlying each of the Units purchasable hereunder shall be adjusted in accordance with the terms of the Warrants.

6.1.3            Replacement of Securities upon Reorganization, etc . In case of any reclassification or reorganization of the outstanding Ordinary Shares other than a change covered by Section 6.1.1 or 6.1.2 hereof or that solely affects the par value of such Ordinary Shares, or in the case of any merger or consolidation of the Company with or into another corporation (other than a consolidation or merger in which the Company is the continuing corporation and that does not result in any reclassification or reorganization of the outstanding Ordinary Shares), or in the case of any sale or conveyance to another corporation or entity of the property of the Company as an entirety or substantially as an entirety in connection with which the Company is dissolved, the Holders of this Purchase Option shall have the right thereafter (until the expiration of the right of exercise of this Purchase Option) to receive upon the exercise hereof, for the same aggregate Exercise Price payable hereunder immediately prior to such event, the kind and amount of shares of stock or other securities or property (including cash) receivable upon such reclassification, reorganization, merger or consolidation, or upon a dissolution following any such sale or transfer, by a Holders of the number of Ordinary Shares of the Company obtainable upon exercise of this Purchase Option and the underlying Warrants immediately prior to such event; and if any reclassification also results in a change in Ordinary Shares covered by Section 6.1.1 or 6.1.2, then such adjustment shall be made pursuant to Sections 6.1.1, 6.1.2 and this Section 6.1.3. The provisions of this Section 6.1.3 shall similarly apply to successive reclassifications, reorganizations, mergers or consolidations, sales or other transfers.


 
7

 


6.1.4            Changes in Form of Purchase Option . This form of Purchase Option need not be changed because of any change pursuant to this Section, and the Purchase Options issued after such change may state the same Exercise Price and the same number of Units as are stated in the Purchase Options initially issued pursuant to this Agreement. The acceptance by any Holders of the issuance of new Purchase Options reflecting a required or permissive change shall not be deemed to waive any rights to an adjustment occurring after the Commencement Date or the computation thereof.

6.2            Substitute Purchase Option . In case of any consolidation of the Company with, or merger of the Company with, or merger of the Company into, another corporation (other than a consolidation or merger which does not result in any reclassification or change of the outstanding Ordinary Shares), the corporation formed by such consolidation or merger shall execute and deliver to the Holders a supplemental Purchase Option providing that the holder of each Purchase Option then outstanding or to be outstanding shall have the right thereafter (until the stated expiration of such Purchase Option) to receive, upon exercise of such Purchase Option, the kind and amount of shares of stock and other securities and property receivable upon such consolidation or merger, by a holder of the number of Ordinary Shares of the Company for which such Purchase Option might have been exercised immediately prior to such consolidation, merger, sale or transfer. Such supplemental Purchase Option shall provide for adjustments which shall be identical to the adjustments provided in Section 6. The above provision of this Section shall similarly apply to successive consolidations or mergers.

6.3            Elimination of Fractional Interests . The Company shall not be required to issue certificates representing fractions of Ordinary Shares or Warrants upon the exercise of the Purchase Option, nor shall it be required to issue scrip or pay cash in lieu of any fractional interests, it being the intent of the parties that all fractional interests shall be eliminated by rounding any fraction up or down to the nearest whole number of Warrants, Ordinary Shares or other securities, properties or rights.

7.            Reservation and Listing . The Company shall at all times reserve and keep available out of its authorized Ordinary Shares, solely for the purpose of issuance upon exercise of the Purchase Options or the Warrants underlying the Purchase Option, such number of Ordinary Shares or other securities, properties or rights as shall be issuable upon the exercise thereof. The Company covenants and agrees that, upon exercise of the Purchase Options and payment of the Exercise Price therefor, all Ordinary Shares and other securities issuable upon such exercise shall be duly and validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable and not subject to preemptive rights of any stockholder. The Company further covenants and agrees that upon exercise of the Warrants underlying the Purchase Options and payment of the respective Warrant exercise price therefor, all Ordinary Shares and other securities issuable upon such exercise shall be duly and validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable and not subject to preemptive rights of any stockholder. As long as the Purchase Options shall be outstanding, the Company shall use its best efforts to cause all (i) Units and Ordinary Shares issuable upon exercise of the Purchase Options, (ii) Warrants issuable upon exercise of the Purchase Options and (iii) Ordinary Shares issuable upon exercise of the Warrants included in the Units issuable upon exercise of the Purchase Option to be listed (subject to official notice of issuance) on all securities exchanges (or, if applicable on the Nasdaq Global Market, Nasdaq Capital Market, OTC Bulletin Board or any successor trading market) on which the Units, the Ordinary Shares or the Warrants may then be listed and/or quoted.


 
8

 


8.            Certain Notice Requirements .

8.1            Holder’s Right to Receive Notice . Nothing herein shall be construed as conferring upon the Holders the right to vote or consent as a stockholder for the election of directors or any other matter, or as having any rights whatsoever as a stockholder of the Company. If, however, at any time prior to the expiration of the Purchase Options and their exercise, any of the events described in Section 8.2 shall occur, then, in one or more of said events, the Company shall give written notice of such event at least fifteen (15) days prior to the date fixed as a record date or the date of closing the transfer books for the determination of the stockholders entitled to such dividend, distribution, conversion or exchange of securities or subscription rights, or entitled to vote on such proposed dissolution, liquidation, winding up or sale. Such notice shall specify such record date or the date of the closing of the transfer books, as the case may be. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company shall deliver to each Holder a copy of each notice given to the other stockholders of the Company at the same time and in the same manner that such notice is given to the stockholders.

8.2            Events Requiring Notice . The Company shall be required to give the notice described in this Section 8 upon one or more of the following events: (i) if the Company shall take a record of the holders of its Ordinary Shares for the purpose of entitling them to receive a dividend or distribution, or (ii) the Company shall offer to all the holders of its Ordinary Shares any additional shares of capital stock of the Company or securities convertible into, exercisable for or exchangeable for shares of capital stock of the Company, or any option, right or warrant to subscribe therefor, or (iii) a dissolution, liquidation or winding up of the Company (other than in connection with a consolidation or merger) or a sale of all or substantially all of its property, assets and business or a merger of the Company wherein the separate existence of the Company shall cease shall be proposed.

8.3            Notice of Change in Exercise Price . The Company shall, promptly after an event requiring a change in the Exercise Price pursuant to Section 6 hereof, send notice to the Holders of such event and change (a “ Price Notice ”). The Price Notice shall describe the event causing the change and the method of calculating same and shall be certified as being true and accurate by the Company’s President and Chief Financial Officer.

 
8.4            Transmittal of Notices . All notices, requests, consents and other communications under this Purchase Option shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly made when hand delivered, mailed by express mail or private courier service, or sent by facsimile transmission, with confirmation of receipt: (i) If to the registered Holders of the Purchase Option, to the address and/or fax number of such Holders as shown on the books of the Company, or (ii) if to the Company, to the following address or fax number or to such other address or and fax number as the Company may designate by notice to the Holders:

GSME ACQUISITION PARTNERS I
762 West Beijing Road
Shanghai, PRC 200041
Fax: [                                  ]

9.            Miscellaneous .

9.1            Amendments .  The Company and Cohen & Company Securities, LLC may from time to time supplement or amend this Purchase Option without the approval of any of the Holders in order to cure any ambiguity, to correct or supplement any provision contained herein that may be defective or inconsistent with any other provisions herein, or to make any other provisions in regard to matters or questions arising hereunder that the Company and the Representative may deem necessary or desirable and that the Company and the Representative deem shall not adversely affect the interest of the Holders.  All other modifications or amendments shall require the written consent of and be signed by the party against whom enforcement of the modification or amendment is sought.

9.2            Headings . The headings contained herein are for the sole purpose of convenience of reference, and shall not in any way limit or affect the meaning or interpretation of any of the terms or provisions of this Purchase Option.

 
9

 


9.3.            Entire Agreement . This Purchase Option (together with the other agreements and documents being delivered pursuant to or in connection with this Purchase Option) constitutes the entire agreement of the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof, and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings of the parties, oral and written, with respect to the subject matter hereof.

9.4            Binding Effect . This Purchase Option shall inure solely to the benefit of and shall be binding upon, the Holders and the Company and their permitted assignees, respective successors, legal representative and assigns, and no other person shall have or be construed to have any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or in respect of or by virtue of this Purchase Option or any provisions herein contained.

9.5            Governing Law; Submission to Jurisdiction . This Purchase Option shall be governed by and construed and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of New York, without giving effect to conflict of laws.  Each of the Company and the Holder agree that any action, proceeding or claim against it arising out of, or relating in any way to this Purchase Option shall be brought and enforced in the courts of the State of New York located in New York County or of the United States of America for the Southern District of New York, and irrevocably submits to such jurisdiction, which jurisdiction shall be exclusive.  Each of the Company and the Holder hereby waives any objection to such exclusive jurisdiction and that such courts represent an inconvenient forum. Any process or summons to be served upon the Company may be served by transmitting a copy thereof by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, addressed to it at the address set forth in Section 8 hereof. Such mailing shall be deemed personal service and shall be legal and binding upon the Company in any action, proceeding or claim. The Company and the Holders agree that the prevailing party(ies) in any such action shall be entitled to recover from the other party(ies) all of its reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses relating to such action or proceeding and/or incurred in connection with the preparation therefor.

9.6            Waiver, Etc . The failure of the Company or the Holders to at any time enforce any of the provisions of this Purchase Option shall not be deemed or construed to be a waiver of any such provision, nor to in any way affect the validity of this Purchase Option or any provision hereof or the right of the Company or any Holders to thereafter enforce each and every provision of this Purchase Option. No waiver of any breach, non-compliance or non-fulfillment of any of the provisions of this Purchase Option shall be effective unless set forth in a written instrument executed by the party or parties against whom or which enforcement of such waiver is sought; and no waiver of any such breach, non-compliance or non-fulfillment shall be construed or deemed to be a waiver of any other or subsequent breach, non-compliance or non-fulfillment.

9.7            Execution . It is agreed that deliver of the Company’s signature hereon by facsimile or other electronic method of delivery shall constitute a valid signature and delivery.

9.8            Exchange Agreement . As a condition of the Holder’s receipt and acceptance of this Purchase Option, Holder agrees that, at any time prior to the complete exercise of this Purchase Option by Holders, if the Company and Cohen & Company Securities, LLC, as representative of the Holder, enter into an agreement (an “ Exchange Agreement ”) pursuant to which they agree that all outstanding Purchase Options will be exchanged for securities or cash or a combination of both, then Holder shall agree to such exchange and become a party to the Exchange Agreement.
 
9.9            [Reserved]


 
10

 



IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Purchase Option to be signed by its duly authorized officer as of the _____ day of _____, 2009.


GSME ACQUISITION PARTNERS I



By: _________________________________
      Name:                      
      Title:

 
11

 

Annex I

Form to be used to exercise Purchase Option

GSME ACQUISITION PARTNERS I
_________________________
_________________________

Date:_________________, 200__

The undersigned hereby elects irrevocably to exercise all or a portion of the within Purchase Option and to purchase ____ Units of GSME ACQUISITION PARTNERS I and hereby makes payment of $____________ (at the rate of $_________ per Unit) in payment of the Exercise Price pursuant thereto. Please issue the Ordinary Shares and Warrants as to which this Purchase Option is exercised in accordance with the instructions given below.

or

The undersigned hereby elects irrevocably to convert its right to purchase _________ Units purchasable under the within Purchase Option by surrender of the unexercised portion of the attached Purchase Option (with a “Value” based of $_______ based on a “Market Price” of $_______). Please issue the securities comprising the Units as to which this Purchase Option is exercised in accordance with the instructions given below.

________________________
Signature

________________________
Signature Guaranteed


INSTRUCTIONS FOR REGISTRATION OF SECURITIES


Name_____________________________________________________________
(Print in Block Letters)

Address__________________________________________________________


NOTICE: THE SIGNATURE TO THIS FORM MUST CORRESPOND WITH THE NAME AS WRITTEN UPON THE FACE OF THE WITHIN PURCHASE OPTION IN EVERY PARTICULAR WITHOUT ALTERATION OR ENLARGEMENT OR ANY CHANGE WHATSOEVER, AND MUST BE GUARANTEED BY A BANK, OTHER THAN A SAVINGS BANK, OR BY A TRUST COMPANY OR BY A FIRM HAVING MEMBERSHIP ON A REGISTERED NATIONAL SECURITIES EXCHANGE.

 
12

 

Annex II

Form to be used to assign Purchase Option


ASSIGNMENT


(To be executed by the registered Holders to effect a transfer of the within Purchase Option):

FOR VALUE RECEIVED,___________________________________________ does hereby sell, assign and transfer unto______________________________________ the right to purchase __________ Units of GSME ACQUISITION PARTNERS I (the “ Company ”) evidenced by the within Purchase Option and does hereby authorize the Company to transfer such right on the books of the Company.

Dated:___________________, 200_


______________________
Signature


______________________
Signature Guaranteed



NOTICE: THE SIGNATURE TO THIS FORM MUST CORRESPOND WITH THE NAME AS WRITTEN UPON THE FACE OF THE WITHIN PURCHASE OPTION IN EVERY PARTICULAR WITHOUT ALTERATION OR ENLARGEMENT OR ANY CHANGE WHATSOEVER, AND MUST BE GUARANTEED BY A BANK, OTHER THAN A SAVINGS BANK, OR BY A TRUST COMPANY OR BY A FIRM HAVING MEMBERSHIP ON A REGISTERED NATIONAL SECURITIES EXCHANGE.

 




 
13

 

 
GRAUBARD MILLER
THE CHRYSLER BUILDING
405 LEXINGTON AVENUE
NEW YORK, NEW YORK 10174

           _______ __, 2009

GSME Acquisition Partners I
762 West Beijing Road
Shanghai, PRC 200041

Dear Sirs:

Reference is made to the Registration Statement on Form F-1 (“Registration Statement”) filed by GSME Acquisition Partners I (“Company”), a Cayman Islands corporation, under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (“Act”), covering (i) an initial public offering of 3,600,000 Units, with each Unit consisting of one ordinary share of the Company (3,600,000 shares), par value $.001 per share (the “Ordinary Shares”), and one warrant (3,600,000 warrants) (“Warrants”), each to purchase one Ordinary Share (3,600,000 Shares) to Cohen & Company Securities, LLC, the representative of the underwriters (the “Underwriters”), (ii) up to 540,000 Units (the “Over-Allotment Units”) representing 540,000 Ordinary Shares and 540,000 Warrants (to purchase 540,000 Ordinary Shares), which the Underwriters will have a right to purchase from the Company to cover over-allotments, if any, (iii) up to 360,000 Units (the “Purchase Option Units”) representing 360,000 Ordinary Shares and 360,000 Warrants (to purchase 450,000 Ordinary Shares), which the Underwriters will have the right to purchase (“Purchase Option”) for their own account or that of their designees, (iv) all Ordinary Shares and all Warrants issued as part of the Units, Over-Allotment Units and the Purchase Option Units and (v) all Ordinary Shares issuable upon exercise of the Warrants included in the Units, Over-Allotment Units and Purchase Option Units.

We have examined such documents and considered such legal matters as we have deemed necessary and relevant as the basis for the opinion set forth below. With respect to such examination, we have assumed the genuineness of all signatures, the authenticity of all documents submitted to us as originals, the conformity to original documents of all documents submitted to us as reproduced or certified copies, and the authenticity of the originals of those latter documents. As to questions of fact material to this opinion, we have, to the extent deemed appropriate, relied upon certain representations of certain officers and employees of the Company.

Based upon the foregoing, we are of the opinion that each of the Purchase Option and Warrants constitutes legal, valid and binding obligations of the Company under the laws of the State of New York, enforceable against it in accordance with its terms, except (i) as limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium, and other laws of general application affecting enforcement of creditors’ rights generally and (ii) as limited by laws relating to the availability of specific performance, injunctive relief, or other equitable remedies.
 
 
 

 

We hereby consent to the use of this opinion as an exhibit to the Registration Statement, to the use of our name as your counsel and to all references made to us in the Registration Statement and in the Prospectus forming a part thereof. In giving this consent, we do not hereby admit that we are in the category of persons whose consent is required under Section 7 of the Act, or the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

 
Very truly yours,
   
 
/s/ Graubard Miller

 
 

 

 
____________ ___, 2009

GSME Acquisition Partners I
762 West Beijing Road
Shanghai, PRC 200041

Cohen & Company Securities, LLC
135 East 57 th Street
New York, New York 10022

 
Re:
Initial Public Offering

Gentlemen:

The undersigned shareholder, officer and director of GSME Acquisition Partners I (“Company”), in consideration of Cohen & Company Securities, LLC (“Cohen & Company”) entering into a letter of intent (“Letter of Intent”) to underwrite an initial public offering of the securities of the Company (“IPO”) and embarking on the IPO process, hereby agrees as follows (certain capitalized terms used herein are defined in paragraph 14 hereof):

1.           If the Company solicits approval of its shareholders of a Business Combination, the undersigned will vote all Insider Shares beneficially owned by him in accordance with the majority of the votes cast by the holders of the IPO Shares.

2.           In the event that the Company fails to consummate a Business Combination within 12 months from the consummation of the IPO, or within 18 months from the consummation of the IPO if certain criteria are met, as more fully described in the registration statement relating to the IPO, the undersigned will (i) cause the Trust Account (as defined in the Letter of Intent) to be liquidated and distributed to the holders of IPO Shares and (ii) take all reasonable actions within his power to cause the Company to liquidate as soon as reasonably practicable.  The undersigned hereby waives any and all right, title, interest or claim of any kind in or to any distribution of the Trust Account and any remaining net assets of the Company as a result of such liquidation with respect to his Insider Shares (“Claim”) and hereby waives any Claim the undersigned may have in the future as a result of, or arising out of, any contracts or agreements with the Company and will not seek recourse against the Trust Account for any reason whatsoever. In the event of the liquidation of the Trust Account (other than immediately prior to the consummation of Business Combination), the undersigned agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Company against any and all loss, liability, claims, damage and expense whatsoever (including, but not limited to, any and all legal or other expenses reasonably incurred in investigating, preparing or defending against any litigation, whether pending or threatened, or any claim whatsoever) to which the Company may become subject as a result of any claim by any vendor or other person who is owed money by the Company for services rendered to the Company in excess of the net proceeds of the IPO not held in trust or contracted for or products sold, or by any target business, but only to the extent necessary to ensure that such loss, liability, claim, damage or expense does not reduce the amount in the Trust Account below $10.00 per share.

 
 

 

GSME Acquisition Partners I
Cohen & Company Securities, LLC
____________ ___, 2009
Page 2

3.           In order to minimize potential conflicts of interest which may arise from multiple affiliations, the undersigned agrees to present to the Company for its consideration, prior to presentation to any other person or entity, any suitable opportunity to acquire an operating business, until the earlier of the consummation by the Company of a Business Combination, the liquidation of the Company and such time as the undersigned ceases to be an officer or director of the Company, subject to any pre-existing fiduciary and contractual obligations the undersigned might have.

4.           The undersigned acknowledges and agrees that the Company will not consummate any Business Combination with an entity (i) which the Company’s officers or directors, through their other business activities, had acquisition or investment discussions in the past, (ii) which is, or has been within the past five years, affiliated with any of the Insiders or their affiliates, including an entity that is either a portfolio company of, or has otherwise received a material financial investment from, any private equity fund or investment company (or an affiliate thereof) that is affiliated with such individuals; or (iii) where the Company acquires less than 100% of such entity and any of the Insiders or their affiliates acquire the remaining portion of such target business, unless, in any case, the Company obtains an opinion from an independent investment banking firm reasonably acceptable to Cohen & Company that the business combination is fair to the Company’s shareholders from a financial perspective.

5.           Neither the undersigned, any member of the family of the undersigned, nor any affiliate (“Affiliate”) of the undersigned will be entitled to receive and will not accept any compensation for services rendered to the Company prior to or in connection with the consummation of the Business Combination; provided that the undersigned shall be entitled to reimbursement from the Company for their out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with seeking and consummating a Business Combination.

 
 

 

GSME Acquisition Partners I
Cohen & Company Securities, LLC
____________ ___, 2009
Page 3

6.           Neither the undersigned, any member of the family of the undersigned, nor any Affiliate of the undersigned will be entitled to receive or accept a finder’s fee or any other compensation in the event the undersigned, any member of the family of the undersigned or any Affiliate of the undersigned originates a Business Combination.

7.           On the Effective Date, the undersigned will escrow the Insider Shares beneficially held him pursuant to the terms of a Stock Escrow Agreement which the Company will enter into with the undersigned and an escrow agent acceptable to the Company.

8.           The undersigned agrees to be the Chairman of the Board of the Company until the earlier of the consummation by the Company of a Business Combination and the liquidation of the Company.  The undersigned’s biographical information furnished to the Company and Cohen & Company and attached hereto as Exhibit A is true and accurate in all respects, does not omit any material information with respect to the undersigned’s background and contains all of the information required to be disclosed pursuant to Item 401 of Regulation S-K, promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.  The undersigned’s Questionnaire furnished to the Company and EBC and annexed as Exhibit B hereto is true and accurate in all respects.  The undersigned represents and warrants that:

(a)           he is not subject to, or a respondent in, any legal action for, any injunction, cease-and-desist order or order or stipulation to desist or refrain from any act or practice relating to the offering of securities in any jurisdiction;

(b)           he has never been convicted of or pleaded guilty to any crime (i) involving any fraud or (ii) relating to any financial transaction or handling of funds of another person, or (iii) pertaining to any dealings in any securities and he is not currently a defendant in any such criminal proceeding; and

(c)           he has never been suspended or expelled from membership in any securities or commodities exchange or association or had a securities or commodities license or registration denied, suspended or revoked.

 
 

 

GSME Acquisition Partners I
Cohen & Company Securities, LLC
____________ ___, 2009
Page 4

9.           The undersigned has full right and power, without violating any agreement by which he is bound, to enter into this letter agreement and to serve as Chairman of the Board of the Company.

10.         The undersigned hereby waives his right to exercise conversion rights or appraisal rights with respect to any Ordinary Shares of the Company owned or to be owned by the undersigned, directly or indirectly, and agrees that he will not seek conversion or appraisal with respect to such shares in connection with any vote to approve a Business Combination.

11.         The undersigned hereby agrees to not propose, or vote in favor of, an amendment to the Company’s Memorandum and Articles of Association to extend the period of time in which the Company must consummate a Business Combination prior to its liquidation. Should such a proposal be put before shareholders other than through actions by the undersigned, the undersigned hereby agrees to vote against such proposal.

12.         In the event that the Company does not consummate a Business Combination and must liquidate, and its remaining net assets are insufficient to complete such liquidation, the undersigned agrees to advance such funds necessary to complete such liquidation and agrees not to seek repayment for such expenses.

13.         This letter agreement shall be governed by and construed and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of New York, without giving effect to conflicts of law principles that would result in the application of the substantive laws of another jurisdiction.  The undersigned hereby (i) agrees that any action, proceeding or claim against him arising out of or relating in any way to this letter agreement (a “Proceeding”) shall be brought and enforced in the courts of the State of New York of the United States of America for the Southern District of New York, and irrevocably submits to such jurisdiction, which jurisdiction shall be exclusive, (ii) waives any objection to such exclusive jurisdiction and that such courts represent an inconvenient forum and (iii) irrevocably agrees to appoint Graubard Miller as agent for the service of process in the State of New York to receive, for the undersigned and on his behalf, service of process in any Proceeding.  If for any reason such agent is unable to act as such, the undersigned will promptly notify the Company and Cohen & Company and appoint a substitute agent acceptable to each of the Company and Cohen & Company within 30 days and nothing in this letter will affect the right of either party to serve process in any other manner permitted by law.

 
 

 

GSME Acquisition Partners I
Cohen & Company Securities, LLC
____________ ___, 2009
Page 5

14.           As used herein, (i) a “Business Combination” shall mean a merger, capital stock exchange, asset acquisition or other similar business combination with an operating business; (ii) “Insiders” shall mean all officers, directors and shareholders of the Company immediately prior to the IPO; (iii) “Insider Shares” shall mean all of the Ordinary Shares of the Company acquired by an Insider prior to the IPO; (iv) “Insider Warrants” means the warrants being sold privately by the Company to certain of the Insiders; and (v) “IPO Shares” shall mean the Ordinary Shares issued in the Company’s IPO.

 
Jing Dong Gao
 
Print Name of Insider
   
   
 
Signature

 
 

 

INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT TRUST AGREEMENT

This Agreement is made as of ___________, 2009 by and between GSME Acquisition Partners I (the “Company”) its principal office located at 762 West Beijing Road, Shanghai, PRC 200041 and Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company (“Trustee”) located at 17 Battery Place, New York, New York 10004.

WHEREAS, the Company’s registration statement on Form F-1, No. 333-______ (“Registration Statement”), for its initial public offering of securities (“IPO”) has been declared effective as of the date hereof (“Effective Date”) by the Securities and Exchange Commission (capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined shall have the meanings set forth in the Registration Statement); and

WHEREAS, Cohen & Company Securities, LLC (“Cohen & Company”) is acting as the representative of the underwriters in the IPO; and

WHEREAS, as described in the Registration Statement, and in accordance with the Company’s Amended and Restated Memorandum and Articles of Association, $36,000,000 of the gross proceeds of the IPO and sale of the Insider Warrants (as defined in the Registration Statement) ($41,400,000 if the underwriters over-allotment option is exercised in full) will be delivered to the Trustee to be deposited and held in a trust account for the benefit of the Company and the holders of the Company’s ordinary shares, par value $.001 per share, issued in the IPO as hereinafter provided (the amount to be delivered to the Trustee will be referred to herein as the “Property”; the shareholders for whose benefit the Trustee shall hold the Property will be referred to as the “Public Shareholders,” and the Public Shareholders and the Company will be referred to together as the “Beneficiaries”); and

WHEREAS, the Company and the Trustee desire to enter into this Agreement to set forth the terms and conditions pursuant to which the Trustee shall hold the Property;

IT IS AGREED:

1.            Agreements and Covenants of Trustee .  The Trustee hereby agrees and covenants to:

(a)            Hold the Property in trust for the Beneficiaries in accordance with the terms of this Agreement in a segregated trust account (“Trust Account”) established by the Trustee at J. P. Morgan Chase Bank N.A. and at an office of ___________ selected by the Company;

(b)            Manage, supervise and administer the Trust Account subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein;

 
1

 

(c)            In a timely manner, upon the instruction of the Company, to invest and reinvest the Property in United States “government securities” within the meaning of Section 2(a)(16) of the Investment Company Act of 1940 having a maturity of 180 days or less, and/or in any open ended investment company registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940 that holds itself out as a money market fund selected by the Company meeting the conditions of paragraphs (c)(2), (c)(3) and (c)(4) of Rule 2a-7 promulgated under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as determined by the Company;

(d)            Collect and receive, when due, all principal and income arising from the Property, which shall become part of the “Property,” as such term is used herein;

(e)            Notify the Company of all communications received by it with respect to any Property requiring action by the Company;

(f)             Supply any necessary information or documents as may be requested by the Company in connection with the Company’s preparation of its tax returns;

(g)            Participate in any plan or proceeding for protecting or enforcing any right or interest arising from the Property if, as and when instructed by the Company to do so; and

(h)            Commence liquidation of the Trust Account only after and promptly after receipt of, and only in accordance with, the terms of a letter (“Termination Letter”), in a form substantially similar to that attached hereto as either Exhibit A or Exhibit B hereto, signed on behalf of the Company by its Chief Executive Officer, President or Chairman of the Board and Secretary or Assistant Secretary, and complete the liquidation of the Trust Account and distribute the Property in the Trust Account only as directed in the Termination Letter and the other documents referred to therein; provided, however, that in the event that a Termination Letter has not been received by the Trustee by the 12-month anniversary of the closing (“Closing”) of the IPO (“First Date”), or the 18-month anniversary of the Closing (“Last Date”) in the event that a letter of intent, memorandum of understanding  or definitive agreement for a Business Combination has been executed on or prior to the First Date but the Business Combination has not been consummated by the First Date, the Trust Account shall be liquidated in accordance with the procedures set forth in the Termination Letter attached as Exhibit B hereto and distributed to the shareholders of record on the Last Date.  The provisions of this Section 1(h) may not be modified, amended or deleted under any circumstances.

2.            Limited Distributions of Income from Trust Account .

 
2

 

(a)            Upon written request from the Company, which may be given from time to time in a form substantially similar to that attached hereto as Exhibit C, the Trustee shall distribute to the Company the amount requested by the Company to cover any income tax obligation owed by the Company;

(b)            Upon written request from the Company, which may be given from time to time in a form substantially similar to that attached hereto as Exhibit D, the Trustee shall distribute to the Company the amount requested by the Company to cover expenses related to investigating and selecting a target business and other working capital requirements; provided, however, that the Company will not be allowed to withdraw interest income earned on the trust account unless there is sufficient funds available to pay the Company’s tax obligations on such interest income or otherwise then due at that time; and

(c)            The limited distributions referred to in Sections 2(a) and 2(b) above shall be made only from income collected on the Property.  Except as provided in Section 2(a) and 2(b) above, no other distributions from the Trust Account shall be permitted except in accordance with Section 1(h) hereof.

(d)            In all cases, the Company shall provide Cohen & Company with a copy of any Termination Letters and/or any other correspondence that it issues to the Trustee with respect to any proposed withdrawal from the Trust Account promptly after such issuance.

3.            Agreements and Covenants of the Company.  The Company hereby agrees and covenants to :

(a)            Give all instructions to the Trustee hereunder in writing, signed by the Company’s Chairman of the Board or Chief Executive Officer.  In addition, except with respect to its duties under paragraphs 1(h), 2(a) and 2(b) above, the Trustee shall be entitled to rely on, and shall be protected in relying on, any verbal or telephonic advice or instruction which it in good faith believes to be given by any one of the persons authorized above to give written instructions, provided that the Company shall promptly confirm such instructions in writing;

 
3

 

(b)            Hold the Trustee harmless and indemnify the Trustee from and against, any and all expenses, including reasonable counsel fees and disbursements, or loss suffered by the Trustee in connection with any action, suit or other proceeding brought against the Trustee involving any claim, or in connection with any claim or demand which in any way arises out of or relates to this Agreement, the services of the Trustee hereunder, or the Property or any income earned from investment of the Property, except for expenses and losses resulting from the Trustee's gross negligence or willful misconduct.  Promptly after the receipt by the Trustee of notice of demand or claim or the commencement of any action, suit or proceeding, pursuant to which the Trustee intends to seek indemnification under this paragraph, it shall notify the Company in writing of such claim (hereinafter referred to as the “Indemnified Claim”).  The Trustee shall have the right to conduct and manage the defense against such Indemnified Claim, provided, that the Trustee shall obtain the consent of the Company with respect to the selection of counsel, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld.  The Trustee may not agree to settle any Indemnified Claim without the prior written consent of the Company, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld.  The Company may participate in such action with its own counsel;

(c)            Pay the Trustee an initial acceptance fee, an annual fee and a transaction processing fee for each disbursement made pursuant to Sections 2(a) and 2(b) as set forth on Schedule A hereto, which fees shall be subject to modification by the parties from time to time.  It is expressly understood that the Property shall not be used to pay such fees and further agreed that said transaction processing fees shall be deducted by the Trustee from the disbursements made to the Company pursuant to Section 2(b).  The Company shall pay the Trustee the initial acceptance fee and first year’s fee at the consummation of the IPO and thereafter on the anniversary of the Effective Date;

(d)            In connection with any vote of the Company’s shareholders regarding a Business Combination, provide to the Trustee an affidavit or certificate of a firm regularly engaged in the business of soliciting proxies and/or tabulating shareholder votes (which firm may be the Trustee) verifying the vote of the Company’s shareholders regarding such Business Combination; and

(e)            In connection with the Trustee acting as Paying/Disbursing Agent pursuant to Exhibit B, the Company will not give the Trustee disbursement instructions which would be prohibited under this Agreement.

4.            Limitations of Liability .  The Trustee shall have no responsibility or liability to:

(a)            Take any action with respect to the Property, other than as directed in paragraphs 1 and 2 hereof and the Trustee shall have no liability to any party except for liability arising out of its own gross negligence or willful misconduct;

(b)            Institute any proceeding for the collection of any principal and income arising from, or institute, appear in or defend any proceeding of any kind with respect to, any of the Property unless and until it shall have received instructions from the Company given as provided herein to do so and the Company shall have advanced or guaranteed to it funds sufficient to pay any expenses incident thereto;

(c)            Change the investment of any Property, other than in compliance with paragraph 1(c);

 
4

 

(d)            Refund any depreciation in principal of any Property;

(e)            Assume that the authority of any person designated by the Company to give instructions hereunder shall not be continuing unless provided otherwise in such designation, or unless the Company shall have delivered a written revocation of such authority to the Trustee;

(f)            The other parties hereto or to anyone else for any action taken or omitted by it, or any action suffered by it to be taken or omitted, in good faith and in the exercise of its own best judgment, except for its gross negligence or willful misconduct.  The Trustee may rely conclusively and shall be protected in acting upon any order, notice, demand, certificate, opinion or advice of counsel (including counsel chosen by the Trustee), statement, instrument, report or other paper or document (not only as to its due execution and the validity and effectiveness of its provisions, but also as to the truth and acceptability of any information therein contained) which is believed by the Trustee, in good faith, to be genuine and to be signed or presented by the proper person or persons.  The Trustee shall not be bound by any notice or demand, or any waiver, modification, termination or rescission of this Agreement or any of the terms hereof, unless evidenced by a written instrument delivered to the Trustee signed by the proper party or parties and, if the duties or rights of the Trustee are affected, unless it shall give its prior written consent thereto;

(g)            Verify the correctness of the information set forth in the Registration Statement or to confirm or assure that any acquisition made by the Company or any other action taken by it is as contemplated by the Registration Statement; and

(h)            File local, state and/or Federal tax returns or information returns with any taxing authority on behalf of the Trust Account and payee statements with the Company documenting the taxes, if any, payable by the Company or the Trust Account, relating to the income earned on the Property.

(i)             Pay any taxes on behalf of the Trust Account (it being expressly understood that the Property shall not be used to pay any such taxes and that such taxes, if any, shall be paid by the Company from funds not held in the Trust Account).

(j)             Imply obligations, perform duties, inquire or otherwise be subject to the provisions of any agreement or document other than this agreement and that which is expressly set forth herein.

(j)             Verify calculations, qualify or otherwise approve Company requests for distributions pursuant to Section 1(h), 2(a) or 2(b) above.

5.            Termination .  This Agreement shall terminate as follows:

 
5

 

(a)            If the Trustee gives written notice to the Company that it desires to resign under this Agreement, the Company shall use its reasonable efforts to locate a successor trustee.  At such time that the Company notifies the Trustee that a successor trustee has been appointed by the Company and has agreed to become subject to the terms of this Agreement, the Trustee shall transfer the management of the Trust Account to the successor trustee, including but not limited to the transfer of copies of the reports and statements relating to the Trust Account, whereupon this Agreement shall terminate; provided, however, that, in the event that the Company does not locate a successor trustee within ninety days of receipt of the resignation notice from the Trustee, the Trustee may submit an application to have the Property deposited with any court in the State of New York or with the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York and upon such deposit, the Trustee shall be immune from any liability whatsoever; or

(b)            At such time that the Trustee has completed the liquidation of the Trust Account in accordance with the provisions of paragraph 1(h) hereof, and distributed the Property in accordance with the provisions of the Termination Letter, this Agreement shall terminate except with respect to Paragraph 3(b).

5.            Miscellaneous .

(a)            The Company and the Trustee each acknowledge that the Trustee will follow the security procedures set forth below with respect to funds transferred from the Trust Account.  The Company and the Trustee will each restrict access to confidential information relating to such security procedures to authorized persons.  Each party must notify the other party immediately if it has reason to believe unauthorized persons may have obtained access to such information, or of any change in its authorized personnel.  In executing funds transfers, the Trustee will rely upon all information supplied to it by the Company, including, account names, account numbers, and all other identifying information relating to a beneficiary, beneficiary’s bank or intermediary bank. The Trustee shall not be liable for any loss, liability or expense resulting from any error in the information or transmission of the wire.

(b)            This Agreement shall be governed by and construed and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of New York, without giving effect to conflicts of law principles that would result in the application of the substantive laws of another jurisdiction.  It may be executed in several original or facsimile counterparts, each one of which shall constitute an original, and together shall constitute but one instrument.

(c)            This Agreement contains the entire agreement and understanding of the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof.  Except for Section 1(h) (which may not be amended under any circumstances), this Agreement or any provision hereof may only be changed, amended or modified by a writing signed by each of the parties hereto; provided, however, that no such change, amendment or modification may be made without the prior written consent of Cohen & Company.  As to any claim, cross-claim or counterclaim in any way relating to this Agreement, each party waives the right to trial by jury.

 
6

 

(d)            The parties hereto consent to the jurisdiction and venue of any state or federal court located in the City of New York, Borough of Manhattan, for purposes of resolving any disputes hereunder.

(e)            Any notice, consent or request to be given in connection with any of the terms or provisions of this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be sent by express mail or similar private courier service, by certified mail (return receipt requested), by hand delivery or by facsimile transmission:

if to the Trustee, to:

Continental Stock Transfer
& Trust Company
17 Battery Place
New York, New York 10004
Attn:  Steven G. Nelson, Chairman, and Frank A. DiPaolo, CFO
Fax No.:  (212) 509-5150

if to the Company, to:

GSME Acquisition Partners I
762 West Beijing Road
Shanghai, PRC 200041
Attn:  Eli D. Scher, Chief Executive Officer
Fax No.:  (___) ___-____

in either case with a copy to:

Cohen & Company Securities, LLC
135 East 57 th Street
New York, New York 10022
Attn:  ______________, Chairman
Fax No.:  (___) ___-____

(f)            This Agreement may not be assigned by the Trustee without the prior consent of the Company.

 
7

 

(g)            Each of the Trustee and the Company hereby represents that it has the full right and power and has been duly authorized to enter into this Agreement and to perform its respective obligations as contemplated hereunder.  The Trustee acknowledges and agrees that it shall not make any claims or proceed against the Trust Account, including by way of set-off, and shall not be entitled to any funds in the Trust Account under any circumstance. In the event that the Trustee has a claim against the Company under this Agreement, the Trustee will pursue such claim solely against the Company and not against the Property held in the Trust Account.

(h)            Each of the Company and the Trustee hereby acknowledge that Cohen & Company is a third party beneficiary of this Agreement.

 
8

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have duly executed this Investment Management Trust Agreement as of the date first written above.

CONTINENTAL STOCK TRANSFER & TRUST
COMPANY, as Trustee
   
By:
 
 Name:
 Title:
 
GSME ACQUISITION PARTNERS I

By:
 
 Name:
 Title:

 
9

 

SCHEDULE A

Fee Item
 
Time and method of payment 
 
Amount
 
Initial acceptance fee
 
Initial closing of IPO by wire transfer
  $ 1,000  
Annual fee
 
First year, initial closing of IPO by wire transfer; thereafter on the anniversary of the effective date of the IPO by wire transfer or check
  $ 3,000  
Transaction processing fee for disbursements to Company under Section 2
 
Deduction by Trustee from accumulated income following disbursement made to Company under Section 2
  $ 250  

 
10

 

EXHIBIT A

[Letterhead of Company]

  [Insert date]

Continental Stock Transfer
& Trust Company
17 Battery Place
New York, New York 10004
Attn:  Steven Nelson

Re:        Trust Account No.     -           Termination Letter

Gentlemen:

Pursuant to paragraph 1(h) of the Investment Management Trust Agreement between GSME Acquisition Partners I (“Company”) and Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company (“Trustee”), dated as of _________, 2009 (“Trust Agreement”), this is to advise you that the Company has entered into an agreement (“Business Agreement”) with __________________ (“Target Business”) to consummate a business combination with Target Business (“Business Combination”) on or about [insert date] .  The Company shall notify you at least 48 hours in advance of the actual date of the consummation of the Business Combination (“Consummation Date”).

In accordance with the terms of the Trust Agreement, we hereby authorize you to commence liquidation of the Trust Account to the effect that, on the Consummation Date, all of funds held in the Trust Account will be immediately available for transfer to the account or accounts that the Company shall direct on the Consummation Date.

On the Consummation Date (i) counsel for the Company shall deliver to you written notification that the Business Combination has been consummated and (ii) the Company shall deliver to you (a) [an affidavit] [a certificate] of __________________, which verifies the vote of the Company’s stockholders in connection with the Business Combination and (b) written instructions with respect to the transfer of the funds held in the Trust Account (“Instruction Letter”).  You are hereby directed and authorized to transfer the funds held in the Trust Account immediately upon your receipt of the counsel's letter and the Instruction Letter, in accordance with the terms of the Instruction Letter.  In the event that certain deposits held in the Trust Account may not be liquidated by the Consummation Date without penalty, you will notify the Company of the same and the Company shall direct you as to whether such funds should remain in the Trust Account and distributed after the Consummation Date to the Company.  Upon the distribution of all the funds in the Trust Account pursuant to the terms hereof, the Trust Agreement shall be terminated.

 
11

 

In the event that the Business Combination is not consummated on the Consummation Date described in the notice thereof and we have not notified you on or before the original Consummation Date of a new Consummation Date, then upon receipt by the Trustee of written instructions from the Company, the funds held in the Trust Account shall be reinvested as provided in the Trust Agreement on the business day immediately following the Consummation Date as set forth in the notice.

 
Very truly yours,
   
 
GSME ACQUISITION PARTNERS I
   
 
By:
  
   
Jing Dong Gao, Chairman of the Board
   
 
By:
  
   
Eli D. Scher, Secretary

cc: Cohen & Company Securities, LLC

 
12

 

EXHIBIT B

[Letterhead of Company]

  [Insert date]
Continental Stock Transfer
& Trust Company
17 Battery Place
New York, New York 10004
Attn:

Re:        Trust Account No.    -       Termination Letter

Gentlemen:

Pursuant to paragraph 1(h) of the Investment Management Trust Agreement between GSME Acquisition Partners I (“Company”) and Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company (“Trustee”), dated as of ________, 2009 (“Trust Agreement”), this is to advise you that the Company has been unable to effect a Business Combination with a Target Company within the time frame specified in the Company’s Memorandum and Articles of Association, as described in the Company’s prospectus relating to its IPO.

In accordance with the terms of the Trust Agreement, we hereby authorize you, to commence liquidation of the Trust Account as promptly as practicable to stockholders of record on the Last Date (as defined in the Trust Agreement).  You will notify the Company in writing as to when all of the funds in the Trust Account will be available for immediate transfer (“Transfer Date”) in accordance with the terms of the Trust Agreement and the Memorandum and Articles of Association of the Company.  You shall commence distribution of such funds in accordance with the terms of the Trust Agreement and the written instructions from the Company attached hereto directing distribution of the funds held in the Trust Account and you shall oversee the distribution of such funds.  Upon the distribution of all the funds in the Trust Account, your obligations under the Trust Agreement shall be terminated.

 
Very truly yours,
   
 
GSME ACQUISITION PARTNERS I
   
 
By:
 
   
Jing Dong Gao, Chairman of the Board
   
 
By:
 
   
Eli D. Scher, Secretary

cc: Cohen & Company Securities, LLC

 
13

 

EXHIBIT C


[Letterhead of Company]

  [Insert date]

Continental Stock Transfer
& Trust Company
17 Battery Place
New York, New York 10004
Attn:  Steven Nelson

Re:        Trust Account No.

Gentlemen:

Pursuant to paragraph 2(a) of the Investment Management Trust Agreement between GSME Acquisition Partners I (“Company”) and Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company (“Trustee”), dated as of ___________, 2009 (“Trust Agreement”), the Company hereby requests that you deliver to the Company $_______ of the income earned on the Property as of the date hereof.  The Company needs such funds to pay for the tax obligations as set forth on the attached tax return or tax statement.  In accordance with the terms of the Trust Agreement, you are hereby directed and authorized to transfer (via wire transfer) such funds promptly upon your receipt of this letter to the Company’s operating account at:

[WIRE INSTRUCTION INFORMATION]

 
GSME ACQUISITION PARTNERS I
   
 
By:
 
   
Jing Dong Gao, Chairman of the Board
   
 
By:
 
   
Eli D. Scher, Secretary

cc: Cohen & Company Securities, LLC

 
14

 

EXHIBIT D
 
[Letterhead of Company]

  [Insert date]

Continental Stock Transfer
& Trust Company
17 Battery Place
New York, New York 10004
Attn:  Steven Nelson

Re:        Trust Account No.

Gentlemen:

Pursuant to paragraph 2(b) of the Investment Management Trust Agreement between GSME Acquisition Partners I (“Company”) and Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company (“Trustee”), dated as of __________, 2009 (“Trust Agreement”), the Company hereby requests that you deliver to the Company $_______ of the income earned on the Property as of the date hereof, which does not exceed, in the aggregate with all such prior disbursements pursuant to paragraph 2(b), if any, the maximum amount set forth in paragraph 2(b).  The Company needs such funds to cover its expenses relating to investigating and selecting a target business and other working capital requirements.  In accordance with the terms of the Trust Agreement, you are hereby directed and authorized to transfer (via wire transfer) such funds promptly upon your receipt of this letter to the Company’s operating account at:

[WIRE INSTRUCTION INFORMATION]

 
Very truly yours,
   
 
GSME ACQUISITION PARTNERS I
   
 
By:
 
   
Jing Dong Gao, Chairman of the Board
   
 
By:
 
   
Eli D. Scher, Secretary

cc: Cohen & Company Securities, LLC

 
15

 

EXHIBIT E

AUTHORIZED INDIVIDUAL(S)
AUTHORIZED
FOR TELEPHONE CALL BACK
TELEPHONE NUMBER(S)

Company:

GSME Acquisition Partners I
 
762 West Beijing Road
 
Shanghai, PRC 200041
 
Attn:  Jing Dong Gao, Chairman
(86) 21-6271-6777

Trustee:

Continental Stock Transfer
 
  & Trust Company
 
17 Battery Place
 
New York, New York 10004
 
Attn:  Steven G. Nelson, Chairman
(212) 845-3200

 
16

 
 
STOCK ESCROW AGREEMENT

STOCK ESCROW AGREEMENT, dated as of ________, 2009 (“Agreement”), by and among GSME ACQUISITION PARTNERS I, a Cayman Islands corporation (“Company”), MCK CAPITAL CO., LIMITED, ELI D. SCHER  and LAWRENCE S. WIZEL (collectively “Initial Shareholders”) and CONTINENTAL STOCK TRANSFER & TRUST COMPANY, a New York corporation (“Escrow Agent”).

WHEREAS, the Company has entered into an Underwriting Agreement, dated ___________, 2008 (“Underwriting Agreement”), with Cohen & Company Securities, LLC (“Cohen & Company”) acting as representative of the several underwriters (collectively, the “Underwriters”), pursuant to which, among other matters, the Underwriters have agreed to purchase up to 4,140,000 units (“Units”) of the Company.  Each Unit consists of one ordinary share of the Company, par value $.001 per share (“Ordinary Shares”), and one Warrant, each Warrant to purchase one Ordinary Share, all as more fully described in the Company’s final Prospectus, dated _________, 2009 (“Prospectus”) comprising part of the Company’s Registration Statement on Form F-1 (File No. 333-_______) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (“Registration Statement”), declared effective on _______, 2009 (“Effective Date”).

WHEREAS, the Initial Shareholders have agreed as a condition of the sale of the Units to deposit their Ordinary Shares of the Company, as set forth opposite their respective names in Exhibit A attached hereto (collectively “Escrow Shares”), in escrow as hereinafter provided.

WHEREAS, the Company and the Initial Shareholders desire that the Escrow Agent accept the Escrow Shares, in escrow, to be held and disbursed as hereinafter provided.

IT IS AGREED:

1.            Appointment of Escrow Agent .  The Company and the Initial Shareholders hereby appoint the Escrow Agent to act in accordance with and subject to the terms of this Agreement and the Escrow Agent hereby accepts such appointment and agrees to act in accordance with and subject to such terms.

2.            Deposit of Escrow Shares .  On or before the Effective Date, each of the Initial Shareholders shall deliver to the Escrow Agent certificates representing his respective Escrow Shares, to be held and disbursed subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement.  Each Initial Shareholder acknowledges that the certificate representing his Escrow Shares is legended to reflect the deposit of such Escrow Shares under this Agreement.

3.            Disbursement of the Escrow Shares .
 
 
 

 
 
3.1           The Escrow Agent shall hold the Escrow Shares as follows: (i) with respect to 50% of the Escrow Shares, until the consummation of a Business Combination (as such term is defined in the Registration Statement), (ii) with respect to 25% of the Escrow Shares, until the closing price of the Ordinary Shares exceeds $12.50 for any 20 trading days within a 30-trading day period following the consummation of a Business Combination and (iii) with respect to 25% of the Escrow Shares, until the closing price of the Ordinary Shares exceeds $15.00 for any 20 trading days within a 30-trading day period following the consummation of a Business Combination (collectively, the “Escrow Period”). On each of such dates, upon written instructions from each Initial Shareholder, the Escrow Agent shall disburse such amount of each Initial Shareholder’s Escrow Shares (and any applicable stock power) to such Initial Shareholder; provided, however, that if the Escrow Agent is notified by the Company pursuant to Section 6.7 hereof that the Company is being liquidated at any time during the Escrow Period, then the Escrow Agent shall promptly destroy the certificates representing the Escrow Shares; provided, however, that if the Underwriters do not exercise their over-allotment option to purchase an additional 540,000 Units of the Company within 45 days of the date of the Prospectus (as described in the Underwriting Agreement), the Initial Shareholders agree that the Escrow Agent shall return to the Company for cancellation, at no cost, the number of Escrow Shares held by each Initial Shareholder determined by multiplying (a) the product of (i) 135,000, multiplied by (ii) a fraction, (x) the numerator of which is the number of Escrow Shares held by each Initial Shareholder, and (y) the denominator of which is the total number of Escrow Shares, by (b) a fraction, (i) the numerator of which is 540,000 minus the number of shares of Common Stock purchased by the Underwriters upon the exercise of their over-allotment option, and (ii) the denominator of which is 540,000; provided further, however, that if, after the Company consummates a Business Combination, the Company (or the surviving entity) subsequently consummates a liquidation, merger, stock exchange or other similar transaction which results in all of the shareholders of such entity having the right to exchange their Ordinary Shares for cash, securities or other property, then the Escrow Agent will, upon receipt of a notice executed by the Chairman of the Board, President or other authorized officer of the Company, in form reasonably acceptable to the Escrow Agent, certifying that such transaction is then being consummated, release the Escrow Shares to the Initial Shareholders.  The Escrow Agent shall have no further duties hereunder after the disbursement or destruction of the Escrow Shares in accordance with this Section 3.

4.            Rights of Initial Shareholders in Escrow Shares .

4.1            Voting Rights as a Shareholder .  Subject to the terms of the Insider Letters described in Section 4.4 hereof and except as herein provided, the Initial Shareholders shall retain all of their rights as shareholders of the Company during the Escrow Period, including, without limitation, the right to vote such shares.

4.2            Dividends and Other Distributions in Respect of the Escrow Shares .  During the Escrow Period, all dividends payable in cash with respect to the Escrow Shares shall be paid to the Initial Shareholders, but all dividends payable in stock or other non-cash property (“Non-Cash Dividends”) shall be delivered to the Escrow Agent to hold in accordance with the terms hereof.  As used herein, the term “Escrow Shares” shall be deemed to include the Non-Cash Dividends distributed thereon, if any.
 
 
2

 
 
4.3            Restrictions on Transfer .  During the Escrow Period, no sale, transfer or other disposition may be made of any or all of the Escrow Shares except (i) to an entity’s members upon its liquidation, (ii) by bona fide gift to a member of an Initial Shareholder’s immediate family or to a trust, the beneficiary of which is an Initial Shareholder or a member of an Initial Shareholder’s immediate family, (iii) by virtue of the laws of descent and distribution upon death of any Initial Shareholder, (iv) pursuant to a qualified domestic relations order, (v) by certain pledges to secure obligations incurred in connection with purchases of the Company’s securities or (vi) by private sales of the Escrow Shares made at or prior to the consummation of a Business Combination at prices no greater than the price at which the shares were originally purchased; provided, however, that such permissive transfers may be implemented only upon the respective transferee’s written agreement to be bound by the terms and conditions of this Agreement and of the Insider Letter signed by the Initial Shareholder transferring the Escrow Shares.  During the Escrow Period, the Initial Shareholders shall not pledge or grant a security interest in the Escrow Shares or grant a security interest in their rights under this Agreement.

4.4            Insider Letters .  Each of the Initial Shareholders has executed a letter agreement with Cohen & Company and the Company, dated as indicated on Exhibit A hereto, and which is filed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement (“Insider Letter”), respecting the rights and obligations of such Initial Shareholder in certain events, including but not limited to the liquidation of the Company.

5.            Concerning the Escrow Agent .

5.1            Good Faith Reliance .  The Escrow Agent shall not be liable for any action taken or omitted by it in good faith and in the exercise of its own best judgment, and may rely conclusively and shall be protected in acting upon any order, notice, demand, certificate, opinion or advice of counsel (including counsel chosen by the Escrow Agent), statement, instrument, report or other paper or document (not only as to its due execution and the validity and effectiveness of its provisions, but also as to the truth and acceptability of any information therein contained) which is believed by the Escrow Agent to be genuine and to be signed or presented by the proper person or persons.  The Escrow Agent shall not be bound by any notice or demand, or any waiver, modification, termination or rescission of this Agreement unless evidenced by a writing delivered to the Escrow Agent signed by the proper party or parties and, if the duties or rights of the Escrow Agent are affected, unless it shall have given its prior written consent thereto.

5.2            Indemnification .  The Escrow Agent shall be indemnified and held harmless by the Company from and against any expenses, including counsel fees and disbursements, or loss suffered by the Escrow Agent in connection with any action, suit or other proceeding involving any claim which in any way, directly or indirectly, arises out of or relates to this Agreement, the services of the Escrow Agent hereunder, or the Escrow Shares held by it hereunder, other than expenses or losses arising from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of the Escrow Agent.  Promptly after the receipt by the Escrow Agent of notice of any demand or claim or the commencement of any action, suit or proceeding, the Escrow Agent shall notify the other parties hereto in writing.  In the event of the receipt of such notice, the Escrow Agent, in its sole discretion, may commence an action in the nature of interpleader in an appropriate court to determine ownership or disposition of the Escrow Shares or it may deposit the Escrow Shares with the clerk of any appropriate court or it may retain the Escrow Shares pending receipt of a final, non appealable order of a court having jurisdiction over all of the parties hereto directing to whom and under what circumstances the Escrow Shares are to be disbursed and delivered.  The provisions of this Section 5.2 shall survive in the event the Escrow Agent resigns or is discharged pursuant to Sections 5.5 or 5.6 below.
 
 
3

 
 
5.3            Compensation .  The Escrow Agent shall be entitled to reasonable compensation from the Company for all services rendered by it hereunder.  The Escrow Agent shall also be entitled to reimbursement from the Company for all expenses paid or incurred by it in the administration of its duties hereunder including, but not limited to, all counsel, advisors’ and agents’ fees and disbursements and all taxes or other governmental charges.

5.4            Further Assurances .  From time to time on and after the date hereof, the Company and the Initial Shareholders shall deliver or cause to be delivered to the Escrow Agent such further documents and instruments and shall do or cause to be done such further acts as the Escrow Agent shall reasonably request to carry out more effectively the provisions and purposes of this Agreement, to evidence compliance herewith or to assure itself that it is protected in acting hereunder.

5.5            Resignation .  The Escrow Agent may resign at any time and be discharged from its duties as escrow agent hereunder by its giving the other parties hereto written notice and such resignation shall become effective as hereinafter provided.  Such resignation shall become effective at such time that the Escrow Agent shall turn over to a successor escrow agent appointed by the Company, the Escrow Shares held hereunder.  If no new escrow agent is so appointed within the 60 day period following the giving of such notice of resignation, the Escrow Agent may deposit the Escrow Shares with any court it reasonably deems appropriate.

5.6            Discharge of Escrow Agent .  The Escrow Agent shall resign and be discharged from its duties as escrow agent hereunder if so requested in writing at any time by the other parties hereto, jointly, provided, however, that such resignation shall become effective only upon acceptance of appointment by a successor escrow agent as provided in Section 5.5.

5.7            Liability .  Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Escrow Agent shall not be relieved from liability hereunder for its own gross negligence or its own willful misconduct.

6.            Miscellaneous .

6.1            Governing Law .  This Agreement shall for all purposes be deemed to be made under and shall be construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York, without giving effect to conflicts of law principles that would result in the application of the substantive laws of another jurisdiction.

6.2            Third Party Beneficiaries .  Each of the Initial Shareholders hereby acknowledges that the Underwriters are third party beneficiaries of this Agreement and this Agreement may not be modified or changed without the prior written consent of Cohen & Company.
 
 
4

 
 
6.3            Entire Agreement .  This Agreement contains the entire agreement of the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and, except as expressly provided herein, may not be changed or modified except by an instrument in writing signed by the party to the charged.

6.4            Headings .  The headings contained in this Agreement are for reference purposes only and shall not affect in any way the meaning or interpretation thereof.

6.5            Binding Effect .  This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the respective parties hereto and their legal representatives, successors and assigns.

6.6            Notices .  Any notice or other communication required or which may be given hereunder shall be in writing and either be delivered personally or be mailed, certified or registered mail, or by private national courier service, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, and shall be deemed given when so delivered personally or, if mailed, two days after the date of mailing, as follows:

If to the Company, to:

GSME Acquisition Partners I
762 West Beijing Road
Shanghai, PRC 200041
Attn:  Eli D. Scher, Chief Executive Officer

If to a Shareholder, to his address set forth in Exhibit A.

and if to the Escrow Agent, to:

Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company
17 Battery Place
New York, New York 10004
Attn:  Chairman

A copy of any notice sent hereunder shall be sent to:

Cohen & Company Securities, LLC
135 East 57 th Street
New York, New York 10022
Attn:  Chairman

and:
 
 
5

 
 
Graubard Miller
The Chrysler Building
405 Lexington Avenue
New York, New York 10174
Attn:  David Alan Miller, Esq.

and:

Ellenoff Grossman & Schole LLP
150 East 42 nd Street
New York, New York 10017
Attn:  Douglas S. Ellenoff, Esq.
 
The parties may change the persons and addresses to which the notices or other communications are to be sent by giving written notice to any such change in the manner provided herein for giving notice.

6.7            Liquidation of the Company .  The Company shall give the Escrow Agent written notification of the liquidation and dissolution of the Company in the event that the Company fails to consummate a Business Combination within the time period(s) specified in the Prospectus.
 
 
6

 
 
WITNESS the execution of this Agreement as of the date first above written.

   
GSME ACQUISITION PARTNERS I
     
 
By:
 
     
   
INITIAL SHAREHOLDERS:
     
   
MCK Capital Co., Limited
     
 
By:
 
   
Jing Dong Gao
     
     
   
Eli D. Scher
     
     
   
Lawrence S. Wizel
     
   
CONTINENTAL STOCK TRANSFER
   
& TRUST COMPANY
     
     
   
By:
 
     
Name:
     
Title:
 
 
7

 
 
EXHIBIT A

Name and Address of 
Initial Shareholder     
 
Number
of Shares
   
Stock 
Certificate Number
 
Date of 
Insider Letter
               
MCK Capital Co., Limited
c/o Jing Dong Gao
GSME Acquisition Partners I
762 West Beijing Road
Shanghai, PRC 200041
   
900,450
     
1
 
____________, 2009
                   
Eli D. Scher
GSME Acquisition Partners I
762 West Beijing Road
Shanghai, PRC 200041
   
103,500
     
2
 
____________, 2009
                   
Lawrence S. Wizel
GSME Acquisition Partners I
762 West Beijing Road
Shanghai, PRC 200041
   
31,050
     
3
 
____________, 2009
 
 
8

 
 

PROMISSORY NOTE

$125,000.00
As of March 27, 2008

GSME Acquisition Partners I (“Maker”) promises to pay to the order of Eli D. Scher (“Payee”) the principal sum of One Hundred Twenty Five Thousand Dollars and No Cents ($125,000.00) in lawful money of the United States of America, on the terms and conditions described below.
 
1.            Principal .  The principal balance of this Note shall be repayable on the earlier of (i) March 27, 2009 or (ii) the date on which Maker consummates an initial public offering of its securities.
 
2.            Interest .  No interest shall accrue on the unpaid principal balance of this Note.
 
3.            Application of Payments .  All payments shall be applied first to payment in full of any costs incurred in the collection of any sum due under this Note, including (without limitation) reasonable attorneys’ fees, then to the payment in full of any late charges and finally to the reduction of the unpaid principal balance of this Note.
 
4.            Events of Default .  The following shall constitute Events of Default:
 
(a)            Failure to Make Required Payments .  Failure by Maker to pay the principal of this Note within five (5) business days following the date when due.
 
(b)            Voluntary Bankruptcy, Etc.   The commencement by Maker of a voluntary case under the Federal Bankruptcy Code, as now constituted or hereafter amended, or any other applicable federal or state bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, rehabilitation or other similar law, or the consent by it to the appointment of or taking possession by a receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee, custodian, sequestrator (or other similar official) of Maker or for any substantial part of its property, or the making by it of any assignment for the benefit of creditors, or the failure of Maker generally to pay its debts as such debts become due, or the taking of corporate action by Maker in furtherance of any of the foregoing.
 
(c)            Involuntary Bankruptcy, Etc.   The entry of a decree or order for relief by a court having jurisdiction in the premises in respect of maker in an involuntary case under the Federal Bankruptcy Code, as now or hereafter constituted, or any other applicable federal or state bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law, or appointing a receiver, liquidator, assignee, custodian, trustee, sequestrator (or similar official) of Maker or for any substantial part of its property, or ordering the winding-up or liquidation of its affairs, and the continuance of any such decree or order unstayed and in effect for a period of 60 consecutive days.

 
 

 
 
5.            Remedies .
 
(a)           Upon the occurrence of an Event of Default specified in Section 4(a), Payee may, by written notice to Maker, declare this Note to be due and payable, whereupon the principal amount of this Note, and all other amounts payable thereunder, shall become immediately due and payable without presentment, demand, protest or other notice of any kind, all of which are hereby expressly waived, anything contained herein or in the documents evidencing the same to the contrary notwithstanding.
 
(b)           Upon the occurrence of an Event of Default specified in Sections 4(b) and 4(c), the unpaid principal balance of, and all other sums payable with regard to, this Note shall automatically and immediately become due and payable, in all cases without any action on the part of Payee.
 
6.            Waivers .  Maker and all endorsers and guarantors of, and sureties for, this Note waive presentment for payment, demand, notice of dishonor, protest, and notice of protest with regard to the Note, all errors, defects and imperfections in any proceedings instituted by Payee under the terms of this Note, and all benefits that might accrue to Maker by virtue of any present or future laws exempting any property, real or personal, or any part of the proceeds arising from any sale of any such property, from attachment, levy or sale under execution, or providing for any stay of execution, exemption from civil process, or extension of time for payment; and Maker agrees that any real estate that may be levied upon pursuant to a judgment obtained by virtue hereof, on any writ of execution issued hereon, may be sold upon any such writ in whole or in part in any order desired by Payee.
 
7.            Unconditional Liability .  Maker hereby waives all notices in connection with the delivery, acceptance, performance, default, or enforcement of the payment of this Note, and agrees that its liability shall be unconditional, without regard to the liability of any other party, and shall not be affected in any manner by any indulgence, extension of time, renewal, waiver or modification granted or consented to by Payee, and consents to any and all extensions of time, renewals, waivers, or modifications that may be granted by Payee with respect to the payment or other provisions of this Note, and agree that additional makers, endorsers, guarantors, or sureties may become parties hereto without notice to them or affecting their liability hereunder.
 
8.            Notices .  Any notice called for hereunder shall be deemed properly given if (i) sent by certified mail, return receipt requested, (ii) personally delivered, (iii) dispatched by any form of private or governmental express mail or delivery service providing receipted delivery, (iv) sent by telefacsimile or (v) sent by e-mail, to the following addresses or to such other address as either party may designate by notice in accordance with this Section:

If to Maker:

GSME Acquisition Partners I
Unit 3206
2 Grand Gateway
3 Hongqiao Road
Shanghai, PRC 200030
 
 
2

 
 
If to Payee:

Eli D. Scher
Unit 3206
2 Grand Gateway
3 Hongqiao Road
Shanghai, PRC 200030

Notice shall be deemed given on the earlier of (i) actual receipt by the receiving party, (ii) the date shown on a telefacsimile transmission confirmation, (iii) the date on which an e-mail transmission was received by the receiving party’s on-line access provider (iv) the date reflected on a signed delivery receipt, or (vi) two (2) Business Days following tender of delivery or dispatch by express mail or delivery service.
 
9.            Severability .  Any provision contained in this Note which is prohibited or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or unenforceability without invalidating the remaining provisions hereof, and any such prohibition or unenforceability in any jurisdiction shall not invalidate or render unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction.
 
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Maker, intending to be legally bound hereby, has caused this Note to be duly executed by its Chief Executive Officer the day and year first above written.

GSME ACQUISITION PARTNERS I
 
By:  
 
 
Name:  Eli D. Scher
 
Title: Chief Executive Officer
 
 
3

 

REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT
 
THIS REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”) is entered into as of the ____ day of _______, 2009, by and among GSME Acquisition Partners I, a Cayman Islands limited life exempted company (the “ Company ”) and the undersigned parties listed under Investor on the signature page hereto (each, an “Investor” and collectively, the “ Investors ”).
 
WHEREAS, the Investors currently hold all of the outstanding Ordinary Shares of the Company issued prior to the consummation of the Company’s initial public offering (the “ Initial Shares ”);
 
WHEREAS, two of the Investors and an affiliate of one of the Investors are privately purchasing 3,600,000 warrants simultaneously with the consummation of the Company’s initial public offering (the “ Insider Warrants ”);
 
WHEREAS, the Investors and the Company desire to enter into this Agreement to provide the Investors with certain rights relating to the registration of the Initial Shares and the Insider Warrants;
 
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements set forth herein, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:
 
1.            DEFINITIONS . The following capitalized terms used herein have the following meanings:
 
Agreement ” means this Agreement, as amended, restated, supplemented, or otherwise modified from time to time.
 
Business Combination ” means any merger, share exchange, asset acquisition, plan of arrangement, recapitalization, reorganization or similar business combination involving the Company.
 
Commission ” means the Securities and Exchange Commission, or any other Federal agency then administering the Securities Act or the Exchange Act.
 
Ordinary Shares ” means the Ordinary Shares, par value $0.001 per share, of the Company.
 
Company ” is defined in the preamble to this Agreement.
 
Demand Registration ” is defined in Section 2.1.1.
 
Demanding Holder ” is defined in Section 2.1.1.
 
Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the Commission promulgated thereunder, all as the same shall be in effect at the time.
 
 
 

 
 
Form F-3 ” is defined in Section 2.3.
 
Indemnified Party ” is defined in Section 4.3.
 
Indemnifying Party ” is defined in Section 4.3.
 
Initial Shares ” is defined in the preamble to this Agreement.
 
Insider Warrants ” is defined in the preamble to this Agreement.
 
Investor ” is defined in the preamble to this Agreement.
 
Investor Indemnified Party ” is defined in Section 4.1.
 
Maximum Number of Shares ” is defined in Section 2.1.4.
 
Notices ” is defined in Section 6.3.
 
Option Securities ” is defined in Section 2.1.4.
 
Piggy-Back Registration ” is defined in Section 2.2.1.
 
Register ,” “ Registered ” and “ Registration ” mean a registration effected by preparing and filing a registration statement or similar document in compliance with the requirements of the Securities Act, and the applicable rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, and such registration statement becoming effective.
 
Registrable Securities ” means (i) all of the Initial Shares or (ii) all of the Insider Warrants (and underlying Ordinary Shares) owned or held by Investors upon consummation of the Company’s initial public offering. Registrable Securities include any warrants, shares of capital stock or other securities of the Company issued as a dividend or other distribution with respect to or in exchange for or in replacement of such Initial Shares and Insider Warrants (and underlying Ordinary Shares). As to any particular Registrable Securities, such securities shall cease to be Registrable Securities when: (a) a Registration Statement with respect to the sale of such securities shall have become effective under the Securities Act and such securities shall have been sold, transferred, disposed of or exchanged in accordance with such Registration Statement; (b) such securities shall have been otherwise transferred, new certificates for them not bearing a legend restricting further transfer shall have been delivered by the Company and subsequent public distribution of them shall not require registration under the Securities Act; (c) such securities shall have ceased to be outstanding, or (d) the Securities and Exchange Commission makes a definitive determination to the Company that the Registrable Securities are saleable under Rule 144(k).
 
Registration Statement ” means a registration statement filed by the Company with the Commission in compliance with the Securities Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder for a public offering and sale of equity securities, or securities or other obligations exercisable or exchangeable for, or convertible into, equity securities (other than a registration statement on Form S-4 or Form S-8, or their successors, or any registration statement covering only securities proposed to be issued in exchange for securities or assets of another entity).
 
 
2

 
 
Release Date ” means the date on which Ordinary Shares are disbursed from escrow pursuant to Section 3 of that certain Stock Escrow Agreement dated as of ___________, 2009 by and among the parties hereto and Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company.
 
Securities Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the Commission promulgated thereunder, all as the same shall be in effect at the time.
 
Underwriter ” means a securities dealer who purchases any Registrable Securities as principal in an underwritten offering and not as part of such dealer’s market-making activities.
 
Unit Purchase Option ” is defined in Section 2.1.4.
 
2.            REGISTRATION RIGHTS .
 
2.1          Demand Registration .
 
2.1.1   Request for Registration . At any time and from time to time on or after the date that is (i) in the case of the Insider Warrants (or underlying Ordinary Shares), after the Company consummates a Business Combination or (ii) in the case of the Initial Shares, three months prior to the Release Date, the holders of a majority-in-interest of such Insider Warrants (or underlying Ordinary Shares), Initial Shares or other Registrable Securities, as the case may be, may make a written demand for registration under the Securities Act of all or part of their Insider Warrants (or underlying Ordinary Shares), Initial Shares or other Registrable Securities, as the case may be (a “ Demand Registration ”). Any demand for a Demand Registration shall specify the type and number of Registrable Securities proposed to be sold and the intended method(s) of distribution thereof. The Company will notify all holders of Registrable Securities of the demand, and each holder of Registrable Securities who wishes to include all or a portion of such holder’s Registrable Securities in the Demand Registration (each such holder including shares of Registrable Securities in such registration, a “ Demanding Holder ”) shall so notify the Company within fifteen (15) days after the receipt by the holder of the notice from the Company. Upon any such request, the Demanding Holders shall be entitled to have their Registrable Securities included in the Demand Registration, subject to Section 2.1.4 and the provisos set forth in Section 3.1.1. The Company shall not be obligated to effect more than an aggregate of two (2) Demand Registrations under this Section 2.1.1 in respect of all Registrable Securities.
 
2.1.2   Effective Registration . A registration will not count as a Demand Registration until the Registration Statement filed with the Commission with respect to such Demand Registration has been declared effective and the Company has complied with all of its obligations under this Agreement with respect thereto; provided, however, that if, after such Registration Statement has been declared effective, the offering of Registrable Securities pursuant to a Demand Registration is interfered with by any stop order or injunction of the Commission or any other governmental agency or court, the Registration Statement with respect to such Demand Registration will be deemed not to have been declared effective, unless and until, (i) such stop order or injunction is removed, rescinded or otherwise terminated, and (ii) a majority-in-interest of the Demanding Holders thereafter elect to continue the offering; provided, further, that the Company shall not be obligated to file a second Registration Statement until a Registration Statement that has been filed is counted as a Demand Registration or is terminated.
 
 
3

 
 
2.1.3   Underwritten Offering . If a majority-in-interest of the Demanding Holders so elect and such holders so advise the Company as part of their written demand for a Demand Registration, the offering of such Registrable Securities pursuant to such Demand Registration shall be in the form of an underwritten offering. In such event, the right of any holder to include its Registrable Securities in such registration shall be conditioned upon such holder’s participation in such underwriting and the inclusion of such holder’s Registrable Securities in the underwriting to the extent provided herein. All Demanding Holders proposing to distribute their Registrable Securities through such underwriting shall enter into an underwriting agreement in customary form with the Underwriter or Underwriters selected for such underwriting by a majority-in-interest of the holders initiating the Demand Registration.
 
2.1.4   Reduction of Offering . If the managing Underwriter or Underwriters for a Demand Registration that is to be an underwritten offering advises the Company and the Demanding Holders in writing that the dollar amount or number of shares of Registrable Securities which the Demanding Holders desire to sell, taken together with all other Ordinary Shares or other securities which the Company desires to sell and the Ordinary Shares, if any, as to which registration has been requested pursuant to written contractual piggy-back registration rights held by other shareholders of the Company who desire to sell, exceeds the maximum dollar amount or maximum number of shares that can be sold in such offering without adversely affecting the proposed offering price, the timing, the distribution method, or the probability of success of such offering (such maximum dollar amount or maximum number of shares, as applicable, the “ Maximum Number of Shares ”), then the Company shall include in such registration: (i) first, the Registrable Securities as to which Demand Registration has been requested by the Demanding Holders (pro rata in accordance with the number of shares that each such Person has requested be included in such registration, regardless of the number of shares held by each such Person (such proportion is referred to herein as “ Pro Rata ”)) that can be sold without exceeding the Maximum Number of Shares; (ii) second, to the extent that the Maximum Number of Shares has not been reached under the foregoing clause (i), the Ordinary Shares or other securities that the Company desires to sell that can be sold without exceeding the Maximum Number of Shares; (iii) third, to the extent that the Maximum Number of Shares has not been reached under the foregoing clauses (i) and (ii), the Ordinary Shares or other securities registrable pursuant to the terms of the Unit Purchase Option to be issued to Cohen & Company Securities, LLC (“Cohen & Company”) or its designees in connection with the Company’s initial public offering on ______, 2009 (the “ Unit Purchase Option ” and such registrable securities, the “ Option Securities ”) as to which "piggy-back" registration has been requested by the holders thereof, Pro Rata, that can be sold without exceeding the Maximum Number of Shares; and (iv) fourth, to the extent that the Maximum Number of Shares have not been reached under the foregoing clauses (i), (ii), and (iii), the Ordinary Shares or other securities for the account of other persons that the Company is obligated to register pursuant to written contractual arrangements with such persons and that can be sold without exceeding the Maximum Number of Shares.
 
 
4

 
 
2.1.5   Withdrawal . If a majority-in-interest of the Demanding Holders disapprove of the terms of any underwriting or are not entitled to include all of their Registrable Securities in any offering, such majority-in-interest of the Demanding Holders may elect to withdraw from such offering by giving written notice to the Company and the Underwriter or Underwriters of their request to withdraw prior to the effectiveness of the Registration Statement filed with the Commission with respect to such Demand Registration. If the majority-in-interest of the Demanding Holders withdraws from a proposed offering relating to a Demand Registration, then such registration shall not count as a Demand Registration provided for in Section 2.1.
 
2.2          Piggy-Back Registration .
 
2.2.1    Piggy-Back Rights . If at any time on or after the date the Company consummates a Business Combination the Company proposes to file a Registration Statement under the Securities Act with respect to an offering of equity securities, or securities or other obligations exercisable or exchangeable for, or convertible into, equity securities, by the Company for its own account or for shareholders of the Company for their account (or by the Company and by shareholders of the Company including, without limitation, pursuant to Section 2.1), other than a Registration Statement (i) filed in connection with any employee stock option or other benefit plan, (ii) for an exchange offer or offering of securities solely to the Company’s existing shareholders, (iii) for an offering of debt that is convertible into equity securities of the Company or (iv) for a dividend reinvestment plan, then the Company shall (x) give written notice of such proposed filing to the holders of Registrable Securities as soon as practicable but in no event less than ten (10) days before the anticipated filing date, which notice shall describe the amount and type of securities to be included in such offering, the intended method(s) of distribution, and the name of the proposed managing Underwriter or Underwriters, if any, of the offering, and (y) offer to the holders of Registrable Securities in such notice the opportunity to register the sale of such number of shares of Registrable Securities as such holders may request in writing within five (5) days following receipt of such notice (a “ Piggy-Back Registration ”). The Company shall cause such Registrable Securities to be included in such registration and shall use its best efforts to cause the managing Underwriter or Underwriters of a proposed underwritten offering to permit the Registrable Securities requested to be included in a Piggy-Back Registration on the same terms and conditions as any similar securities of the Company and to permit the sale or other disposition of such Registrable Securities in accordance with the intended method(s) of distribution thereof. All holders of Registrable Securities proposing to distribute their securities through a Piggy-Back Registration that involves an Underwriter or Underwriters shall enter into an underwriting agreement in customary form with the Underwriter or Underwriters selected for such Piggy-Back Registration.
 
2.2.2    Reduction of Offering . If the managing Underwriter or Underwriters for a Piggy-Back Registration that is to be an underwritten offering advises the Company and the holders of Registrable Securities in writing that the dollar amount or number of Ordinary Shares which the Company desires to sell, taken together with Ordinary Shares, if any, as to which registration has been demanded pursuant to written contractual arrangements with persons other than the holders of Registrable Securities hereunder, the Registrable Securities as to which registration has been requested under this Section 2.2, and the Ordinary Shares, if any, as to which registration has been requested pursuant to the written contractual piggy-back registration rights of other shareholders of the Company, exceeds the Maximum Number of Shares, then the Company shall include in any such registration:
 
 
5

 
 
a)           If the registration is undertaken for the Company’s account: (A) first, the Ordinary Shares or other securities that the Company desires to sell that can be sold without exceeding the Maximum Number of Shares; (B) second, to the extent that the Maximum Number of Shares has not been reached under the foregoing clause (A), the Ordinary Shares or other securities, if any, comprised of  Registrable Securities and Option Securities, as to which registration has been requested pursuant to the applicable written contractual piggy-back registration rights of such security holders, Pro Rata, that can be sold without exceeding the Maximum Number of Shares; and (C) third, to the extent that the Maximum Number of shares has not been reached under the foregoing clauses (A) and (B), the Ordinary Shares or other securities for the account of other persons that the Company is obligated to register pursuant to written contractual piggy-back registration rights with such persons and that can be sold without exceeding the Maximum Number of Shares;
 
b)           If the registration is a “demand” registration undertaken at the demand of holders of Option Securities, (A) first, the Ordinary Shares or other securities for the account of the demanding persons, Pro Rata, that can be sold without exceeding the Maximum Number of Shares; (B) second, to the extent that the Maximum Number of Shares has not been reached under the foregoing clause (A), the Ordinary Shares or other securities that the Company desires to sell that can be sold without exceeding the Maximum Number of Shares; (C) third, to the extent that the Maximum Number of Shares has not been reached under the foregoing clauses (A) and (B), the shares of Registrable Securities, Pro Rata, as to which registration has been requested pursuant to the terms hereof, that can be sold without exceeding the Maximum Number of Shares; and (D) fourth, to the extent that the Maximum Number of Shares has not been reached under the foregoing clauses (A), (B) and (C), the Ordinary Shares or other securities for the account of other persons that the Company is obligated to register pursuant to written contractual arrangements with such persons, that can be sold without exceeding the Maximum Number of Shares; and
 
c)            If the registration is a “demand” registration undertaken at the demand of persons other than either the holders of Registrable Securities or of Option Securities, (A) first, the Ordinary Shares or other securities for the account of the demanding persons that can be sold without exceeding the Maximum Number of Shares; (B) second, to the extent that the Maximum Number of Shares has not been reached under the foregoing clause (A), the Ordinary Shares or other securities that the Company desires to sell that can be sold without exceeding the Maximum Number of Shares; (C) third, to the extent that the Maximum Number of Shares has not been reached under the foregoing clauses (A) and (B), collectively the Ordinary Shares or other securities comprised of Registrable Securities and Option Securities, Pro Rata, as to which registration has been requested pursuant to the terms hereof and of the Unit Purchase Option, as applicable, that can be sold without exceeding the Maximum Number of Shares; and (D) fourth, to the extent that the Maximum Number of Shares has not been reached under the foregoing clauses (A), (B) and (C), the Ordinary Shares or other securities for the account of other persons that the Company is obligated to register pursuant to written contractual arrangements with such persons, that can be sold without exceeding the Maximum Number of Shares.
 
 
6

 
 
2.2.3    Withdrawal . Any holder of Registrable Securities may elect to withdraw such holder’s request for inclusion of Registrable Securities in any Piggy-Back Registration by giving written notice to the Company of such request to withdraw prior to the effectiveness of the Registration Statement. The Company (whether on its own determination or as the result of a withdrawal by persons making a demand pursuant to written contractual obligations) may withdraw a Registration Statement at any time prior to the effectiveness of such Registration Statement. Notwithstanding any such withdrawal, the Company shall pay all expenses incurred by the holders of Registrable Securities in connection with such Piggy-Back Registration as provided in Section 3.3.
 
2.2.4    Registrations on Form F-3 . The holders of Registrable Securities may at any time and from time to time, request in writing that the Company register the resale of any or all of such Registrable Securities on Form F-3 or any similar short-form registration which may be available at such time (“ Form F-3 ”); provided, however, that the Company shall not be obligated to effect such request through an underwritten offering. Upon receipt of such written request, the Company will promptly give written notice of the proposed registration to all other holders of Registrable Securities, and, as soon as practicable thereafter, effect the registration of all or such portion of such holder’s or holders’ Registrable Securities as are specified in such request, together with all or such portion of the Registrable Securities or other securities of the Company, if any, of any other holder or holders joining in such request as are specified in a written request given within fifteen (15) days after receipt of such written notice from the Company; provided, however, that the Company shall not be obligated to effect any such registration pursuant to this Section 2.3: (i) if Form F-3 is not available for such offering; or (ii) if the holders of the Registrable Securities, together with the holders of any other securities of the Company entitled to inclusion in such registration, propose to sell Registrable Securities and such other securities (if any) at any aggregate price to the public of less than $500,000.  Registrations effected pursuant to this Section 2.3 shall not be counted as Demand Registrations effected pursuant to Section 2.1.
 
3.            REGISTRATION PROCEDURES .
 
3.1          Filings; Information . Whenever the Company is required to effect the registration of any Registrable Securities pursuant to Section 2, the Company shall use its best efforts to effect the registration and sale of such Registrable Securities in accordance with the intended method(s) of distribution thereof as expeditiously as practicable, and in connection with any such request:
 
 
7

 
 
3.1.1    Filing Registration Statement . The Company shall use its best efforts to, as expeditiously as possible after receipt of a request for a Demand Registration pursuant to Section 2.1, prepare and file with the Commission a Registration Statement on any form for which the Company then qualifies or which counsel for the Company shall deem appropriate and which form shall be available for the sale of all Registrable Securities to be registered thereunder in accordance with the intended method(s) of distribution thereof, and shall use its best efforts to cause such Registration Statement to become effective and use its best efforts to keep it effective for the period required by Section 3.1.3; provided, however, that the Company shall have the right to defer any Demand Registration for up to thirty (30) days, and any Piggy-Back Registration for such period as may be applicable to deferment of any demand registration to which such Piggy-Back Registration relates, in each case if the Company shall furnish to the holders a certificate signed by the Chief Executive Officer or Vice Chairman of the Company stating that, in the good faith judgment of the Board of Directors of the Company, it would be materially detrimental to the Company and its shareholders for such Registration Statement to be effected at such time; provided further, however, that the Company shall not have the right to exercise the right set forth in the immediately preceding proviso more than once in any 365-day period in respect of a Demand Registration hereunder.
 
3.1.2    Copies . The Company shall, prior to filing a Registration Statement or prospectus, or any amendment or supplement thereto, furnish without charge to the holders of Registrable Securities included in such registration, and such holders’ legal counsel, copies of such Registration Statement as proposed to be filed, each amendment and supplement to such Registration Statement (in each case including all exhibits thereto and documents incorporated by reference therein), the prospectus included in such Registration Statement (including each preliminary prospectus), and such other documents as the holders of Registrable Securities included in such registration or legal counsel for any such holders may request in order to facilitate the disposition of the Registrable Securities owned by such holders.
 
3.1.3    Amendments and Supplements . The Company shall prepare and file with the Commission such amendments, including post-effective amendments, and supplements to such Registration Statement and the prospectus used in connection therewith as may be necessary to keep such Registration Statement effective and in compliance with the provisions of the Securities Act until all Registrable Securities and other securities covered by such Registration Statement have been disposed of in accordance with the intended method(s) of distribution set forth in such Registration Statement or such securities have been withdrawn.
 
3.1.4    Notification . After the filing of a Registration Statement, the Company shall promptly, and in no event more than two (2) business days after such filing, notify the holders of Registrable Securities included in such Registration Statement of such filing, and shall further notify such holders promptly and confirm such advice in writing in all events within two (2) business days of the occurrence of any of the following: (i) when such Registration Statement becomes effective; (ii) when any post-effective amendment to such Registration Statement becomes effective; (iii) the issuance or threatened issuance by the Commission of any stop order (and the Company shall take all actions required to prevent the entry of such stop order or to remove it if entered); and (iv) any request by the Commission for any amendment or supplement to such Registration Statement or any prospectus relating thereto or for additional information or of the occurrence of an event requiring the preparation of a supplement or amendment to such prospectus so that, as thereafter delivered to the purchasers of the securities covered by such Registration Statement, such prospectus will not contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, and promptly make available to the holders of Registrable Securities included in such Registration Statement any such supplement or amendment; except that before filing with the Commission a Registration Statement or prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto, including documents incorporated by reference, the Company shall furnish to the holders of Registrable Securities included in such Registration Statement and to the legal counsel for any such holders, copies of all such documents proposed to be filed sufficiently in advance of filing to provide such holders and legal counsel with a reasonable opportunity to review such documents and comment thereon, and the Company shall not file any Registration Statement or prospectus or amendment or supplement thereto, including documents incorporated by reference, to which such holders or their legal counsel shall object.
 
 
8

 
 
3.1.5    State Securities Laws Compliance . The Company shall use its best efforts to (i) register or qualify the Registrable Securities covered by the Registration Statement under such securities or “blue sky” laws of such jurisdictions in the United States as the holders of Registrable Securities included in such Registration Statement (in light of their intended plan of distribution) may request and (ii) take such action necessary to cause such Registrable Securities covered by the Registration Statement to be registered with or approved by such other governmental authorities as may be necessary by virtue of the business and operations of the Company and do any and all other acts and things that may be necessary or advisable to enable the holders of Registrable Securities included in such Registration Statement to consummate the disposition of such Registrable Securities in such jurisdictions; provided, however, that the Company shall not be required to qualify generally to do business in any jurisdiction where it would not otherwise be required to qualify but for this paragraph or subject itself to taxation in any such jurisdiction.
 
3.1.6    Agreements for Disposition . The Company shall enter into customary agreements (including, if applicable, an underwriting agreement in customary form) and take such other actions as are reasonably required in order to expedite or facilitate the disposition of such Registrable Securities. The representations, warranties and covenants of the Company in any underwriting agreement which are made to or for the benefit of any Underwriters, to the extent applicable, shall also be made to and for the benefit of the holders of Registrable Securities included in such registration statement. No holder of Registrable Securities included in such registration statement shall be required to make any representations or warranties in the underwriting agreement except, if applicable, with respect to such holder’s organization, good standing, authority, title to Registrable Securities, lack of conflict of such sale with such holder’s material agreements and organizational documents, and with respect to written information relating to such holder that such holder has furnished in writing expressly for inclusion in such Registration Statement.
 
3.1.7     Cooperation . The principal executive officer of the Company, the principal financial officer of the Company, the principal accounting officer of the Company and all other officers and members of the management of the Company shall cooperate fully in any offering of Registrable Securities hereunder, which cooperation shall include, without limitation, the preparation of the Registration Statement with respect to such offering and all other offering materials and related documents, and participation in meetings with Underwriters, attorneys, accountants and potential investors.
 
 
9

 
 
3.1.8     Records . The Company shall make available for inspection by the holders of Registrable Securities included in such Registration Statement, any Underwriter participating in any disposition pursuant to such registration statement and any attorney, accountant or other professional retained by any holder of Registrable Securities included in such Registration Statement or any Underwriter, all financial and other records, pertinent corporate documents and properties of the Company, as shall be necessary to enable them to exercise their due diligence responsibility, and cause the Company’s officers, directors and employees to supply all information requested by any of them in connection with such Registration Statement.
 
3.1.9     Opinions and Comfort Letters . The Company shall furnish to each holder of Registrable Securities included in any Registration Statement a signed counterpart, addressed to such holder, of (i) any opinion of counsel to the Company delivered to any Underwriter and (ii) any comfort letter from the Company’s independent public accountants delivered to any Underwriter. In the event no legal opinion is delivered to any Underwriter, the Company shall furnish to each holder of Registrable Securities included in such Registration Statement, at any time that such holder elects to use a prospectus, an opinion of counsel to the Company to the effect that the Registration Statement containing such prospectus has been declared effective and that no stop order is in effect.
 
3.1.10    Earnings Statement . The Company shall comply with all applicable rules and regulations of the Commission and the Securities Act, and make available to its shareholders, as soon as practicable, an earnings statement covering a period of twelve (12) months, which earnings statement shall satisfy the provisions of Section 11(a) of the Securities Act and Rule 158 thereunder.
 
3.1.11    Listing . The Company shall use its best efforts to cause all Registrable Securities included in any registration to be listed on such exchanges or otherwise designated for trading in the same manner as similar securities issued by the Company are then listed or designated or, if no such similar securities are then listed or designated, in a manner satisfactory to the holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities included in such registration.
 
3.2          Obligation to Suspend Distribution . Upon receipt of any notice from the Company of the happening of any event of the kind described in Section 3.1.4(iv), or, in the case of a resale registration on Form F-3 pursuant to Section 2.3 hereof, upon any suspension by the Company, pursuant to a written insider trading compliance program adopted by the Company’s Board of Directors, of the ability of all “insiders” covered by such program to transact in the Company’s securities because of the existence of material non-public information, each holder of Registrable Securities included in any registration shall immediately discontinue disposition of such Registrable Securities pursuant to the Registration Statement covering such Registrable Securities until such holder receives the supplemented or amended prospectus contemplated by Section 3.1.4(iv) or the restriction on the ability of “insiders” to transact in the Company’s securities is removed, as applicable, and, if so directed by the Company, each such holder will deliver to the Company all copies, other than permanent file copies then in such holder’s possession, of the most recent prospectus covering such Registrable Securities at the time of receipt of such notice.
 
 
10

 
 
3.3          Registration Expenses . The Company shall bear all costs and expenses incurred in connection with any Demand Registration pursuant to Section 2.1, any Piggy-Back Registration pursuant to Section 2.2, and any registration on Form F-3 effected pursuant to Section 2.3, and all expenses incurred in performing or complying with its other obligations under this Agreement, whether or not the Registration Statement becomes effective, including, without limitation: (i) all registration and filing fees; (ii) fees and expenses of compliance with securities or “blue sky” laws (including fees and disbursements of counsel in connection with blue sky qualifications of the Registrable Securities); (iii) printing expenses; (iv) the Company’s internal expenses (including, without limitation, all salaries and expenses of its officers and employees); (v) the fees and expenses incurred in connection with the listing of the Registrable Securities as required by Section 3.1.11; (vi) National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. fees; (vii) fees and disbursements of counsel for the Company and fees and expenses for independent certified public accountants retained by the Company (including the expenses or costs associated with the delivery of any opinions or comfort letters requested pursuant to Section 3.1.9); (viii) the fees and expenses of any special experts retained by the Company in connection with such registration and (ix) the fees and expenses of one legal counsel selected by the holders of a majority-in-interest of the Registrable Securities included in such registration. The Company shall have no obligation to pay any underwriting discounts or selling commissions attributable to the Registrable Securities being sold by the holders thereof, which underwriting discounts or selling commissions shall be borne by such holders.  Additionally, in an underwritten offering, all selling shareholders and the Company shall bear the expenses of the Underwriter pro rata in proportion to the respective amount of shares each is selling in such offering.
 
3.4          Information . The holders of Registrable Securities shall provide such information as may reasonably be requested by the Company, or the managing Underwriter, if any, in connection with the preparation of any Registration Statement, including amendments and supplements thereto, in order to effect the registration of any Registrable Securities under the Securities Act pursuant to Section 2 and in connection with the Company’s obligation to comply with Federal and applicable state securities laws.
 
4.            INDEMNIFICATION AND CONTRIBUTION .
 
4.1          Indemnification by the Company . The Company agrees to indemnify and hold harmless each Investor and each other holder of Registrable Securities, and each of their respective officers, employees, affiliates, directors, partners, members, attorneys and agents, and each person, if any, who controls an Investor and each other holder of Registrable Securities (within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act) (each, an “ Investor Indemnified Party ”), from and against any expenses, losses, judgments, claims, damages or liabilities, whether joint or several, arising out of or based upon any untrue statement (or allegedly untrue statement) of a material fact contained in any Registration Statement under which the sale of such Registrable Securities was registered under the Securities Act, any preliminary prospectus, final prospectus or summary prospectus contained in the Registration Statement, or any amendment or supplement to such Registration Statement, or arising out of or based upon any omission (or alleged omission) to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, or any violation by the Company of the Securities Act or any rule or regulation promulgated thereunder applicable to the Company and relating to action or inaction required of the Company in connection with any such registration; and the Company shall promptly reimburse the Investor Indemnified Party for any legal and any other expenses reasonably incurred by such Investor Indemnified Party in connection with investigating and defending any such expense, loss, judgment, claim, damage, liability or action; provided, however, that the Company will not be liable in any such case to the extent that any such expense, loss, claim, damage or liability arises out of or is based upon any untrue statement or allegedly untrue statement or omission or alleged omission made in such Registration Statement, preliminary prospectus, final prospectus, or summary prospectus, or any such amendment or supplement, in reliance upon and in conformity with information furnished to the Company, in writing, by such selling holder expressly for use therein. The Company also shall indemnify any Underwriter of the Registrable Securities, their officers, affiliates, directors, partners, members and agents and each person who controls such Underwriter on substantially the same basis as that of the indemnification provided above in this Section 4.1.
 
 
11

 
 
4.2          Indemnification by Holders of Registrable Securities . Each selling holder of Registrable Securities will, in the event that any registration is being effected under the Securities Act pursuant to this Agreement of any Registrable Securities held by such selling holder, indemnify and hold harmless the Company, each of its directors and officers and each Underwriter (if any), and each other selling holder and each other person, if any, who controls another selling holder or such Underwriter within the meaning of the Securities Act, against any losses, claims, judgments, damages or liabilities, whether joint or several, insofar as such losses, claims, judgments, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon any untrue statement or allegedly untrue statement of a material fact contained in any Registration Statement under which the sale of such Registrable Securities was registered under the Securities Act, any preliminary prospectus, final prospectus or summary prospectus contained in the Registration Statement, or any amendment or supplement to the Registration Statement, or arise out of or are based upon any omission or the alleged omission to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statement therein not misleading, if the statement or omission was made in reliance upon and in conformity with information furnished in writing to the Company by such selling holder expressly for use therein, and shall reimburse the Company, its directors and officers, and each other selling holder or controlling person for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by any of them in connection with investigation or defending any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action. Each selling holder’s indemnification obligations hereunder shall be several and not joint and shall be limited to the amount of any net proceeds actually received by such selling holder.
 
 
12

 
 
4.3          Conduct of Indemnification Proceedings . Promptly after receipt by any person of any notice of any loss, claim, damage or liability or any action in respect of which indemnity may be sought pursuant to Section 4.1 or 4.2, such person (the “Indemnified Party”) shall, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against any other person for indemnification hereunder, notify such other person (the “ Indemnifying Party ”) in writing of the loss, claim, judgment, damage, liability or action; provided, however, that the failure by the Indemnified Party to notify the Indemnifying Party shall not relieve the Indemnifying Party from any liability which the Indemnifying Party may have to such Indemnified Party hereunder, except and solely to the extent the Indemnifying Party is actually prejudiced by such failure. If the Indemnified Party is seeking indemnification with respect to any claim or action brought against the Indemnified Party, then the Indemnifying Party shall be entitled to participate in such claim or action, and, to the extent that it wishes, jointly with all other Indemnifying Parties, to assume control of the defense thereof with counsel satisfactory to the Indemnified Party. After notice from the Indemnifying Party to the Indemnified Party of its election to assume control of the defense of such claim or action, the Indemnifying Party shall not be liable to the Indemnified Party for any legal or other expenses subsequently incurred by the Indemnified Party in connection with the defense thereof other than reasonable costs of investigation; provided, however, that in any action in which both the Indemnified Party and the Indemnifying Party are named as defendants, the Indemnified Party shall have the right to employ separate counsel (but no more than one such separate counsel) to represent the Indemnified Party and its controlling persons who may be subject to liability arising out of any claim in respect of which indemnity may be sought by the Indemnified Party against the Indemnifying Party, with the fees and expenses of such counsel to be paid by such Indemnifying Party if, based upon the written opinion of counsel of such Indemnified Party, representation of both parties by the same counsel would be inappropriate due to actual or potential differing interests between them. No Indemnifying Party shall, without the prior written consent of the Indemnified Party, consent to entry of judgment or effect any settlement of any claim or pending or threatened proceeding in respect of which the Indemnified Party is or could have been a party and indemnity could have been sought hereunder by such Indemnified Party, unless such judgment or settlement includes an unconditional release of such Indemnified Party from all liability arising out of such claim or proceeding.
 
4.4          Contribution .
 
4.4.1   If the indemnification provided for in the foregoing Sections 4.1, 4.2 and 4.3 is unavailable to any Indemnified Party in respect of any loss, claim, damage, liability or action referred to herein, then each such Indemnifying Party, in lieu of indemnifying such Indemnified Party, shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such Indemnified Party as a result of such loss, claim, damage, liability or action in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative fault of the Indemnified Parties and the Indemnifying Parties in connection with the actions or omissions which resulted in such loss, claim, damage, liability or action, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative fault of any Indemnified Party and any Indemnifying Party shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by such Indemnified Party or such Indemnifying Party and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission.
 
4.4.2    The parties hereto agree that it would not be just and equitable if contribution pursuant to this Section 4.4 were determined by pro rata allocation or by any other method of allocation which does not take account of the equitable considerations referred to in the immediately preceding Section 4.4.1.
 
4.4.3    The amount paid or payable by an Indemnified Party as a result of any loss, claim, damage, liability or action referred to in the immediately preceding paragraph shall be deemed to include, subject to the limitations set forth above, any legal or other expenses incurred by such Indemnified Party in connection with investigating or defending any such action or claim.  Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 4.4, no holder of Registrable Securities shall be required to contribute any amount in excess of the dollar amount of the net proceeds (after payment of any underwriting fees, discounts, commissions or taxes) actually received by such holder from the sale of Registrable Securities which gave rise to such contribution obligation. No person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation.
 
 
13

 
 
5.            UNDERWRITING AND DISTRIBUTION .
 
5.1          Rule 144 . The Company covenants that it shall file any reports required to be filed by it under the Securities Act and the Exchange Act and shall take such further action as the holders of Registrable Securities may reasonably request, all to the extent required from time to time to enable such holders to sell Registrable Securities without registration under the Securities Act within the limitation of the exemptions provided by Rule 144 under the Securities Act, as such Rules may be amended from time to time, or any similar rule or regulation hereafter adopted by the Commission.
 
6.            MISCELLANEOUS .
 
6.1          Other Registration Rights . Except with respect to those securities issued or issuable upon exercise of that certain Unit Purchase Option to be issued to Cohen & Company or its designees in connection with the Company’s initial public offering in _________ 2009, the Company represents and warrants that no person, other than a holder of the Registrable Securities, has any right to require the Company to register any shares of the Company’s capital stock for sale or to include shares of the Company’s capital stock in any registration filed by the Company for the sale of shares of capital stock for its own account or for the account of any other person.
 
6.2          Assignment; No Third Party Beneficiaries . This Agreement and the rights, duties and obligations of the Company hereunder may not be assigned or delegated by the Company in whole or in part. This Agreement and the rights, duties and obligations of the holders of Registrable Securities hereunder may be freely assigned or delegated by such holder of Registrable Securities in conjunction with and to the extent of any transfer of Registrable Securities by any such holder. This Agreement and the provisions hereof shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of each of the parties, to Cohen & Company and its successors and the permitted assigns of the Investor or holder of Registrable Securities or of any assignee of the Investor or holder of Registrable Securities. This Agreement is not intended to confer any rights or benefits on any persons that are not party hereto other than as expressly set forth in Article 4 and this Section 6.2.
 
6.3          Notices . All notices, demands, requests, consents, approvals or other communications (collectively, “ Notices ”) required or permitted to be given hereunder or which are given with respect to this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be personally served, delivered by reputable air courier service with charges prepaid, or transmitted by hand delivery, telegram, telex or facsimile, addressed as set forth below, or to such other address as such party shall have specified most recently by written notice. Notice shall be deemed given on the date of service or transmission if personally served or transmitted by telegram, telex or facsimile; provided, that if such service or transmission is not on a business day or is after normal business hours, then such notice shall be deemed given on the next business day. Notice otherwise sent as provided herein shall be deemed given on the next business day following timely delivery of such notice to a reputable air courier service with an order for next-day delivery.
 
 
14

 
 
To the Company:
 
GSME Acquisition Partners I
762 West Beijing Road
Shanghai, PRC 200041
Attn:  Chief Executive Officer

with a copy to:

Graubard Miller
The Chrysler Building
405 Lexington Avenue
New York NY 10174
Attn:    David Alan Miller, Esq.

To an Investor, to:

MCK Capital Co., Limited
c/o Jing Dong Gao
762 West Beijing Road
Shanghai, PRC 200041

Eli D. Scher
GSME Acquisition Partners I
762 West Beijing Road
Shanghai, PRC 200041

Lawrence S. Wizel
GSME Acquisition Partners I
762 West Beijing Road
Shanghai, PRC 200041
 
6.4          Severability . This Agreement shall be deemed severable, and the invalidity or unenforceability of any term or provision hereof shall not affect the validity or enforceability of this Agreement or of any other term or provision hereof. Furthermore, in lieu of any such invalid or unenforceable term or provision, the parties hereto intend that there shall be added as a part of this Agreement a provision as similar in terms to such invalid or unenforceable provision as may be possible that is valid and enforceable.
 
6.5          Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in multiple counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, and all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same instrument.
 
 
15

 
 
6.6          Entire Agreement . This Agreement (including all agreements entered into pursuant hereto and all certificates and instruments delivered pursuant hereto and thereto) constitute the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede all prior and contemporaneous agreements, representations, understandings, negotiations and discussions between the parties, whether oral or written.
 
6.7          Modifications and Amendments . No amendment, modification or termination of this Agreement shall be binding upon any party unless executed in writing by such party. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any and all parties must obtain the written consent of Cohen & Company to amend or modify this Agreement.
 
6.8          Titles and Headings . Titles and headings of sections of this Agreement are for convenience only and shall not affect the construction of any provision of this Agreement.
 
6.9          Waivers and Extensions . Any party to this Agreement may waive any right, breach or default which such party has the right to waive, provided that such waiver will not be effective against the waiving party unless it is in writing, is signed by such party, and specifically refers to this Agreement.  Waivers may be made in advance or after the right waived has arisen or the breach or default waived has occurred. Any waiver may be conditional. No waiver of any breach of any agreement or provision herein contained shall be deemed a waiver of any preceding or succeeding breach thereof nor of any other agreement or provision herein contained. No waiver or extension of time for performance of any obligations or acts shall be deemed a waiver or extension of the time for performance of any other obligations or acts.
 
6.10        Remedies Cumulative . In the event that the Company fails to observe or perform any covenant or agreement to be observed or performed under this Agreement, the Investor or any other holder of Registrable Securities may proceed to protect and enforce its rights by suit in equity or action at law, whether for specific performance of any term contained in this Agreement or for an injunction against the breach of any such term or in aid of the exercise of any power granted in this Agreement or to enforce any other legal or equitable right, or to take any one or more of such actions, without being required to post a bond. None of the rights, powers or remedies conferred under this Agreement shall be mutually exclusive, and each such right, power or remedy shall be cumulative and in addition to any other right, power or remedy, whether conferred by this Agreement or now or hereafter available at law, in equity, by statute or otherwise.
 
6.11        Governing Law . This Agreement shall be governed by, interpreted under, and construed in accordance with the internal laws of the State of New York applicable to agreements made and to be performed within the State of New York, without giving effect to any choice-of-law provisions thereof that would compel the application of the substantive laws of any other jurisdiction.
 
6.12        Waiver of Trial by Jury . Each party hereby irrevocably and unconditionally waives the right to a trial by jury in any action, suit, counterclaim or other proceeding (whether based on contract, tort or otherwise) arising out of, connected with or relating to this Agreement, the transactions contemplated hereby, or the actions of the Investor in the negotiation, administration, performance or enforcement hereof.
 
 
16

 
 
[REMAINDER OF PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]
 
 
17

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Registration Rights Agreement to be executed and delivered by their duly authorized representatives as of the date first written above.

 
GSME ACQUISITION PARTNERS I
 
     
By:
   
     
 
INVESTORS:
 
     
 
MCK CAPITAL CO., LIMITED
 
     
By:
   
 
Jing Dong Gao
 
     
     
 
Eli D. Scher
 
     
     
 
Lawrence S. Wizel
 
 
 
18

 

Subscription Agreement

As of __________ __, 2009

To the Board of Directors of
GSME Acquisition Partners I:

Gentlemen:

The undersigned hereby subscribes for and agrees to purchase _______ warrants (“Insider Warrants”), each to purchase one Ordinary Share, at $1.00 per Insider Warrant, of GSME Acquisition Partners I (the “Corporation”) for an aggregate purchase price of $_________ (“Purchase Price”).  The purchase and issuance of the Insider Warrants shall occur simultaneously with the consummation of the Corporation’s initial public offering of Units, consisting of one Ordinary Share and one Public Warrant (“IPO”), which is being underwritten by Cohen & Company Securities, LLC.  The Insider Warrants will be sold to the undersigned on a private placement basis and not part of the IPO.  Except as herein provided, the Insider Warrants shall have the same terms as the Public Warrants.

At least 24 hours prior to the effective date of the registration statement filed in connection with the IPO (“Registration Statement”), the undersigned shall deliver the Purchase Price to Graubard Miller, as escrow agent (“Escrow Agent”), to hold in a non-interest bearing account until the Corporation consummates the IPO.  Simultaneously with the consummation of the IPO, the Escrow Agent shall deposit the Purchase Price, without interest or deduction, into the trust fund (“Trust Fund”) established by the Corporation for the benefit of the Corporation’s public shareholders as described in the Corporation’s Registration Statement, pursuant to the terms of an Investment Management Trust Agreement to be entered into between the Corporation and Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company.  In the event that the IPO is not consummated within 14 days of the date the Purchase Price is delivered to the Escrow Agent, the Escrow Agent shall return the Purchase Price to the undersigned, without interest or deduction.

The undersigned represents and warrants that he has been advised that the Insider Warrants have not been registered under the Securities Act; that he is acquiring the Insider Warrants for his accounts for investment purposes only; that he has no present intention of selling or otherwise disposing of the Insider Warrants in violation of the securities laws of the United States; that he is “accredited investors” as defined by Rule 501 of Regulation D promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”); and that he is familiar with the proposed business, management, financial condition and affairs of the Corporation.

Moreover, the undersigned agrees that he shall not sell or transfer the Insider Warrants or any underlying securities until 60 days after the Corporation consummates an initial business combination (as described in detail in the Registration Statement) and acknowledges that the certificates for such Insider Warrants shall contain a legend indicating such restriction on transferability.

The Corporation hereby acknowledges and agrees that the Insider Warrants (i) may be exercised on a cashless basis and (ii) shall not be redeemable by the Corporation, in each case so long as such Insider Warrants are held by the undersigned or his affiliates.

192254.1
 
 

 

Very truly yours,
 
[Insert name of Investor]

Agreed to:

GSME Acquisition Partners I

By:
 
 
Name:
 
Title:

Graubard Miller

By:
 
 
Name:
 
Title:
 
192254.1
 
 

 

Exhibit 23.1


CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM


We consent to the use in this Registration Statement of GSME Acquisition Partners I on Form F-1 of our report dated October 16, 2009 on the financial statements of GSME Acquisition Partners I and to the reference to us under the heading "Experts" in the prospectus.

/s/ Crowe Horwath LLP
New York, New York
October 16, 2009